tMoA

Would you like to react to this message? Create an account in a few clicks or log in to continue.
tMoA

~ The only Home on the Web You'll ever need ~

    United States AI Solar System (6)

    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13283
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (6)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jun 24, 2018 1:07 am

    What if one specialized in the following Minimal-List??

    1. Genesis, Job to Daniel, Revelation.

    2. Bach and Buxtehude.

    3. Military-Industrial Complex.

    4. Intergalactic-Banking.

    'RA' told me "We Fought Side by Side". If true, would that be a good-thing or a bad-thing?? He didn't say when, where, or on which side. What if I do better with all of the above, rather than 'searching for truth' and 'making the world a better place'?? What if I'm more at home on the Bridge of a Bad@$$teroid than I am at home?? Was I trying to be a 'Good-Boy' this time around?? Did I blow my cover?? 'RA' told me "You're Lucky to be Alive." Should I play electronic-games to get back in shape?? What if the End of the Millennium coincides with the Second-Coming of Christ in A.D. 2133?? What if Christ and Antichrist are NOT who and what we think??

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Psychic_type_by_lallama12-d6g20up
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 The_creation_quartet__stained_glass_mosaic_by_pseudolw-d8n5ldo
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Pokemon-Wallpapers-Picture
    Consider The Gospel According to Pokémon!!

    https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pok%C3%A9mon Pokémon (???? Pokemon?, /'po?ke??m?n, -k?-/ POH-kay-MON, POH-ki-MON)[1][2] is a media franchise managed by The Pokémon Company, a Japanese consortium between Nintendo, Game Freak, and Creatures.[3] The franchise was created by Satoshi Tajiri in 1995,[4] and is centered on fictional creatures called "Pokémon", which humans, known as Pokémon Trainers, catch and train to battle each other for sport.

    The franchise began as a pair of video games for the original Game Boy, developed by Game Freak and published by Nintendo. The franchise now spans video games, trading card games, animated television shows and movies, comic books, and toys. Pokémon is the second-most successful and lucrative video game-based media franchise in the world, behind only Nintendo's Mario franchise.[5]

    Cumulative sales of the video games (including home console games, such as Hey You, Pikachu! for the Nintendo 64) have reached more than 200 million copies.[6] In November 2005, 4Kids Entertainment, which had managed the non-game related licensing of Pokémon, announced that it had agreed not to renew the Pokémon representation agreement. Pokémon USA Inc. (now The Pokémon Company International), a subsidiary of Japan's Pokémon Co., now oversees all Pokémon licensing outside of Asia.[7] As of May 2016, the Pokémon media franchise has grossed revenues of ¥4.8 trillion worldwide[8] (equivalent to 46.2 billion USD).

    The franchise celebrated its tenth anniversary in 2006.[9] The twentieth anniversary was celebrated with a commercial at the 2016 Super Bowl[10] using the theme: "I can do that". 2016 marks the 20th anniversary of the release of the original games, with the company celebrating by airing an ad during Super Bowl 50, and issuing re-releases of Pokémon Red, Blue, and Yellow.[11][12] The mobile augmented reality game Pokémon Go was released in July 2016.[13] The next generation games Pokémon Sun and Moon are expected to be released in November 2016.[14] A live-action film adaptation based on Great Detective Pikachu is planned to start production in 2017.[15]

    The name Pokémon is the romanized contraction of the Japanese brand Pocket Monsters (????????? Poketto Monsuta?).[16] The term Pokémon, in addition to referring to the Pokémon franchise itself, also collectively refers to the 722 known fictional species that have made appearances in Pokémon media as of the release of the sixth generation titles Pokémon X and Y. "Pokémon" is identical in both the singular and plural, as is each individual species name; it is grammatically correct to say "one Pokémon" and "many Pokémon", as well as "one Pikachu" and "many Pikachu".[17]

    Tajiri first thought of Pokémon around 1989 or 1990, when the Game Boy was first released. The concept of the Pokémon universe, in both the video games and the general fictional world of Pokémon, stems from the hobby of insect collecting, a popular pastime which Pokémon executive director Satoshi Tajiri enjoyed as a child.[18] Players are designated as Pokémon Trainers and have two general goals: complete the Pokédex by collecting all of the available Pokémon species found in the fictional region where a game takes place, and train a team of powerful Pokémon from those they have caught to compete against teams owned by other Trainers and eventually win the fictional Pokémon League. These themes of collecting, training, and battling are present in almost every version of the Pokémon franchise, including the video games, the anime and manga series, and the Pokémon Trading Card Game.

    In most incarnations of the fictional Pokémon universe, a Trainer that encounters a wild Pokémon is able to capture that Pokémon by throwing a specially designed, mass-producible spherical tool called a Poké Ball at it. If the Pokémon is unable to escape the confines of the Poké Ball, it is officially considered to be under the ownership of that Trainer. Afterwards, it will obey whatever its new master commands, unless the Trainer demonstrates such a lack of experience that the Pokémon would rather act on its own accord. Trainers can send out any of their Pokémon to wage non-lethal battles against other Pokémon; if the opposing Pokémon is wild, the Trainer can capture that Pokémon with a Poké Ball, increasing his or her collection of creatures. Pokémon already owned by other Trainers cannot be captured, except under special circumstances in certain games. If a Pokémon fully defeats an opponent in battle so that the opponent is knocked out ("faints"), the winning Pokémon gains experience points and may level up. When leveling up, the Pokémon's statistics ("stats") of battling aptitude increase, such as Attack and Speed. From time to time the Pokémon may also learn new moves, which are techniques used in battle. In addition, many species of Pokémon can undergo a form of metamorphosis and transform into a similar but stronger species of Pokémon, a process called evolution.

    In the main series, each game's single-player mode requires the Trainer to raise a team of Pokémon to defeat many non-player character (NPC) Trainers and their Pokémon. Each game lays out a somewhat linear path through a specific region of the Pokémon world for the Trainer to journey through, completing events and battling opponents along the way (including foiling the plans of a Team of Pokémon Trainers who serve as antagonists to the player). Each game features eight especially powerful Trainers, referred to as Gym Leaders, that the Trainer must defeat in order to progress. As a reward, the Trainer receives a Gym Badge, and once all eight badges are collected, that Trainer is eligible to challenge the region's Pokémon League, where four immensely talented trainers (referred to collectively as the "Elite Four") challenge the Trainer to four Pokémon battles in succession. If the trainer can overcome this gauntlet, he or she must then challenge the Regional Champion, the master Trainer who had previously defeated the Elite Four. Any Trainer who wins this last battle becomes the new champion.

    The original Pokémon games were role-playing games (RPGs) with an element of strategy, and were created by Satoshi Tajiri for the Game Boy. These RPGs, and their sequels, remakes, and English language translations, are still considered the "main" Pokémon games, and the games which most fans of the series are referring to when they use the term "Pokémon games". All of the licensed Pokémon properties overseen by The Pokémon Company International are divided roughly by generation. These generations are roughly chronological divisions by release; every several years, when an official sequel in the main RPG series is released that features new Pokémon, characters, and gameplay concepts, that sequel is considered the start of a new generation of the franchise. The main games and their spin-offs, the anime, manga, and trading card game are all updated with the new Pokémon properties each time a new generation begins. The franchise began the sixth generation on October 12, 2013.

    The Pokémon franchise started off in its first generation with its initial release of Pocket Monsters Aka and Midori ("Red" and "Green", respectively) for the Game Boy in Japan. When these games proved extremely popular, an enhanced Ao ("Blue") version was released sometime after, and the Ao version was reprogrammed as Pokémon Red and Blue for international release. The games launched in the United States on September 30, 1998. The original Aka and Midori versions were never released outside Japan.[20] Afterwards, a further enhanced version titled Pokémon Yellow: Special Pikachu Edition was released to partially take advantage of the color palette of the Game Boy Color, as well as to feature more elements from the popular Pokémon anime. This first generation of games introduced the original 151 species of Pokémon, in National Pokédex order, encompassing all Pokémon from Bulbasaur to Mew. It also introduced the basic game concepts of capturing, training, battling, and trading Pokémon with both computer and human players. These versions of the games take place within the fictional Kanto region, inspired by the real world Kanto region of Japan, though the name "Kanto" was not used until the second generation.

    The second generation of Pokémon began in 1999 with the release of Pokémon Gold and Silver for Game Boy Color. Like the previous generation, an enhanced version titled Pokémon Crystal was later released. The second generation introduced 100 new species of Pokémon, starting with Chikorita and ending with Celebi. It totaled 251 Pokémon to collect, train, and battle, set in Johto, inspired by Japan's Kansai region. The Pokémon mini is a handheld game console released in November 2001 in North America, December 2001 in Japan, and 2002 in Europe.

    Pokémon entered its third generation with the 2002 release of Pokémon Ruby and Sapphire for Game Boy Advance and continued with the Game Boy Advance remakes of Pokémon Red and Blue, Pokémon FireRed and LeafGreen, and an enhanced version of Pokémon Ruby and Sapphire titled Pokémon Emerald. The third generation introduced 135 new Pokémon, starting with Treecko and ending with Deoxys, for a total of 386 species. It is set in Hoenn, inspired by Japan's Kyushu region. However, this generation also garnered some criticism for leaving out several gameplay features, including the day-and-night system introduced in the previous generation. It was also the first installment that encouraged the player to collect merely a selected assortment of the total number of Pokémon rather than every existing species. By contrast, 202 out of 386 species are catchable in the Ruby and Sapphire versions.

    In 2006, Japan began the fourth generation of the franchise with the release of Pokémon Diamond and Pearl for Nintendo DS. The fourth generation introduced another 107 new species of Pokémon, starting with Turtwig and ending with Arceus, bringing the total of Pokémon species to 493.[21] The Nintendo DS "touch screen" allows new features to the game such as cooking poffins with the stylus and using the "Pokétch". New gameplay concepts include a restructured move-classification system, online multiplayer trading and battling via Nintendo Wi-Fi Connection, the return and expansion of the second generation's day-and-night system, the expansion of the third generation's Pokémon Contests into "Super Contests", and the new region of Sinnoh.

    This region was inspired by Japan's Hokkaido region and part of Russia's Sakhalin, and has an underground component for multiplayer gameplay in addition to the main overworld. Pokémon Platinum, the enhanced version of Diamond and Pearl—much like Pokémon Yellow, Crystal, and Emerald—was released in September 2008 in Japan, March 2009 in North America, and May 2009 in Australia and Europe. Spin-off titles in the fourth generation include the Pokémon Stadium follow-up Pokémon Battle Revolution for Wii, which has Wi-Fi connectivity as well.[22] Nintendo announced in May 2009 that enhanced remakes of Pokémon Gold and Silver, entitled Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver, would be released for the Nintendo DS system. HeartGold and SoulSilver are set in the Johto region and were released in September 2009 in Japan.[23]

    The fifth generation of Pokémon began on September 18, 2010, with the release of Pokémon Black and White in Japan for Nintendo DS.[24] The games were originally announced by the Pokémon Company on January 29, 2010, with a tentative release later that year.[25][26] The final release date of September 18 was announced on June 27, 2010.[27] This version is set in the Unova region (?????? Isshu-chiho?, Isshu region), inspired by New York City, and utilizes the Nintendo DS's 3-D rendering capabilities to a greater extent than Platinum, HeartGold, and SoulSilver, as shown in game footage of the player walking through the Castelia City (?????? Hiun Shiti?) metropolis. A total of 156 new Pokémon were introduced, starting with Victini and ending with Genesect, bringing the franchise's total to 649.[28]

    It also deployed new game mechanics such as the C Gear (C?? C Gia?) wireless interactivity features[29] and the ability to upload game data to the Internet and to the player's own computer.[30] Pokémon Black and White was released in Europe on March 4, 2011, in North America on March 6, 2011, and in Australia on March 10, 2011. On June 23, 2012, Nintendo released Pokémon Black 2 and Pokémon White 2 in Japan for Nintendo DS, with early October releases in North America and Europe. Black 2 and White 2 are sequels to Black and White, with several events in the second games referencing events in the first; they also allow players to link their previous Black or White with their Black 2 or White 2, introducing several events based on how they played their previous game.

    Officially announced on January 8, 2013, and released simultaneously worldwide on October 12, 2013, Pokémon X and Y for the Nintendo 3DS are part of the sixth generation of games.[31] Introducing the France-inspired Kalos region, these are the first Pokémon games rendered in 3D, and the first released worldwide together.[32] On May 7, 2014, Nintendo announced remakes of the third generation games Pokémon Ruby and Sapphire titled Pokémon Omega Ruby and Alpha Sapphire which were released in Japan, North America, Australia, and South Korea on November 21, 2014, and in Europe on November 28, 2014.

    Officially announced on February 26, 2016, Pokémon Sun and Moon for the Nintendo 3DS are part of the seventh generation of games, and the celebrations for the 20th anniversary of the franchise, introducing the Hawaii-inspired Alola region. Both games will be available worldwide on November 18, 2016 in nine different languages; Japanese, English, French, Italian, German, Spanish, Korean, and Chinese (Traditional and Simplified).[33]

    The main staple of the Pokémon video game series revolves around the catching and battling of Pokémon. Starting with a starter Pokémon, the player can catch wild Pokémon by weakening them and catching them with Poké Balls. Conversely, they can choose to defeat them in battle in order to gain experience for their Pokémon, raising their levels and teaching them new moves. Certain Pokémon can evolve into more powerful forms by raising their levels or using certain items. Throughout the game, players will have to battle other trainers in order to progress, with the main goal to defeat various Gym Leaders and earn the right to become a tournament champion. Subsequent games in the series have introduced various side games and side quests, including the Battle Frontiers that display unique battle types and the Pokémon Contests where visual appearance is put on display.

    One of the consistent aspects of the Pokémon games—spanning from Pokémon Red and Blue on the Game Boy to the Nintendo 3DS games Pokémon Omega Ruby and Alpha Sapphire—is the choice of one of three different Pokémon at the start of the player's adventures; these three are often labeled "starter Pokémon". Players can choose a Grass-type, a Fire-type, or a Water-type.[34] For example, in Pokémon Red and Blue (and their respective remakes, Pokémon FireRed and Pokémon LeafGreen), the player has the choice of starting with Bulbasaur, Charmander, or Squirtle. The exception to this rule is Pokémon Yellow (a remake of the original games that follows the story of the Pokémon anime), where players are given a Pikachu, an Electric-type mouse Pokémon, famous for being the mascot of the Pokémon media franchise; in this game, however, the three starter Pokémon from Red and Blue can be obtained during the quest by a single player, something that is not possible in any other installment of the franchise.[35]

    Another consistent aspect is that the player's rival will always choose as his or her starter Pokémon the one that has a type advantage over the player's Pokémon. For instance, if the player picks a Grass-type Pokémon, the rival will always pick the Fire-type starter. An exception to this is again Pokémon Yellow, in which the rival picks an Eevee, but whether this Eevee evolves into Jolteon, Vaporeon, or Flareon is decided by when the player wins and loses to the rival through the journey. The GameCube games Pokémon Colosseum and Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness also contain an exception; whereas in most games the player's initial Pokémon starts at Level 5, in these two games the player's initial Pokémon starts at Levels 10 and 25, respectively. In Colosseum the player's starter Pokémon are Espeon and Umbreon, while in Gale of Darkness the player's starter is Eevee.

    The Pokédex is a fictional electronic device featured in the Pokémon video game and anime series. In the games, whenever a Pokémon is first captured, its data will be added to a player's Pokédex, but in the anime or manga, the Pokédex is a comprehensive electronic reference encyclopedia, usually referred to in order to deliver exposition. "Pokédex" is also used to refer to a list of Pokémon, usually a list of Pokémon by number. In the video games, a Pokémon Trainer is issued a blank device at the start of the journey. A trainer must then attempt to fill the Pokédex by encountering and at least briefly obtaining each of the different species of Pokémon. A player will receive the name and image of a Pokémon after encountering one that was not previously in the Pokédex, typically after battling said Pokémon either in the wild or in a trainer battle (with the exceptions of link battles and tournament battles, such as in the Battle Frontier). In Pokémon Red and Blue, some Pokémon's data is added to the Pokédex simply by viewing the Pokémon, such as in the zoo outside of the Safari Zone.

    Also, certain NPC characters may add to the Pokédex by explaining what a Pokémon looks like during conversation. More detailed information is available after the player obtains a member of the species, either through capturing the Pokémon in the wild, evolving a previously captured Pokémon, hatching a Pokémon egg (from the second generation onwards), or through a trade with another trainer (either an NPC or another player). This information includes height, weight, species type, and a short description of the Pokémon. Later versions of the Pokédex have more detailed information, like the size of a certain Pokémon compared to the player character, or Pokémon being sorted by their habitat (so far, the latter feature is only in the FireRed and LeafGreen versions). The most current forms of Pokédex are capable of containing information on all Pokémon currently known. The GameCube games, Pokémon Colosseum and Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness, have a Pokémon Digital Assistant (P?DA) which is similar to the Pokédex, but also tells what types are effective against a Pokémon and gives a description of its abilities.[36]

    The Pokémon anime series and films are a meta-series of adventures separate from the canon that most of the Pokémon video games follow (with the exception of Pokémon Yellow, a game based loosely on the anime storyline). The anime follows the quest of the main character, Ash Ketchum (known as Satoshi in Japan), a Pokémon Master in training, as he and a small group of friends travel around the fictitious world of Pokémon along with their Pokémon partners.[37] The original series, titled Pocket Monsters, or simply Pokémon in Western countries (often referred to as Pokémon: Gotta Catch 'Em All to distinguish it from the later series), begins with Ash's first day as a Pokémon trainer. His first (and signature) Pokémon is a Pikachu, differing from the games, where only Bulbasaur, Charmander, or Squirtle could be chosen.[38] The series follows the storyline of the original games, Pokémon Red and Blue, in the region of Kanto. Accompanying Ash on his journeys are Brock, the Pewter City Gym Leader, and Misty, the youngest of the Gym Leader sisters from Cerulean City. Pokémon: Adventures in the Orange Islands follows Ash's adventures in the Orange Islands, a place unique to the anime, and replaces Brock with Tracey Sketchit, an artist and "Pokémon watcher". The next series, based on the second generation of games, include Pokémon: Johto Journeys, Pokémon: Johto League Champions, and Pokémon: Master Quest, following the original trio of Ash, Brock, and Misty in the western Johto region.

    The saga continues in Pokémon: Advanced, based on the third generation games. Ash and company travel to Hoenn, a southern region in the Pokémon World. Ash takes on the role of a teacher and mentor for a novice Pokémon trainer named May. Her brother Max accompanies them, and though he isn't a trainer, he knows large amounts of handy information. Brock (from the original series) soon catches up with Ash, but Misty has returned to Cerulean City to tend to her duties as a gym leader (Misty, along with other recurring characters, appears in the spin-off series Pokémon Chronicles). The Advanced series concludes with the Battle Frontier saga, based on the Emerald version and including aspects of FireRed and LeafGreen. It ended with Max leaving to pick his starter Pokémon and May going to the Grand Festival in Johto.

    In the Diamond and Pearl series, based on the fourth generation games, Ash, Brock, and a new companion, an aspiring Pokémon coordinator named Dawn, travel through the region of Sinnoh. At the end of the series, Ash and Brock return to Kanto where Brock begins to follow his newfound dream of becoming a Pokémon doctor himself.

    Pocket Monsters: Best Wishes!, based on the fifth generation games, features Ash and Pikachu traveling through the region of Unova (Isshu in Japan) alongside two new companions, Iris and Cilan (Dent in Japan) who part ways with them after returning to Kanto.

    Pocket Monsters: XY (?????????XY Poketo Monsuta Ekkusu Wai?), is the current airing series based on the sixth generation games, following Ash and Pikachu's journey through the region of Kalos, accompanied by Ash's childhood friend Serena and the siblings Clemont and Bonnie.[39][40][41]

    In addition to the TV series, seventeen Pokémon films have been made, with the pair of films, Pokémon the Movie: Black—Victini and Reshiram and White—Victini and Zekrom considered together as one. Collectible bonuses, such as promotional trading cards, have been available with some of the films. Various children's books, collectively known as Pokémon Junior, are also based on the anime.[42]

    Films

    Given release years are the original Japanese release years.

    1.Pokémon: The First Movie—Mewtwo Strikes Back (1998)
    2.Pokémon: The Movie 2000—The Power of One (1999)
    3.Pokémon 3: The Movie—Spell of the Unown (2000)
    4.Pokémon 4Ever—Celebi: Voice of the Forest (2001)
    5.Pokémon Heroes (2002)
    6.Pokémon: Jirachi Wish Maker (2003)
    7.Pokémon: Destiny Deoxys (2004)
    8.Pokémon: Lucario and the Mystery of Mew (2005)
    9.Pokémon Ranger and the Temple of the Sea (2006)
    10.Pokémon: The Rise of Darkrai (2007)
    11.Pokémon: Giratina and the Sky Warrior (2008)
    12.Pokémon: Arceus and the Jewel of Life (2009)
    13.Pokémon: Zoroark: Master of Illusions (2010)
    14.Pokémon the Movie: Black—Victini and Reshiram &
    Pokémon the Movie: White—Victini and Zekrom (2011)
    15.Pokémon the Movie: Kyurem vs. the Sword of Justice (2012)
    16.Pokémon the Movie: Genesect and the Legend Awakened (2013)
    17.Pokémon the Movie: Diancie and the Cocoon of Destruction (2014)
    18.Pokémon the Movie: Hoopa and the Clash of Ages (2015)
    19.Pokémon the Movie: Volcanion and the Exquisite Magearna (2016)

    It was announced by The Hollywood Reporter that Warner Bros. Pictures, Sony Pictures and Legendary Pictures are in negotiations for a live action Pokémon movie.[43] Deadline reports that Legendary are closing a deal for the film after Pokémon Go's success and will also make a live Detective Pikachu movie as well.[44][15]

    Soundtracks

    Pokémon CDs have been released in North America, most of them in conjunction with the theatrical releases of the first three Pokémon films. These releases were commonplace until late 2001. On March 27, 2007, a tenth anniversary CD was released containing 18 tracks from the English dub; this was the first English-language release in over five years. Soundtracks of the Pokémon feature films have been released in Japan each year in conjunction with the theatrical releases.

    June 29, 1999[45] Pokémon 2.B.A. Master
    November 9, 1999[46] Pokémon: The First Movie
    February 8, 2000 Pokémon World
    May 9, 2000 Pokémon: The First Movie Original Motion Picture Score
    July 18, 2000 Pokémon: The Movie 2000
    Unknown1 Pokémon: The Movie 2000 Original Motion Picture Score
    January 23, 2001 Totally Pokémon
    April 3, 2001 Pokémon 3: The Ultimate Soundtrack
    October 9, 2001 Pokémon Christmas Bash
    March 27, 2007 Pokémon X: Ten Years of Pokémon
    November 12, 2013 Pokémon X & Pokémon Y: Super Music Collection
    December 10, 2013 Pokémon FireRed & Pokémon LeafGreen: Super Music Collection
    January 14, 2014 Pokémon HeartGold & Pokémon SoulSilver: Super Music Collection
    February 11, 2014 Pokémon Ruby & Pokémon Sapphire: Super Music Collection
    March 11, 2014 Pokémon Diamond & Pokémon Pearl: Super Music Collection
    April 8, 2014 Pokémon Black & Pokémon White: Super Music Collection
    May 13, 2014 Pokémon Black 2 & Pokémon White 2: Super Music Collection
    December 21, 2014 Pokémon Omega Ruby & Pokémon Alpha Sapphire: Super Music Collection

    The Pokémon Trading Card Game is a collectible card game with a goal similar to a Pokémon battle in the video game series. Players use Pokémon cards, with individual strengths and weaknesses, in an attempt to defeat their opponent by "knocking out" his or her Pokémon cards.[47] The game was first published in North America by Wizards of the Coast in 1999.[48] However, with the release of Pokémon Ruby and Sapphire Game Boy Advance video games, The Pokémon Company took back the card game from Wizards of the Coast and started publishing the cards themselves.[48] The Expedition expansion introduced the Pokémon-e Trading Card Game, where the cards (for the most part) were compatible with the Nintendo e-Reader. Nintendo discontinued its production of e-Reader compatible cards with the release of EX FireRed & LeafGreen. In 1998, Nintendo released a Game Boy Color version of the trading card game in Japan; Pokémon Trading Card Game was subsequently released to the US and Europe in 2000. The game included digital versions cards from the original set of cards and the first two expansions (Jungle and Fossil), as well as several cards exclusive to the game. A Japan-exclusive sequel was released in 2001.[49]

    There are various Pokémon manga series, four of which were released in English by Viz Media, and seven of them released in English by Chuang Yi. The manga series vary from game-based series to being based on the anime and the TCG. Original stories have also been published. As there are several series created by different authors most Pokémon manga series differ greatly from each other and other media, such as the anime.

    The Electric Tale of Pikachu (a.k.a. Dengeki Pikachu), a shonen manga created by Toshihiro Ono. It was divided into four tankobon, each given a separate title in the North American and English Singapore versions: The Electric Tale of Pikachu, Pikachu Shocks Back, Electric Pikachu Boogaloo, and Surf's Up, Pikachu. The series is based loosely on the anime.
    Pokémon Adventures (Pocket Monsters SPECIAL in Japan), a shonen manga based on the video games.
    Magical Pokémon Journey (a.k.a. Pocket Monsters PiPiPi ? Adventures), a shojo manga
    Pikachu Meets the Press (newspaper style comics, not released by Chuang Yi)
    Ash & Pikachu (a.k.a. Satoshi to Pikachu, not released by Viz)
    Pokémon Gold & Silver (not released by Viz)
    Pokémon Ruby-Sapphire and Pokémon Pocket Monsters (not released by Viz)
    Pokémon: Jirachi Wish Maker (not released by Viz)
    Pokémon: Destiny Deoxys (not released by Viz)
    Pokémon: Lucario and the Mystery of Mew (the third movie-to-comic adaptation)
    Pokémon Ranger and the Temple of the Sea[50] (the fourth movie-to-comic adaption)
    Pokémon Diamond and Pearl Adventure!
    Pokémon Adventures: Diamond and Pearl / Platinum[51]
    Pokémon: The Rise of Darkrai[52] (the fifth movie-to-comic adaption)
    Pokémon: Giratina and the Sky Warrior[53] (the sixth movie-to-comic adaption)
    Pokémon: Arceus and the Jewel of Life[54] (the seventh movie-to-comic adaption)
    Pokémon: Zoroark: Master of Illusions[55] (the eighth movie-to-comic adaption)
    Pokémon The Movie: White: Victini and Zekrom[56] (the ninth movie-to-comic adaption)
    Pokémon Black and White[57][58][59][60][61][62][63]

    Pokémon Card ni Natta Wake (How I Became a Pokémon Card) by Kagemaru Himeno, an artist for the TCG. There are six volumes and each includes a special promotional card. The stories tell the tales of the art behind some of Himeno's cards.
    Pokémon Get aa ze! by Miho Asada
    Pocket Monsters Chamo-Chamo ? Pretty ? by Yumi Tsukirino, who also made Magical Pokémon Journey.
    Pokémon Card Master
    Pocket Monsters Emerald Chosen!! Battle Frontier by Ihara Shigekatsu
    Pocket Monsters Zensho by Satomi Nakamura

    Pokémon has been criticized by some Christians over perceived occult and violent themes and the concept of "Pokémon evolution", which they feel goes against the Biblical creation account in Genesis.[65] However, Sat2000, a satellite television station based in Vatican City, has countered that the Pokémon Trading Card Game and video games are "full of inventive imagination" and have no "harmful moral side effects".[66][67] In the United Kingdom, the "Christian Power Cards" game was introduced in 1999 by David Tate who stated, "Some people aren't happy with Pokémon and want an alternative, others just want Christian games." The game was similar to the Pokémon TCG but used Biblical figures.[68]

    In 1999, Nintendo stopped manufacturing the Japanese version of the "Koga's Ninja Trick" trading card because it depicted a manji, a traditionally Buddhist symbol with no negative connotations. The Jewish civil rights group Anti-Defamation League complained because the symbol is the reverse of a swastika, which is considered offensive to Jewish people. The cards were intended for sale in Japan only, but the popularity of Pokémon led to importation into the United States with approval from Nintendo. The Anti-Defamation League understood that the issue symbol was not intended to offend and acknowledged the sensitivity that Nintendo showed by removing the product.[69]

    In 1999, two nine-year-old boys from Merrick, New York sued Nintendo because they claimed the Pokémon Trading Card Game caused their problematic gambling.[70]

    In 2001, Saudi Arabia banned Pokémon games and cards, alleging that the franchise promoted Zionism by displaying the Star of David in the trading cards (a six-pointed star is featured in the card game) as well as other religious symbols such as crosses they associated with Christianity and triangles they associated with Freemasonry; the games also involved gambling, which is in violation of Muslim doctrine.[71][72]

    Pokémon has also been accused of promoting materialism.[73]

    On December 16, 1997, more than 635 Japanese children were admitted to hospitals with epileptic seizures.[74] It was determined the seizures were caused by watching an episode of Pokémon "Denno Senshi Porygon", (most commonly translated "Electric Soldier Porygon", season 1, episode 38); as a result, this episode has not been aired since. In this particular episode, there were bright explosions with rapidly alternating blue and red color patterns.[75] It was determined in subsequent research that these strobing light effects cause some individuals to have epileptic seizures, even if the person had no previous history of epilepsy.[76] This incident is a common focus of Pokémon-related parodies in other media, and was lampooned by the Simpsons episode "Thirty Minutes over Tokyo"[77] and the South Park episode "Chinpokomon",[78] among others.

    In March 2000, Morrison Entertainment Group, a small toy developer based at Manhattan Beach, California, sued Nintendo over claims that Pokémon infringed on its own Monster in My Pocket characters. A judge ruled there was no infringement, so Morrison appealed the ruling in November 2001.[79]

    On August 20, 2015, at the 2015 Pokémon World Championships, held at the Hynes Convention Center in Boston, Massachusetts, two invitees were arrested for unlicensed possession of firearms. They aroused suspicion after making ostensibly threatening posts on social media, accompanied by images of firearms.[80]

    Within its first two days of release, Pokémon Go raised safety concerns among players. Multiple people also suffered minor injuries from falling while playing the game due to being distracted.[81]

    Multiple police departments in various countries have issued warnings, some tongue-in-cheek, regarding inattentive driving, trespassing, and being targeted by criminals due to being unaware of one's surroundings.[82][83] People have suffered various injuries from accidents related to the game,[84][85][86][87] and Bosnian players have been warned to stay out of minefields left over from the 1990s Bosnian War.[88] On July 20, 2016, it was reported that a 18-year-old boy in Chiquimula, Guatemala was shot and killed while playing the game in the late evening hours.[89] This was the first reported death in connection with the app. The boy's 17-year-old cousin, who was accompanying the victim, was shot in the foot. Police speculated that the shooters used the game's GPS capability to find the two.[90]

    Pokémon, being a globally popular franchise, has left a significant mark on today's pop culture. The Pokémon characters themselves have become pop culture icons; examples include two different Pikachu balloons in the Macy's Thanksgiving Day Parade, Pokémon Jets operated by All Nippon Airways, thousands of merchandise items, and a traveling theme park that was in Nagoya, Japan in 2005 and in Taipei in 2006. Pokémon also appeared on the cover of the U.S. magazine Time in 1999. The Comedy Central show Drawn Together has a character named Ling-Ling who is a direct parody of Pikachu.[91] Several other shows such as ReBoot, The Simpsons, South Park, The Grim Adventures of Billy & Mandy, Robot Chicken, All Grown Up!, and Johnny Test have made references and spoofs of Pokémon, among other series. Pokémon was also featured on VH1's I Love the '90s: Part Deux. A live action show called Pokémon Live! toured the United States in late 2000. It was based on the popular Pokémon anime, but had some continuity errors relating to it. Jim Butcher cites Pokémon as one of the inspirations for the Codex Alera series of novels.

    In November 2001, Nintendo opened a store called the Pokémon Center in New York, in New York's Rockefeller Center,[92] modeled after the two other Pokémon Center stores in Tokyo and Osaka and named after a staple of the videogame series; Pokémon Centers are fictional buildings where Trainers take their injured Pokémon to be healed after combat.[93] The store sold Pokémon merchandise on a total of two floors, with items ranging from collectible shirts to stuffed Pokémon plushies.[94] The store also featured a Pokémon Distributing Machine in which players would place their game to receive an egg of a Pokémon that was being given out at that time. The store also had tables that were open for players of the Pokémon Trading Card Game to duel each other or an employee. The store was closed and replaced by the Nintendo World Store on May 14, 2005.[95] Three Pokémon Center kiosks were put in in malls in Washington, with one in Tacoma and one in Seattle currently remaining.[96][unreliable source?] The Pokémon Center online store was relaunched on August 6, 2014.[97]

    Joseph Jay Tobin theorizes that the success of the franchise was mainly due to the long list of names that could be learned by children and repeated in their peer groups. The rich fictional universe provided a lot of opportunities for discussion and demonstration of knowledge in front of their peers. In the French version Nintendo took care to translate the name of the creatures so that they reflected the French culture and language. In all cases the names of the creatures were linked to its characteristics, which converged with the children's belief that names have symbolic power. Children could pick their favourite Pokémon and affirm their individuality while at the same time affirming their conformance to the values of the group, and they could distinguish themselves from other kids by asserting what they liked and what they didn't like from every chapter. Pokémon gained popularity because it provided a sense of identity to a wide variety of children, and lost it quickly when many of those children found that the identity groups were too big and searched for identities that would distinguish them into smaller groups.[98]

    Pokémon's history has been marked at times by rivalry with the Digimon media franchise that debuted at a similar time. Described as "the other 'mon'" by IGN's Juan Castro, Digimon has not enjoyed Pokémon's level of international popularity or success, but has maintained a dedicated fanbase.[99] IGN's Lucas M. Thomas stated that Pokémon is Digimon's "constant competition and comparison", attributing the former's relative success to the simplicity of its evolution mechanic as opposed to Digivolution.[100] The two have been noted for conceptual and stylistic similarities by sources such as GameZone.[101] A debate among fans exists over which of the two franchises came first.[102] In actuality, the first Pokémon media, Pokémon Red and Green, were released initially on February 27, 1996;[103] whereas the Digimon virtual pet was released on June 26, 1997.

    While Pokémon's target demographic is young boys, early purchasers of the latest games, Pokémon Omega Ruby and Alpha Sapphire, were in their 20's.[104] Many fans are adults who originally played the games as children and later returned to the series.

    Bulbapedia, a wiki-based encyclopedia[105] associated with longtime fan site Bulbagarden,[106][107] is the "Internet's most detailed Pokémon database project".[108]

    A significant community around the Pokémon video games' metagame has existed for a long time, analyzing the best ways to use each Pokémon to their full potential in competitive battles. The most prolific competitive community is Smogon University, which has created a widely accepted tier-based battle system.[109]

    In early 2014, an anonymous video streamer on Twitch.tv launched Twitch Plays Pokémon, an experiment trying to crowdsource playing subsequent Pokémon games starting with Pokémon Red.[110][111]

    A challenge called the Nuzlocke Challenge was created in order for older players of the series to enjoy Pokémon again, but with a twist. When a Pokémon faints it is considered "dead" and must be released or stored in the PC permanently.[112] If the player blacks out/whites out the game is considered over and the player must restart.[113] The original idea only consisted of 2 to 3 rules that the community has since built upon. There are many fan made Pokémon games made that contains a game mode similar to the Nuzlocke Challenge, such as Pokémon Uranium.[114]

    References

    1.Jump up ^ "The ABC Book, A Pronunciation Guide". NLS Other Writings. NLS/BPH. January 7, 2013. Retrieved August 10, 2013.
    2.Jump up ^ Sora Ltd. (March 9, 2008). Super Smash Bros. Brawl Wii. Nintendo. "(Announcer's dialog after the character Pokémon Trainer is selected (voice acted))"
    3.Jump up ^ "Company History". ??????????????????. The Pokémon Company. Retrieved July 21, 2014.
    4.Jump up ^ "Pokémon". Encyclopædia Britannica. Encyclopædia Britannica, Inc. November 12, 2013. Retrieved April 5, 2015.
    5.Jump up ^ Boyes, Emma (January 10, 2007). "UK paper names top game franchises". GameSpot. GameSpot UK. Archived from the original on January 12, 2007. Retrieved February 26, 2007.
    6.Jump up ^ "Pokémon Black Version and Pokémon White Version for Nintendo DS coming to Europe in Spring 2011" (Press release). Nintendo. May 29, 2010. Retrieved May 28, 2010.
    7.Jump up ^ Carless, Simon (December 23, 2005). "Pokemon USA Moves Licensing In-House". Gamasutra. Retrieved August 10, 2013.
    8.Jump up ^ "Pokémon in Figures - The Pokémon Company".
    9.Jump up ^ "Pokemon 10-Year Retrospective". IGN. Retrieved August 19, 2009.
    10.Jump up ^ "Pokemon 20-Year 2016, Superbowl-50 Commercial – "I can do that!"".
    11.Jump up ^ Snyder, Benjamin (January 14, 2016). "Pokémon Announced a Super Bowl Ad to Celebrate its 20th Anniversary". Fortune.
    12.Jump up ^ "Original Pokemon Virtual Console Re-Releases Support Pokemon Bank". GameSpot. Retrieved 2016-02-27.
    13.Jump up ^ Wilson, Jason. "Pokémon Go launches in US on iOS and Android". Venture Beat. Retrieved July 7, 2016.
    14.Jump up ^ "Look for tomorrow". Junichi Masuda. Retrieved May 9, 2016.
    15.^ Jump up to: a b Fleming, Jr, Mike (July 20, 2016). "Legendary Catches ‘Pokemon’ Live-Action Movie Rights Deal". Deadline.
    16.Jump up ^ Swider, Matt. "The Pokemon Series Pokedex". Gaming Target. Retrieved February 28, 2007.
    17.Jump up ^ John Kaufeld; Jeremy Smith (June 13, 2006). Trading Card Games For Dummies. John Wiley & Sons. p. 81. ISBN 978-0-470-04407-0. Retrieved April 25, 2013.
    18.Jump up ^ "The Ultimate Game Freak". Time. November 22, 1999. Retrieved May 22, 2010.
    19.Jump up ^ MacDonald, Mark; Brokaw, Brian; Arnold; J. Douglas; Elies, Mark (1999). Pokémon Trainer's Guide. Sandwich Islands Publishing. p. 73. ISBN 0-439-15404-9.
    20.Jump up ^ "Pokémon Green Info on GameFAQs". GameFAQs. Retrieved February 23, 2007.
    21.Jump up ^ Lucas M. Thomas (April 4, 2007). "The Countdown to Diamond and Pearl, Part 4". IGN. Retrieved June 29, 2008.
    22.Jump up ^ Riley, Adam (June 7, 2006). "Cubed3 Nintendo News < Features". Cubed3. Retrieved June 7, 2006.
    23.Jump up ^ "?????????????????? 2009?? ??????DS?????!" (in Japanese). Nintendo. Archived from the original on May 11, 2009. Retrieved May 8, 2009.
    24.Jump up ^ "??????????????·?????????? | ??????????????????" (in Japanese). Retrieved April 9, 2010.
    25.Jump up ^ "??????????????????? 2010???????????! | ????? | ???? | ??????????????????" (in Japanese). January 29, 2010. Archived from the original on March 30, 2010. Retrieved January 29, 2010.
    26.Jump up ^ Brian Ashcraft (January 28, 2010). ""Entirely New" Pokemon Series Coming This Year – Japan – Kotaku". Kotaku. Retrieved January 29, 2010.
    27.Jump up ^ "???? | ??????????????·??????????". Archived from the original on May 19, 2010. Retrieved June 27, 2010.
    28.Jump up ^ Micheal G. Ryan, ed. (2011). "Unova Region Pokédex". Pokémon Black and White Versions: The Official Unova Pokédex & Guide: Volume 2. The Pokémon Company. pp. 12–89.
    29.Jump up ^ "C?? | ??????????????·??????????" (in Japanese). Nintendo. Archived from the original on May 1, 2011. Retrieved June 28, 2010.
    30.Jump up ^ "Web?????? | ??????????????·??????????" (in Japanese). Nintendo. Archived from the original on May 1, 2011. Retrieved June 28, 2010.
    31.Jump up ^ "Pokémon X and Y Arrives on 3DS Worldwide in October". Anime News Network. Retrieved January 8, 2013.
    32.Jump up ^ "Pokémon X and Pokémon Y Developer Roundtable Recap". Pokémon (YouTube). June 12, 2013. Retrieved October 15, 2013.
    33.Jump up ^ "Pokémon Sun & Moon Unveiled for 3DS in Holiday 2016". Anime News Network. Retrieved February 26, 2016.
    34.Jump up ^ Padilla, Raymond (March 17, 2003). "Pokémon Ruby review". Gamespy.com. p. 1. Archived from the original on March 10, 2007. Retrieved May 30, 2006.
    35.Jump up ^ Harris, Craig (October 19, 1999). "Pokemon Yellow: Special Pikachu Edition". IGN. Retrieved March 27, 2006.
    36.Jump up ^ Official Pokémon Scenario Guide Diamond and Pearl version. pp. 30–31.
    37.Jump up ^ "Pokémon anime overview". Psypokes.com. Retrieved May 25, 2006.
    38.Jump up ^ Pokémon 10th Anniversary, Vol. 1 – Pikachu. Viz Video. June 6, 2006. OCLC 68967936.
    39.Jump up ^ "??????????XY?10?17????? ???????????????? | ???!???!". Animeanime.jp. Retrieved June 30, 2013.
    40.Jump up ^ "?????????????????????? XY????10?????! | ??? | ????????". News.mynavi.jp. Retrieved June 30, 2013.
    41.Jump up ^ "Pokémon XY TV Anime to Debut on October 17 with Satoshi/Ash". Anime News Network. Retrieved June 30, 2013.
    42.Jump up ^ "Pokemon Junior Chapter Book Series". WebData Technology Corporation. Retrieved May 8, 2014.
    43.Jump up ^ Masters, Kim (April 14, 2016). "Pokemon Movie Rights Bidding War as China's Legendary Makes Big Play for Japanese Property". The Hollywood Reporter.
    44.Jump up ^ Fleming, Jr, Mike (July 12, 2016). "Is Legendary Going To Catch Pokemon? Movie Deal In Offing For Hot Franchise Property". Deadline.
    45.Jump up ^ "Pokémon 2.B.A. Master Soundtrack CD". Retrieved July 18, 2008.
    46.Jump up ^ "Pokémon: The First Movie Soundtrack CD". Retrieved July 18, 2008.
    47.Jump up ^ "Pokémon Trading Card Game "How to play" guide". Archived from the original on May 22, 2007. Pokemon-tcg.com. Retrieved July 3, 2006.
    48.^ Jump up to: a b Huebner, Chuck (March 12, 2003). "RE: Pokémon Ruby & Sapphire TCG Releases". Wizards.com. Archived from the original on February 27, 2009. Retrieved August 10, 2013.
    49.Jump up ^ "Pokemon Card GB2 info on GameFAQs". GameFAQs. Retrieved June 8, 2008.
    50.Jump up ^ Pokemon: Ranger and the Temple of the Sea. Viz Media. 2008. ISBN 1421522888.
    51.Jump up ^ Pokémon Adventures: Diamond and Pearl / Platinum, Vol. 2. Viz Media. 2011. ISBN 1421538172.
    52.Jump up ^ Pokémon: The Rise of Darkrai. Viz Media. 2008. ISBN 1421522896.
    53.Jump up ^ Pokemon: Giratina and the Sky Warrior!. Viz Media. 2009. ISBN 1421527014.
    54.Jump up ^ Pokémon: Arceus and the Jewel of Life. Viz Media. 2011. ISBN 1421538024.
    55.Jump up ^ Pokémon: Zoroark: Master of Illusions. Viz Media. 2011. ISBN 1421542218.
    56.Jump up ^ Pokémon the Movie: White: Victini and Zekrom. Viz Media. 2012. ISBN 1421549549.
    57.Jump up ^ Pokémon Black and White, Vol. 1 (9781421540900): Hidenori Kusaka, Satoshi Yamamoto. Viz Media. 2011. ISBN 1421540908.
    58.Jump up ^ Pokémon Black and White, Vol. 2 (9781421540917): Hidenori Kusaka, Satoshi Yamamoto. Viz Media. 2011. ISBN 1421540916.
    59.Jump up ^ Pokémon Black and White, Vol. 3 (9781421540924): Hidenori Kusaka, Satoshi Yamamoto. Viz Media. 2011. ISBN 1421540924.
    60.Jump up ^ Pokémon Black and White, Vol. 4 (9781421541143): Hidenori Kusaka, Satoshi Yamamoto. Viz Media. 2011. ISBN 1421541149.
    61.Jump up ^ Pokémon Black and White, Vol. 5 (9781421542805): Hidenori Kusaka, Satoshi Yamamoto. Viz Media. 2012. ISBN 1421542803.
    62.Jump up ^ Pokémon Black and White, Vol. 6 (9781421542812): Hidenori Kusaka, Satoshi Yamamoto. Viz Media. 2012. ISBN 1421542811.
    63.Jump up ^ Pokémon Black and White, Vol. 7 (9781421542829): Hidenori Kusaka, Satoshi Yamamoto. Viz Media. 2012. ISBN 142154282X.
    64.Jump up ^ USAopoly. "MONOPOLY®️: Pokémon Kanto Edition™️". USAopoly.
    65.Jump up ^ "Pokémon: The Movie (1999)". ChildCare Action Project. 1999. Retrieved August 10, 2013.
    66.Jump up ^ Silverman, Stephen M. (December 9, 1997). "Pokemon Gets Religion". People. Retrieved August 10, 2013.
    67.Jump up ^ Barrett, Devlin. "POKEMON EARNS PAPAL BLESSING". New York Post. Archived from the original on August 18, 2000. Retrieved August 10, 2013.
    68.Jump up ^ "Pokémon trumped by pocket saints". BBC. June 27, 2000. Retrieved August 10, 2013.
    69.Jump up ^ Fitzgerald, Jim (December 3, 1999). "'Swastika' Pokemon card dropped". Chicago Sun-Times – via HighBeam. (subscription required (help)).
    70.Jump up ^ Crowley, Kieran (October 1999). "Lawsuit Slams Pokemon As Bad Bet for Addicted Kids". New York Post. Archived from the original on October 22, 2000.
    71.Jump up ^ "Saudi bans Pokemon". CNN. March 26, 2001. Archived from the original on January 18, 2008.
    72.Jump up ^ "Saudi Arabia bans Pokemon". BBC News. March 26, 2001. Retrieved February 13, 2009.
    73.Jump up ^ Ramlow, Todd R. (2000). "Pokemon, or rather, Pocket Money". Popmatters.
    74.Jump up ^ Ferlazzo, Edoardo; Zifkin, Benjamin G.; Andermann, Eva; Andermann, Frederick (2005). "REVIEW ARTICLE: Cortical triggers in generalized re?ex seizures and epilepsies" (PDF). Oxford University Press.
    75.Jump up ^ "Pokemon (episode #38) Packs a Punch". March 11, 2000. Retrieved August 10, 2013.
    76.Jump up ^ "Color Changes in TV Cartoons Cause Seizures". ScienceDaily. Archived from the original on November 8, 2004.
    77.Jump up ^ "Thirty Minutes Over Tokyo". The Simpsons Archive. Archived from the original on October 27, 2007. Retrieved July 16, 2008.
    78.Jump up ^ "South Park Goes Global: Reading Japan in Pokemon". University of Auckland. Archived from the original on October 17, 2008. Retrieved September 30, 2008.
    79.Jump up ^ Bronstad, Amanda (November 12, 2001). "Toy Firm Will Appeal 'Pocket Monster' Suit". Los Angeles Business Journal (FindArticles.com). Retrieved September 1, 2008.[dead link]
    80.Jump up ^ "Keeping Boston Safe: Officers Arrest Two Suspects, Recover Two Firearms after BPD Notified of Online Threats to Pokemon World Championship". bpdnews.com.
    81.Jump up ^ Ryan Nakashinma (July 8, 2016). "Players in hunt for Pokemon Go monsters feel real-world pain". Miami Herald (Los Angeles, California). Associated Press. Retrieved July 9, 2016.
    82.Jump up ^ Irby, Kate (July 11, 2016). "Police: Pokemon Go leading to increase in local crime". The Idaho Statesman. Retrieved July 14, 2016.
    83.Jump up ^ "OPP warn Pokémon Go players of 'potential risk and harm' while searching for monsters". Retrieved July 15, 2016.
    84.Jump up ^ "Mom says teenage daughter hit by car in Tarentum after playing ‘Pokemon Go'". WPXI. Retrieved July 14, 2016.
    85.Jump up ^ "Auburn police: Driver crashes into tree while playing 'Pokemon Go'". auburnpub.com. Retrieved July 14, 2016.
    86.Jump up ^ "‘Pokemon Go’ players fall off 90-foot ocean bluff". The San Diego Union-Tribune. Retrieved July 14, 2016.
    87.Jump up ^ Stortstrom, Mary (July 14, 2016). "Police: Don’t fall ‘catching them all’". The Journal. Martinsburg, West Virginia. Retrieved July 17, 2016. "A 12-year-old Jefferson County boy suffered a broken femur bone Tuesday night while playing the Pokemon game just off Shipley School Road. A Harpers Ferry first-responder said Wednesday morning the boy was running in the dark and fell off a five-foot-high storm sewer and suffered the leg injury."
    88.Jump up ^ "Pokemon Go: Bosnia players warned of minefields". BBC. July 19, 2016. Retrieved July 19, 2016.
    89.Jump up ^ "Pokemon Go sees its first death: Teenager, 18, is killed and his cousin injured while playing game in Guatemal". Daily Mail. Retrieved July 21, 2016.
    90.Jump up ^ Griffin, Andrew (July 20, 2016). "Teenager shot and killed while searching for creatures in Pokemon Go". The Independent. Retrieved July 20, 2016.
    91.Jump up ^ "Pokemon Sightings and Rip-offs". Retrieved June 29, 2008.[dead link]
    92.Jump up ^ Steiner, Ina (November 18, 2001). "Pokemon Center Opens in NYC". EcommerceBytes.com. Retrieved August 10, 2013.
    93.Jump up ^ Raichu 526. "PokeZam.com – Pokemon Center NY – PokeZam". PokeZam. Retrieved August 10, 2013.
    94.Jump up ^ "Fun for Kids". Big Apple Visitors Center. 2010. Archived from the original on January 2, 2012. Retrieved August 10, 2013.
    95.Jump up ^ "Pokemon Center NY". ManhattanLivingMag.com. 2009. Archived from the original on January 23, 2009. Retrieved August 10, 2013.
    96.Jump up ^ "Pokémon Center (store)". bulbagarden.net.
    97.Jump up ^ Sarkar, Samit (July 2, 2014). "Pokémon Center online store opening Aug. 6 in US, soft launch today". Polygon. Vox Media.
    98.Jump up ^ Joseph Jay Tobin (2004). Pikachu's global adventure: the rise and fall of Pokémon. Duke University Press. ISBN 0-8223-3287-6.
    99.Jump up ^ Castro, Juan (May 20, 2005). "E3 2005: Digimon World 4". IGN. Archived from the original on May 20, 2012. Retrieved April 4, 2010.
    100.Jump up ^ Thomas, Lucas M. (August 21, 2009). "Cheers & Tears: DS Fighting Games". IGN. Retrieved April 4, 2010.
    101.Jump up ^ Bedigian, Louis (July 12, 2002). "Digimon World 3 Review". GameZone. Archived from the original on January 27, 2010. Retrieved May 1, 2010.
    102.Jump up ^ DeVries, Jack (November 22, 2006). "Digimon World DS Review". IGN. Retrieved May 8, 2010.
    103.Jump up ^ "Related Games". GameSpot. Archived from the original on June 28, 2011. Retrieved May 8, 2010.
    104.Jump up ^ "Pokémon's Audience Is Growing Older – Siliconera". Siliconera.
    105.Jump up ^ Neiburger, Eli (July 1, 2007). "Games... in the Library?". School Library Journal. Retrieved March 11, 2015. "Players can refer (or contribute) to Bulbapedia, a wiki-style encyclopedia of the Pokémon universe, to learn about the attributes, strengths, and weaknesses of over 500 different characters; the literacy required for success extends beyond the game itself."
    106.Jump up ^ O'Neil, Mathieu (2009). Cyberchiefs: autonomy and authority in online tribes (1. publ. ed.). London: Pluto Press. p. 148. ISBN 0745327974. "Bulbapedia is a MediaWiki installation run by Pokémon fansite Bulbagarden.net for the purpose of creating a Pokémon-focused encyclopedia. This project is overseen by the Bulbapedia editorial board, and Bulbagarden's executive staff. Bulbapedia also incorporates the Bulbanews wiki, a news organization run by Bulbagarden as a means of publishing Pokémon news quickly and effectively. Bulbapedia is a founding member of Encyclopaediae Pokémonis, a multilingual, open-content Pokémon encyclopedia project."
    107.Jump up ^ Khaw, Cassandra (October 19, 2013). "More Starter Pokemon, Less Starting Pokemon: We Can Make Pokémon X & Y's Wonder Trade Better!". USgamer. Gamer Network. Archived from the original on March 10, 2015. Retrieved March 10, 2015.
    108.Jump up ^ McKinley Noble. "Major Pokemon game to be announced May 10". GamePro. Archived from the original on June 7, 2011. "According to Pokemon Japan and Bulbapedia, the Internet's most detailed Pokemon database project..."
    109.Jump up ^ Alex Magdaleno (February 20, 2014). "Inside the Secret World of Competitive Pokémon". Mashable.
    110.Jump up ^ Andrew Cunningham (February 18, 2014). "The bizarre, mind-numbing, mesmerizing beauty of "Twitch Plays Pokémon"". Condé Nast. Retrieved April 11, 2014.
    111.Jump up ^ Megan Farokhmanesh (March 25, 2014). "Twitch Plays Pokemon will continue as long as it has an active following". Vox Media, Inc. Retrieved April 11, 2014.
    112.Jump up ^ "What is the Nuzlocke Challenge?". Nuzlocke.com. 2010. Retrieved May 28, 2015.
    113.Jump up ^ Martinez, Phillip (May 14, 2015). "Pokémon Nuzlocke Challenge: 20 Years Of Playing Pokémon And This Is The Most Stressful Experience Ever". iDigitalTimes. Retrieved May 28, 2015.
    114.Jump up ^ Buzzi, Matthew (December 26, 2014). "Check Out Pokemon Uranium, A Downloadable Fan Project About Angry Nuclear-Type Pokemon in an Original World". Gamenguide. Retrieved May 28, 2015.

    Tobin, Joseph, ed. (February 2004). Pikachu's Global Adventure: The Rise and Fall of Pokémon. Duke University Press. ISBN 0-8223-3287-6.

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 268468-pokemon-pokemon-wallpaper


    "Let Go, and Let Pokemon Go!!"
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Stained_glass__doctor_who_by_akili_amethyst-d8knpk0
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13283
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (6)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jun 24, 2018 1:13 am

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Stickney_mro
    THEeXchanger wrote:The Monolith discovered on the moon of mars called Phobos,
    is there a reason you included the work of Efrain Palermo of www.palermoproject.com
    in your last response, i just finished reading two of his books
    one called "Alien Cartel" and, the other called "Phobian Dreams"
    - he is a writer who paints with his words !!!

    curious, as, the reason you might of chosen to include his work in your interesting presentation ?

    the discovery rover photos from 1987/1988 were quite interesting

    https://www.amazon.com/Alien-Cartel-Mr-Efrain-Palermo/dp/1494409089/ref=sr_1_7?ie=UTF8&qid=1387556668&sr=8-7&keywords=alien+cartel

    https://www.amazon.com/Phobian-Dreams-Efrain-Palermo/dp/1533397651/ref=sr_1_1?ie=UTF8&qid=1469031420&sr=8-1&keywords=phobian+dreams
    THEeXchanger wrote:as, i searched for something a quote which i found buried on the internet

    i found these quotes:

    HERE ARE SOME OF MY OWN QUOTES:

    "it is all about The eXchange"
    ~ Susan Lynne Schwenger

    "we set our lives to music"
    ~ Susan Lynne Schwenger

    "we are all NOTES in the song, just different melodies"
    ~ Susan Lynne Schwenger

    "Other people do NOT come to make us happy,
    they come to make us happier"
    ~ Susan Lynne Schwenger

    "Will it to be, and, it will be - and, so, iT iS "
    ~ Susan Lynne Schwenger

    "The deepest sadness i know,
    are things i've left unsaid and undone"
    ~ Susan Lynne Schwenger

    "As we grow positively,
    everything alters, and, everything changes,
    and, everything shifts,
    and, it all becomes more, never less"
    ~ Susan Lynne Schwenger

    "Your soul is your suitcase, pack it wisely, stuff it full"
    ~ Susan Lynne Schwenger

    "The louder the horn, the less there is to TOOT about",
    ~ Susan Lynne Schwenger

    "it is better to be, than not to be,
    and, it is better to be more, than it is to be less"
    ~ Susan Lynne Schwenger

    "i do NOT ever want to make old bones,
    or, do old bones "
    ~ Susan Lynne Schwenger

    "When the old game of life is over,
    The King and The Pawn,
    they both end up in the same box"
    ~ Susan Lynne Schwenger

    "Be a piece of PEACE"
    ~ Susan Lynne Schwenger

    aka White Lotus Star (paranormal 101)
    aka Simply Susan
    aka The eXchanger
    aka The Old Ancient Bridger (13)
    aka Talks with Thunders
    aka Talks with Thunder
    aka The 'BeYonder' (i guess, they never figured out who i was at nexus) LOL
    aka Thirteen
    aka 13

    yeah, we are '3' of '12' and '13'
    - 13 is the name given to an orator of a group of 12 souls
    thus, we are one of 12, so, we are known as 'three', and, also 'thirteen'
    the 13th one, is the one who speaks for all '12'

    we thought you would like the quote on 'sadness'
    Thank-you Susan. Your words are truly inspirational. There was no rhyme or reason behind that 'Phobos Post'. It was simply a collection of interesting material, pointing toward further study. 'RA' told me "They Like You On Phobos." 'RA' also told me "The Jesuits Don't Like You." I'm not doing very-well at the moment. I had a very-discouraging theological-conversation, and I suspect that our predicament might be worse than I thought. I have some more reposting to do today, and then I think I should take a break, prior to finishing my reposting project. As usual, the goal is to stop posting completely, and just move-on. Divinity and Humanity don't seem to need Me. What a Relief!! Try thinking in terms of the following:

    A.D. 1700 to 1900: The Formulation of an Idealistic-Plan.

    A.D. 1900 to 2100: The Corrupted-Version of This Idealistic-Plan.

    A.D. 2100 to 2300: The Refined and Purified Version of This Idealistic-Plan.

    How might All of the Above harmonize with The End of the World, A.D. 2133 (by Lucio Bernardo Silvestre)?? I could be more specific, but I'd rather not. All of my posts are part of a puzzle. Some of this is intentional, and some of it is laziness and incompetence. If I were too competent, clear, and credible, I don't think I'd survive. I might not anyway, but I'm too old and stupid, and I show no inclination to make a big-deal out of all of this. They simply keep a meticulous record of my insanity, which I'm certain will be used against me, to kick me when I'm down. I honestly believe the worst is yet to come. This feels like the Eye of the Storm.


    I'm continuing my re-posting project, so most of my current posts are several years old. Once again -- all of my internet activities are for educational and entertainment purposes only. This is all a Moot-Jihad. It is a Mental and Spiritual Exercise. I'm washed-out and over the hill. I have very little to offer anyone. I talk-big because I am SO small. Humanity seems to be happy with the way things are -- so why should I try to change anything?? Being hyper-idealistic and hyper-ethical is SO overrated. Besides -- most of my ideas and speculation are probably utter BS. I don't really want to talk about what I'm thinking about. Not anymore. Jordan Maxwell has repeatedly stated that saving humanity from the abuse and exploitation of the so-called New World Order is a lost-cause (or something to that effect). I hate to admit that he might be right. I'm sorry we couldn't work together to build a better tomorrow. Perhaps I should wrap this thread up -- and simply move on. That might be better for all concerned. Please remember that I do NOT agree with a lot of what I post. I simply wished to challenge everyone's presuppositions -- but the fact that this thread is mostly ignored might be for the best. Is there no problem?? Is everything fine?? Is life good -- and getting better?? I certainly hope so.



    I just watched Iron Sky -- and I found it quite entertaining (in a rather dark sense) -- and it really made me think. Same goes for the movie Paul. I'm not a real science-fiction aficionado. I use science-fiction as a crutch. I frankly simply wish for things to be peaceful and happy. Perhaps someone dropped me off on the wrong planet. Once again, I am going to attempt to read Job, Psalms, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, Song of Solomon, Isaiah, Jeremiah, Lamentations, Ezekiel, and Daniel -- straight-through -- over and over -- as a mental and spiritual exercise. Again, I am suggesting that the Bible be studied, rather than quoted, with a variety of approaches. What if the Teachings of Jesus preceded the Story of Jesus?? Consider the source Q. What if the Teachings of Jesus are really an Old Testament phenomenon??!! Do the Teachings of Jesus harmonize with the Old Testament Books listed above?? Notice that the Book of Common Prayer is all about the Psalms and Ancient Israel. What if Ancient Israel equals Ancient Egypt??

    Perhaps the Bible Teachings should be divorced from the Bible Stories?! Just a thought!! I get the feeling that the Bible has been massively messed-with and misrepresented. Should we simply positively-reinforce EVERYTHING??? I tend to think so. Again, regarding Schuller and Peale -- I lean much more toward Positive-Thinking than I do Self-Esteem. I actually prefer the term Positive Response Ability. Study the books and sermons of Schuller and Peale -- positively reinforcing their material (especially regarding the principles and concepts). Positively Reinforce ALL Religions and Countries. I'm liking the term Paradise Incorporated as being representative of the next best step forward from Purgatory Incorporated. I don't wish to throw stones. I wish to move on with evolutionary change. On the other hand, we really need to learn from the past. We need to learn from the Good, the Bad, and the Ugly. Finally, consider the interrelationship of Nature, Human-Nature, Natural-Law, and the Perfect Law of the Lord. Please think long and hard about this paragraph.

    Some things are becoming a lot clearer to me, and it's not a pretty picture. It has to do with how the world has really worked, over the past thousand years, in general, and over the past hundred years, in particular. I won't spell it out in this post, but I desire that the human race learn the truth in as gentle and tactful of a manner as possible. I doubt that things will go smoothly, but I'd like us to move on to bigger and better things as soon as possible. Take a closer look at World War II, and the Nazi Phenomenon, especially in relation to the Vatican and Gizeh Intelligence. I'm tending to think that Pope Pius XII and Adolph Hitler basically followed orders, and that they might not have had a lot of choice in the matter. I don't wish to excuse the horrors of the Nazis, or the silence of the Pope, but I don't think they were in the driver's seat. This doesn't get them off the hook, but I think it helps to explain a lot of things. I'm presently interested in Heinrich Himmler and the Jesuit General as being the links between Gizeh Intelligence and the Vatican and Nazis.

    I'm still grasping at straws, and very little is really known about the so called 'Gizeh Intelligence', but it seems that is where the planning, financing, technology, and authority originated. But what the heck do I know? I wasn't there. Or was I? Who knows? It just seems that Gizeh Intelligence, the Bavarian Illuminati, the Freemasons, Teutonic Zionism, the Jesuits, and the SS somehow had control of the Vatican and the Nazi Party - or so it seems - and that the madness continued after the war, throughout the world, but especially in South America, Antarctica, and the United States. I think this thing is really, really bad, sad, and messy. Once again, I'm just scratching the surface, and I need to do a helluva lot of research before I can say anything with any authority at all. Lest anyone be too self-righteous, if some of us had been in the shoes of the bad guys and gals, we might've been just as bad as them, or worse. This post is not a negative reflection on the German People or the Faithful Members of the Roman Catholic Church. I just think all of this is a continuation of an Ancient Civil War in Heaven, which seems to be ongoing, to this very day. Hopefully, things can be resolved soon.

    Ancient Technology seems to be in the middle of all of this, and I wonder where Nicola Tesla really got all of that very advanced technology? The Vatican Library, or somewhere beneath Rome? Was ancient destructive technology brought back to life, after laying dormant for thousands of years? If so, should it have continued to lay dormant. I tend to think so. I don't know which way to jump, regarding what I'm learning, but again, I really wish to move on as quickly as possible. Obviously, I want justice to be served, but let him who is without sin cast the first stone. I'm leaning toward the idea that very, very few of us are really good. Some of us might be shocked and horrified when we learn how bad we've been in previous lives. I am extremely worried about my reincarnational history. I'm disgusted with my present life, but I'm almost frantic with fear regarding my potential misdeeds in previous lives, going back into ancient Egypt, and even before that. The rabbit hole might be a bottomless pit.

    I think people like Eric John Phelps, Jordan Maxwell, Joseph Farrell, Richard Hoagland, Alex Collier, Alex Jones, and Jim Marrs know a helluva lot about all of this, and if Bill Cooper were still alive, he would know a helluva lot as well. I'm hoping that Bill is still alive, and that his death was faked so he could go underground. I think there are a lot of good Jesuits and Alphabet Agents who are trying to do the right thing in relation to this, as well. Anyway, when the general public starts learning the truth, I think a lot of them are going to literally go insane. Please exercise extreme caution in all of this. Firings, divorces, suicides, murders, riots, and people going completely insane - could result from some very upsetting information being spread in an irresponsible and insensitive manner. The truth should not be supressed, but it needs to be handled properly. I still like the idea of a United States of the Solar System, as being one way of dealing with the horrible situation we're in. But I'm not exactly shouting this from the top of one of the Seven Hills of Rome. There's a time and a place for everything. Right now, I can't seem to stop crying.

    Consider again, this interesting Alex Jones and Jordan Maxwell clip on Teutonic Zionsim. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KlCSw8euO68 Could Ancient Egypt and the Teutonic Knights be the key to a lot of things? How do the Archangels fit into all of this? Who knows what this might lead to? The True Raiders of the Lost or Stolen Ark? What was really under Jerusalem? Ancient Architecture? Ancient Music? Ancient Texts? Ancient Technology? What if the Ark of the Covenant was a UFO filled with Ancient Knowledge and Wisdom from Sirius? Fire Stolen from the Gods? Is this where the Nazi Advanced Technology orginated? Sirius A = Zionism = The Old World Order = Gabriel? Sirius B = Teutonic Zionism = The New World Order = Lucifer? This Solar System = The New Earth = The New Solar System = Michael? Did Gabriel and Lucifer steal this solar system from Michael? Have they been fighting over it and exploiting it for thousands of years? I'm not sure I really want to go down this rabbit-hole. I might not be able to stop screaming. The horror. How does the rest of the universe view what's been going on here in this solar system? Is the Orion Group a Sirius Issue? Are all of us part of the Orion Group, whether we are human, grey, or reptilian? Are our souls identical? Are our souls interdimensional reptilian? Is that why we have a reptilian portion of our brains? If all of the above were true, would the general public go insane, or would they just say 'well I'll be damned' and move on? I don't know, but 87% of us might go nuts. Danger Will Robinson! Danger!

    I am particularly interested in the possibility of the origins of Teutonic Zionism occurring in the Ninth Century A.D. This could be key to the history of the world for the past twelve-hundred years. Could this be the origin of the so-called 'New World Order'? I don't know, but I think this might be extremely important. I hate to say it, but Human Sacrifice and Teutonic Zionism are of special interest to me presently, and not in a good way. This seems to open a can of worms which I'm not sure I really wish to deal with. Here is the most pertinent part of the linked article by Acharya S:

    Teutonic/Zionist Connection

    Despite the fact that "the Jews" of Palestine were nearly driven to extinction during the first and second centuries CE, when the Christian tale was beginning to be formulated in large part to preserve Judaism/Israel, their numbers recovered enough to continue the play for supremacy. And there was a significant number of Jews outside Palestine as well, some of whom evidently continued their ancient barbaric rites. The noted historian Edward Gibbon wrote in History of the Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire:

    From the reign of Nero to that of Antonius Pius [80-160 CE], the Jews discovered a fierce impatience of the dominion of Rome, which repeatedly broke out in the most furious massacres and insurrections. Humanity is shocked at the recital of the horrid cruelties which they committed in the cities of Egypt, of Cyprus, and of Cyrene, where they dwelt in treacherous friendship with the unsuspecting natives... In Cyrene they massacred 220,000 Greeks; in Cyprus 240,000; in Egypt, a very great multitude. Many of these victims were 'sawed asunder,' according to a precedent in which David had given the sanction of his example. The victorious Jews devoured the flesh, licked the blood, and twisted the entrails like a girdle around their bodies. (vol. 2, chap. XVI, part I)

    Later, through the conversion of an entire kingdom, that of the Khazars, Judaism continued on and, as before, was not racially determinate, since the Khazars seem to have been both Caucasians and Asiatics, who subsequently became known as the Ashkenazis or Europeans Jews. According to Genesis 10, "the Ashkenazis" were not Semites but Japhethites, or Caucasians.

    In the 9th century Zionists (Jews) and Teutons (Germans) allegedly collaborated against the Catholic Church and established a strange partnership linked by their respective priesthoods' secret and sickening sacrificial rituals. This group was alleged over the centuries to have engaged in human/child sacrifice, an accusation, founded or unfounded, that gave many rulers in Europe the excuse to expel "the Jews" from a number of countries, including from England by Edward I in 1290, as well as from Spain by Isabella and Ferdinando.

    The rebuttal of those accused or expelled was that these rulers simply wished to seize Jewish assets. Nevertheless, what had been done in ancient times by both Jews and Gentiles, i.e., the sacrifice of both animals and humans by immolation and by slitting the neck and sprinkling the blood upon the congregation, was alleged to be continuing in the priesthoods of the Teutons and the Zionists. The Zionist elite, in fact, had been accused many times over the centuries of using the "common Jews" as well as "Christian children" as pawns and sacrificial victims in its quest for world domination, a quest outlined in the Old Testament, the Jewish Apocrypha and the Talmud. That the Israelite priesthood used its "own people" as sacrificial victims is admitted in the Old Testament, in which not only foreigners but "the Jews" are slaughtered by their handlers to propitiate the angry, jealous Yahweh (Ezekiel 9, et al.).


    There seems to be a sort of "Praying Warrior" motif, where blood is shed in religious-ritual (symbolically or literally) and in warfare and persecution. I get the picture of warriors dressed in uniforms or armor, participating in religious-rituals (such as the Mass) which involve human-sacrifice (symbolically or literally) - and then going into battle, where they literally shed the blood of human-beings. What is it with "Blood and Death"? The core of Judeo-Christianity seems to involve "Blood, Death, and Sacrifice". Is this simply a reflection of the evolution of primitive humanity, or are we dealing with the appeasement of very-real, and very-cruel, vengeful-deities? Perhaps Jonathan Edwards wasn't too far off when he delivered the fiery sermon, 'Sinners in the Hands of an Angry God'. I once heard a Protestant Minister say that very few knew how much it really cost to keep light on the Earth. He didn't elaborate, but I'm beginning to fear the worst, concerning the Gods and Goddesses of Eden.

    Consider the possible relationships between Sirius, Aldebaran, the Creation of Male and Female Human Physicality, the Original Sin, the Unpardonable Sin, Ancient Technology and Wisdom, Atlantis, Babylon, Egypt, Greece, Rome, Israel, Christians, Catholics, Zionists, Teutonic Zionists, Teutonic Knights, Jesuits, Masons, Bavarian Illuminati, Rothschilds, Windsors, Rockefellers, Monarchy, Papacy, SS, Nazis, Gizeh Intelligence, Secret Government, Osiris, Isis, Horus, Mithras, Jesus, Gabriel, Michael, Lucifer, Amen Ra, Reptilians, Greys, Dracs, Hybrids, the Old World Order, the New World Order, Earth-Changes, and Armageddon.

    I have no animosity in all of this. I might even be engaging in some sort of a sub-conscious self-incrimination. I simply wish to learn the truth of our existence, in a rather passive and admittedly unscholarly manner. A lot of this in intuitive and speculative, for me anyway, so consider all of this with a sea of salt.

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Gelre_Folio_62r
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 File0113
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 HochmeisteroftheTeutonicOrder

    The following letter was supposed to have been written by Eric John Phelps, but I don't know this for certain, but it certainly connects some dots. Eric is an amazing researcher and speaker. He has more courage and brains than I can even imagine. http://crashrecovery.org/teutonic/eric-on-teutonic-knights.html

    Date: Sat, 17 Dec 2005 00:33:45 -0500
    From: Eric Jon Phelps
    To: Robert M. Stockmann
    Cc: skolnick@ameritech.net, cloak.dagger@gmail.com
    Subject: Re: a new conspiracy has been shown up

    Dear Robert,

    Thank you for the thought regarding the Teutonic Knights. As you must know, the German Teutonic Knights, with uniforms being identical in their colors with Bavarian Roman Catholic Heinrich Himmler's SS, "Order of the Death's Head" (black trimmed with silver), were the Pope's crusaders led by Emperor Frederick Barbarossa. The Teutonic Knights always executed the will of its master in Rome and were never anti-Rome, or truly Protestant. Their rule was Augustinian; Himmler's rule was that of the Jesuits.

    To assert that the German Teutonic Knights descended into the hands of the Protestant Lutheran Prussians is a popish error. We must remember that the Knights were formally disbanded by Napoleon, the Roman Catholic Masonic Jesuit-advised Avenger for the Order, in 1806; they were then revived under the name of the New Templars by occult Freemason George Lanz in 1912, that former Roman Catholic priest who met Hitler at Lambach Abbey when Hitler was a boy; the priest who openly left the priesthood, openly became a Lutheran, openly turned anti-Jesuit, yet remaining a Jesuit Temporal Coadjutor in accordance with the bloody Jesuit Oath.

    After the death of Freemason List, Freemason Lanz was the immediate influence upon both Hitler and Himmler, those Roman Catholic Jesuit Temporal Coadjutors who destroyed Protestant Prussia via their connections with Jesuit-trained Joseph Stalin and his Jesuit-ruled "headhunters," the NKVD. Yes, the head of the NKVD and also a Lubyanka General was the Jesuit, who aided Stalin in the murder of his (the Jesuit's) Jewish wife, Alexander N. Poskrebyshev.

    The Order then carried out the designs of Lanz with regard to the Jews of Europe and Western Russia, along with the mass-murder of 20 million "heretic" Orthodox Russian Christians---aided by Stalin himself. After the war Himmler and his Teutonic Knights were saved by Allied Intelligence---the British SIS and the American OSS, both led by the Knights of Malta---via Pope Pius XII's Vatican Ratlines.

    Meanwhile, the apostate Lutheran morphine drug addict and non-member of the Teutonic SS, Prussian Herman Goering, paid with his life for resisting Hitler's all-powerful Jesuit secretary, Martin Bormann. But the obedient ex-Lutheran Bormann, disguised as a Jesuit, escaped to South America via Bishop Hudal's Ratline. His, Adolf Martin, son became a Jesuit "missionary" to the Congo.

    In conclusion, the Jesuit Order rules the Papacy; it rules all secret societies especially the Luciferian Masonic orders. It ruled Himmler and his Teutonic Knights of the SS. Today, it rules the Knights of Malta governing the CIA to the end that the NWO will be centered in that Antichrist in Rome---the Pope who pretends to be Jesus Christ in the flesh, the priest of Jerusalem---Melchisedec. To this no Bible-believing Protestant or Baptist Calvinist would ever submit.

    I trust this is helpful.

    Sincerely in Faith,

    Brother Eric

    There's more. A lot more. http://crashrecovery.org/teutonic/eric-on-teutonic-knights.html

    To get a good understanding about who the Teutonic Knights actually were since the early mideaval ages, checkout Chapter I "The Teutonic Knights and Germany" inside John Beaty's "Iron Curtain Over America". In short, throughout history, the German Teutonic Knights were the only Chivalric Order who could withstand the Pagan Barbarian's from far east Europe, preventing Germany and other European nation states falling down into a Sodom and Gomorrah alike "Civilization".

    The author of The Iron Curtain Over America has written, or collaborated on, a dozen books. His texts have been used in more than seven hundred colleges and universities, and his historical novel, Swords in the Dawn, published originally in New York, had London and Australian editions, and was adopted for state-wide use in the public schools of Texas. His education (M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., Columbia University; post-graduate study, University of Montpellier, France), his travel in Europe and Asia, and his five years with the Military Intelligence Service in World War II rounded out the background for the reading and research (1946-1951) which resulted in "The Iron Curtain Over America".

    The Pope [Urban II, at Clermont, France, on November 26, 1095] crossed the Alps from schism-torn Italy and, Frenchman himself, stirred the people of France as he rode among them. In the chapel at Clermont, he first swayed the men of the church who had answered his summons to the meeting; then, surrounded by cardinals and mail-clad knights on a golden-canopied platform in a field by the church, he addressed the multitude:

    You are girded knights, but you are arrogant with pride. You turn upon your brothers with fury, cutting down one the other. Is this the service of Christ? ... Come forward to the defense of Christ.

    The great Pope gave his eager audience some pertinent and inspiring texts from the recorded words of Jesus Christ:

    For where two or three are gathered together in my name, there am I in the midst of them. (The Gospel According to Saint Matthew, Chapter XVIII, Verse 20)

    And every one that hath forsaken houses, or brethren, or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or lands, for my namees sake, shall receive a hundredfold, and shall inherit everlasting life. (Saint Matthew, Chapter XIX, Verse 29)

    To the words of the Saviour, the Pope added his own specific promise:

    Set forth then upon the way to the Holy Sepulcher ... and fear not. Your possessions here will be safeguarded, and you will despoil the enemy of greater treasures. Do not fear death, where Christ laid down His life for you. If any should lose their lives, even on the way thither, by sea or land, or in strife with the pagans, their sins will be requited them. I grant this to all who go, by the power vested in me by God. (Harold Lamb, op. cit., p. 42).

    Through the long winter, men scanned their supplies, hammered out weapons and armor, and dreamed dreams of their holy mission. In the summer that followed, they "started out on what they called the voyage of God" (Harold Lamb, op. cit., p. VII) As they faced East they shouted
    on plains and in mountain valleys, "God wills it."

    The third body of medieval military-religious Crusaders was the Knighthood of the Teutonic Order. This organization was founded as a hospital in the winter of 1190-91 -- according to radition, on a small ship which had been pulled ashore near Acre. Its services came to be so highly regarded that in March, 1198, "the great men of the army and the [Latin] Kingdom raised the brethren of the German Hospital of St. Mary to the rank of an Order of Knights" (Encyc. Brit., Vol. XXI, pp. 983-984). Soon, however, the Order found that "its true work lay on the Eastern frontiers of Germany" (Encyc. Brit., Vol. XXI, p. 894). Invited by a Christian Polish Prince (1226) to help against the still unconverted Prussians, a body of knights sailed down the Vistula
    establishing blockhouses and pushed eastward to found Koenigsburg in 1255. In 1274, a castle was established at Marienburg and in 1309 the headquarters of the Grand Master was transferred (Encyc. Brit., Vol. XIV, p. 886) from Venice to this remote border city on the Nojat River, an eastern outlet of the Vistula (The Rise of Brandenburg-Prussia to 1786, by Sidney Bradshaw Fay, Henry Holt and Company, New York, 1937).

    It was to the Teutonic Order that the Knight of Chaucers famous Canterbury Tales belonged (Sections from Chaucer, edited by Clarence Griffin Child, D. C. Heath & Co., Boston, 1912, p. 150). Chauceras lines (prologue to the Canterbury Tales, II., 52- 53):

    Ful ofte tyme he hadde the bord bigonne Aboven alle naciouns in Pruce

    tell us that this Knight occupied the seat of Grand Master, presumably at the capital, Marienburg, and presided over Knights from the various nations assembled in "Puce" (Prussia) to hold the pagan East at bay. In his military-religious capacity Chaucer's Knight "fought for our faith" in fifteen battles, including those in Lithuania and in Russia (Prologue, II., 54-63). The Teutonic Knights soon drove eastward, or converted to Christianity, the sparsely settled native Prussian people, and assumed sovereignty over East Prussia. They encouraged the immigration of German families of farmers and artisans, and their domain on the south shore of the Baltic became a self-contained German state, outside the Holy Roman Empire. The boundaries varied, at one time reaching the Gulf of Finland (see Historical Atlas, by William R. Shepherd, Henry Holt and Company, New York, 1911, maps 77, 79, 87, 99, 119). "The hundred years from 1309 to 1409 were the Golden Age of the Teutonic Knights. Young nobles from all over Europe found no greater honor than to come out and fight under their banner and be knighted by their Grand Master" (Fay, op. cit., pp. 32-33). As the years passed, the function of the Teutonic Knights as defenders, or potential defenders, of the Christian West remained unchanged.

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 22-templar-hospitaller-teutonic-knight-reenactors
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Castle
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13283
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (6)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jun 24, 2018 1:20 am

    If Satan has ruled Earth for the past 6,000 years -- how much of the Sacred-Writings can be trusted?? Jesus claimed (in Matthew 28) that "All Power in Heaven and Earth" had been given to HIM!! Daniel 7 speaks of the SAINTS gaining dominion of the Kingdom!! 1 Corinthians 15:24-28 speaks of the Son giving the Kingdom to God the Father!! Why hasn't "Our Father Who Art in Heaven" had Full-Dominion of Earth (Past, Present, and Future)??!! What if Hostages were taken in antiquity??!! What if the Atheists are partly-right?? What if God the Father has NOT been present on Earth for the past 6,000 years?? What if God the Father was somehow taken-hostage (as blasphemous as THAT sounds)?? What if God is Mighty (but NOT Almighty)?? I mean absolutely ZERO Disrespect. I simply wish to understand the Presence of Sin and Suffering for at least the past 6,000 years. This is Extremely Important -- but no one seems to give a damn. I continue to be intrigued by the following four sources:

    1. Patriarchs and Prophets (Ellen White).

    2. Job through Malachi (New King James Version).

    3. Prophets and Kings (Ellen White).

    4. The Best Available Index of All Sacred Classical Music.

    Perhaps these four-sources should be "My Book". What if this were a Book of Common Prayer?? Siriusly. I could explain, but I'm REALLY tired and miserable today. I'm REALLY trying to End the Thread. I'm committed to posting Patriarchs and Prophets -- followed by Prophets and Kings -- in their entirety, before stopping. I wasn't going to continue (after I told blue roller I was done) BUT it hurts too much when I stop -- but then when I continue, it hurts even more. Oh Wretched Man That I Am!! I Hate My Life!! Perhaps I should Smoke Pot instead of Making the Coffee!!

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp29.html The very first effort of Satan to overthrow God's law--undertaken among the sinless inhabitants of heaven--seemed for a time to be crowned with success. A vast number of the angels were seduced; but Satan's apparent triumph resulted in defeat and loss, separation from God, and banishment from heaven.

    When the conflict was renewed upon the earth, Satan again won a seeming advantage. By transgression, man became his captive, and man's kingdom also was betrayed into the hands of the archrebel. Now the way seemed open for Satan to establish an independent kingdom, and to defy the authority of God and His Son. But the plan of salvation made it possible for man again to be brought into harmony with God, and to render obedience to His law, and for both man and the earth to be finally redeemed from the power of the wicked one.

    Again Satan was defeated, and again he resorted to deception, in the hope of converting his defeat into a victory. To stir up rebellion in the fallen race, he now represented God as unjust in having permitted man to transgress His law. "Why," said the artful tempter, "when God knew what would be the result, did He permit man to be placed on trial, to sin, and bring in misery and death?" And the children of Adam, forgetful of the long-suffering mercy that had granted man another trial, regardless of the amazing, the awful sacrifice which his rebellion had cost the King of heaven, gave ear to the tempter, and murmured against the only Being who could save them from the destructive power of Satan.

    There are thousands today echoing the same rebellious complaint against God. They do not see that to deprive man of the freedom of choice would be to rob him of his prerogative as an intelligent being, and make him a mere automaton. It is not God's purpose to coerce the will. Man was created a free moral agent. Like the inhabitants of all other worlds, he must be subjected to the test of obedience; but he is never brought into such a position that yielding to evil becomes a matter of necessity. No temptation or trial is permitted to come to him which he is unable to resist. God made such ample provision that man need never have been defeated in the conflict with Satan.

    As men increased upon the earth, almost the whole world joined the ranks of rebellion. Once more Satan seemed to have gained the victory. But omnipotent power again cut short the working of iniquity, and the earth was cleansed by the Flood from its moral pollution.

    Says the prophet, "When Thy judgments are in the earth, the inhabitants of the world will learn righteousness. Let favor be showed to the wicked, yet will he not learn righteousness, . . . and will not behold the majesty of Jehovah." Isaiah 26:9, 10. Thus it was after the Flood. Released from His judgments, the inhabitants of the earth again rebelled against the Lord. Twice God's covenant and His statutes had been rejected by the world. Both the people before the Flood and the descendants of Noah cast off the divine authority. Then God entered into covenant with Abraham, and took to Himself a people to become the depositaries of His law. To seduce and destroy this people, Satan began at once to lay his snares. The children of Jacob were tempted to contract marriages with the heathen and to worship their idols. But Joseph was faithful to God, and his fidelity was a constant testimony to the true faith. It was to quench this light that Satan worked through the envy of Joseph's brothers to cause him to be sold as a slave in a heathen land. God overruled events, however, so that the knowledge of Himself should be given to the people of Egypt. Both in the house of Potiphar and in the prison Joseph received an education and training that, with the fear of God, prepared him for his high position as prime minister of the nation. From the palace of the Pharaohs his influence was felt throughout the land, and the knowledge of God spread far and wide. The Israelites in Egypt also became prosperous and wealthy, and such as were true to God exerted a widespread influence. The idolatrous priests were filled with alarm as they saw the new religion finding favor. Inspired by Satan with his own enmity toward the God of heaven, they set themselves to quench the light. To the priests was committed the education of the heir to the throne, and it was this spirit of determined opposition to God and zeal for idolatry that molded the character of the future monarch, and led to cruelty and oppression toward the Hebrews.

    During the forty years after the flight of Moses from Egypt, idolatry seemed to have conquered. Year by year the hopes of the Israelites grew fainter. Both king and people exulted in their power, and mocked the God of Israel. This grew until it culminated in the Pharaoh who was confronted by Moses. When the Hebrew leader came before the king with a message from "Jehovah, God of Israel," it was not ignorance of the true God, but defiance of His power, that prompted the answer, "Who is Jehovah, that I should obey His voice? . . . I know not Jehovah." From first to last, Pharaoh's opposition to the divine command was not the result of ignorance, but of hatred and defiance.

    Though the Egyptians had so long rejected the knowledge of God, the Lord still gave them opportunity for repentance. In the days of Joseph, Egypt had been an asylum for Israel; God had been honored in the kindness shown His people; and now the long-suffering One, slow to anger, and full of compassion, gave each judgment time to do its work; the Egyptians, cursed through the very objects they had worshiped, had evidence of the power of Jehovah, and all who would, might submit to God and escape His judgments. The bigotry and stubbornness of the king resulted in spreading the knowledge of God, and bringing many of the Egyptians to give themselves to His service.

    It was because the Israelites were so disposed to connect themselves with the heathen and imitate their idolatry that God had permitted them to go down into Egypt, where the influence of Joseph was widely felt, and where circumstances were favorable for them to remain a distinct people. Here also the gross idolatry of the Egyptians and their cruelty and oppression during the latter part of the Hebrew sojourn should have inspired in them an abhorrence of idolatry, and should have led them to flee for refuge to the God of their fathers. This very providence Satan made a means to serve his purpose, darkening the minds of the Israelites and leading them to imitate the practices of their heathen masters. On account of the superstitious veneration in which animals were held by the Egyptians, the Hebrews were not permitted, during their bondage, to present the sacrificial offerings. Thus their minds were not directed by this service to the great Sacrifice, and their faith was weakened. When the time came for Israel's deliverance, Satan set himself to resist the purposes of God. It was his determination that that great people, numbering more than two million souls, should be held in ignorance and superstition. The people whom God had promised to bless and multiply, to make a power in the earth, and through whom he was to reveal the knowledge of His will--the people whom He was to make the keepers of His law--this very people Satan was seeking to keep in obscurity and bondage, that he might obliterate from their minds the remembrance of God.

    When the miracles were wrought before the king, Satan was on the ground to counteract their influence and prevent Pharaoh from acknowledging the supremacy of God and obeying His mandate. Satan wrought to the utmost of his power to counterfeit the work of God and resist His will. The only result was to prepare the way for greater exhibitions of the divine power and glory, and to make more apparent, both to the Israelites and to all Egypt, the existence and sovereignty of the true and living God.

    God delivered Israel with the mighty manifestations of His power, and with judgments upon all the gods of Egypt. "He brought forth his people with joy, and His chosen with gladness: . . . that they might observe His statutes, and keep His laws." Psalm 105:43-45. He rescued them from their servile state, that He might bring them to a good land--a land which in His providence had been prepared for them as a refuge from their enemies, where they might dwell under the shadow of His wings. He would bring them to Himself, and encircle them in His everlasting arms; and in return for all His goodness and mercy to them they were required to have no other gods before Him, the living God, and to exalt His name and make it glorious in the earth.

    During the bondage in Egypt many of the Israelites had, to a great extent, lost the knowledge of God's law, and had mingled its precepts with heathen customs and traditions. God brought them to Sinai, and there with His own voice declared His law.

    Satan and evil angels were on the ground. Even while God was proclaiming His law to His people, Satan was plotting to tempt them to sin. This people whom God had chosen, he would wrench away, in the very face of Heaven. By leading them into idolatry, he would destroy the efficacy of all worship; for how can man be elevated by adoring what is no higher than himself and may be symbolized by his own handiwork? If men could become so blinded to the power, the majesty, and the glory of the infinite God as to represent Him by a graven image, or even by a beast or reptile; if they could so forget their own divine relationship, formed in the image of their Maker as to bow down to these revolting and senseless objects--then the way was open for foul license; the evil passions of the heart would be unrestrained, and Satan would have full sway.

    At the very foot of Sinai, Satan began to execute his plans for overthrowing the law of God, thus carrying forward the same work he had begun in heaven. During the forty days while Moses was in the mount with God, Satan was busy exciting doubt, apostasy, and rebellion. While God was writing down His law, to be committed to His covenant people, the Israelites, denying their loyalty to Jehovah, were demanding gods of gold! When Moses came from the awful presence of the divine glory, with the precepts of the law which they had pledged themselves to obey, he found them, in open defiance of its commands, bowing in adoration before a golden image.

    By leading Israel to this daring insult and blasphemy to Jehovah, Satan had planned to cause their ruin. Since they had proved themselves to be so utterly degraded, so lost to all sense of the privileges and blessings that God had offered them, and to their own solemn and repeated pledges of loyalty, the Lord would, he believed, divorce them from Himself and devote them to destruction. Thus would be secured the extinction of the seed of Abraham, that seed of promise that was to preserve the knowledge of the living God, and through whom He was to come--the true Seed, that was to conquer Satan. The great rebel had planned to destroy Israel, and thus thwart the purposes of God. But again he was defeated. Sinful as they were, the people of Israel were not destroyed. While those who stubbornly ranged themselves on the side of Satan were cut off, the people, humbled and repentant, were mercifully pardoned. The history of this sin was to stand as a perpetual testimony to the guilt and punishment of idolatry, and the justice and long-suffering mercy of God.

    The whole universe had been witness to the scenes at Sinai. In the working out of the two administrations was seen the contrast between the government of God and that of Satan. Again the sinless inhabitants of other worlds beheld the results of Satan's apostasy, and the kind of government he would have established in heaven had he been permitted to bear sway.

    By causing men to violate the second commandment, Satan aimed to degrade their conceptions of the Divine Being. By setting aside the fourth, he would cause them to forget God altogether. God's claim to reverence and worship, above the gods of the heathen, is based upon the fact that He is the Creator, and that to Him all other beings owe their existence. Thus it is presented in the Bible. Says the prophet Jeremiah: "The Lord is the true God, He is the living God, and an everlasting King. . . . The gods that have not made the heavens and the earth, even they shall perish from the earth, and from under these heavens. He hath made the earth by His power, He hath established the world by His wisdom, and hath stretched out the heavens by His discretion." "Every man is brutish in his knowledge: every founder is confounded by the graven image: for his molten image is falsehood, and there is no breath in them. They are vanity, and the work of errors: in the time of their visitation they shall perish. The portion of Jacob is not like them: for He is the former of all things." Jeremiah 10:10-12, 14-16. The Sabbath, as a memorial of God's creative power, points to Him as the maker of the heavens and the earth. Hence it is a constant witness to His existence and a reminder of His greatness, His wisdom, and His love. Had the Sabbath always been sacredly observed, there could never have been an atheist or an idolater.

    The Sabbath institution, which originated in Eden, is as old as the world itself. It was observed by all the patriarchs, from creation down. During the bondage in Egypt, the Israelites were forced by their taskmasters to violate the Sabbath, and to a great extent they lost the knowledge of its sacredness. When the law was proclaimed at Sinai the very first words of the fourth commandment were, "Remember the Sabbath day, to keep it holy"--showing that the Sabbath was not then instituted; we are pointed back for its origin to creation. In order to obliterate God from the minds of men, Satan aimed to tear down this great memorial. If men could be led to forget their Creator, they would make no effort to resist the power of evil, and Satan would be sure of his prey.

    Satan's enmity against God's law had impelled him to war against every precept of the Decalogue. To the great principle of love and loyalty to God, the Father of all, the principle of filial love and obedience is closely related. Contempt for parental authority will soon lead to contempt for the authority of God. Hence Satan's efforts to lessen the obligation of the fifth commandment. Among heathen peoples the principle enjoined in this precept was little heeded. In many nations parents were abandoned or put to death as soon as age had rendered them incapable of providing for themselves. In the family the mother was treated with little respect, and upon the death of her husband she was required to submit to the authority of her eldest son. Filial obedience was enjoined by Moses; but as the Israelites departed from the Lord, the fifth commandment, with others, came to be disregarded.

    Satan was "a murderer from the beginning" (John 8:44); and as soon as he had obtained power over the human race, he not only prompted them to hate and slay one another, but, the more boldly to defy the authority of God, he made the violation of the sixth commandment a part of their religion.

    By perverted conceptions of divine attributes, heathen nations were led to believe human sacrifices necessary to secure the favor of their deities; and the most horrible cruelties have been perpetrated under the various forms of idolatry. Among these was the practice of causing their children to pass through the fire before their idols. When one of them came through this ordeal unharmed, the people believed that their offerings were accepted; the one thus delivered was regarded as specially favored by the gods, was loaded with benefits, and ever afterward held in high esteem; and however aggravated his crimes, he was never punished. But should one be burned in passing through the fire, his fate was sealed; it was believed that the anger of the gods could be appeased only by taking the life of the victim, and he was accordingly offered as a sacrifice. In times of great apostasy these abominations prevailed, to some extent, among the Israelites.

    The violation of the seventh commandment also was early practiced in the name of religion. The most licentious and abominable rites were made a part of the heathen worship. The gods themselves were represented as impure, and their worshipers gave the rein to the baser passions. Unnatural vices prevailed and the religious festivals were characterized by universal and open impurity.

    Polygamy was practiced at an early date. It was one of the sins that brought the wrath of God upon the antediluvian world. Yet after the Flood it again became widespread. It was Satan's studied effort to pervert the marriage institution, to weaken its obligations and lessen its sacredness; for in no surer way could he deface the image of God in man and open the door to misery and vice.

    From the opening of the great controversy it has been Satan's purpose to misrepresent God's character and to excite rebellion against His law, and this work appears to be crowned with success. The multitudes give ear to Satan's deceptions and set themselves against God. But amid the working of evil, God's purposes move steadily forward to their accomplishment; to all created intelligences He is making manifest His justice and benevolence. Through Satan's temptations the whole human race have become transgressors of God's law, but by the sacrifice of His Son a way is opened whereby they may return to God. Through the grace of Christ they may be enabled to render obedience to the Father's law. Thus in every age, from the midst of apostasy and rebellion, God gathers out a people that are true to Him--a people "in whose heart is His law." Isaiah 51:7.

    It was by deception that Satan seduced angels; thus he has in all ages carried forward his work among men, and he will continue this policy to the last. Should he openly profess to be warring against God and His law, men would beware; but he disguises himself, and mixes truth with error. The most dangerous falsehoods are those that are mingled with truth. It is thus that errors are received that captivate and ruin the soul. By this means Satan carries the world with him. But a day is coming when his triumph will be forever ended.

    God's dealings with rebellion will result in fully unmasking the work that has so long been carried on under cover. The results of Satan's rule, the fruits of setting aside the divine statutes, will be laid open to the view of all created intelligences. The law of God will stand fully vindicated. It will be seen that all the dealings of God have been conducted with reference to the eternal good of His people, and the good of all the worlds that He has created. Satan himself, in the presence of the witnessing universe, will confess the justice of God's government and the righteousness of His law.

    The time is not far distant when God will arise to vindicate His insulted authority. "The Lord cometh out of His place to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity." Isaiah 26:21. "But who may abide the day of His coming? and who shall stand when He appeareth?" Malachi 3:2. The people of Israel, because of their sinfulness, were forbidden to approach the mount when God was about to descend upon it to proclaim His law, lest they should be consumed by the burning glory of His presence. If such manifestations of His power marked the place chosen for the proclamation of God's law, how terrible must be His tribunal when He comes for the execution of these sacred statutes. How will those who have trampled upon His authority endure His glory in the great day of final retribution? The terrors of Sinai were to represent to the people the scenes of the judgment. The sound of a trumpet summoned Israel to meet with God. The voice of the Archangel and the trump of God shall summon, from the whole earth, both the living and the dead to the presence of their Judge. The Father and the Son, attended by a multitude of angels, were present upon the mount. At the great judgment day Christ will come "in the glory of His Father with His angels." Matthew 16:27. He shall then sit upon the throne of His glory, and before Him shall be gathered all nations.

    When the divine Presence was manifested upon Sinai, the glory of the Lord was like devouring fire in the sight of all Israel. But when Christ shall come in glory with His holy angels the whole earth shall be ablaze with the terrible light of His presence. "Our God shall come, and shall not keep silence: a fire shall devour before Him, and it shall be very tempestuous round about Him. He shall call to the heavens from above, and to the earth, that He may judge His people." Psalm 50:3, 4. A fiery stream shall issue and come forth from before Him, which shall cause the elements to melt with fervent heat, the earth also, and the works that are therein shall be burned up. "The Lord Jesus shall be revealed from heaven with His mighty angels, in flaming fire taking vengeance on them that know not God, and that obey not the gospel." 2 Thessalonians 1:7, 8.

    Never since man was created had there been witnessed such a manifestation of divine power as when the law was proclaimed from Sinai. "The earth shook, the heavens also dropped at the presence of God: even Sinai itself was moved at the presence of God, the God of Israel." Psalm 68:8. Amid the most terrific convulsions of nature the voice of God, like a trumpet, was heard from the cloud. The mountain was shaken from base to summit, and the hosts of Israel, pale and trembling with terror, lay upon their faces upon the earth. He whose voice then shook the earth has declared, "Yet once more I shake not the earth only, but also heaven." Hebrews 12:26. Says the Scripture, "The Lord shall roar from on high, and utter His voice from His holy habitation;" "and the heavens and the earth shall shake." Jeremiah 25:30; Joel 3:16. In that great coming day, the heaven itself shall depart "as a scroll when it is rolled together." Revelation 6:14. And every mountain and island shall be moved out of its place. "The earth shall reel to and fro like a drunkard, and shall be removed like a cottage; and the transgression thereof shall be heavy upon it; and it shall fall, and not rise again." Isaiah 24:20.

    "Therefore shall all hands be faint," all faces shall be "turned into paleness," "and every man's heart shall melt. And they shall be afraid: pangs and sorrows shall take hold of them." "And I will punish the world for their evil," saith the Lord, "and I will cause the arrogancy of the proud to cease, and will lay low the haughtiness of the terrible." Isaiah 13:7, 8, 11; Jeremiah 30:6.

    When Moses came from the divine Presence in the mount, where he had received the tables of the testimony, guilty Israel could not endure the light that glorified his countenance. How much less can transgressors look upon the Son of God when He shall appear in the glory of His Father, surrounded by all the heavenly host, to execute judgment upon the transgressors of His law and the rejecters of His atonement. Those who have disregarded the law of God and trodden under foot the blood of Christ, "the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men," shall hide themselves "in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains," and they shall say to the mountains and rocks, "Fall on us, and hide us from the face of Him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb: for the great day of His wrath is come; and who shall be able to stand?" Revelation 6:15-17. "In that day a man shall cast his idols of silver, and his idols of gold, . . . to the moles and to the bats; to go into the clefts of the rocks, and into the tops of the ragged rocks, for fear of the Lord, and for the glory of His majesty, when He ariseth to shake terribly the earth." Isaiah 2:20, 21.

    Then it will be seen that Satan's rebellion against God has resulted in ruin to himself and to all that chose to become his subjects. He has represented that great good would result from transgression; but it will be seen that "the wages of sin is death." "For, behold, the day cometh, that shall burn as an oven; and all the proud, yea, and all that do wickedly, shall be stubble: and the day that cometh shall burn them up, saith the Lord of hosts, that it shall leave them neither root nor branch." Malachi 4:1. Satan, the root of every sin, and all evil workers, who are his branches, shall be utterly cut off. An end will be made of sin, with all the woe and ruin that have resulted from it. Says the psalmist, "Thou hast destroyed the wicked, thou hast put out their name forever and ever. O thou enemy, destructions are come to a perpetual end." Psalm 9:5, 6.

    But amid the tempest of divine judgment the children of God will have no cause for fear. "The Lord will be the hope of His people, and the strength of the children of Israel." Joel 3:16. The day that brings terror and destruction to the transgressors of God's law will bring to the obedient "joy unspeakable and full of glory" "Gather My saints together unto Me," saith the Lord, "those that have made a covenant with Me by sacrifice. And the heavens shall declare His righteousness: for God is Judge Himself."

    "Then shall ye return, and discern between the righteous and the wicked, between him that serveth God and him that serveth Him not." Malachi 3:18. "Hearken unto Me, ye that know righteousness, the people in whose heart is My law." "Behold, I have taken out of thine hand the cup of trembling, . . . thou shalt no more drink it again." I, even I, am He that comforteth you." Isaiah 51:7, 22, 12. "For the mountains shall depart, and the hills be removed; but My kindness shall not depart from thee, neither shall the covenant of My peace be removed, saith the Lord that hath mercy on thee." Isaiah 54:10.

    The great plan of redemption results in fully bringing back the world into God's favor. All that was lost by sin is restored. Not only man but the earth is redeemed, to be the eternal abode of the obedient. For six thousand years Satan has struggled to maintain possession of the earth. Now God's original purpose in its creation is accomplished. "The saints of the Most High shall take the kingdom, and possess the kingdom forever, even forever and ever." Daniel 7:18.

    "From the rising of the sun unto the going down of the same the Lord's name is to be praised." Psalm 113:3. "In that day shall there be one Lord, and His name one." "And Jehovah shall be king over all the earth." Zechariah 14:9. Says the Scripture, "Forever, O Lord, Thy word is settled in heaven." "All His commandments are sure. They stand fast forever and ever." Psalms 119:89; 111:7, 8. The sacred statutes which Satan has hated and sought to destroy, will be honored throughout a sinless universe. And "as the earth bringeth forth her bud, and as the garden causeth the things that are sown in it to spring forth; so the Lord God will cause righteousness and praise to spring forth before all nations." Isaiah 61:11.

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp30.html The command was communicated to Moses while in the mount with God, "Let them make Me a sanctuary; that I may dwell among them;" and full directions were given for the construction of the tabernacle. By their apostasy the Israelites forfeited the blessing of the divine Presence, and for the time rendered impossible the erection of a sanctuary for God among them. But after they were again taken into favor with Heaven, the great leader proceeded to execute the divine command.

    Chosen men were especially endowed by God with skill and wisdom for the construction of the sacred building. God Himself gave to Moses the plan of that structure, with particular directions as to its size and form, the materials to be employed, and every article of furniture which it was to contain. The holy places made with hands were to be "figures of the true," "patterns of things in the heavens" (Hebrews 9:24, 23)--a miniature representation of the heavenly temple where Christ, our great High Priest, after offering His life as a sacrifice, was to minister in the sinner's behalf. God presented before Moses in the mount a view of the heavenly sanctuary, and commanded him to make all things according to the pattern shown him. All these directions were carefully recorded by Moses, who communicated them to the leaders of the people.

    For the building of the sanctuary great and expensive preparations were necessary; a large amount of the most precious and costly material was required; yet the Lord accepted only freewill offerings. "Of every man that giveth it willingly with his heart ye shall take My offering" was the divine command repeated by Moses to the congregation. Devotion to God and a spirit of sacrifice were the first requisites in preparing a dwelling place for the Most High.

    All the people responded with one accord. "They came, every one whose heart stirred him up, and every one whom his spirit made willing, and they brought the Lord's offering to the work of the tabernacle of the congregation, and for all His service, and for the holy garments. And they came, both men and women, as many as were willinghearted, and brought bracelets, and earrings, and rings, and tablets, all jewels of gold: and every man that offered, offered an offering of gold unto the Lord."

    "And every man with whom was found blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine linen, and goats' hair, and rams' skins dyed red, and sealskins, brought them. Everyone that did offer an offering of silver and brass brought the Lord's offering: and every man, with whom was found acacia wood for any work of the service, brought it.

    "And all the women that were wisehearted did spin with their hands, and brought that which they had spun, the blue, and the purple, the scarlet, and the fine linen. And all the women whose heart stirred them up in wisdom spun the goats' hair.

    "And the rulers brought the onyx stones, and the stones to be set, for the ephod, and for the breastplate; and the spice, and the oil; for the light, and for the anointing oil, and for the sweet incense." Exodus 35:23-28, R.V.

    While the building of the sanctuary was in progress the people, old and young--men, women, and children--continued to bring their offerings, until those in charge of the work found that they had enough, and even more than could be used. And Moses caused to be proclaimed throughout the camp, "Let neither man nor woman make any more work for the offering of the sanctuary. So the people were restrained from bringing." The murmurings of the Israelites and the visitations of God's judgments because of their sins are recorded as a warning to after-generations. And their devotion, their zeal and liberality, are an example worthy of imitation. All who love the worship of God and prize the blessing of His sacred presence will manifest the same spirit of sacrifice in preparing a house where He may meet with them. They will desire to bring to the Lord an offering of the very best that they possess. A house built for God should not be left in debt, for He is thereby dishonored. An amount sufficient to accomplish the work should be freely given, that the workmen may be able to say, as did the builders of the tabernacle, "Bring no more offerings."

    The tabernacle was so constructed that it could be taken apart and borne with the Israelites in all their journeyings. It was therefore small, being not more than fifty-five feet in length, and eighteen in breadth and height. Yet it was a magnificent structure. The wood employed for the building and its furniture was that of the acacia tree, which was less subject to decay than any other to be obtained at Sinai. The walls consisted of upright boards, set in silver sockets, and held firm by pillars and connecting bars; and all were overlaid with gold, giving to the building the appearance of solid gold. The roof was formed of four sets of curtains, the innermost of "fine twined linen, and blue, and purple, and scarlet: with cherubim of cunning work;" the other three respectively were of goats' hair, rams' skins dyed red, and sealskins, so arranged as to afford complete protection.

    The building was divided into two apartments by a rich and beautiful curtain, or veil, suspended from gold-plated pillars; and a similar veil closed the entrance of the first apartment. These, like the inner covering, which formed the ceiling, were of the most gorgeous colors, blue, purple, and scarlet, beautifully arranged, while inwrought with threads of gold and silver were cherubim to represent the angelic host who are connected with the work of the heavenly sanctuary and who are ministering spirits to the people of God on earth.

    The sacred tent was enclosed in an open space called the court, which was surrounded by hangings, or screens, of fine linen, suspended from pillars of brass. The entrance to this enclosure was at the eastern end. It was closed by curtains of costly material and beautiful workmanship, though inferior to those of the sanctuary. The hangings of the court being only about half as high as the walls of the tabernacle, the building could be plainly seen by the people without. In the court, and nearest the entrance, stood the brazen altar of burnt offering. Upon this altar were consumed all the sacrifices made by fire unto the Lord, and its horns were sprinkled with the atoning blood. Between the altar and the door of the tabernacle was the laver, which was also of brass, made from the mirrors that had been the freewill offering of the women of Israel. At the laver the priests were to wash their hands and their feet whenever they went into the sacred apartments, or approached the altar to offer a burnt offering unto the Lord.

    In the first apartment, or holy place, were the table of showbread, the candlestick, or lampstand, and the altar of incense. The table of showbread stood on the north. With its ornamental crown, it was overlaid with pure gold. On this table the priests were each Sabbath to place twelve cakes, arranged in two piles, and sprinkled with frankincense. The loaves that were removed, being accounted holy, were to be eaten by the priests. On the south was the seven-branched candlestick, with its seven lamps. Its branches were ornamented with exquisitely wrought flowers, resembling lilies, and the whole was made from one solid piece of gold. There being no windows in the tabernacle, the lamps were never all extinguished at one time, but shed their light by day and by night. Just before the veil separating the holy place from the most holy and the immediate presence of God, stood the golden altar of incense. Upon this altar the priest was to burn incense every morning and evening; its horns were touched with the blood of the sin offering, and it was sprinkled with blood upon the great Day of Atonement. The fire upon this altar was kindled by God Himself and was sacredly cherished. Day and night the holy incense diffused its fragrance throughout the sacred apartments, and without, far around the tabernacle.

    Beyond the inner veil was the holy of holies, where centered the symbolic service of atonement and intercession, and which formed the connecting link between heaven and earth. In this apartment was the ark, a chest of acacia wood, overlaid within and without with gold, and having a crown of gold about the top. It was made as a depository for the tables of stone, upon which God Himself had inscribed the Ten Commandments. Hence it was called the ark of God's testament, or the ark of the covenant, since the Ten Commandments were the basis of the covenant made between God and Israel.

    The cover of the sacred chest was called the mercy seat. This was wrought of one solid piece of gold, and was surmounted by golden cherubim, one standing on each end. One wing of each angel was stretched forth on high, while the other was folded over the body (see Ezekiel 1:11) in token of reverence and humility. The position of the cherubim, with their faces turned toward each other, and looking reverently downward toward the ark, represented the reverence with which the heavenly host regard the law of God and their interest in the plan of redemption.

    Above the mercy seat was the Shekinah, the manifestation of the divine Presence; and from between the cherubim, God made known His will. Divine messages were sometimes communicated to the high priest by a voice from the cloud. Sometimes a light fell upon the angel at the right, to signify approval or acceptance, or a shadow or cloud rested upon the one at the left to reveal disapproval or rejection.

    The law of God, enshrined within the ark, was the great rule of righteousness and judgment. That law pronounced death upon the transgressor; but above the law was the mercy seat, upon which the presence of God was revealed, and from which, by virtue of the atonement, pardon was granted to the repentant sinner. Thus in the work of Christ for our redemption, symbolized by the sanctuary service, "mercy and truth are met together; righteousness and peace have kissed each other." Psalm 85:10.

    No language can describe the glory of the scene presented within the sanctuary--the gold-plated walls reflecting the light from the golden candlestick, the brilliant hues of the richly embroidered curtains with their shining angels, the table, and the altar of incense, glittering with gold; beyond the second veil the sacred ark, with its mystic cherubim, and above it the holy Shekinah, the visible manifestation of Jehovah's presence; all but a dim reflection of the glories of the temple of God in heaven, the great center of the work for man's redemption.

    A period of about half a year was occupied in the building of the tabernacle. When it was completed, Moses examined all the work of the builders, comparing it with the pattern shown him in the mount and the directions he had received from God. "As the Lord had commanded, even so had they done it: and Moses blessed them." With eager interest the multitudes of Israel crowded around to look upon the sacred structure. While they were contemplating the scene with reverent satisfaction, the pillar of cloud floated over the sanctuary and, descending, enveloped it. "And the glory of the Lord filled the tabernacle." There was a revealing of the divine majesty, and for a time even Moses could not enter. With deep emotion the people beheld the token that the work of their hands was accepted. There were no loud demonstrations of rejoicing. A solemn awe rested upon all. But the gladness of their hearts welled up in tears of joy, and they murmured low, earnest words of gratitude that God had condescended to abide with them.

    By divine direction the tribe of Levi was set apart for the service of the sanctuary. In the earliest times every man was the priest of his own household. In the days of Abraham the priesthood was regarded as the birthright of the eldest son. Now, instead of the first-born of all Israel, the Lord accepted the tribe of Levi for the work of the sanctuary. By this signal honor He manifested His approval of their fidelity, both in adhering to His service and in executing His judgments when Israel apostatized in the worship of the golden calf. The priesthood, however, was restricted to the family of Aaron. Aaron and his sons alone were permitted to minister before the Lord; the rest of the tribe were entrusted with the charge of the tabernacle and its furniture, and they were to attend upon the priests in their ministration, but they were not to sacrifice, to burn incense, or to see the holy things till they were covered.

    In accordance with their office, a special dress was appointed for the priests. "Thou shalt make holy garments for Aaron thy brother, for glory and for beauty," was the divine direction to Moses. The robe of the common priest was of white linen, and woven in one piece. It extended nearly to the feet and was confined about the waist by a white linen girdle embroidered in blue, purple, and red. A linen turban, or miter, completed his outer costume. Moses at the burning bush was directed to put off his sandals, for the ground whereon he stood was holy. So the priests were not to enter the sanctuary with shoes upon their feet. Particles of dust cleaving to them would desecrate the holy place. They were to leave their shoes in the court before entering the sanctuary, and also to wash both their hands and their feet before ministering in the tabernacle or at the altar of burnt offering. Thus was constantly taught the lesson that all defilement must be put away from those who would approach into the presence of God.

    The garments of the high priest were of costly material and beautiful workmanship, befitting his exalted station. In addition to the linen dress of the common priest, he wore a robe of blue, also woven in one piece. Around the skirt it was ornamented with golden bells, and pomegranates of blue, purple, and scarlet. Outside of this was the ephod, a shorter garment of gold, blue, purple, scarlet, and white. It was confined by a girdle of the same colors, beautifully wrought. The ephod was sleeveless, and on its gold-embroidered shoulder pieces were set two onyx stones, bearing the names of the twelve tribes of Israel.

    Over the ephod was the breastplate, the most sacred of the priestly vestments. This was of the same material as the ephod. It was in the form of a square, measuring a span, and was suspended from the shoulders by a cord of blue from golden rings. The border was formed of a variety of precious stones, the same that form the twelve foundations of the City of God. Within the border were twelve stones set in gold, arranged in rows of four, and, like those in the shoulder pieces, engraved with the names of the tribes. The Lord's direction was, "Aaron shall bear the names of the children of Israel in the breastplate of judgment upon his heart, when he goeth in unto the holy place, for a memorial before the Lord continually." Exodus 28:29. So Christ, the great High Priest, pleading His blood before the Father in the sinner's behalf, bears upon His heart the name of every repentant, believing soul. Says the psalmist, "I am poor and needy; yet the Lord thinketh upon me." Psalm 40:17.

    At the right and left of the breastplate were two large stones of great brilliancy. These were known as the Urim and Thummim. By them the will of God was made known through the high priest. When questions were brought for decision before the Lord, a halo of light encircling the precious stone at the right was a token of the divine consent or approval, while a cloud shadowing the stone at the left was an evidence of denial or disapprobation.

    The miter of the high priest consisted of the white linen turban, having attached to it by a lace of blue, a gold plate bearing the inscription, "Holiness to Jehovah." Everything connected with the apparel and deportment of the priests was to be such as to impress the beholder with a sense of the holiness of God, the sacredness of His worship, and the purity required of those who came into His presence.

    Not only the sanctuary itself, but the ministration of the priests, was to "serve unto the example and shadow of heavenly things." Hebrews 8:5. Thus it was of great importance; and the Lord, through Moses, gave the most definite and explicit instruction concerning every point of this typical service. The ministration of the sanctuary consisted of two divisions, a daily and a yearly service. The daily service was performed at the altar of burnt offering in the court of the tabernacle and in the holy place; while the yearly service was in the most holy.

    No mortal eye but that of the high priest was to look upon the inner apartment of the sanctuary. Only once a year could the priest enter there, and that after the most careful and solemn preparation. With trembling he went in before God, and the people in reverent silence awaited his return, their hearts uplifted in earnest prayer for the divine blessing. Before the mercy seat the high priest made the atonement for Israel; and in the cloud of glory, God met with him. His stay here beyond the accustomed time filled them with fear, lest because of their sins or his own he had been slain by the glory of the Lord.

    The daily service consisted of the morning and evening burnt offering, the offering of sweet incense on the golden altar, and the special offerings for individual sins. And there were also offerings for sabbaths, new moons, and special feasts.

    Every morning and evening a lamb of a year old was burned upon the altar, with its appropriate meat offering, thus symbolizing the daily consecration of the nation to Jehovah, and their constant dependence upon the atoning blood of Christ. God expressly directed that every offering presented for the service of the sanctuary should be "without blemish." Exodus 12:5. The priests were to examine all animals brought as a sacrifice, and were to reject every one in which a defect was discovered. Only an offering "without blemish" could be a symbol of His perfect purity who was to offer Himself as "a lamb without blemish and without spot." 1 Peter 1:19. The apostle Paul points to these sacrifices as an illustration of what the followers of Christ are to become. He says, "I beseech you therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service." Romans 12:1. We are to give ourselves to the service of God, and we should seek to make the offering as nearly perfect as possible. God will not be pleased with anything less than the best we can offer. Those who love Him with all the heart, will desire to give Him the best service of the life, and they will be constantly seeking to bring every power of their being into harmony with the laws that will promote their ability to do His will.

    In the offering of incense the priest was brought more directly into the presence of God than in any other act of the daily ministration. As the inner veil of the sanctuary did no extend to the top of the building, the glory of God, which was manifested above the mercy seat, was partially visible from the first apartment. When the priest offered incense before the Lord, he looked toward the ark; and as the cloud of incense arose, the divine glory descended upon the mercy seat and filled the most holy place, and often so filled both apartments that the priest was obliged to retire to the door of the tabernacle. As in that typical service the priest looked by faith to the mercy seat which he could not see, so the people of God are now to direct their prayers to Christ, their great High Priest, who, unseen by human vision, is pleading in their behalf in the sanctuary above.

    The incense, ascending with the prayers of Israel, represents the merits and intercession of Christ, His perfect righteousness, which through faith is imputed to His people, and which can alone make the worship of sinful beings acceptable to God. Before the veil of the most holy place was an altar of perpetual intercession, before the holy, an altar of continual atonement. By blood and by incense God was to be approached--symbols pointing to the great Mediator, through whom sinners may approach Jehovah, and through whom alone mercy and salvation can be granted to the repentant, believing soul.

    As the priests morning and evening entered the holy place at the time of incense, the daily sacrifice was ready to be offered upon the altar in the court without. This was a time of intense interest to the worshipers who assembled at the tabernacle. Before entering into the presence of God through the ministration of the priest, they were to engage in earnest searching of heart and confession of sin. They united in silent prayer, with their faces toward the holy place. Thus their petitions ascended with the cloud of incense, while faith laid hold upon the merits of the promised Saviour prefigured by the atoning sacrifice. The hours appointed for the morning and the evening sacrifice were regarded as sacred, and they came to be observed as the set time for worship throughout the Jewish nation. And when in later times the Jews were scattered as captives in distant lands, they still at the appointed hour turned their faces toward Jerusalem and offered up their petitions to the God of Israel. In this custom Christians have an example for morning and evening prayer. While God condemns a mere round of ceremonies, without the spirit of worship, He looks with great pleasure upon those who love Him, bowing morning and evening to seek pardon for sins committed and to present their requests for needed blessings.

    The showbread was kept ever before the Lord as a perpetual offering. Thus it was a part of the daily sacrifice. It was called showbread, or "bread of the presence," because it was ever before the face of the Lord. It was an acknowledgment of man's dependence upon God for both temporal and spiritual food, and that it is received only through the mediation of Christ. God had fed Israel in the wilderness with bread from heaven, and they were still dependent upon His bounty, both for temporal food and spiritual blessings. Both the manna and the showbread pointed to Christ, the living Bread, who is ever in the presence of God for us. He Himself said, "I am the living Bread which came down from heaven." John 6:48-51. Frankincense was placed upon the loaves. When the bread was removed every Sabbath, to be replaced by fresh loaves, the frankincense was burned upon the altar as a memorial before God.

    The most important part of the daily ministration was the service performed in behalf of individuals. The repentant sinner brought his offering to the door of the tabernacle, and, placing his hand upon the victim's head, confessed his sins, thus in figure transferring them from himself to the innocent sacrifice. By his own hand the animal was then slain, and the blood was carried by the priest into the holy place and sprinkled before the veil, behind which was the ark containing the law that the sinner had transgressed. By this ceremony the sin was, through the blood, transferred in figure to the sanctuary. In some cases the blood was not taken into the holy place; [*See Appendix, Note 6.] but the flesh was then to be eaten by the priest, as Moses directed the sons of Aaron, saying, "God hath given it you to bear the iniquity of the congregation." Leviticus 10:17. Both ceremonies alike symbolized the transfer of the sin from the penitent to the sanctuary.

    Such was the work that went on day by day throughout the year. The sins of Israel being thus transferred to the sanctuary, the holy places were defiled, and a special work became necessary for the removal of the sins. God commanded that an atonement be made for each of the sacred apartments, as for the altar, to "cleanse it, and hallow it from the uncleanness of the children of Israel." Leviticus 16:19.

    Once a year, on the great Day of Atonement, the priest entered the most holy place for the cleansing of the sanctuary. The work there performed completed the yearly round of ministration.

    On the Day of Atonement two kids of the goats were brought to the door of the tabernacle, and lots were cast upon them, "one lot for the Lord, and the other lot for the scapegoat." The goat upon which the first lot fell was to be slain as a sin offering for the people. And the priest was to bring his blood within the veil, and sprinkle it upon the mercy seat. "And he shall make an atonement for the holy place, because of the uncleanness of the children of Israel, and because of their transgression in all their sins; and so shall he do for the tabernacle of the congregation, that remaineth among them in the midst of their uncleanness."

    "And Aaron shall lay both his hands upon the head of the live goat, and confess over him all the iniquities of the children of Israel, and all their transgressions in all their sins, putting them upon the head of the goat, and shall send him away by the hand of a fit man into the wilderness: and the goat shall bear upon him all their iniquities into a land not inhabited." Not until the goat had been thus sent away did the people regard themselves as freed from the burden of their sins. Every man was to afflict his soul while the work of atonement was going forward. All business was laid aside, and the whole congregation of Israel spent the day in solemn humiliation before God, with prayer, fasting, and deep searching of heart.

    Important truths concerning the atonement were taught the people by this yearly service. In the sin offerings presented during the year, a substituted had been accepted in the sinner's stead; but the blood of the victim had not made full atonement for the sin. It had only provided a means by which the sin was transferred to the sanctuary. By the offering of blood, the sinner acknowledged the authority of the law, confessed the guilt of his transgression, and expressed his faith in Him who was to take away the sin of the world; but he was not entirely released from the condemnation of the law. On the Day of Atonement the high priest, having taken an offering for the congregation, went into the most holy place with the blood and sprinkled it upon the mercy seat, above the tables of the law. Thus the claims of the law, which demanded the life of the sinner, were satisfied. Then in his character of mediator the priest took the sins upon himself, and, leaving the sanctuary, he bore with him the burden of Israel's guilt. At the door of the tabernacle he laid his hands upon the head of the scapegoat and confessed over him "all the iniquities of the children of Israel, and all their transgressions in all their sins, putting them upon the head of the goat." And as the goat bearing these sins was sent away, they were, with him, regarded as forever separated from the people. Such was the service performed "unto the example and shadow of heavenly things." Hebrews 8:5.

    As has been stated, the earthly sanctuary was built by Moses according to the pattern shown him in the mount. It was "a figure for the time then present, in which were offered both gifts and sacrifices;" its two holy places were "patterns of things in the heavens;" Christ, our great High Priest, is "a minister of the sanctuary, and of the true tabernacle, which the Lord pitched, and not man." Hebrews 9:9, 23; 8:2. As in vision the apostle John was granted a view of the temple of God in heaven, he beheld there "seven lamps of fire burning before the throne." He saw an angel "having a golden censer; and there was given unto him much incense, that he should offer it with the prayers of all saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne." Revelation 4:5; 8:3. Here the prophet was permitted to behold the first apartment of the sanctuary in heaven; and he saw there the "seven lamps of fire" and the "golden altar" represented by the golden candlestick and the altar of incense in the sanctuary on earth. Again, "the temple of God was opened" (Revelation 11:19), and he looked within the inner veil, upon the holy of holies. Here he beheld "the ark of His testament" (Revelation 11:19), represented by the sacred chest constructed by Moses to contain the law of God.

    Moses made the earthly sanctuary, "according to the fashion that he had seen." Paul declares that "the tabernacle, and all the vessels of the ministry," when completed, were "the patterns of things in the heavens." Acts 7:44; Hebrews 9:21, 23. And John says that he saw the sanctuary in heaven. That sanctuary, in which Jesus ministers in our behalf, is the great original, of which the sanctuary built by Moses was a copy.

    The heavenly temple, the abiding place of the King of kings, where "thousand thousands ministered unto Him, and ten thousand times ten thousand stood before Him" (Daniel 7:10), that temple filled with the glory of the eternal throne, where seraphim, its shining guardians, veil their faces in adoration--no earthly structure could represent its vastness and its glory. Yet important truths concerning the heavenly sanctuary and the great work there carried forward for man's redemption were to be taught by the earthly sanctuary and its services.

    After His ascension, our Saviour was to begin His work as our High Priest. Says Paul, "Christ is not entered into the holy places made with hands, which are the figures of the true; but into heaven itself, now to appear in the presence of God for us." Hebrews 9:24. As Christ's ministration was to consist of two great divisions, each occupying a period of time and having a distinctive place in the heavenly sanctuary, so the typical ministration consisted of two divisions, the daily and the yearly service, and to each a department of the tabernacle was devoted.

    As Christ at His ascension appeared in the presence of God to plead His blood in behalf of penitent believers, so the priest in the daily ministration sprinkled the blood of the sacrifice in the holy place in the sinner's behalf.

    The blood of Christ, while it was to release the repentant sinner from the condemnation of the law, was not to cancel the sin; it would stand on record in the sanctuary until the final atonement; so in the type the blood of the sin offering removed the sin from the penitent, but it rested in the sanctuary until the Day of Atonement.

    In the great day of final award, the dead are to be "judged out of those things which were written in the books, according to their works." Revelation 20:12. Then by virtue of the atoning blood of Christ, the sins of all the truly penitent will be blotted from the books of heaven. Thus the sanctuary will be freed, or cleansed, from the record of sin. In the type, this great work of atonement, or blotting out of sins, was represented by the services of the Day of Atonement--the cleansing of the earthly sanctuary, which was accomplished by the removal, by virtue of the blood of the sin offering, of the sins by which it had been polluted.

    As in the final atonement the sins of the truly penitent are to be blotted from the records of heaven, no more to be remembered or come into mind, so in the type they were borne away into the wilderness, forever separated from the congregation.

    Since Satan is the originator of sin, the direct instigator of all the sins that caused the death of the Son of God, justice demands that Satan shall suffer the final punishment. Christ's work for the redemption of men and the purification of the universe from sin will be closed by the removal of sin from the heavenly sanctuary and the placing of these sins upon Satan, who will bear the final penalty. So in the typical service, the yearly round of ministration closed with the purification of the sanctuary, and the confessing of the sins on the head of the scapegoat.

    Thus in the ministration of the tabernacle, and of the temple that afterward took its place, the people were taught each day the great truths relative to Christ's death and ministration, and once each year their minds were carried forward to the closing events of the great controversy between Christ and Satan, the final purification of the universe from sin and sinners.
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13283
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (6)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jun 24, 2018 1:29 am

    I am neither Protestant or Catholic. I'm simply a Renegade French Jesuit Organist (in my dreams)!! As I was reading Life of Christ by Fulton Sheen, I had a 'vision' of St. Patrick's Cathedral in the early 1960's, with a televised service, featuring the 1928 Book of Common Prayer -- Sacred Classical Music -- and Fulton Sheen preaching homilies taken directly from his Life of Christ (1958) -- combined with the best aspects of the relatively new Garden Grove Community Church with Robert H. Schuller!!!! This 'Ecumenical Hollywood Service' would've supplemented the pre-existing modus operandi of St. Patrick's Cathedral -- in complete harmony with the Vatican!!! If THAT had been done --- would the Second Vatican Council and the Novus Ordo Mass have really been necessary??? Put those stones down!!! This is just one more mind game!!! There's a reason why some people get to wear fancy robes in ornate cathedrals -- and why some people have to sit in their old car, wearing holey blue jeans, and using their entry-level laptop with public internet!!! Read the introduction to the new edition of Life of Christ . I have read it repeatedly -- and it always brings tears to my eyes.

    'On October 3, 1979, Pope John Paul II was making his first papal visit to the United States. He came to New York City and was met by Terence Cardinal Cooke, Archbishop of New York, who escorted the Pope into St. Patrick's Cathedral. When the Holy Father reached the sanctuary, he paused and looked around. Then he turned to Cardinal Cooke and asked, "Where is Archbishop Sheen?" The Cardinal had to send his secretary to find the Archbishop, who was toward the back of the cathedral in the Mary Chapel. The Holy Father waited motionlessly. The people were wondering what was happening to cause this apparent delay. Finally, Archbishop Sheen emerged from the chapel. When the people realized that the Pope had been waiting for the Archbishop, they stood up and gave Archbishop Sheen a seven-minute standing ovation. Here was the man, after all, who had been the voice of the Catholic Church in America for some thirty years. Then Pope John Paul II went over and embraced the Archbishop, now quite frail with age and sickness. The Holy Father said to him: "You have written and spoken well of the Lord Jesus! You have been a loyal son of the Church." These powerful words certainly apply to Archbishop Sheen's Life of Christ.' -- Father Andrew Apostoli, C.F.R. -- Vice-Postulator, Cause of Canonization of Archbishop Fulton J. Sheen.

    BTW -- has anyone speculated regarding what the church and world would be like if the First and Second Vatican Councils had never taken place??!! What if the Anglican Communion were considered to be the Experimental Catholic Church -- where new ideas might be explored on a smaller scale prior to implementing them on a larger scale??!! Consider Innovative-Continuity. What if the 'Faithful' don't REALLY know WHY they are 'Faithful'??!! What if the 'Protestants' don't REALLY know WHAT and WHY they are 'Protesting'??!! I'm probably neither Protestant or Catholic -- although I am very interested in both perspectives. Perhaps ALL of us are deluded with Conflicting-Delusions!! Still, I think that Top Catholics know more about what's REALLY going on in this solar system than just about anyone else -- other than the Queen of Heaven and God of This World!! I know that makes a lot of you very angry -- but I am NOT attempting to win a Popularity-Contest -- and I am NOT looking for a Job (even one on the Dark-Side of the Moon). I simply wish to help turn this Purgatory into a Paradise. I knew a lady who grew-up attending St. Patrick's Cathedral in New York City, and she told me she was certain (as a youth) that she was going to Hell. Honest. An SDA Pastor told me that many Adventist youth have nightmares about the End of the World. This is the sort of thing I'd like to eliminate. My scary threads are for Seasoned-Researchers and NOT for the General-Public. Consider these interesting videos:


    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Archbishop_sheen2
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 _JPII+and+Fulton+Sheen
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Pbucket
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Archbishop+Fulton+J.+Sheen+%283%29





    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Pbucket
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Fulton-sheen1
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Sheen+-+President
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Fulton+Sheen+Dominican+missionaries+8+31+1956

    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fulton_J._Sheen Fulton John Sheen (born Peter John Sheen, May 8, 1895 – December 9, 1979) was an American archbishop of the Roman Catholic Church known for his preaching and especially his work on television and radio. His cause for canonization for sainthood was officially opened in 2002. In June 2012, Pope Benedict XVI officially recognized a decree from the Congregation for the Causes of Saints stating that he lived a life of "heroic virtues" – a major step towards beatification – so he is now referred to as "Venerable".[2][3]

    Ordained a priest of the Diocese of Peoria in 1919,[1] Sheen quickly became a renowned theologian, earning the Cardinal Mercier Prize for International Philosophy in 1923. He went on to teach theology and philosophy as well as acting as a parish priest before being appointed Auxiliary Bishop of the Archdiocese of New York in 1951. He held this position until 1966 when he was made the Bishop of Rochester from October 21, 1966 to October 6, 1969, when he resigned[4] and was made the Archbishop of the Titular See of Newport, Wales.

    For 20 years he hosted the night-time radio program The Catholic Hour (1930–1950) before moving to television and presenting Life Is Worth Living (1951–1957). Sheen's final presenting role was on the syndicated The Fulton Sheen Program (1961–1968) with a format very similar to that of the earlier Life is Worth Living show. For this work, Sheen twice won an Emmy Award for Most Outstanding Television Personality, the only personality appearing on the DuMont Network ever to win a major Emmy award.[clarification needed] Starting in 2009, his shows were being re-broadcast on the EWTN and the Trinity Broadcasting Network's Church Channel cable networks.[5] Due to his contribution to televised preaching Sheen is often referred to as one of the first televangelists.[6][7]

    Sheen was born in El Paso, Illinois, the oldest of four sons of Newton and Delia. Though he was known as Fulton, his mother's maiden name, he was baptized as Peter John Sheen.[8][1] As an infant, Sheen contracted tuberculosis.[9] After the family moved to nearby Peoria, Illinois, Sheen's first role in the Church was as an altar boy at St. Mary's Cathedral.[1][8]

    Education

    After earning high school valedictorian honors at Spalding Institute in Peoria in 1913, Sheen was educated at St. Viator College in Bourbonnais, Illinois, attended Saint Paul Seminary in Minnesota before his ordination on September 20, 1919,[1] then followed that with further studies at The Catholic University of America in Washington, D.C..[8][10] His youthful appearance was still evident on one occasion when a local priest asked Sheen to assist as altar boy during the celebration of the Mass.[8]

    Sheen earned a doctorate in philosophy at the Catholic University of Leuven in Belgium in 1923.[10] While there, he became the first American ever to win the Cardinal Mercier award for the best philosophical treatise.[8] In 1924 Sheen pursued further studies in Rome earning a Sacred Theology Doctorate at the Pontificium Collegium Internationale Angelicum, the future Pontifical University of Saint Thomas Aquinas, Angelicum.[11]

    Priestly life

    Sheen was for a year assistant to the pastor at St. Patrick's Church, Soho Square in London while teaching theology at St. Edmund's College, Ware, where he met Ronald Knox. Although Oxford and Columbia wanted him to teach philosophy, in 1926 Bishop Edmund Dunne of the Roman Catholic Diocese of Peoria, Illinois asked Sheen to take over St. Patrick's Parish. After nine months, Dunne returned him to Catholic University, where he taught philosophy until 1950.[12][8]

    In 1929, Sheen gave a speech at the National Catholic Educational Association. He encouraged teachers to "educate for a Catholic Renaissance" in the United States. Sheen was hoping that Catholics would become more influential in their country through education, which would help attract others to the faith. He believed that Catholics should "integrate" their faith into the rest of their daily life.[13]

    He was consecrated a bishop on June 11, 1951,[14] and served as an Auxiliary Bishop of the Archdiocese of New York from 1951 to 1965. The Principal Consecrator was the Discalced Carmelite Cardinal Adeodato Giovanni Piazza, the Cardinal-Bishop of Sabina e Poggio Mirteto and the Secretary of the Sacred Consistorial Congregation (what is today the Congregation for Bishops). The Principal Co-Consecrators were Archbishop Leone Giovanni Battista Nigris, Titular Archbishop of Philippi and the Secretary of the Congregation for the Propagation of the Faith (what is today the Congregation for the Evangelization of Peoples); and Archbishop Martin John O'Connor, Titular Archbishop of Laodicea in Syria and President Emeritus of the Pontifical Council for Social Communications.

    Media career

    Radio

    A popular instructor, Sheen wrote the first of 73 books in 1925, and in 1930 began a weekly Sunday night radio broadcast, The Catholic Hour.[10] Sheen called WWII not only a political struggle, but also a "theological one." He referred to Hitler as an example of the "Anti-Christ."[15] Two decades later, the broadcast had a weekly listening audience of four million people. Time referred to him in 1946 as "the golden-voiced Msgr. Fulton J. Sheen, U.S. Catholicism's famed proselytizer" and reported that his radio broadcast received 3,000–6,000 letters weekly from listeners.[16] During the middle of this era, he conducted the first religious service broadcast on the new medium of television, putting in motion a new avenue for his religious pursuits.

    Television

    In 1951 he began a weekly television program on the DuMont Television Network titled Life Is Worth Living. Filmed at the Adelphi Theatre in New York City, the program consisted of the unpaid Sheen simply speaking in front of a live audience without a script or cue cards, occasionally using a chalkboard.

    The show, scheduled in a graveyard slot on Tuesday nights at 8:00 p.m., was not expected to challenge the ratings giants Milton Berle and Frank Sinatra, but did surprisingly well. Berle joked, "He uses old material, too", and observed that "[i]f I'm going to be eased off the top by anyone, it's better that I lose to the One for whom Bishop Sheen is speaking."[8] Sheen responded in jest that people should start calling him "Uncle Fultie".[17] Life and Time magazine ran feature stories on Bishop Sheen. The number of stations carrying Life Is Worth Living jumped from three to fifteen in less than two months. There was fan mail that flowed in at a rate of 8,500 letters per week. There were four times as many requests for tickets than could be fulfilled. Admiral, the sponsor, paid the production costs in return for a one minute commercial at the opening of the show and another minute at the close.[18] In 1952, Sheen won an Emmy Award for his efforts,[19] accepting the acknowledgment by saying, "I feel it is time I pay tribute to my four writers—Matthew, Mark, Luke and John." Time called him "the first 'televangelist'", and the Archdiocese of New York could not meet the demand for tickets.[8]

    One of his best-remembered presentations came in February 1953, when he forcefully denounced the Soviet regime of Joseph Stalin. Sheen gave a dramatic reading of the burial scene from Shakespeare's Julius Caesar, substituting the names of Caesar, Cassius, Mark Antony, and Brutus with those of prominent Soviet leaders Stalin, Lavrenty Beria, Georgy Malenkov, and Andrey Vyshinsky. He concluded by saying, "Stalin must one day meet his judgment." The dictator suffered a stroke a few days later and died within a week.[20]

    The show ran until 1957, drawing as many as 30 million people on a weekly basis. In 1958, Sheen became national director of the Society for the Propagation of the Faith, serving for eight years before being appointed Bishop of Rochester, New York, on October 26, 1966. He also hosted a nationally-syndicated series, The Fulton Sheen Program, from 1961 to 1968 (first in black and white and then in color). The format of this series was essentially the same as Life Is Worth Living.

    International Cassette Tape Ministry

    In September 1974, the Archbishop of Washington asked Sheen to be the speaker for a retreat for diocesan priests at the Loyola Retreat House[21] in Faulkner, Maryland. This was recorded on reel-to-reel tape, state of the art at the time. [22]

    Sheen requested that the recorded talks be produced for distribution. This was the first production of what would become a worldwide cassette tape ministry called Ministr-O-Media, a nonprofit company that operated on the grounds of St. Joseph’s Parish. The retreat album was titled, Renewal and Reconciliation, and included nine 60-minute audio tapes. [23]

    For several years, Ministr-O-Media was one of the largest distributors of non-musical tapes in the United States.[citation needed] The operation started in the St. Joseph’s rectory dining room and eventually grew into five temporary classrooms on the church property, employing nine parishioners full-time, and at one point 18 workers in all. At its height, Ministr-O-Media staff and volunteers were packaging and mailing 500 albums a week, and in ten years, shipped a million tapes to clients worldwide. The effort generated income of $15,000 per week.[citation needed]

    St. Joseph’s Parish was targeted to be closed due to lack of funding for repairs before the chance connection between Sheen and Brady.[citation needed] The parish, founded in 1763, owed its continued existence to the intervention of Sheen and the tape ministry that rebuilt the church, in collaboration with a dedicated workforce of parish volunteers.[citation needed]

    At Sheen’s direction, most of the tape ministry profits were turned over to the pope’s worldwide missionary effort, the Society for the Propagation of the Faith. In its decade of existence, Ministr-O-Media routed over a quarter million U.S. dollars to this charity.[citation needed]

    Evangelization

    Sheen was credited with helping convert a number of notable figures to the Catholic faith, including agnostic writer Heywood Broun, politician Clare Boothe Luce, automaker Henry Ford II, Communist writer Louis F. Budenz, theatrical designer Jo Mielziner, violinist and composer Fritz Kreisler, and actress Virginia Mayo. Each conversion process took an average of 25 hours of lessons, and reportedly more than 95% of his students in private instruction were baptized.[8]

    Later years

    While serving in Rochester, he created the Sheen Ecumenical Housing Foundation, which survives to this day. He also spent some of his energy on political activities, such as his denunciation of the Vietnam War in late July 1967.[24] On Ash Wednesday in 1967, Sheen decided to give St. Bridget’s Parish building to the federal Housing and Urban Development program. Sheen wanted to let the government use it for African-Americans. There was a protest, since Sheen acted on his own accord. The pastor disagreed, saying that “There is enough empty property around without taking down the church and the school.” The deal fell through.[25]

    On October 15, 1969, one month after celebrating his 50th anniversary as a priest, Sheen resigned from his position and was then appointed Archbishop of the Titular See of Newport (Wales) by Pope Paul VI. This ceremonial position allowed Sheen to continue his extensive writing. Archbishop Sheen wrote 73 books and numerous articles and columns.[19]

    On October 2, 1979, two months before Sheen's death, Pope John Paul II visited St. Patrick's Cathedral in New York City and embraced Sheen, saying, "You have written and spoken well of the Lord Jesus Christ. You are a loyal son of the Church."

    Death and legacy

    Sheen died of heart disease on December 9, 1979, having previously had open-heart surgery at Lenox Hill Hospital.[19] He is interred in the crypt of St. Patrick's Cathedral, near the deceased Archbishops of New York. The official repository of Sheen's papers, television programs, and other materials is at St. Bernard's School of Theology and Ministry in Rochester, New York.[26]

    Joseph Campanella introduces the re-runs of Sheen's various programs that are aired on EWTN. Reruns are also aired on Trinity Broadcasting Network. In addition to his television appearances, Archbishop Sheen can also be heard on Relevant Radio.

    Cause for canonization

    The Archbishop Fulton J. Sheen Foundation was formed in 1998 by Gregory J. Ladd and Lawrence F. Hickey to make known the life of the archbishop. The foundation approached Cardinal John O'Connor of the Archdiocese of New York for permission to commence the process of for cause, which was under the authority of the Diocese of Peoria.[5]

    In 2002, Sheen's Cause for Canonization as a saint was officially opened, and from then on he was referred to as a "Servant of God".

    On February 2, 2008, the archives of Sheen were sealed at a ceremony during a special Mass at the Cathedral of Saint Mary of the Immaculate Conception in Peoria, Illinois, where the diocese was sponsoring his canonization.[19]

    In November 2010, it was announced that it was expected that the Archdiocese of New York would likely take over his cause for canonization upon an unsettled debate concerning the return of Sheen's remains to the Diocese of Peoria.[27]

    In 2009, the diocesan phase of the investigation came to an end, and the records were sent to the Congregation for the Causes of Saints at the Vatican in Rome.

    On June 28, 2012, the Vatican announced[28] officially that it had recognized Sheen's life as one of "heroic virtue". This is a major step towards an eventual beatification. From this moment on, Sheen is styled "Venerable Servant of God".

    According to Catholic News Service and The Catholic Post (the official newspaper of the Peoria Diocese), the case of a boy who as an infant had no discernible pulse for 61 minutes (who was about to be declared dead at OSF Saint Francis Medical Center in Peoria, Illinois, as a stillborn infant) and yet allegedly still lived to be healthy – without physical or mental impairment – is in the preliminary stages of being investigated as the possible miracle needed for Archbishop Sheen's potential beatification. If the miracle is approved at the diocesan level, and then by the Congregation for the Causes of Saints at the Vatican (being both medically unexplainable and directly attributable theologically to Sheen's intercession according to expert panels in both subject areas), then beatification may proceed. Another such miracle would be required for him to be considered for canonization as a saint. On Wednesday, September 7, 2011, a tribunal of inquiry was sworn in to investigate the alleged healing. During a special Mass at 10:30 am on Sunday, December 11, 2011, at St. Mary's Cathedral in Peoria, the documentation gathered by the tribunal over nearly three months will be boxed and sealed. It will then be shipped to the Vatican for consideration by the Congregation for the Causes of Saints, concluding the diocesan tribunal's work- which makes up much of the diocese's work on the project.[29]

    On Sunday, September 9, 2012, a Mass of Thanksgiving and banquet was held at St. Mary's Cathedral and the Spalding Pastoral Center in celebration of the advancement of Archbishop Sheen's cause, with Bishop Daniel R. Jenky, C.S.C., and his predecessor as Bishop of Peoria, Newark Archbishop John J. Myers (celebrating his 25th anniversary of episcopal ordination), in attendance, along with many of the clergy and religious of the Diocese and from around the country. Copies of the "Positio", or the book detailing the documentation behind his cause, were presented to Archbishop Myers, to representatives of the Church in other states, and to a delegate from the Archdiocese of Chicago, and to other patrons and supporters of his cause. According to statements made during the service by clergy connected to the Cause, the medical and theological study of the potential miracles needed for his beatification and canonization is currently well underway and at least one is seriously being considered. Due to new rules under Pope Benedict XVI stating that a beatification should occur locally, ideally in the candidate's home Diocese (which is usually but not always the Diocese that sponsors the Cause), it would likely take place in Peoria, the first there. Should he be beatified and canonized, he would be among a select few natives of the U.S. to hold that distinction.[30][31][32]

    Selected books authored

    God and Intelligence in Modern Philosophy (1925, Longmans, Green and Co.)
    The Seven Last Words (1933, The Century Co.)
    Philosophy of Science (1934, Bruce Publishing Co.)
    The Eternal Galilean (1934, Appleton-Century-Crofts)
    Calvary and the Mass (1936, P. J. Kenedy & Sons)
    The Cross and the Beatitudes (1937, P. J. Kenedy & Sons)
    Seven Words of Jesus and Mary (1945, P. J. Kenedy & Sons)
    Communism and the Conscience of the West (1948, Bobbs-Merrill)
    Peace of Soul (1949, McGraw–Hill)[33]
    Three to Get Married (1951, Appleton-Century-Crofts)
    The World's First Love (1952, McGraw-Hill)
    Life Is Worth Living Series 1–5 (1953–1957, McGraw–Hill)
    Way to Happiness (1953, Maco Magazine)
    Way to Inner Peace (1955, Garden City Books)
    Life of Christ (1958, McGraw–Hill)
    Missions and the World Crisis (1963, Bruce Publishing Co.)
    The Power of Love (1965, Simon & Schuster)
    Footprints in a Darkened Forest (1967, Meredith Press)
    Lenten and Easter Inspirations (1967, Maco Ecumenical Books)
    Treasure in Clay: The Autobiography of Fulton J. Sheen (1980, Doubleday & Co.)

    Further reading

    Timothy H. Sherwood (2010), The Preaching of Archbishop Fulton J. Sheen: The Gospel Meets the Cold War. Lexington Books. 137 p.
    Reeves, Thomas C. (2001), America’s Bishop. The Life and Times of Fulton J. Sheen. Encounter Books, San Francisco.
    Irvin D. S. Winsboro, Michael Epple, "Religion, Culture, and the Cold War: Bishop Fulton J. Sheen and America's Anti-Communist Crusade of the 1950s," Historian, 71,2 (2009), 209–233.
    An Enduring Journey of Faith: St. Joseph's Parish, Pomfret, Maryland, (2012 by St. Joseph's Church, Pomfret, MD, Harambee Productions, Inc. White Plains, MD 150 p)

    References

    1.^ a b c d e f "Fulton Sheen Biography and Inspiration". Archbishop Fulton John Sheen Foundation. Retrieved 2010-05-16.
    2.^ Otterman, Sharon (June 29, 2012). "For a 1950s TV Evangelist, a Step Toward Sainthood". The New York Times. Retrieved July 5, 2012.
    3.^ "The Venerable Fulton J. Sheen: a model of virtue for our time". News.va. Pontifical Council for Social Communications. June 30, 2012. Retrieved July 5, 2012.
    4.^ http://catholic-hierarchy.org/bishop/bsheen.html
    5.^ a b "The Archbishop Fulton J. Sheen Foundation". Retrieved 2009-09-14.
    6.^ Rodgers, Ann (August 29, 2006). "Emmy-winning televangelist on path toward sainthood: Sheen would be 1st American-born man canonized". Chicago Sun-Times (HighBeam Research). Retrieved 2012-07-16.
    7.^ "Fulton J. Sheen". Nndb.com. Retrieved 2012-07-07.
    8.^ a b c d e f g h i "Bishop Fulton Sheen: The First "Televangelist"". Time. 1952-04-14. Retrieved 2011-01-21.
    9.^ Fulton J. Sheen. Treasure in Clay, Ch. 2 "The Molding of the Clay", p. 9, 1980 .
    10.^ a b c "About Fulton J. Sheen". Fulton J. Sheen website. Archived from the original on October 20, 2007. Retrieved 2007-12-20.
    11.^ Encyclopedia of American Religious History, 921; http://books.google.com/books?id=u-_6P2rMy2wC&pg=PA921#v=onepage&q&f=false Accessed 3-3-2013; http://www.allendrake.com/elpasohistory/sheen/shncaps1.htm Accessed 7-4-2011
    12.^ "Fulton J. Sheen, Catholic Champion". Catholiceducation.org. Retrieved 2012-07-07.
    13.^ James Hennesey, S.J., American Catholics, Oxford University Press, 1981, 255.
    14.^ Cheney, David M. "Archbishop Fulton John Sheen". Catholic-hierarchy.org. Retrieved 2012-07-16.
    15.^ James Hennesey, S.J., American Catholics, Oxford University Press, 1981, 280
    16.^ "Radio Religion". Time. January 21, 1946. Retrieved 2009-03-30.
    17.^ St. Fultie, The Next American Saint? Brennan, Phil, www.newsmax.com, Dec, 14, 2004. Retrieved June 11, 2011.
    18.^ Watson, M. A. (1999). And they said Uncle Fultie didn’t have a prayer. Television Quarterly, 30(2), 80–85.
    19.^ a b c d Bearden, Michelle (January 24, 2009). "Mass Today Promotes Sheen For Sainthood". Tampa Tribune. p. 10.
    20.^ Mikkelson, Barbara and David P. "Stalin for Time: Did Bishop Fulton Sheen foretell the death of Stalin?" Snopes.com, August 8, 2007.
    21.^ Loyola Retreat House
    22.^ An Enduring Journey of Faith: St. Joseph's Parish, Pomfret, Maryland, (2012 by St. Joseph's Church, Pomfret, MD, Harambee Productions, Inc. White Plains, MD 150 p
    23.^ An Enduring Journey of Faith: St. Joseph's Parish, Pomfret, Maryland, (2012 by St. Joseph's Church, Pomfret, MD, Harambee Productions, Inc. White Plains, MD 150 p
    24.^ James H. Willbanks, "Vietnam War Almanac", Facts on File, Inc. (2009), p 215.
    25.^ John T. McGreevy, Parish Boundaries: The Catholic Encounter with Race in the Twentieth-Century Urban North, University of Chicago Press, 1996, 242
    26.^ The Archbishop Fulton J. Sheen Archives accessed August 15, 2007 Archived February 28, 2007 at the Wayback Machine
    27.^ "THE DIRECTOR’S CORNER « Archbishop Fulton J. Sheen". Archbishopsheencause.org. Retrieved 2012-07-07.
    28.^ Decrees of the Congregation for the Causes of the Saints, June 28, 2012. Vatican Information Service, June 28, 2012.
    29.^ "The Catholic Post : Article – Entries sought for sacred art show planned in Rock Island". Cdop.org. 2012-01-29. Retrieved 2012-07-07.
    30.^ http://fultonsheen.blogspot.com/
    31.^ http://www.celebratesheen.com/
    32.^ http://www.catholicnews.com/data/stories/cns/1203795.htm
    33.^ This book was Sheen’s response to Rabbi Joshua L. Liebman’s 1946 best-seller Peace of Mind.





    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13283
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (6)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jun 24, 2018 1:33 am

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 904044592_082c2f0275_b
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 PipeOrganStPats-L
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 4583468882_cd07bedcb8_z



    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/St._Patrick%27s_Cathedral,_New_York The Cathedral of St. Patrick (commonly called St. Patrick's Cathedral) is a decorated Neo-Gothic-style Roman Catholic cathedral church in the United States and a prominent landmark of New York City. It is the seat of the archbishop of the Roman Catholic Archdiocese of New York, and a parish church, located on the east side of Fifth Avenue between 50th and 51st Streets in midtown Manhattan, New York City, New York, directly across the street from Rockefeller Center and specifically facing the Atlas statue.

    According to Catholic News Service (CNS) and the Catholic News Agency (CNA), Cardinal Timothy Michael Dolan, the incumbent Archbishop of New York, announced before reviewing the city's parade on St. Patrick's Day 2012 that the Cathedral would undergo a massive five-year, three-phase, $175 million renovation because of crumbling bricks, faulty heating, and acid rain and pollution that has eaten away at the Tuckahoe marble of the 135-year-old church. Early donors and grants from the Archdiocese and the Trustees of the Cathedral have already raised $45 million for the first phase, which began in late March. This involves repairing, restoring, and cleaning the soot-covered exterior, and an extensive cleaning of the outside and inside surfaces of the stained glass windows. The Cathedral will remain open during the renovations and work will pause during Masses, according to the Cathedral's rector, Monsignor Robert T. Ritchie.[3][4]

    History

    Purchase of the property

    The land on which the present cathedral sits, sold by the city's aldermen in 1799 at a quit-rent, was purchased at auction for unpaid taxes in November 1828 by Francis Cooper, who conveyed it to the trustees of St. Peter's Church in the city that still lay far to the south.[5] The trustees intended it for a Catholic burial ground. The site at 50th Street and Fifth Avenue contained a "fine old house," which was then fitted with a chapel of St. Ignatius.[6] The school closed in 1814 and the Jesuits sold the lot to the diocese. In 1813, the diocese gave use of the property to Dom Augustin LeStrange, abbot of a community of Trappists (from the original monastery of La Trappe) who came to America fleeing persecution by French authorities. In addition to a small monastic community, they also looked after some thirty-three orphans. With the downfall of Napoleon in that year, the Trappists returned to France in 1815, abandoning the property. The property at this point was designated for a future cemetery. The neighboring orphanage was maintained by the diocese into the late nineteenth century. Some of the Trappists resettled to Canada and eventually founded St. Joseph's Abbey in Spencer, Massachusetts.[7]

    Bishop DuBois reopened the chapel in 1840 for Catholics employed at the Deaf and Dumb Asylum and in the general neighborhood.[6] A modest frame church was built for the parish of St. John the Evangelist and dedicated May 9, 1841 by the Rev. John Hughes, administrator of the diocese. Tickets were sold to the dedication to ease the parish's debt level, managed by a lay Board of Trustees, but to no avail and the property mortgage was finally foreclosed on and the church sold at auction in 1844.[6] The stress is said to have contributed to the death that year of the church's pastor, the Rev. Felix Larkin.[6] The experience was blamed on the management of the trustees and this incident is said to have played a significant role in the abolishment of the lay trusteeship, which occurred shortly thereafter.[6] The young and energetic Rev. Michael A. Curran was appointed to raise funds for the devastated parish, and shortly fitted up an old college hall as a temporary church.[6] Fr. Curran continued raising funds to buy back the church during the Great Famine in Ireland, eventually succeeding and taking the deed in his own name.[6] "The site of St. Patrick's Cathedral, hence, came to the Church through the labors of this young priest and the self-denial of his countrymen and not by the fight of the city."[6] The debt was finally all paid for by 1853 when it was clear a large church was needed and the site was selected as appropriate for the new cathedral.[6]

    Construction of the cathedral

    The Diocese of New York, created in 1808, was made an archdiocese by Pope Pius IX on July 19, 1850. In 1853, Archbishop John Joseph Hughes announced his intention to erect a new cathedral to replace the Old Saint Patrick's Cathedral in downtown Manhattan. The new cathedral was designed by James Renwick, Jr. in the Gothic Revival style. On August 15, 1858, the cornerstone was laid, just south of the diocese's orphanage. At that time, present-day midtown Manhattan was far north of the populous areas of New York City.[8]

    Work was begun in 1858 but was halted during the Civil War and resumed in 1865. The cathedral was completed in 1878 and dedicated on May 25, 1879, its huge proportions dominating the midtown of that time. The archbishop's house and rectory were added from 1882 to 1884, and an adjacent school (no longer in existence) opened in 1882.[9] The spires were added in 1888, and an addition on the east, including a Lady chapel, designed by Charles T. Mathews, was begun in 1900.[10] The Lady Chapel's stained-glass windows were made between 1912 and 1930 by English stained glass artist and designer Paul Vincent Woodroffe.[11] In 1927 and 1931, the cathedral was renovated, which included enlarging the sanctuary and installing the great organ.[12] The cathedral and associated buildings were declared a National Historic Landmark in 1976.[2][13][14]

    Restoration

    The cathedral is undergoing a huge restoration that will last a planned 3 years at a cost of $177 million.[15]

    Architectural features

    The cathedral, which can accommodate 2,200 people, is built of brick clad in marble, quarried in Massachusetts and New York. It takes up a whole city block, between 50th and 51st streets, Madison Avenue and Fifth Avenue. At the transepts it is 174 feet wide and 332 feet long. The spires rise 330 feet (100 meters) from street level. The slate for the roof came from Monson, Maine.[11]

    Stained glass

    The windows were made by artists in Boston, Massachusetts and European artists from Chartres, France Birmingham, England. Charles Connick created the rose window.[11]

    Altar

    The Roman artist Paolo Medici designed the Saint Elizabeth altar. The Saint John Baptist de la Salle altar, one of the few original side-chapel altars, was sculpted by Dominic Borgia. The Papal bull is featured in the adjoining stained-glass window. Tiffany & Co. designed the Saint Louis and the Saint Michael altar.[11]

    In the late 1930s and early 1940s, there was a renovation of the cathedral's main altar area under the guidance of Archbishop Francis Spellman, then cardinal. The previous high altar and reredos were removed and are now located at Spellman's alma mater, Fordham University, in the University Church. The new items include the sanctuary bronze baldachin and the rose stained glass window. The altar was further renovated in the 1980s, under the direction of Cardinal John Joseph O'Connor. To be more visible to the congregation, a stone altar was built from sections of the side altars and added to the middle of the sanctuary.[11]

    Art works

    The Pietà, sculpted by William Ordway Partridge, is three times larger than Michelangelo's Pietà. The cathedral's Stations of the Cross won a 1893 artistry prize at Chicago's World's Columbian Exposition. Commemorating his visit to the city in 1979, Pope John Paul II bust is located in the rear of the cathedral.[11]

    Organs

    The original pipe organs, built by George Jardine & Son in the 19th century, have been replaced. The chancel organ, in the north ambulatory, was made by the St. Louis, Missouri, firm of George Kilgen & Son, and installed in 1928; it has 3,920 pipes. The grand gallery organ, by the same company, was installed in 1930, and has 5,918 pipes.[16]

    The combined organs, totaling 177 stops and 9,838 pipes, can be played from either of two five-manual consoles installed in the early 1990s to replace the original Kilgen consoles.

    Burials and funeral Masses

    Located underneath the high altar is a crypt in which notable Catholic figures that served the Archdiocese are entombed. They include:

    The eight past deceased Archbishops of New York:

    John Joseph Hughes (interred 1883)
    John Cardinal McCloskey (interred 1885)
    Michael Augustine Corrigan (interred 1902)
    John Murphy Cardinal Farley (interred 1918)
    Patrick Joseph Cardinal Hayes (interred 1938)
    Francis Joseph Cardinal Spellman (interred 1967)
    Terence James Cardinal Cooke (interred 1983)
    John Joseph Cardinal O'Connor (interred 2000)

    Other interments:

    Michael J. Lavelle (Cathedral Rector and Vicar General; interred 1939)
    Joseph F. Flannelly (Auxiliary Bishop, 1948–1969; interred 1973)
    Fulton J. Sheen (Auxiliary Bishop, 1951–1965, later bishop of Rochester; interred 1979)
    John Maguire (Coadjutor Archbishop, 1965–1980; interred 1989)
    Pierre Toussaint (interred 1990)

    In the above list, Cardinal O'Connor declared Pierre Toussaint and Cardinal Cooke to be servants of God, a step in process of being declared a saint of the Catholic Church. Toussaint was declared venerable in 1996 by Pope John Paul II and Archbishop Sheen was declared venerable on June 28, 2012.

    Four of the Cardinals' galeros (those of Cardinals McCloskey, Farley, Hayes, and Spellman) are located high above the crypt at the back of the sanctuary. Cardinal Spellman's galero was also worn by Pope Pius XII (as Cardinal Eugenio Pacelli) until the latter's election to the papacy at the 1939 Papal conclave. In 1967, the ceremony of the consistory was revised by Pope Paul VI and therefore no galero was presented to Cardinal Cooke or any of his successors.

    Some notable people whose Requiem Masses were said at the cathedral include New York Yankees greats Babe Ruth, Roger Maris, and Billy Martin; legendary football coach Vince Lombardi, singer Celia Cruz, former Attorney General and U.S. Senator from New York Robert F. Kennedy, New York Giants owner Wellington Mara, and former Governor of New York Hugh Carey. Special memorial Masses were also held at the cathedral following the deaths of artist Andy Warhol, baseball player Joe DiMaggio, and noted author William F. Buckley, Jr.

    In popular culture

    The film Miracle in the Rain (1956) was filmed in the cathedral.

    Nelson DeMille's novel, Cathedral, (1981) concerns a fictional seizure and threatened destruction of Saint Patrick's Cathedral by members of the Irish Republican Army. Much of the novel is set in and around the cathedral and details of the cathedral's structure contribute important elements to the plot.

    Progressive-metal band Savatage's album Streets: A Rock Opera (1991) features a song called "St. Patrick's" during which the main character, DT Jesus, speaks to God in the cathedral demanding an explanation for his misfortunes.

    In the Giannina Braschi's novel, Empire of Dreams (1994), the ringing of the church bells at the cathedral marks a pastoral revolution in New York City.

    The cathedral appeared in the 2002 movie Spider-Man, when Spider-Man saves Mary Jane Watson and leaves her on one of the Rockefeller Center roof gardens across the street.

    The cathedral features prominently in James Patterson's novel, Step on a Crack (2007) and in the graphic novel version of Maximum Ride (2005).

    In Stephen Frey's 2001 novel "Trust Fund" the cathedral is the venue for a double family funeral.

    The underground ruins were the setting for the climax of Beneath the Planet of the Apes (1970) where Taylor destroyed Earth with the Alpha-Omega bomb. Centuries earlier, mutant humans surviving a nuclear holocaust founded a religion on the bomb (later depicted in Battle for the Planet of the Apes), reconsecrated the cathedral to their new religion, and installed the bomb in front of the organ pipes in place of the crucifix.

    In the ABC television series Ugly Betty, the cathedral was used as the venue for the wedding of Wilhelmina Slater to Bradford Meade.

    In the 2008 video game Grand Theft Auto IV, this seems to be the basis for the Columbus Cathedral in Hatton Gardens.

    See also

    Roman Catholic Archdiocese of New York

    Notes

    1.^ "National Register Information System". National Register of Historic Places. National Park Service. 2009-03-13.
    2.^ a b St. Patrick's Cathedral, Lady Chapel, Rectory and Cardinal's Residence. National Historic Landmark summary listing, September 18, 2007. National Park Service.
    3.^ Restoring St. Patrick's Cathedral to cost $175 million, take five years. Catholic News Service. March 19, 2012. Retrieved September 4, 2012
    4.^ Cardinals launch drive to restore St. Patrick’s Cathedral. Catholic News Service. March 20, 2012. Retrieved September 4, 2012.
    5.^ Farley, John Murphy. (1908). History of St. Patrick's Cathedral Society for the propagation of the faith. p. 112ff.
    6.^ a b c d e f g h i Lafort, Remigius, S.T.D., Censor. (1914). The Catholic Church in the United States of America: Undertaken to Celebrate the Golden Jubilee of His Holiness, Pope Pius X. Volume 3. New York City: The Catholic Editing Company. pp. 339-340.
    7.^ Farley, John M. (1908). History of St. Patrick's Cathedral. Society for the Propagation of the Faith.
    8.^ Farley, John Murphy. (1908). History of St. Patrick's Cathedral Society for the propagation of the faith. pp. 49, 111, 115, 122.
    9.^ Farley, John Murphy. (1908). History of St. Patrick's Cathedral Society for the propagation of the faith. pp. 127-128, 130, 151.
    10.^ Farley, John Murphy. (1908). History of St. Patrick's Cathedral Society for the propagation of the faith. pp. 140, 163.
    11.^ a b c d e f St. Patrick’s Cathedral (RC). New York City Architecture. Retrieve 4 September 2012.
    12.^ Cathedral of Saint Patrick. The NYC Chapter of the American Guild of Organists. Retrieve 4 September 2012.
    13.^ Pitts, Carolyn. "St. Patrick's Cathedral, Lady Chapel, Rectory, and Cardinal's Residence". National Register of Historic Places Inventory-Nomination. August 1976. National Park Service.
    14.^ St. Patrick's Cathedral, Lady Chapel, Rectory, and Cardinal's Residence. National Register of Historic Places Inventory-Nomination. August 1976. National Park Service.
    15.^ St. Patrick’s Cathedral Set To Undergo $177 Million Restoration. CBS News New York. July 7, 2012.
    16.^ Unknown writer (undated)."Cathedral of Saint Patrick" NYC Chapter of the American Guild of Organists. Accessed August 12, 2009.

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 NYC_-_St._Patrick's_Cathedral_-_Interior
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 0bc79597553e3f4e952878a1121ec726
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13283
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (6)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jun 24, 2018 1:36 am

    Here is a link http://www.sdanet.org/atissue/white/alden/alden01.htm to the first part of a profound six-part series by Dr. Alden Thompson, titled 'From Sinai to Golgotha'. I spoke with Dr. Thompson in his office concerning the Divinity of Christ. I have come to understand that this topic is a very-sharp two-edged sword. I Seem to Experience a Mental and Spiritual Block Regarding the Following Material. I Would Appreciate Assistance in This Matter. No One Seems to Wish to Discuss the Most Important Topics Imaginable.
    Aquaries1111 wrote:
    Let's add some spice to this thread Ram.
    Floyd wrote:
    And the lord he came down to fill up the imagination of humans that doth look skywards.
    His pity was doth reflected when both came to understand the mirror.
    The mirror being nothing. But only the reflections.
    The anthropomormic religions are a curse on humanity.
    With all the blood and hatred that has followed them.
    orthodoxymoron wrote:Thank-you Floyd and Debra. I am both believer and doubter. I've talked to a certain person who is rabidly atheist -- yet they know the Bible, Religion, and Politics better than most Preachers and Politicians. I respect that -- even though we are NOT on the same page!! I continue to think that I've bitten-off way more than I can chew -- so I really am trying to shut-up and study -- now that I've created a study-guide for myself (and anyone else crazy enough to go this far down the rabbit-hole). But once again, I've been told that the rabbit-hole mostly goes right up my @ss!! Could this be why I always seem to have my head up my @ss???!!! I love listening to Santos -- but I never know what is REALLY the truth about history and the otherworldly. This stuff is SO difficult to verify. Consider VERY CAREFULLY the term "Azazel" -- especially in an eschatological sense -- regarding bearing the ultimate responsibility for sin and evil in this solar system -- and the final solution to the sin-problem. Ram -- Bull -- Mithras -- Baphomet -- Christ -- Azazel -- Satan -- God -- et al. Try to put all of this together in some sort of a cogent and rational manner. Is Azazel a helper or savior of mankind (in some sense)?! What if whoever wrote Isaiah actually wrote the Whole-Bible (which was later nefariously edited, altered, and misused)??

    This thread really gets my goat!!
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Goat_backpack
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Goat%20Backpack
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 9480
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Pack-goat-hero
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Azazel-azazel-from-x-men-26371303-800-925
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Azazel_by_gothicnarcissus-d5wqnf8
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Azazel
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 W_moses6
    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Azazel Azazel [?-'za-z?l] or Azazael or Azâzêl (Hebrew: ????????, Azazel; Arabic: ?????? , Azazil) is a term traditionally understood to mean either as scapegoat or — in some traditions of Judaism, Christianity, and Islam — as the name for a fallen angel or demon. It is used three times in the Hebrew Bible. The term in the Bible is limited to three uses in Leviticus 16, where two he-goats were to be sacrificed to God and one of the two was selected by lot, for God is seen as speaking through the lottery.[1] The next words are ?????????? la-aza'zeyl, read either as "for absolute removal" or as "for Azazel". This goat was then cast out in the desert as part of the Day of Atonement.

    In older English versions such as the King James Version the word azazeyl is translated as "as a scapegoat", however in most modern English Bible versions the word azazeyl is represented as a name in the text:

    8 Aaron shall offer the bull as a sin offering for himself and shall make atonement for himself and for his house. 7 Then he shall take the two goats and set them before the Lord at the entrance of the tent of meeting. 8 And Aaron shall cast lots over the two goats, one lot for the Lord and the other lot for Azazel. 9 And Aaron shall present the goat on which the lot fell for the Lord and use it as a sin offering, 10 but the goat on which the lot fell for Azazel shall be presented alive before the Lord to make atonement over it, that it may be sent away into the wilderness to Azazel.

    — English Standard Version[2] Leviticus 16:8–10

    Later rabbis, interpreting la-azazel as azaz (rugged) and el (strong), take it as referring to the rugged and rough mountain cliff from which the goat was cast down.[3][4][5]

    Despite the expectation of Brandt (1889)[6] to date no evidence has surfaced of Azazel as a demon or god prior to the earliest Jewish sources among the Dead Sea Scrolls.[7]

    In the Dead Sea Scrolls the name Azazel occurs in the line 6 of 4Q203, the Book of the Giants, which is a part of the Enochic literature found at Qumran[8]

    According to the Book of Enoch, which brings Azazel into connection with the Biblical story of the fall of the angels, located on Mount Hermon, a gathering-place of demons from of old (Enoch xiii.; compare Brandt, "Mandäische Theologie," 1889, p. 38). Azazel is represented in the Book of Enoch as one of the leaders of the rebellious Watchers in the time preceding the flood; he taught men the art of warfare, of making swords, knives, shields, and coats of mail, and women the art of deception by ornamenting the body, dying the hair, and painting the face and the eyebrows, and also revealed to the people the secrets of witchcraft and corrupted their manners, leading them into wickedness and impurity; until at last he was, at the Lord's command, bound hand and foot by the archangel Raphael and chained to the rough and jagged rocks of [Ha] Duduael (= Beth ?adudo), where he is to abide in utter darkness until the great Day of Judgment, when he will be cast into the fire to be consumed forever (Enoch viii. 1, ix. 6, x. 4–6, liv. 5, lxxxviii. 1; see Geiger, "Jüd. Zeit." 1864, pp. 196–204).

    The translators of the Greek Septuagint understood the Hebrew term as meaning the sent away, and read:"8and Aaron shall cast lots upon the two goats, one lot for the Lord and the other lot for the scapegoat (Greek apompaios dat.).

    9And Aaron shall present the goat on which the lot fell for the Lord, and offer it as a sin offering; 10but the goat on which the lot of the sent away one fell shall be presented alive before the Lord to make atonement over it, that it may be sent away (Greek eis ten apompen acc.) into the wilderness." Following the Septuagint, the Latin Vulgate,[9] Martin Luther[10] and the King James Bible also give readings such as Young's Literal Translation: 'And Aaron hath given lots over the two goats, one lot for Jehovah, and one lot for a goat of departure;'

    This is rendered Za-za-e'il (the strong one against/of God), according to the Syriac Peshitta Version, as in Qumran fragment 4Q180.[11]

    The whole earth has been corrupted through the works that were taught by Azazel: to him ascribe all sin.

    — 1 Enoch 10:8

    According to 1 Enoch (a book of the Apocrypha), Azazel (here spelled ‘aza’zyel) was one of the chief Grigori, a group of fallen angels who married women. This same story (without any mention of Azazel) is told in Genesis 6:2–4:

    That the sons of God saw the daughters of men that they were fair; and they took them wives of all which they chose. […] There were giants in the earth in those days; and also afterward, when the sons of God came in unto the daughters of men, and they bore children to them, the same became mighty men which were of old, men of renown.

    1 Enoch portrays Azazel as responsible for teaching people to make weapons and cosmetics, for which he was cast out of heaven. 1 Enoch 8:1–3a reads:

    And Azazel taught men to make swords and knives and shields and breastplates; and made known to them the metals [of the earth] and the art of working them; and bracelets and ornaments; and the use of antimony and the beautifying of the eyelids; and all kinds of costly stones and all colouring tinctures. And there arose much godlessness, and they committed fornication, and they were led astray and became corrupt in all their ways. The corruption brought on by Azazel and the Grigori degrades the human race, and the four archangels (Michael, Gabriel, Raphael, and Phanuel) “saw much blood being shed upon the earth and all lawlessness being wrought upon the earth […] The souls of men [made] their suit, saying, "Bring our cause before the Most High; […] Thou seest what Azazel hath done, who hath taught all unrighteousness on earth and revealed the eternal secrets which were in heaven, which men were striving to learn."

    God sees the sin brought about by Azazel and has Raphael “bind Azazel hand and foot and cast him into the darkness: and make an opening in the desert – which is in Dudael – and cast him therein. And place upon him rough and jagged rocks, and cover him with darkness, and let him abide there forever, and cover his face that he may not see light.”

    Several scholars have previously discerned that some details of Azazel's punishment are reminiscent of the scapegoat ritual. Thus, Lester Grabbe points to a number of parallels between the Azazel narrative in 1 Enoch and the wording of Leviticus 16, including “the similarity of the names Asael and Azazel; the punishment in the desert; the placing of sin on Asael/Azazel; the resultant healing of the land.”[12] Daniel Stökl also observes that “the punishment of the demon resembles the treatment of the goat in aspects of geography, action, time and purpose.”[12] Thus, the place of Asael’s punishment designated in 1 Enoch as Dudael is reminiscent of the rabbinic terminology used for the designation of the ravine of the scapegoat in later rabbinic interpretations of the Yom Kippur ritual. Stökl remarks that “the name of place of judgment (Dudael) is conspicuously similar in both traditions and can likely be traced to a common origin.”[12]

    Azazel's fate is foretold near the end of 1 Enoch 2:8, where God says, “On the day of the great judgement he shall be cast into the fire. […] The whole earth has been corrupted through the works that were taught by Azazel: to him ascribe all sin."

    In the 5th Century 3 Enoch, Azazel is one of the three angels (Azza [Shemhazai] and Uzza [Ouza] are the other two) who opposed Enoch's high rank when he became the angel Metatron. Whilst they were fallen at this time they were still in Heaven, but Metatron held a dislike for them, and had them cast out. They were thenceforth known as the 'three who got the most blame' for their involvement in the fall of the angels marrying women. It should be remembered that Azazel and Shemhazai were said to be the leaders of the 200 fallen, and Uzza and Shemhazai were tutelary guardian angels of Egypt with both Shemhazai and Azazel and were responsible for teaching the secrets of heaven as well. The other angels dispersed to 'every corner of the Earth.'

    In the extracanonical text the Apocalypse of Abraham (c.1stC CE), Azazel is portrayed as an unclean bird who came down upon the sacrifice which Abraham prepared. (This is in reference to Genesis 15:11: "Birds of prey came down on the carcasses, but Abram drove them away" [NIV]).

    And the unclean bird spoke to me and said, "What are you doing, Abraham, on the holy heights, where no one eats or drinks, nor is there upon them food for men? But these all will be consumed by fire and ascend to the height, they will destroy you."

    And it came to pass when I saw the bird speaking I said this to the angel: "What is this, my lord?" And he said, "This is disgrace – this is Azazel!" And he said to him, "Shame on you, Azazel! For Abraham's portion is in heaven, and yours is on earth, for you have selected here, [and] become enamored of the dwelling place of your blemish. Therefore the Eternal Ruler, the Mighty One, has given you a dwelling on earth. Through you the all-evil spirit [was] a liar, and through you [come] wrath and trials on the generations of men who live impiously. — Abr. 13:4–9

    The text also associates Azazel with the serpent and hell. In Chapter 23, verse 7, it is described as having seven heads, 14 faces, "hands and feet like a man's [and] on his back six wings on the right and six on the left."

    Abraham says that the wicked will "putrefy in the belly of the crafty worm Azazel, and be burned by the fire of Azazel's tongue" (Abr. 31:5), and earlier says to Azazel himself, "May you be the firebrand of the furnace of the earth! Go, Azazel, into the untrodden parts of the earth. For your heritage is over those who are with you" (Abr. 14:5–6).

    Here there is the idea that God's heritage (the created world) is largely under the dominion of evil – i.e., it is "shared with Azazel" (Abr. 20:5), again identifying him with Satan, who was called "the prince of this world" by Jesus. (John 12:31 niv)

    The Mishnah (Yoma 39a[13]) follows the Hebrew Bible text; two goats were procured, similar in respect of appearance, height, cost, and time of selection. Having one of these on his right and the other on his left, the high priest, who was assisted in this rite by two subordinates, put both his hands into a wooden case, and took out two labels, one inscribed "for Yahweh" and the other "for absolute removal" (or "for Azazel"). The high priest then laid his hands with the labels upon the two goats and said, "A sin-offering to Yahweh" (thus speaking the Tetragrammaton); and the two men accompanying him replied, "Blessed be the name of His glorious kingdom for ever and ever." He then fastened a scarlet woolen thread to the head of the goat "for Azazel"; and laying his hands upon it again, recited the following confession of sin and prayer for forgiveness: "O Lord, I have acted iniquitously, trespassed, sinned before Thee: I, my household, and the sons of Aaron Thy holy ones. O Lord, forgive the iniquities, transgressions, and sins that I, my household, and Aaron's children, Thy holy people, committed before Thee, as is written in the law of Moses, Thy servant, 'for on this day He will forgive you, to cleanse you from all your sins before the Lord; ye shall be clean.'"

    This prayer was responded to by the congregation present. A man was selected, preferably a priest, to take the goat to the precipice in the wilderness; and he was accompanied part of the way by the most eminent men of Jerusalem. Ten booths had been constructed at intervals along the road leading from Jerusalem to the steep mountain. At each one of these the man leading the goat was formally offered food and drink, which he, however, refused. When he reached the tenth booth those who accompanied him proceeded no further, but watched the ceremony from a distance. When he came to the precipice he divided the scarlet thread into two parts, one of which he tied to the rock and the other to the goat's horns, and then pushed the goat down (Yoma vi. 1–Cool. The cliff was so high and rugged that before the goat had traversed half the distance to the plain below, its limbs were utterly shattered. Men were stationed at intervals along the way, and as soon as the goat was thrown down the precipice, they signaled to one another by means of kerchiefs or flags, until the information reached the high priest, whereat he proceeded with the other parts of the ritual.

    The scarlet thread is symbolically referenced in Isaiah 1.18; and the Talmud states (ib. 39a) that during the forty years that Simon the Just was high priest, the thread actually turned white as soon as the goat was thrown over the precipice: a sign that the sins of the people were forgiven. In later times the change to white was not invariable: a proof of the people's moral and spiritual deterioration, that was gradually on the increase, until forty years before the destruction of the Second Temple, when the change of color was no longer observed (l.c. 39b).[1]

    The medieval scholar Nachmanides (1194–1270) identified the Hebrew text as also referring to a demon, and identified this "Azazel" with Samael.[14] However, he did not see the sending of the goat as honouring Azazel as a deity, but as a symbolic expression of the idea that the people's sins and their evil consequences were to be sent back to the spirit of desolation and ruin, the source of all impurity. The very fact that the two goats were presented before God, before the one was sacrificed and the other sent into the wilderness, was proof that Azazel was not ranked alongside God, but regarded simply as the personification of wickedness in contrast with the righteous government of God.[1]

    Maimonides (1134–1204) says that as sins cannot be taken off one’s head and transferred elsewhere, the ritual is symbolic, enabling the penitent to discard his sins: “These ceremonies are of a symbolic character and serve to impress man with a certain idea and to lead him to repent, as if to say, ‘We have freed ourselves of our previous deeds, cast them behind our backs and removed them from us as far as possible’.”[15]

    The rite, resembling, on one hand, the sending off of the basket with the woman embodying wickedness to the land of Shinar in the vision of Zechariah (5:6-11), and, on the other, the letting loose of the living bird into the open field in the case of the leper healed from the plague (Lev 14:7), was, indeed, viewed by the people of Jerusalem as a means of ridding themselves of the sins of the year. So would the crowd, called Babylonians or Alexandrians, pull the goat's hair to make it hasten forth, carrying the burden of sins away with it (Yoma vi. 4, 66b; "Epistle of Barnabas," vii.), and the arrival of the shattered animal at the bottom of the valley of the rock of Bet ?adudo, twelve miles away from the city, was signalized by the waving of shawls to the people of Jerusalem, who celebrated the event with boisterous hilarity and amid dancing on the hills (Yoma vi. 6, 8; Ta'an. iv. Cool. Evidently the figure of Azazel was an object of general fear and awe rather than, as has been conjectured, a foreign product or the invention of a late lawgiver. More as a demon of the desert, it seems to have been closely interwoven with the mountainous region of Jerusalem.[1]

    The Latin Vulgate contains no mention of "Azazel" but only of capro emissario "emissary goat":

    8 mittens super utrumque sortem unam Domino et alteram capro emissario. 9 cuius sors exierit Domino offeret illum pro peccato 10 cuius autem in caprum emissarium statuet eum vivum coram Domino ut fundat preces super eo et emittat illum in solitudinem. — Latin Vulgate, Leviticus 16:8–10

    English versions, such as the King James Bible followed the Greek Septuagint and Latin Vulgate in understanding the term as relating to a goat. A modern version English Standard Version provides the footnote "16:8 The meaning of Azazel is uncertain; possibly the name of a place or a demon, traditionally a scapegoat; also verses 10, 26". Most scholars accept the indication of some kind of demon or deity,[16] however Judit M. Blair notes that this is an argument without supporting contemporary text evidence.[17]

    Ida Zatelli (1998)[18] has suggested that the Hebrew ritual parallels pagan practice of sending a scapegoat into the desert on the occasion of a royal wedding found in two ritual texts in archives at Ebla (24th C. BC). A she-goat with a silver bracelet hung from her neck was driven forth into the wasteland of 'Alini' by the community.[19] There is no mention of an "Azazel".[20]

    According to The Expositor's Bible Commentary, Azazel is the Hebrew word for scapegoat. This is the only place that the Hebrew word is found in the whole Hebrew Old Testament. It says that the Book of Enoch, (extra-biblical Jewish theological literature, dated around 200 B.C.) is full of demonology and reference to fallen angels. The EBC (Vol 2) says that this text uses late Aramaic forms for these names which indicates that The Book of Enoch most likely relies upon the Hebrew Leviticus text rather than the Leviticus text being reliant upon the Book of Enoch.[21]

    Cyril of Alexandria sees the apompaios (sent-away one, scapegoat) as a foretype of Christ.

    Origen ("Contra Celsum," vi. 43) identifies Azazel with Satan.[22]

    There is a depiction of Azazel in his familiar form of a goat-like demon, in Collin de Plancy's Dictionnaire Infernal (Paris,1825).

    Adventists teach that the scapegoat, or Azazel, is a symbol for Satan. This was commonly taught among Christians of other centuries as well.[23] The scapegoat scenario has been interpreted to be a prefigure of the final judgment by which sin is removed forever from the universe. Through the sacrifice of Jesus, the sins of the believers are forgiven them, but the fact that sins were committed still exist on record in the "Books" of heaven (see Revelation 20:12). After the final judgment, the responsibility for all those forgiven sins are accredited to the originator of sin, Satan. After which, Satan is destroyed in the Lake of Fire. Sin no longer will exist anywhere.[24]

    They believe that Satan will finally have to bear the responsibility for the sins of the believers of all ages, and that this was foreshadowed on the Day of Atonement when the high priest confessed the sins of Israel over the head of the scapegoat. (Leviticus 16:21)

    Some critics have accused Adventists of giving Satan the status of sin-bearer alongside Jesus Christ. Adventists have responded by insisting that Satan is not a saviour, nor does he provide atonement for sin; Christ alone is the substitutionary sacrifice for sin, but holds no responsibility for it. In the final judgment, responsibility for sin is passed back to Satan who first caused mankind to sin. As the responsible party, Satan receives the wages for his sin – namely, death. Jesus alone bore the wage of death for the sinful world, while the guilt of sin is ultimately disposed of on Satan who carried the responsibility of "leading the whole world astray." Thus, the unsaved are held responsible for their own sin, while the saved, depend on Christ's righteousness. [25] The SDA Sabbath School quarterly, 2013 asks the question, "Does Satan then play a role in our salvation, as some falsely charge we teach? Of course not. Satan never, in any way, bears sin for us as a substitute. Jesus alone has done that, and it is blasphemy to think that Satan had any part in our redemption." [26]

    The name Azazel (Arabic: ?????? ‘Azazil) is mentioned in hadith to be the original name of Iblis. Iblis was the Jinni who worshiped Allah (God) from amongst the ranks of the angels. He denied Allah's command to bow down before Adam and later tempted Adam to eat from the forbidden tree. He made a promise to tempt mankind into sin and lead them all astray – those who are heedless of the signs of Allah (God). The word Iblis means "to despair" and Azazel despaired of the Mercy of God, thus earning him that title.

    Ibn Abbas, and Ibn Masoud and some companions, said: that Iblis was the main chief between Angels in the first heaven close to the earth and Ibn Abbas said[citation needed]: Iblis name was Azazel ?????? then Allah changed it to Iblis as the story mentioned in The Quran.

    In Sufism, Azazel is mentioned in the Tawasin, the collection by the 10th Century Sufi writer, Mansur Al-Hallaj. Chapter Six of that writing is dedicated to the self-defence of Iblis, and in one section Hallaj explains how each of the letters of Azazel's name relate to his personality.[27]

    In the Isma?ili Ginans which are recognized as the explanation of the Qur'an, Pir Sadardin explains in the fourth verse of his Ginan Allah ek kassam:[28]

    There are many references to the Azazel figure in popular culture, with the character appearing in some form in film, television, fiction, music, comics and video games.

    References

    1. "AZAZEL (Scapegoat, Lev. xvi., A. V.)". Jewish Encyclopedia. 1901–1906.
    2. ESV Leviticus 16
    3. "AZAZEL". Jewish Encyclopedia. JewishEncyclopedia.com. Retrieved 7 September 2013.
    4. Yoma 67b; Sifra, A?are, ii. 2; Targ. Yer. Lev. xiv. 10, and most medieval commentators
    5. For a delineation of the various Rabbinic opinions here, see R. Aryeh Kaplan's note on "Azazel" (Lev 16:Cool.
    6. Brandt "Mandäische Theologie" 1889 pp. 197, 198; Norberg's "Onomasticon," p. 31; Adriaan Reland's "De Religione Mohammedanarum," p. 89; Kamus, s.v. "Azazel" [demon identical with Satan]; Delitzsch, "Zeitsch. f. Kirchl. Wissensch. u. Leben," 1880, p. 182)
    7. Ralph D. Levy The symbolism of the Azazel goat 1998 "the midrash is less elaborate than in 1 Enoch, and, notably, makes no mention of Azazel or Asa' el at all."
    8. also referring to fallen angels. Loren T. Stückenbruck The Book of Giants from Qumran: texts, translation, and commentary
    9. 16:8 mittens super utrumque sortem unam Domino et alteram capro emissario
    10. 3 Mose 16:8 German: Luther (1545) Und soll das Los werfen über die zween Böcke, ein Los dem HERRN und das andere dem ledigen Bock.
    11. D.J. Stökl in Sacrifice in religious experience ed. Albert I. Baumgarten p. 218
    12. Andrei Orlov, Azazel as the Celestial Scapegoat
    13. Yoma 39
    14. Israel Drazin, Stanley M. Wagner, Onkelos on the Torah: Understanding the Bible Text Vol.3, p. PA122, at Google Books. Gefen, 2008. p. 122. ISBN 978-965-229-425-8.
    15. Guide to the Perplexed 3:46, featured on the Internet Sacred Text Archive
    16. Wright, David P. "Azazel." Pages 1:536–37 in Anchor Bible Dictionary. Edited by David Noel Freedman et al. New York: Doubleday, 1992.
    17. Judit M. Blair De-demonising the Old Testament: An Investigation of Azazel, Lilith, Deber p. 23–24
    18. Wright, The Disposal of Impurity: Elimination Rites in the Bible and in Hittite and Mesopotamian literature at Google Books. Scholars Press, University of Michigan, 1987. ISBN 978-1-55540-056-9
    20. Blair p. 21
    21. Gabelein, Frank E. (1990). The Expositor's Bible Commentary. Grand Rapids: Zondervan. p. 590. ISBN 978-0310364405.
    22. John Granger Cook The interpretation of the Old Testament in Greco-Roman paganism 299
    23. "In later times the word Azazel was by many Jews and also by Christian theologians, such as Origen, regarded as that Satan himself who had fallen away from God. In this interpretation the contrast found in Lev_16:8, in case it is to be regarded as a full parallelism, would be perfectly correct," International Standard Bible Encyclopedia, Azazel article, Eerdmen Publishing, 1915.
    24. White, E. G., 1911, The Great Controversy, p. 422
    25. Seventh-day Adventists Answer Questions on Doctrine, Review and Herald Publishing Association, Washington D.C., 1957. Chapters 34 The Meaning of Azazel and 35 The Transaction With the Scapegoat.
    26. http://www.absg.adventist.org/2013/4Q/TE/PDFs/ETQ413_06.pdf
    27. Michael A. Sells, Early Islamic Mysticism, (Mahwah, New Jersey:Paulist Press, 1996), 266-80
    28. Pir ?adr ad-Din. "100 ginanji copa?i coga?ievari". Bombay: Laljibhai Devraj, Khoja Siñdha Chapakhanû, 1903. MS Indic 2534. Houghton Library, Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

    Here are the audio-recordings of a controversial lecture by Dr. Desmond Ford (which I attended). Notice especially what the respondent (Dr. Eric Syme) says concerning "Azazel" in the second recording. I know very little concerning this topic -- but I get the sinking-feeling that I should begin studying diligently (as if my eternal-life depended upon it). I attended dozens of Dr. Ford's classes -- and I spoke with Dr. Syme in his office, regarding Dr. Ford's "apostasy" and the aftermath. Dr. Syme told me that when he converted from Anglicanism to Adventism, his relatives thought he had gone "nuts" -- and he was beginning to wonder if they might've been right!! Dr. Syme drove his Triumph TR6 like a bat out of the hot-place!! Once more -- what is it about the English and Australians??!! Siriusly!! Once again -- think long and hard about David, Solomon, and the Queen of Sheba. Please read "Joshua and the Angel" immediately below the Ford-Video ("Ford has a Better Idea") for one version of "Good-News" concerning the "Investigative-Judgment". That's all I'm going to say about that -- for now.



    The steady advancement made by the builders of the temple greatly discomfited and alarmed the hosts of evil. Satan determined to put forth still further effort to weaken and discourage God's people by holding before them their imperfections of character. If those who had long suffered because of transgression could again be induced to disregard God's commandments, they would be brought once more under the bondage of sin.

    Because Israel had been chosen to preserve the knowledge of God in the earth, they had ever been the special objects of Satan's enmity; he was determined to cause their destruction. While they were obedient, he could do them no harm; therefore he had bent all his power and cunning to entice them into sin. Ensnared by his temptations, they had transgressed the law of God and had been left to become the prey of their enemies.

    Yet though they were carried as captives to Babylon, God did not forsake them. He sent His prophets to them with reproofs and warnings, and aroused them to see their guilt. When they humbled themselves before God and returned to Him with true repentance, He sent them messages of encouragement, declaring that He would deliver them from captivity, restore them to His favor, and once more establish them in their own land. And now that this work of restoration had begun, and a remnant of Israel had already returned to Judea, Satan was determined to frustrate the carrying out of the divine purpose, and to this end he was seeking to move upon the heathen nations to destroy them utterly. But in this crisis the Lord strengthened His people "with good words and comfortable words." Zechariah 1:13. Through an impressive illustration of the work of Satan and the work of Christ, He showed the power of their Mediator to vanquish the accuser of His people.

    In vision the prophet beholds "Joshua the high priest," "clothed with filthy garments" (Zechariah 3:1, 3), standing before the Angel of the Lord, entreating God's mercy in behalf of his afflicted people. As he pleads for the fulfillment of God's promises, Satan stands up boldly to resist him. He points to the transgressions of Israel as a reason why they should not be restored to the favor of God. He claims them as his prey, and demands that they be given into his hands.

    The high priest cannot defend himself or his people from Satan's accusations. He does not claim that Israel is free from fault. In filthy garments, symbolizing the sins of the people, which he bears as their representative, he stands before the Angel, confessing their guilt, yet pointing to their repentance and humiliation, and relying upon the mercy of a sin-pardoning Redeemer. In faith he claims the promises of God. Then the Angel, who is Christ Himself, the Saviour of sinners, puts to silence the accuser of His people, declaring, "The Lord rebuke thee, O Satan; even the Lord that hath chosen Jerusalem rebuke thee: is not this a brand plucked out of the fire?" Verse 2. Long had Israel remained in the furnace of affliction. Because of their sins they had been well-nigh consumed in the flame kindled by Satan and his agents for their destruction, but God had now set His hand to bring them forth.

    As the intercession of Joshua is accepted, the command is given, "Take away the filthy garments from him;" and to Joshua the Angel says, "Behold, I have caused thine iniquity to pass from thee, and I will clothe thee with change of raiment." "So they set a fair miter upon his head, and clothed him with garments." Verses 4, 5. His own sins and those of his people were pardoned. Israel was clothed with "change of raiment"--the righteousness of Christ imputed to them. The miter be placed upon Joshua's head was such as was worn by the priests,and bore the inscription, "Holiness to the Lord" (Exodus 28:36), signifying that notwithstanding his former transgressions, he was now qualified to minister before God in His sanctuary.

    The Angel now declared to Joshua: "Thus saith the Lord of hosts; If thou wilt walk in My ways, and if thou wilt keep My charge, then thou shalt also judge My house, and shalt also keep My courts, and I will give thee places to walk among these that stand by." Zechariah 3:7. If obedient, he should be honored as the judge, or ruler, over the temple and all its services; he should walk among attending angels, even in this life; and at last he should join the glorified throng around the throne of God. "Hear now, O Joshua the high priest, thou, and thy fellows that sit before thee: for they are men wondered at: for, behold, I will bring forth My Servant the Branch." Verse 8. In the Branch, the Deliverer to come, lay the hope of Israel. It was by faith in the coming Saviour that Joshua and his people had received pardon. Through faith in Christ they had been restored to God's favor. By virtue of His merits, if they walked in His ways and kept His statutes, they would be "men wondered at," honored as the chosen of Heaven among the nations of the earth.

    As Satan accused Joshua and his people, so in all ages he accuses those who seek the mercy and favor of God. He is "the accuser of our brethren, . . . which accused them before our God day and night." Revelation 12:10. Over every soul that is rescued from the power of evil, and whose name is registered in the Lamb's book of life, the controversy is repeated. Never is one received into the family of God without exciting the determined resistance of the enemy. But He who was the hope of Israel then, their defense, their justification and redemption, is the hope of the church today.

    Satan's accusations against those who seek the Lord are not prompted by displeasure at their sins. He exults in their defective characters; for he knows that only through their transgression of God's law can he obtain power over them. His accusations arise solely from his enmity to Christ. Through the plan of salvation, Jesus is breaking Satan's hold upon the human family and rescuing souls from his power. All the hatred and malignity of the arch-rebel is stirred as he beholds the evidences of Christ's supremacy; and with fiendish power and cunning he works to wrest from Him the children of men who have accepted salvation. He leads men into skepticism, causing them to lose confidence in God and to separate from His love; he tempts them to break the law and then claims them as his captives, contesting Christ's right to take them from him. Satan knows that those who ask God for pardon and grace will obtain it; therefore he presents their sins before them to discourage them. Against those who are trying to obey God, he is constantly seeking occasion for complaint. Even their best and most acceptable service he seeks to make appear corrupt. By countless devices, the most subtle and the most cruel, he endeavors to secure their condemnation.

    In his own strength, man cannot meet the charges of the enemy. In sin-stained garments, confessing his guilt, he stands before God. But Jesus, our Advocate, presents an effectual plea in behalf of all who by repentance and faith have committed the keeping of their souls to Him. He pleads their cause, and by the mighty arguments of Calvary, vanquishes their accuser. His perfect obedience to God's law has given Him all power in heaven and in earth, and He claims from His Father mercy and reconciliation for guilty man. To the accuser of His people He declares:

    "The Lord rebuke thee, O Satan. These are the purchase of My blood, brands plucked from the burning." And to those who rely on Him in faith, He gives the assurance, "Behold, I have caused thine iniquity to pass from thee, and I will clothe thee with change of raiment." Zechariah 3:4. All who have put on the robe of Christ's righteousness will stand before Him as chosen and faithful and true. Satan has no power to pluck them out of the hand of the Saviour. Not one soul who in penitence and faith has claimed His protection will Christ permit to pass under the enemy's power. His word is pledged: "Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me; and he shall make peace with Me." Isaiah 27:5. The promise given to Joshua is given to all: "If thou wilt keep My charge,. . . I will give thee places to walk among these that stand by." Zechariah 3:7. Angels of God will walk on either side of them, even in this world, and they will stand at last among the angels that surround the throne of God.

    Zechariah's vision of Joshua and the Angel applies with peculiar force to the experience of God's people in the closing scenes of the great day of atonement. The remnant church will then be brought into great trial and distress. Those who keep the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus will feel the ire of the dragon and his hosts. Satan numbers the world as his subjects; he has gained control even of many professing Christians. But here is a little company who are resisting his supremacy. If he could blot them from the earth, his triumph would be complete. As he influenced the heathen nations to destroy Israel, so in the near future he will stir up the wicked powers of earth to destroy the people of God. Men will be required to render obedience to human edicts in violation of the divine law.

    Those who are true to God will be menaced, denounced, proscribed. They will be "betrayed both by parents, and brethren, and kinsfolks, and friends," even unto death. Luke 21:16. Their only hope is in the mercy of God; their only defense will be prayer. As Joshua pleaded before the Angel, so the remnant church, with brokenness of heart and unfaltering faith, will plead for pardon and deliverance through Jesus, their Advocate. They are fully conscious of the sinfulness of their lives, they see their weakness and unworthiness; and they are ready to despair.

    The tempter stands by to accuse them, as he stood by to resist Joshua. He points to their filthy garments, their defective characters. He presents their weakness and folly, their sins of ingratitude, their unlikeness to Christ, which has dishonored their Redeemer. He endeavors to affright them with the thought that their case is hopeless, that the stain of their defilement will never be washed away. He hopes so to destroy their faith that they will yield to his temptations, and turn from their allegiance to God.

    Satan has an accurate knowledge of the sins that he has tempted God's people to commit, and he urges his accusations against them, declaring, that by their sins they have forfeited divine protection, and claiming that he has the right to destroy them. He pronounces them just as deserving as himself of exclusion from the favor of God. "Are these," he says, "the people who are to take my place in heaven, and the place of the angels who united with me? They profess to obey the law of God; but have they kept its precepts? Have they not been lovers of self more than lovers of God? Have they not placed their own interests above His service? Have they not loved the things of the world? Look at the sins that have marked their lives. Behold their selfishness, their malice, their hatred of one another. Will God banish me and my angels from His presence, and yet reward those who have been guilty of the same sins? Thou canst not do this, O Lord, in justice. Justice demands that sentence be pronounced against them."

    But while the followers of Christ have sinned, they have not given themselves up to be controlled by the satanic agencies. They have repented of their sins and have sought the Lord in humility and contrition, and the divine Advocate pleads in their behalf. He who has been most abused by their ingratitude, who knows their sin and also their penitence, declares: "The Lord rebuke thee, O Satan. I gave My life for these souls. They are graven upon the palms of My hands. They may have imperfections of character; they may have failed in their endeavors; but they have repented, and I have forgiven and accepted them."

    The assaults of Satan are strong, his delusions are subtle; but the Lord's eye is upon His people. Their affliction is great, the flames of the furnace seem about to consume them; but Jesus will bring them forth as gold tried in the fire. Their earthliness will be removed, that through them the image of Christ may be perfectly revealed.

    At times the Lord may seem to have forgotten the perils of His church and the injury done her by her enemies. But God has not forgotten. Nothing in this world is so dear to the heart of God as His church. It is not His will that worldly policy shall corrupt her record. He does not leave His people to be overcome by Satan's temptations. He will punish those who misrepresent Him, but He will be gracious to all who sincerely repent. To those who call upon Him for strength for the development of Christian character, He will give all needed help.

    In the time of the end the people of God will sigh and cry for the abominations done in the land. With tears they will warn the wicked of their danger in trampling upon the divine law, and with unutterable sorrow they will humble themselves before the Lord in penitence. The wicked will mock their sorrow and ridicule their solemn appeals. But the anguish and humiliation of God's people is unmistakable evidence that they are regaining the strength and nobility of character lost in consequence of sin. It is because they are drawing nearer to Christ, because their eyes are fixed on His perfect purity, that they discern so clearly the exceeding sinfulness of sin. Meekness and lowliness are the conditions of success and victory. A crown of glory awaits those who bow at the foot of the cross.

    God's faithful, praying ones are, as it were, shut in with Him. They themselves know not how securely they are shielded. Urged on by Satan, the rulers of this world are seeking to destroy them; but could the eyes of God's children be opened as were the eyes of Elisha's servant at Dothan, they would see angels of God encamped about them, holding in check the hosts of darkness. As the people of God afflict their souls before Him, pleading for purity of heart, the command is given, "Take away the filthy garments," and the encouraging words are spoken, "Behold, I have caused thine iniquity to pass from thee, and I will clothe thee with change of raiment." Zechariah 3:4. The spotless robe of Christ's righteousness is placed upon the tried, tempted, faithful children of God. The despised remnant are clothed in glorious apparel, nevermore to be defiled by the corruptions of the world. Their names are retained in the Lamb's book of life, enrolled among the faithful of all ages. They have resisted the wiles of the deceiver; they have not been turned from their loyalty by the dragon's roar. Now they are eternally secure from the tempter's devices. Their sins are transferred to the originator of sin. A "fair miter" is set upon their heads.

    While Satan has been urging his accusations, holy angels, unseen, have been passing to and fro, placing upon the faithful ones the seal of the living God. These are they that stand upon Mount Zion with the Lamb, having the Father's name written in their foreheads. They sing the new song before the throne, that song which no man can learn save the hundred and forty and four thousand which were redeemed from the earth. "These are they which follow the Lamb whithersoever He goeth. These were redeemed from among men, being the first fruits unto God and to the Lamb. And in their mouth was found no guile: for they are without fault before the throne of God." Revelation 14:4, 5.

    Now is reached the complete fulfillment of the words of the Angel: "Hear now, O Joshua the high priest, thou, and thy fellows that sit before thee: for they are men wondered at: for, behold, I will bring forth My Servant the Branch." Zechariah 3:8. Christ is revealed as the Redeemer and Deliverer of His people. Now indeed are the remnant "men wondered at," as the tears and humiliation of their pilgrimage give place to joy and honor in the presence of God and the Lamb. "In that day shall the branch of the Lord be beautiful and glorious, and the fruit of the earth shall be excellent and comely for them that are escaped of Israel. And it shall come to pass, that he that is left in Zion, and he that remaineth in Jerusalem, shall be called holy, even everyone that is written among the living in Jerusalem." Isaiah 4:2, 3.


    orthodoxymoron wrote:
    Raven wrote:
    orthodoxymoron wrote:
    Raven wrote:OrthordoxymorOn quote:

    Frankly my dear - I don't give a damn. Hell - with all of my blasphemous posts and delusions of grandeur - I could be the damn antichrist!


    Bingo!!!! Now go look in the mirror Satan United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 245713
    Raven! Now you're getting nasty! You're so sexy when you're nasty! Does it sometimes take one to know one? Is this a case of the pot calling the kettle 'black'? Leo Zagami said that he was Christ (and that Amen Ra was his father) - so if I am opposed to Leo (especially in regard to his 'Prison - 2012 - Armageddon rant' - then I take that as a complement. Once again - I wish for everyone to be happy - and that means everyone - including you, Raven. Namaste.
    Yes Oxy it does take one to know one *wink* a black kettle indeed, womb of Isis. But then, YOU know. United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 245713
    I am extremely happy to know that my 'nasty' ways have turned you on Oxy, but we will chat later, I have an urgent task at hand.....well maybe its both hands... cyclops

    I am the Tree of Akhenaton and the Djed of Amen Rah Mirror of Hathor
    Raven.
    No hard feelings, Raven. No, actually, I take that back. Think long and hard about that one. Speaking of back - I looked-up 'Djed' http://www.egyptartsite.com/symlst.html Speaking of Egypt - you remind me of Hathor. Double your pleasure by using both hands, Raven - but make sure that you have lots of Vaseline stockpiled in preparation for the coming earthchanges. These drawings were smuggled out of the Dulce Deep Underground Military Base by Thomas Costello. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KOIaYGz-vY4&feature=related Incidentally - my primitive Red Letter Christology includes Egyptology. I really think this thing will work out well for everyone, including you, Raven. That text you quoted from the Gospels is interesting and troubling - and highlights my belief that the Bible is a mixed-bag and a big puzzle - which needs to be completely understood and solved. Still - I don't do the numerology and symbology thing very well - so I have left that to others - such as Dr. Desmond Ford, Dr. Erwin R. Gane, Dr. Tonyblue, Dr. Matrix, et al. At some point, I would love to speak with you, without the mind-games and nastiness. I realize that you are much more knowledgeable and experienced than I am - but I like ladies who are experienced, and who know what they're doing...
    SuiGeneris wrote:
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Pbucket

    Remember...

    You are in our VVOMB Oxy

    We Love you!!
    Hugs


    Xeia kali de WaterFlyer Leviathan of The Sacred Waters of Heaven
    &
    Amzara Ishtara Behemoth of The Sacred Fires of Hell,

    DoveRaven and RavenDove of The Logos Womb, Mirrors of Hathor, AMEN RA


    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Pbucket
    SuiGeneris wrote:
    The Creator's Agony!!

    (A poem by Oxy as channeled through Xeia)

    A hundred years of solitude awaits me...
    for my Queen was banned from the Mists,
    we were happy and fine with our fists,
    but true fear and ignorance remains...
    see this fire that burns in my veins?
    It's my longing for her that berates me!
    scarred, torn is what equates me...
    in the wait I'm consumed with my pains.

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 PbucketUnited States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 PbucketUnited States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Pbucket

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Pbucket

    Anointment of the ET-Breed/Clan
    in the preparation of the Logos-Family for Contact!!
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13283
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (6)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jun 24, 2018 1:39 am

    This is one more old post, and my thinking is always changing. One isn't supposed to admit such things, but I prefer honesty and transparency, especially at the level I'm at presently. Not even the Individuals of Interest have told me to "Shut-Up!!" It's as if they WANTED Me to Spill the Beans!! I have been very restrained in this matter, and this will continue indefinitely. I have chosen to be deliberately ignorant about a lot of things. I honestly don't dig very hard. I think I could be a real jerk if I wanted to be, but I don't want to be, even though some might classify me as a 'Wannabe'!!

    Thank-you magamud and devakas. I once visited 'Focus on the Family' in Pomona, California (before they moved to Colorado Springs). I watched Dr. James Dobson http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dr._James_C._Dobson interview Secretary of the Interior Donald Hodel http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Donald_P._Hodel -- and I met them after the taping. They were both very nice -- but I could feel the power permeating the love. 'Top' people have sort of a stiff 'agent' look to them. A relative of mine met Bob Haldeman (shortly after Watergate), and commented on this 'distinguished' look and feel to them. Meeting the head of a major protestant denomination gave me the same feeling -- as did meeting Dr. Robert H. Schuller. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robert_H._Schuller Secret Service Agents exhibit this same sort of thing (on steroids)! I keep thinking that all of these types of people really work for the Secret Government -- and if so -- perhaps it has to be this way. I'm mostly attempting to understand the way things really are -- so that I might help to make things better. But really, making things better might consist mostly of refining that which presently exists -- despite past iniquities and transgressions. Once, when Richard Nixon visited CBS Television City in 'Hollywood' -- they drove the limo right onto the stage -- and had Secret Service agents located high above the stage. A worker (who happened to be absent that day) said that if he had been there he would've 'taken a crap in the air-conditioning system'!! Talk about the '$HlT (Sam Huston Institute of Technology) Hitting the Fan'!! I'm presently reading 'The Rockefeller File' by Gary Allen (1976) -- and it is quite enlightening. I'm also reading 'Unmasking Europa' by Dr. Richard Greenberg -- just to balance things out. I'd love to take classes from Dr. Greenberg! http://www.amazon.co.uk/Unmasking-Europa-Search-Jupiters-Ocean/dp/0387479368

    I love watching videos by people who no one has ever heard of -- yet are quite profound. BTW -- I'm reading the '9/11 Commission Report' -- just to balance things out. I keep thinking that the 'Top' people have to do a lot of things they don't agree with. I suspect that many of them hate the New World Order a lot more than Alex Jones does. Things are bad. But trying to make things better might actually make things worse. Think about THAT. I suspect that I will always live a life of quiet desperation -- regardless of whether I am an outsider or an insider. If I were an insider, I'd probably spend 99% of my time in that 'Room with a Cray' weeping and weeping and weeping -- and I'm NOT kidding. When I joke -- and even swear -- I'm dealing with a helluva lot of internal pain and suffering. I'm not 'Uber Alles' regarding my internet posting. I'm simply working within my presuppositions and my environment -- to attempt to help make things better. I'm simply trying to resolve a lot of conflict which I have lived with for most of my life -- but it's NOT working. I'm getting worse and worse. If you met me, and visited me at my house, you'd know how bad things are for me. In many ways, I've given up. If you knew what I REALLY think about -- you'd know why. I keep my lip zipped about a lot of things -- and I have for several decades. I am extremely discrete. I continue to promise 'No Surprises'. Now I think I'm going to read from my book of speeches by John F. Kennedy -- 'Let the Word Go Forth'. http://www.jfklibrary.org/Asset-Viewer/BqXIEM9F4024ntFl7SVAjA.aspx

    Consider watching all of the 'Stargate' and 'Stargate SG-1' episodes and movies. Some episodes are sort of corny -- but all of them are excellent mental excercises. I sometimes think I'd like to be a composite of the SG-1 team. Do you see what I mean? I'm presently watching the sixth season of 'Stargate SG-1'. I love the mixture of Egyptology and Science-Fiction!! I'd sort of like to live and work in an environment similar to that of the Stargate Command underground base -- but with less of a militaristic flavor. Imagine that sort of an environment within Ida!! I think I've figured-out a way to move this thread from Berkeley to Ida. I'll try to be idealistic -- but don't count on it. I sometimes feel like the 'Norman' (I think that was his name) character from 'Stargate SG-1'!! You know -- the crazy UFO-Conspiracy Nut who claimed to be an alien -- and who actually turned out to be one!! Hell! I've claimed to be 'KRLLL' (tongue in cheek)!!! http://krlll.com/ Also, try imagining nearly all of the science-fiction material as being real -- and occurring within THIS solar system -- and then imagining how YOU would respond to the various challenges!! Some of this stuff might actually be real. Unfortunately, we don't know which 5% reflects reality and reasonable possibility. They keep us guessing!! On a lighter note -- check this out!! 1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BZ-qLUIj_A0 2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-VQuuWb874s 3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h3ppbbYXMxE

    I keep thinking about Ra, Isis, and Horus (IHS -- Isis, Horus, Set?) -- reincarnationally. Would one reincarnational manifestion be Cesar, Cleopatra, and Ptolemy Cesarian?? God, Mary, and Jesus?? What if Isis was both wife and daughter of Ra?? What if Isis and Horus were the human children of Amen Ra?? What if Horus and Isis were Adam and Eve?? What if all three could incarnate as males or females -- or even in a hermaphrodite form?? What if Ra were merely an agent of even more powerful Other-Than-Human Gods and/or Goddesses?? Think about Archangel Michael at War with the Dragon in HEAVEN!! What is a Dragon doing in Heaven?? Think about it. A Reptilian in Heaven?? If so -- is this the exception -- or the norm?? What if Ra and Horus sided with a Reptilian-Heaven against a Human-Defending Isis -- for reasons of power and/or survival?? I have NO idea about what I just wrote -- but some of you out there might know the REAL story about all of this. All I know is that I love the Jewish and Catholic people -- but the reality of Judeo-Christian history seems to be very dark and violent -- compared with the Teachings Attributed to Jesus. Something is VERY wrong with this picture -- but I'm not sure exactly what. I've been told that BOTH the human design and programming were fatally flawed -- and that we need to start over. I've been told that I should NOT have tried to save the human race. I could say more -- but I'd rather not. Should I make my peace with Big Brother and/or Big Mother?? In the final analysis, we've made our bed -- haven't we?? We seem to have slept with the Devil for thousands of years -- and we seem to be pleased with the arrangement -- which might be a good thing -- especially if we have to sleep with Satan for at least another thousand years -- if you know what I mean...


    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Secret_Service

    Thank-you magamud. That Europa scene was cool. We the Peons (perhaps I should speak for myself) seem to have to rely on science-fiction to get any sort of a feel for what might be encountered 'out there'. I'm trying to conduct an astronomy-centered multidisciplinary-study of science, governance, religion, science-fiction, fringe-research, and conspiracy-theories. Specifically, I'm just covering the territory I've already explored -- and then expanding upon it. However, I continue to be hindered by massive burnout and fatigue. I also feel very attacked on a supernatural level -- but not possessed (that I know of). If I sometimes seem a bit distant, testy, shallow, and standoffish -- that's why.

    I just started rewatching the Alex Collier presentation at 'Awake and Aware' https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uR46QjXjLH0 - and his opening remarks hit me like ten tons of bricks - in light of the 'Tibet, Kali, and Trinity Goddess' thread. http://www.themistsofavalon.net/universal-lounge-f8/tibet-kali-and-the-trinity-goddess-t1019.htm Alex said that he didn't think the U.S. would disclose - and that disclosure might come from INDIA or CHINA!!!!!!!! Where is TIBET?????? My heart almost stopped. Now my heart is pounding!!!! Please, please, please watch all parts of the video series linked in the first post of this thread!!! Excuse me while I get my heart restarted!! CLEAR!!!! Hello Kali! Well Hello Kali!! You Devil You!!

    Also - look at bravodawson - on YouTube - the one who posted 'The True Form of Lucifer' - which depicts Lucifer as being female. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yUkiUMWf7bQ bravodawson is from INDIA!!! The video was posted on December 21, 2007 - exactly five years before the infamous December 21, 2012!!! Is this just a coincidence??? This is the only video bravodawson has posted on YouTube - and they have posted no comments under this video (that I have noticed) - and they haven't visited their channel for a couple of years. Isn't this strange? Here is a comment/question I posted on bravodawson's channel one month ago:

    "I never see you commenting on your Lucifer video. Or do you comment with another name? Living in India - have you considered the possibility of a connection between Kali - Lucifer - and the Black Madonna? What do people in India generally think about Lucifer? I believe in some sort of reincarnation - but I don't embrace Hinduism or the New Age. Which direction is India moving regarding politics and religion? What if all of us are right - and all of us are wrong? I endlessly speculate? - but I know very little for certain. I ask this respectfully - 'Are you Lucifer?' Just thought I'd ask." No reply.

    Here is a comment I posted on bravodawson's channel four months ago:

    "I think you are on the right track...but I also think that Lucifer is a mixture of good and evil...a sort of a Dr. Jeckyll and Mr. Hyde. Watch 'V' on abc(dot)com if you can in India. I tend to think that Anna could be similar to the modern manifestation of Lucifer. Also consider that Lucifer is the Whore of Babylon (Deep Underground Military Bases?) and? is in charge of the DUMB's, the Secret Government, and the Secret Space Program throughout the Solar System." No reply.

    Is it just a coincidence that China owns so much U.S. debt? Is it any coincidence that India bought so much gold? But if illegal drug money, blood money, and tax dollars have been paying for a lot of the hypothetical Underground Empire - then who really owes who?

    Does Kali - or a representative of Kali - appear prominently in the movie 'Contact'? Does Satan - or a representative of Satan - appear prominently in the movie 'Contact'? Does Jesus - or a representative of Jesus - appear prominently in the movie 'Contact'? Were there ET's (or equivalent) right in the White House in the movie 'Contact'? Has 'Contact' been ongoing - for thousands of years? Believe it or not - I think I may have seen Kali - or a representative of Kali - in a cathedral (I won't say which one!) - but it's probably a Hail Mary conjecture! Nuff said!

    One more thing. I am pro-money. It is an expression of freedom - and an opportunity to reward responsibility - as well as providing the game-playing and fun of good old-fashioned competition. Responsible Greed is Good! It clarifies. Competition improves the breed. I am not in favor of socialism or communism. I am a born-again responsible capitalist. End the Fed!

    One more thing. I am pro-physicality. I am addicted to orgasms! The human body is a miraculous creation - and I do not intend to leave my physicality - except between incarnations. Perhaps our genetics needs to be restored to it's original state - so that we live longer and use 100% of our brain capacities. Obviously there needs to be a harmonization of the physical and the spiritual.

    One more thing. Haven't the ET's been mentoring us for thousands of years? Hasn't that been a big part of the problem?? Haven't the ET's been ruling the world for thousands of years? So why have things been so bad? Have they been teaching us RESPONSIBILITY? Have they been ruling us with RESPONSIBILITY?

    One more thing. I am not anti-ET. I am not anti-hybrid. I am not even anti-Drac!! I even want to go out on a date with Lucifer (Kali?)!!!! I just want a Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom Solar System aka The United States of the Solar System - based upon Responsibility and the U.S. Constitution. I have no problem with interacting with ET's and Hybrids - but they are not our gods and saviors - at least they shouldn't be. I want Lucifer (Kali?) to retire - and advise (not dictate) from a distance. Imagine Lucifer attending a U.N. meeting??!! "The power of Christ compels you to sit down and shut up!!" Just kidding Lucifer! Or is it Kali? Only her exorcist knows for sure!

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Kali

    'A little child shall lead them.' -- Isaiah 11:6 'I tell you the truth, unless you change and become like little children, you will never enter the kingdom of heaven.' -- Matthew 18:3 I appreciate the ability to appreciate. "It is more blessed to appreciate than to pontificate." -- the angel orthodoxymoroni

    Whatever the names and mythologies may be - I am looking for the man or woman behind the curtain. Was it Winston Churchill who said that 'the truth must be protected by a bodyguard of lies'? I am very skeptical regarding any naturally occurring 'Earth Changes' which kill thousands, millions, or billions of people. Why is all of this cr@p surfacing at this critical time in the spiritual evolution of the planet? I'm considering it to be more lies and manipulation. Problem - Reaction - Solution. If masses of humanity are exterminated - I will call it 'An Act of God' - the Wrong God - who is behaving like a hurt and cornered animal. Sorry Lucifer/Kali - I'm just calling it as I see it. Sorry if I got the names wrong - but I think I've got the concept nailed. That dragon demon exorcism was both revealing and chilling. What would abraxasinas say? I'm glad I decided not to eat my dragon! But it might've been cool to enter the Council of Thuban!

    I'm really not kidding when I say that I am attempting to harmonize the U.S. Constitution, the Teachings of Jesus, and a Modified Latin Mass. To the man or woman behind the curtain - this would undoubtedly be anathema and damnable heresy - but I consider it to be both an orthodoxymoron and the wave of the future. It's got to be simple. It's got to be historical. It's got to have mass appeal. And it's got to make sense. The artistic and organizational aspects of the Roman Catholic Church are to be highly valued - but there is something very wrong at it's core - which goes much deeper than the Cardinals, the Curia, the Pope, the Jesuit General, Vatican I or Vatican II. Father Malachi Martin knew exactly what was wrong - and he hinted at it - but I think he could have told us so much more - if he had only lived longer. I think that many of the American Roman Catholics and the sedavacantists would agree. I am not a finger-pointing triumphalistic Protestant. I'm trying to figure out who really controls the City States, the United Nations, and the Secret Government. I'm not necessarily opposed to these organizations - but I am opposed to the evil which I sense is behind them - resulting in this present darkness.

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 SevernbookHP
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Terminal+earth

    I appreciate positive perspectives. They are usually very healing - and in fringe and conspiracy research - this is worth it's weight in yttrium. I tend to swing back and forth between positive and negative - and I tend to swing alone. I keep wondering 'How do we really know anything?' Knowing - and Thinking We Know - Are Two Very Different Things. I speculate a lot - but I usually add a disclaimer - and sometimes a warning. I usually ask questions - and a lot of them are provocative and irreverent. I guess I want other people to find truths of various kinds - rather than me thinking that I have the truth - and then circling the wagons to protect me and my precious truth - and then making a fast buck on the side. I'm really not trying to make friends - and it shows.

    However - after having said all of the above - I really am trying to passively promote a Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom Solar System aka The United States of the Solar System - based upon Responsibility and the U.S. Constitution. I've recently been trying to harmonize the Latin Mass with the Teachings of Jesus and the U.S. Constitution - as a part of this ongoing experimental project. Perhaps I have a little of your healing spirit Mudra. I really want things to be happy and peaceful - but I do not want peace at any price. I like listening to Sacred Music or Latin Masses while reading the Four Gospels (NKJV), the Federalist Papers and the Anti-Federalist Papers. This is so much different than Churchianity as Usual - or listening to Alex Jones (and I like Alex - but I can only take so much anger).

    I've started trying to imagine what it would be like to travel on magneto-leviton trains to various Underground Bases throughout the world - which might include bases under the U.N., Washington D.C., the City of London, and the Vatican - and to travel throughout the solar system in unconventional spacecraft - to meet with various officials (human and otherwise), and attend various meetings - in a completely non-corrupt and non-secretive Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom Solar System. I am painfully reminded on a daily basis - that I don't have what it takes to do such a thing - even if it were possible - so I have to use my imagination (as faulty as that is). I started to write a book about this - but it scared the hell out of me - so I stopped. Ignorance is bliss - even regarding the use of the imagination. Come to think of it - I'm living in a Dream-Land, Dream-World, or an Imagined-Nation. One Nation Under Construction.

    Once again - I am a United Nations Country Club Constitutionalist (UNCCC) rather than a Shotgun and Constitution in my Truck Constitutionalist (SCTC). I'm simply visualizing a Responsibly Free Solar System - going forward for millions of years. The Creator God of the Universe might drop in from time to time - just to say 'hi'.

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Skylon-reusable-space-plane_1

    It just seems as though too many people write too many books - and once a book is written - the writer sort of gets boxed-in. There is something I like about just engaging in limited internet communication. In a sense - I am hoping that some of this reaches the right humans and non-humans who are making the key decisions which affect all of us. I really am envisioning a top down, bloodless non-revolution, to institute a Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom Solar System aka The United States of the Solar System. I really don't want to make a whole lot of noise - and then fall flat on my face - because I don't know what the hell I'm doing. I'd rather just plant a few seeds here and there - and let those who are well placed - carry the ball. Great things can happen when one doesn't care who gets the credit. I'm trying to make money in some other ways - but so far I haven't been very successful. It's hard to concentrate when one is contemplating Angels, Demons, Satan, Lucifer, Gods, Goddesses, Star Wars, Wars in Heaven, Enslavement, Extermination, Reptilians, Greys, Mind-Control, Abductions, Genetic Hybridization Experiments, Revivification, Soul-Scalping, Colonization of the Solar System, Theocracy, Persecution, Torture, Corruption, Civil Unrest, Martial Law, Suspension of the U.S. Constitution, Super Soldiers, Six Hundred Thousand Year Wars, etc, ad infinitum, ad nauseum, ad absurdum, reductio ad absurdum...

    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Protocols_of_the_Elders_of_Zion I just re-read the first protocol of the so-called "Protocols of the Wise Men of Zion". I don't know if they are genuine or not - but what I read sounds all too familiar - that the stupid masses or goyim are incapable of handling freedom, and ruling themselves - and therefore must be ruled by force and deception - rather than by reasoning with them. I have heard this over and over again. Is this true - regardless of the source? I even recently concluded, in a state of discouragement, that the corrupt might very well rule the stupid, in perpetuity - because both are really happy with the arrangement - despite all outward appearances. Whatever the case may be - I continue to believe that We the Sheeple need to become much more knowledgeable and responsible - and at least pretend to be the New Elites. If my precious Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom Solar System (or something similar to it) is ever to become a reality - we all need to be a helluva lot more awake, aware, and responsible - and that especially includes me. As I have stated before - I will continue to look more closely at Solar System Governance, the United Nations, Washington D.C., the City of London, the Vatican, the Secret Government, the Secret Space Program, and the Underground Bases - in a passive and non-hostile manner. I feel a lot more like being an uninvited and idealistic hidden-partner of the PTB - rather than being someone who is fighting with them. Having said that - I will continue to blurt things out, as I encounter new insights and thoughts - and I will continue to place my foot in my mouth, and step on my...never mind....


    Has anyone read 'The Federalist Papers' or 'The Anti-Federalist Papers'? They are amazingly detailed and deep. Why can't a thread such as this one proceed in a similar manner? Why isn't Solar System Governance one of the most important topics, if not the most important topic, that we can possibly discuss? This thread seems to be dead in the water (just like on AV1). I think we're missing the boat BIG TIME. Conduit Closing.


    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Federalistpapers

    Anchor wrote:Solar governance?

    Gotta learn to walk before running.....

    Self governance would be a start!
    I guess I'm sold on a solar system view - as opposed to a world view. I'm just trying to identify with those who run the City States, United Nations, Underground Bases, Secret Space Program, and Secret Government - as sort of a silent and uninvited insider observer. I really don't wish to fight with these people - even though I do wish to change just about everything connected with these institutions and activities. Think Galactically. Act Locally. The Queen of Heaven is presently a person or being of interest to me - in both positive and negative ways. Perhaps it is productive to think big and small - simultaneously. I'm really just trying to understand the power structure in this solar system. I think power is way over-rated - but that it is still important to understand how it works. I once told someone that God had a lousy job - but that someone had to do it. They looked at me like I was crazy. I was crazy - and I am crazy. I can't even run my own life - so I'll be damned if I'll try to run anyone elses life. We've only just begun. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RvBCl3CBMXA It just might be morning in the solar system.
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Scenicmilkyway_hepburn_big

    The Nephilim are mysterious and illusive. Who knows who or what really goes bump in the night and runs the world? I'm just presently focusing on a hypothetical Anna-like Queen of Heaven - as being the focal point of solar system administration. I obviously know very, very little about this subject - but I'm tired of being kept in the dark and lied to - so I'm stumbling through this minefield like a bull in a china closet. God help us.

    Is there a beautiful side of evil? I am reminded of a book by Johanna Michaelsen, titled 'The Beautiful Side of Evil'. My point in all of this is that I think there may be a very real Queen of Heaven, who is a mixture of good and evil, and who is very, very intelligent - but who can be a real mother when she gets ticked-off. I'm obviously playing with some very hot fire - and I will probably get my fingers burned - right up to my armpits. When I finally get the real answers (if I ever do) - I'll probably be very, very sorry that I ever asked all of the questions. I really don't think I know what the heck I'm dealing with. I just think that we are in so much trouble, that the non-elites may have to be involved in trying to find solutions. Hope springs eternal - but I'm frankly not expecting too much.


    Perhaps we should have a Solar System Constitution Contest. I might be completely wrong regarding Solar System Governance - but where are the rival proposals? Where is the vigorous discussion and debate? This seems to be a dead issue. Dead in the water. Why is this? I'm going to spend a lot of time on the Bill Cooper, Commander X, and Branton thread - which I think has a lot to do with this thread. http://www.themistsofavalon.net/universal-lounge-f8/bill-cooper-commander-x-and-branton-t1098.htm I like to think that Bill Cooper, Commander X, and Branton would approve of a Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System.

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 5122TQDB3SL._SL500_AA300_

    Beauty sometimes hides the beast. I believed what the inspired and holy religious leaders told me about the inspired and sacred texts - but I found out that a lot of it was BS. I also found out that a lot of the New Age is BS. This thread is all about finding an alternative to all of the BS. I want the BS to stop NOW.

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Newage04
    Mercuriel wrote:
    orthodoxymoron wrote:beauty sometimes hides the beast.

    As well as It "Soothes the Savage Beast..."

    We must have both to Integrate them and appreciate a Third.

    sunny
    So...do we need the bad side of Stalin, Hitler, Pol Pot, Idi Amin, and Anna (in 'V')? I'm simply trying to rid this solar system of hatred, violence, wars, atrocities, terrorism, starvation, demonic harassment, demonic possession, ecological nightmares, holy wars, extermination events, planned financial collapses, rigged stock markets, slavery of all kinds, etc, etc, etc. I don't think we need any of these things to complement the beauty of Earth and it's inhabitants. I really like the good side of Anna (in 'V'). I really like the spiritual leader of the Navi in 'Avatar'. I really like Rachael (the foxy lady in charge at the White House) in 'Contact' - but I don't see the need for a bad side or any negatives whatsoever. I just wish for this solar system to be run rationally and properly, going forward, for millions of years. This goal seems to require simple and effective principles and concepts - in the context of a simple and effective constitution - which avoids placing too much power in too few hands. I obviously don't know what's really going on in this solar system - but something is very, very, very wrong - and it needs to be fixed. I'm just trying to generate interest and discussion regarding solar system governance. Is it wrong to live in the dreamworld of a perfected humanity living in a perfected solar system? I'm not necessarily sold on the 'treat them like children, teach them to take baby steps, and to kneel in contrite submission' theory of civilization growth and development. I really do think we need a solar system view, and that we ALL need to contemplate Solar System Governance, on an ongoing basis. I am opposed to rule by secrecy, deception, confusion, corruption, force, and violence. I'll just keep ranting and raving on the internet. I don't intend to do anything more than this. Hopefully - somewhere in the galaxy - this activity is being duly noted and studied - to hopefully help someone at some future date - to implement proper planetary governance. Again - I don't have the answers - but I do wish to prompt those who are in positions of authority and power - to consider some of the concepts which surface in these threads.
    mudra wrote:
    orthodoxymoron wrote:Perhaps we should have a Solar System Constitution Contest. I might be completely wrong regarding Solar System Governance - but where are the rival proposals? Where is the vigorous discussion and debate?

    I believe we will first have to bring peace within ourselves , our families , our communities , our countries , our Earth before we can contemplate beyond.

    Lao Russel was an inspiring person



    Love from me
    mudra
    I really like this Lao Russel interview - especially in the beautiful and elegant surroundings of her home. We do need love and cooperation to create a kinder and gentler world. However - I do believe that the meat of love is responsibility (the decision to make the problems of the world - my problems). This is where things get messy. In fact - this is a war. We tend to get in each others way - and we often work at cross purposes - whether intentionally or unintentionally. Perhaps I really need to let this mini-crusade go - at this point - and hope that someone else picks it up - so that it's not my great big deal. Perhaps a millionaire or billionaire could host a Solar System Constitution Contest - with a $1,000,000.00 prize for the winner. Now THAT would generate interest!

    Perhaps evil alternatives can be modeled with a supercomputer program - so that we can learn about them - without having to live them. I think I'm going to exit stage right - and give it a rest for a while - while I go through all of the material on the Bill Cooper thread. I like listening to his old shows - and I like reading the Branton material. I have no idea how much of it is true - but it is interesting to consider the possibilities. Even though the subjects are important - all of this often feels like a monumental waste of time. I wish we got paid to wade through everything! I think that a Secret Solar System Government presently exists - and that in ten years there will be an Open Solar System Government - if anyone and anything is left....

    I looked high and low, but I couln't find my original guidestone - so I tried to duplicate it below. If I find the original - I will modify this one - although I think they are nearly identical.

    ORTHODOXYMORON GUIDESTONE:

    1. BASE THIS SOLAR SYSTEM UPON RESPONSIBILITY AND THE U.S. CONSTITUTION.

    2. MAINTAIN AN EARTH HUMAN POPULATION OF FOUR BILLION (TWO BILLION SURFACE - TWO BILLION SUBSURFACE) AND FOUR BILLION THROUGHOUT THE REST OF THE SOLAR SYSTEM (MOSTLY SUBSURFACE).

    3. BASE PHYSICAL, MENTAL, AND SPIRITUAL HEALTH UPON PREVENTION.

    4. MAINTAIN A PRISTINE ENVIRONMENT.

    5. USE ELECTRICAL POWER FOR NEARLY EVERYTHING, AND UTILIZE MAGNETO-LEVITON TRAINS FOR MOST GLOBAL TRANSPORTATION.

    It sounds as though we deal with the visible PTB (who we love and hate), who take orders from the bloodline elites, who take orders from mysterious and nepharious entities, who take orders from who knows who? I keep feeling as though we are prisoners of an ancient star war - and that we are serving some type of a sentence. What troubles me, is that even if we do become responsible (or try to be responsible) - it seems as if we are destined to remain in jail. The law of the universe seems to be that the Human Race on Planet Earth cannot and will not be allowed to succeed - and that they will not be allowed to become responsibly free - no matter what. Perhaps the Original Sin was the Unpardonable Sin. This seems to be all about being beat into reverential submission by the chastenings of the lord - as sinners in the hands of an angry god. Did Promethius steal fire from this god? Did we all go along with Promethius? Is that why we are here - and why we are in so much trouble?

    Promethius = Lucifer = Kali = Mary = Anna (in "V")? What if the gods were problematic and disfunctional? What if Promethius/Lucifer/Kali/Mary/Anna was/were/are/is problematic and disfunctional? Is there a solution to the madness? Regardless of what really happened, and regardless of what is happening presently, why is there so much secrecy, deception, corruption, violence, and insanity? Why are legitimate and well-meaning attempts at understanding and reform, met with such coldness and even hostility? "Semiramis became known as the "queen of heaven," and was the prototype from which all other pagan goddesses came."--World Religions by David Terrell This quote probably belongs elsewhere - but it does support the 'all of us are one' theory of historical solar system governance. I'm seeing a single entity as being the being in charge of this neck of the woods - going back thousands, or tens of thousands, of years.

    I've been wondering a lot about the true nature of the soul - and wondering about the true extent of any hybridization programs - historically and presently. What if the human soul is a shapeshifting interdimensional reptilian? Could this be why we have a reptilian part of our brains? Could this really be the biggest secret? Are all of us hybrids - in one way or another? Are Dracs really human/reptile hybrids - with an exceptionally high percentage of reptile genetics? Are everyday humans really human/reptile hybrids - with a very low percentage of reptile genetics? I once knew an ivy league graduate who told me that they were a talking snake. Some of my best friends have turned out to be snakes. I'm considering the possibility that humans of all races, reptilians, greys, hybrids, and aliens of all races - have the same type of soul. Whether this type of soul is human, reptilian, hybrid, none of the above, or all of the above - may be one of the most explosive questions which we could possibly grapple with. In his 1994 interview with Rick Keefe - Alex Collier indicated that our souls were the same - and that they originated at the same time - but that we were at different stages of evolution. I hope I got that right. I need to watch that interview again. Let me know if I missed something - or if Alex (or anyone else) has commented elsewhere on this subject.

    It seems reasonable to me to at least begin with the view that this solar system is our home (regardless of ancient star wars and battles for control of this and that) - and that we just keep reincarnating (as we require new bodies) back into this solar system - and that this solar system may be as good as it gets - anywhere. I'm considering any extermination events (natural or inflicted) and mass evacuations (by UFO's, the Second Coming of Christ, etc.) to be bad things. Bringing reason and peace to this solar system seems reasonable to me. Has the Queen of Heaven been trying to do this for thousands of years? OR - has the Queen of Heaven been misusing and abusing this solar system and it's inhabitants for thousands of years? I keep seeing corruption and insanity as being unavoidably connected with absolute power - despite the best of intentions - which is why I wish for this hypothetical Queen of Heaven to retire - and serve as an advisor rather than a ruler. Sorry for being repetitious - but I will continue to test this hypothesis in different settings. I think we are all in Purgatory - and that it is up to us whether we progress into Heaven - or digress into Hell. We make our bed - and sleep in it. Our planet is how we plan it. World without end.

    If your hair isn't already standing on end from reading this post - then read this link - and you should receive a permanent afro.

    http://webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:_RZhCsbJQ58J:illuminati-news.com/Word/Betweenthedevilandtheincomingrock.doc+betweenthedevilandtheincomingrock.doc&cd=1&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=us&client=safari

    Here is the part which I found to be especially interesting:

    "Governance, as opposed to security, appears to not have been a major issue from the ’79 meeting to the present. The emerging picture concerning governance painted by informant words indicates that the USG continued business as usual both vertically – from the executive apex of the presidency, through its federal departments and agencies, to the state governments in the union – and horizontally – the foreign policy apparatus of the USG continued functioning as expected through its State and Defense departments. What did change was the sense of constituent security – that is, USG had to formally contend with the presence of two Anunnaki camps in conflict with one another, and the additional requirement of dealing with both. The meaning of security also appears to have undergone a subtle, yet quite real metamorphosis. We will briefly discuss this transformation below.

    "It is evident from the literature (Good 1988, 1993; 1996, 1999; Maccabee 2000; Dolan 2000; Bryant 2002; Marrs 1998; Salla 2006; Corso 1997) that there is considerable belief based on evidence – some of questionable reliability, and some on verifiable validity – that the USG is involved in a massive cover up of anything from the existence of aliens, alien technologies, technology transfers to the private sector and more. While the focus of this essay is only on Anunnaki affairs and their impact on Earth governance, internal security, near Earth space security and Anunnaki inter-clan conflict, informants have also provided some information on contacts with “aliens” from outside the solar system (e.g., the Angleton tapes and the SERPA TS/SCI referred to by Collins and Doty 2005). This appears to reflect a reframing of how USG views the Anunnaki vis-a-vis “the real aliens” (Six 2005). Our current hypothesis is that Anunnaki are currently viewed as “ancestors, not really aliens, but more like people who are like us, probably because they were here before the human race appeared on Earth through them” (Six 2005). This makes sense to us, since we were asked more than once to clarify our questions regarding “aliens” from the “incoming”. Is it that at present lead agencies regard this as a “local” event requiring a “local event response set”? It would seem so. This worldview on Anunnaki presence on Earth would also fit in with the seeming working definition of “those who are here and those from the incoming” as a “local problem” (Six 2005; Eight 2005).

    "How, then, has the issue of governance been affected by the double Anunnaki presence since the ’79 meeting? One of the seeming results of the formalized infrastructure specific to this situation is the insulation of the White House from the appearance of real access to UFO information. Two examples of this approach are the handling of the Rockefeller initiative during the Clinton administration (i.e., the involvement of assets said to be with CIA at the time and the White House deft use of UFO/alien humor) in deflecting one of the most delicate exopolitical crisis faced by President Clinton; the other is the style and tenor used by the Bush-43 administration: silence. The Anunnaki seem to have forced the USG into a space security structure responsive to two exopolitical constituencies. This is reflected “in the way things get handled,” said Informant Eight. “Looks like everything political is handled by the [National Space] Council and the Vice President as chair. This is where the two tracks originate. One umbrella for TS/SCIs handling the incoming, another umbrella for TS/SCI dealing with those here, and the twain shall never meet. NGA looks like it works with both tracks, but it really is controlled by the other czar for space security. This is one of the most secret functions, “cause from what I can tell, this person is the Executive Officer of the whole space security apparatus” (Eight 2005)."

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Artwork-Annunaki_photo_medium

    I posted the following on the abraxasinas Q&A in March. Was I unfair or unkind? I have worried about this post a lot since I posted it. Was it too hard? Was it too soft? Was it uninformed and illogical? All of this is sort of an ongoing science fiction novel. This is a guessing game, and a bluffing game. It's a game of make believe. It's a galactic game of monopoly. Please tell me what you think about this.

    I'm not sure where the proper balance point is in all of this. I'm seeking a rock-solid foundation. I do not wish to build on sinking sand...but there will obviously be many false-starts and misunderstandings as I try to find my way...and my voice. I'm tempted to attempt writing about the United States of the Solar System http://projectavalon.net/forum/showthread.php?t=15878 with a writing style similar to abraxasinas. I realize that I can't come close to accomplishing such a feat...but I can try...can't I? This is new territory for me. I'm ashamed that I don't know more about that which I am espousing...but I'm even more ashamed that very few of us seem to give a rat's patootie about how this Solar System is run.

    Have our negotiators been duped over and over again...by essentially demonic entities? I wonder. The 1954 Greada Treaty (if it really exists) was a mistake...wasn't it? But I'm sure we had TOP people...who were on top of everything...and had everything under control...RIGHT? Just like we have TOP people...who have everything under control...at this very moment...RIGHT? Don't get me wrong...I am an overly accomodating and gullible person. I'm the kind of person who hates to swat a fly. I don't wish to harm anyone or anything...even demonic entities. But I don't want various aliens, spirits, whoever, or whatever...enslaving and exterminating us...or making life miserable for all of us. I think we have been lied to and manipulated for thousands (or even millions) of years by various entities and beings. We're not as smart as we think we are...when it comes to dealing with these entities and beings. Again...I wish them no harm. But perhaps my 'where there's life...there's hope' bias is what has gotten us into a lot of trouble for a long, long time. Somehow...we need to deal with this thing here and now...and not let it drag on (dragon -get it?!) for thousands and millions of years into the future. We are kept in the dark about Universal History...and regarding who we really are. Yet...we then get chided for being the 'New Kids on the Block' who need to evolve so we can join all of the superior beings throughout the Universe. I'm sick of this BS. Throughout history...right up to this very day...I am not seeing a reasonable and rational approach to Solar System Governance. I'm seeing 'Divide and Conquer'...'Keep Them Confused and Fighting With Each Other'...and 'Keep Them Ignorant and Stupid'. I'm as mad as hell. I've had enough. And I'm not going to take this anymore. Can you feel the love tonight?

    The eschatological paradigms are mostly negative and violent. I envision continuity in perpetuity in Sol. I'm not moving away from this Solar System. This is my home. Sun. Fun. Stay. Play. This is my sand-box...and the playground attendants are poised to expel the bullies from our little paradise. This Solar System is the Theater of the Universe. The implications and ramifications of Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom...in the context of the Constitution of the United States of America and the Bill of Rights...in the context of the United Nations...and applied to the entire Solar System...are enormous. I stand in opposition to the corrupt Powers That Be...both Terrestrial and Extraterrestrial...and demand that the United States of the Solar System be implemented with all deliberate speed...and that a Solar System Exorcism commence immediately. In the words of Moses "Let My People Go!" I perceive that We the People of Earth are Prisoners of War...on a Prison Planet...with Grey Guards...and a Reptilian/Human Hybrid Warden...Taking Orders From a Draconian Reptilian God of This World. This is an intolerable state of affairs...and must not be allowed to stand. I hereby request that the non-corrupt Beings of the Universe assist We the People of Earth for a very brief period of time...as we know it...to implement the reforms outlined throughout this thread devoted to the United States of the Solar System. http://projectavalon.net/forum/showthread.php?t=15878 Thanks and Gratitude in Advance.

    I completely and vehemently reject the following Thuban quotation found in ANNO DOMINI DRAGONIA UNO: INTRODUCTION TO DRAGONHOOD http://projectavalon.net/forum/showthread.php?t=18900&highlight=orthodoxymoron+threads&page=3 (This book is written in the Dragonian language and requires familiarity and intitiation into the structural forms or the forked tongue of Its bifurcation of Unicornian grammar and omniscientific terminology.) "It is however the great destiny of the humanoids to aspire to Dragonhood, because of their immense emotional energy potential and mental aspirations. The reunification of our Father with our Mother allows our Masterdragons, Who are as One in 26 dimensions to femtotechnically Seed the Omniverse as THEMSELVES and then reproduce THEMSELVES as Universes. Every such universe is a Monosong and a 26-dimensional dyad of a FatherMother. This is our Creative Destiny and the destiny for all dragonised humans aka the starhumans."

    THIS IS NOT THE DESTINY OF WE THE PEOPLE OF EARTH. BETTER DEAD THAN REP. OUR DESTINY IS RESPONSIBLE FREEDOM AS A SOVEREIGN HUMANITY.


    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Gizah_Pyramids_Ricardo_Liberato_1

    I'm going to gradually take off the gloves regarding this Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom Solar System aka The United States of the Solar System concept. I think this is a splendiferous idea - regardless of the spiritual and alien situation. The concept does not require me to definitively and accurately sort out who the good-guys and bad-guys are. I simply wish to implement this concept in an evolutionary manner - with EVERYONE on the bus - even if they hate each other - and even if some of them are really, really evil. The really b@d@$$ dudes and dudesses may need to go to jail for a while - BUT NOBODY IS GOING TO BE DAMNED TO HELL!! I desire a big-tent solution - but I do not desire peace at any price. The concept should probably be firmly implemented to avoid confusion - but no one should be treated unkindly or unfairly. System implementation is that which is important - and dictatorial micro-management should NOT occur. We should probably continue the infowar for centuries - but without destroying ourselves. The concept involves an organized decentralization. I like the architectural and artistic aspects of the old world - but the internal modus operandi needs to be Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom. There is a unified architecture and art in the churches and state-houses of the world. The original plan connected with this may have been fatally flawed - but we should enjoy the architectural and artistic excellence as we pursue a unified yet free humanity. This is going to involve a very problematic transitional process - but it need not be traumatic. Does this post go too far - too soon? Baby steps - right? This really continues to be a test. I am interested to see who comes out of the woodwork in support of, and in opposition to, the concept. What would the Incoming say? What would Anna say? What would the Queen of Heaven say? What would the Creator God of the Universe say? What would Satan say? What would SaLuSa say? What would Monka do? What would Jesus do?

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Freedom-of-expression-go-to-hell
    Mercuriel wrote: Oxy - I have downloaded the additional A.R. Bourdon & Eric Julien Material...

    I will read the Material tonight and have comments for You tomorrow. As I have said before - What makes You think You're the only One interested in Solar System Governance...

    Huh ?

    Many are (And are working hard towards It) but We must get Planetary Governance straightened out first. That said - The Machine Gun cresecendo of the pace of Your questioning is remarkable and appreciated Dear Brother.

    That said - I will endeavour to be worthy of It. If only My Twin Flame wasn't in such need ATM - I could do better than I have. Owell - This will change...

    Heh heh
    Thank-you Mercuriel. You make very good points. Do what you have to do. First things first. I'm sure there are many, throughout the solar system, who are working toward more rational governance at all levels. I'm probably trying to change myself, more than I'm trying to change others. I continue to experience debilitating and progress hampering problems - which make me feel virtually ineffectual and very frustrated. Hence the tone of my internet posting. An inferiority complex probably gives me a 'little-guy' attitude. This is actually quite sad - but hopefully something good can be derived from it - either now, or in the future. I was serious when I said that I hoped that this activity was being duly noted somewhere in the galaxy. I fear that we are headed down the wrong road, and that we will not turn back, regardless of the warnings, and regardless of the rantings and ravings of lunatics such as myself. I really wish that I had a shallow underground civilian base to go down into. At this point - I am ready to go down - and stay down - for a long, long time.
    Raven wrote:
    orthodoxymoron wrote: I was serious when I said that I hoped that this activity was being duly noted somewhere in the galaxy. I fear that we are headed down the wrong road, and that we will not turn back, regardless of the warnings, and regardless of the rantings and ravings of lunatics such as myself. I really wish that I had a shallow underground civilian base to go down into. At this point - I am ready to go down - and stay down - for a long, long time.

    Indeed Oxy, duly noted it is. You will not be alone hiding under those rocks.
    Rev.6 KJV

    [12] And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood;
    [13] And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind.
    [14] And the heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places.
    [15] And the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman, and every free man, hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains;
    [16] And said to the mountains and rocks, Fall on us, and hide us from the face of him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb:

    [17] For the great day of his wrath is come; and who shall be able to stand?
    I prefer the eschatology in the Synoptic Gospels (Matthew 24, Mark 13, and Luke 21). I have problems with the Book of Revelation. Even though I wish to seek cover from civil unrest, nuclear war, chemical and biological warfare, an 'alien' invasion, etc. - I don't wish for the rocks to fall upon me - and I do wish to look him that sitteth upon the throne - straight in the eye - and tell them to get off of their high-horse and to stop the mass-murder - and for the Lamb to calm the f#$k down. VIOLENCE IS NOT A SOLUTION - EVEN IF YOU ARE GOD - THINK YOU ARE GOD - OR ARE ACTING LIKE GOD. EARTH CHANGES MY @$$. SINNERS IN THE HANDS OF A LOVING GOD?

    Having said that - I would like to know the full extent and nature of the Original Sin - and whether all of us were a party to it, or not. But regardless of how bad the sins of the past have been - shouldn't there be a peaceful and rational resolution of the madness? Why do we always rush toward violent 'solutions'? Those who quote from the Book of Revelation often seem to exhibit a morbid satisfaction connected with the expected extermination - which couldn't possibly include themselves.

    'As he looked up, Jesus saw the rich putting their gifts into the temple treasury. He also saw a poor widow put in two very small copper coins. "I tell you the truth," he said, "this poor widow has put in more than all the others. All these people gave their gifts out of their wealth; but she out of her poverty put in all she had to live on." Some of the disciples were remarking about how the temple was adorned with beautiful stones and with gifts dedicated to God. But Jesus said, "As for what you see here, the time will come when not one stone will be left on another; every one of them will be thrown down." "Teacher," they asked, "when will these things happen? And what will be the sign that they are about to take place?" He replied: "Watch out that you are not deceived. For many will come in my name, claiming, 'I am he,' and, 'The time is near.' Do not follow them. When you hear of wars and revolutions, do not be frightened. These things must happen first, but the end will not come right away." Then he said to them: "Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. There will be great earthquakes, famines and pestilences in various places, and fearful events and great signs from heaven.' But before all this, they will lay hands on you and persecute you.

    They will deliver you to synagogues and prisons, and you will be brought before kings and governors, and all on account of my name. This will result in your being witnesses to them. But make up your mind not to worry beforehand how you will defend yourselves. For I will give you words and wisdom that none of your adversaries will be able to resist or contradict. You will be betrayed even by parents, brothers, relatives and friends, and they will put some of you to death. All men will hate you because of me. But not a hair of your head will perish. By standing firm you will gain life. When you see Jerusalem being surrounded by armies, you will know that its desolation is near. Then let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains, let those in the city get out, and let those in the country not enter the city. For this is the time of punishment in fulfillment of all that has been written. How dreadful it will be in those days for pregnant women and nursing mothers! There will be great distress in the land and wrath against this people. They will fall by the sword and will be taken as prisoners to all the nations. Jerusalem will be trampled on by the Gentiles until the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled.

    There will be signs in the sun, moon and stars. On the earth, nations will be in anguish and perplexity at the roaring and tossing of the sea. Men will faint from terror, apprehensive of what is coming on the world, for the heavenly bodies will be shaken. At that time they will see the Son of Man coming in a cloud with power and great glory. When these things begin to take place, stand up and lift up your heads, because your redemption is drawing near." He told them this parable: "Look at the fig tree and all the trees. When they sprout leaves, you can see for yourselves and know that summer is near. Even so, when you see these things happening, you know that the kingdom of God is near. I tell you the truth, this generation will certainly not pass away until all these things have happened. Heaven and earth will pass away, but my words will never pass away. Be careful, or your hearts will be weighed down with dissipation, drunkenness and the anxieties of life, and that day will close on you unexpectedly like a trap. For it will come upon all those who live on the face of the whole earth. Be always on the watch, and pray that you may be able to escape all that is about to happen, and that you may be able to stand before the Son of Man." Each day Jesus was teaching at the temple, and each evening he went out to spend the night on the hill called the Mount of Olives, and all the people came early in the morning to hear him at the temple.'
    Luke 21 NIV


    Luke chapter 21 contains basic soteriology, or how we are saved, and basic eschatology, or a study of the end of time. If you don't know what eschatology is…it's not the end of the world! Jesus proclaims that by standing firm, we will gain life. Again and again, Jesus ties salvation to behavior…not simply belief! On the other hand, belief is the beginning of behavior. By beholding Christ we become changed! Visualize Jesus…and world-peace. Give Jesus and peace a chance. The Luke 21 end time scenario contains enough upsetting information for just about anyone! If you want to become really upset and confused, read the books of Daniel and Revelation! There are numerical challenges here as well, if you're into numbers games! It seems that the end here depicted by Jesus was to occur shortly after His death…not 2,000 years later! Could it be that the followers of Jesus fumbled the ball? Were the words of Jesus preached with power throughout the world after His death? Did someone circumvent the Great Commission, thinking they knew better? Have the Teachings of Jesus been placed first and foremost in Christian churches during the past 2,000 years? Are the words of Christ being placed first and foremost in Christian churches now? Could it be that the Teachings of Jesus have been purposefully and systematically suppressed and relegated to the back of the bus? Will humanity have to wait another 2,000 years for the return of Christ? World without end?

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Pbucket
    magamud wrote:
    Think Galactically. Act Locally. The Queen of Heaven is presently a person or being of interest to me - in both positive and negative ways.

    That link is down fyi in the US as are others hmmm. I agree with you, its just a wholesome attitude. Exopolitics is a very important issue, but there is no stern platform to stand on with such a weighty subject. A point to self actualization in general within a social dynamic.

    Im sorry I cant summarize all my contrasts with your posts. There is to much information and I want to contrast post as I read them, so I dont forget it.
    magamud wrote:
    StarCraft II: Heart of the Swarm Opening Cinematic 2:55

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MVbeoSPqRs4&feature=player_embedded

    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13283
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (6)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jun 24, 2018 1:53 am

    I hate pain and suffering of all-kinds -- but they say it builds character. I once attempted to console an Individual of Interest who was experiencing pain -- by saying "Pain Builds Character" -- to which they retorted "I've Got Plenty of Character." The location of their pain coincided with the location of pain in at least two other Individuals of Interest -- but I don't want to talk about it (other than to speculate that all of these Individuals of Interest might be One-Soul). What if "Pinky" = "Pinkie" in the Huntington Library, Lilith, Eve, Isis, Queen of Sheba, Cleopatra, et al?? What if "The Brain" = "Blue Boy" in the Huntington Library, the First and Second "Adam", Christ and Antichrist, Azazel, Dr. Who, the Prime-Puppet Leader of Humanity Throughout History?? I don't think I've even come close to solving the puzzle -- but I think I've provided a hell of a lot of clues (for free). What if Stargate Continuum offers a lot of clues -- especially regarding Kitesh aka Vala -- and Ba'al?? The segments of these two in their Pyramid-Spaceship are quite chilling to me!! Here is yet another study-list which is very similar to previous lists:

    1. Job through Daniel (New King James Version).
    2. Luke through James (New King James Version).
    3. Patriarchs and Prophets (Ellen Gould White) 1890.
    4. Prophets and Kings (Ellen Gould White) 1917.
    5. Sacred Classical Music and the 1982 Episcopal Hymnal.

    What if Job through Daniel combined with Luke through James -- were considered to be One-Covenant (separate and distinct from the traditional Old and New Covenants)?? What if the Traditional Old and New Covenants were both RA Deals??!! What if Patriarchs and Prophets -- and Prophets and Kings -- were considered to be a Definitive New-Testament (as Inspired Old-Testament Commentary Enlightened by the New-Testament)?? What if there were No-Lectionary and No-Liturgy?? What if the Sabbath consisted of Two-Hours of Quality Religious and/or Devotional Time (Each and Every Day)?? What if people got paid to do this sort of thing?? What if most churches and cathedrals were converted into schools and universities?? What if the worst church physical-plants were simply closed and bulldozed?? What if the state provided basic-funding for churches (so people wouldn't be threatened with hellfire if they didn't pay-up)??!! What if a Modified English-Model of Church and State isn't such a bad idea (if done properly)??

    Once again -- this thread is a pseudo-intellectual brainstorm aka a Jihad in a Teapot. I act alone. I'm a lone-nut. Nobody put me up to this. Nobody feeds me this tripe. I make it up myself (each and every day). I keep thinking about that interview (below) with Dr. A. Graham Maxwell (from 1997, I believe). The recording-quality is terrible -- but the content is quite-fine (even if it might be somewhat slow and boring by today's standards). But notice the pathetic number of views!! Then look at the number of Eminem (c)rap-video views!! This is the sort of thing which I find quite damning of humanity. Whether one attends church on Saturday or Sunday (or any day at all) is quite secondary to the level of psychological, ethical, mental, and spiritual growth and development in the human-species. Think long and hard about what I've said in this post. I continue to think that Humanity is on the Brink of Extinction. Does anyone get any of this?? Anyone at all?? Where's a Draconian-Reptilian British-Israel Biblical-Egyptologist when you need them??!! "In a Piloted Bad@$$teroid in Lunar-Synchronous Orbit over the Dark-Side of the Moon"?? There's one in every crowd...

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 0
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Dogma-movies-69416_1024_768
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Un-sistema-de-dioses-egipcios-antiguos-42336854
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Sg1-continuum2
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 V_the_series-29
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 The-Trial-of-a-Time-Lord-8
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Pbucket
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 18453551
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Egyptian-sun-god-Ra-myth-legend
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Ii
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Azazel_by_gothicnarcissus-d5wqnf8



    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 0403120017
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 607px-Coat_of_Arms_of_The_City_of_London_svg
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Mary-Ark-of-the-Covenant-500x500
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Taxadisers.coatofarms
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Arms-westminster-lb
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 EastLondonCoatofArms

    What if the Ark of the Covenant is really about the "Lamb slain from the Foundation of the World"?? What if the "Lamb slain from the Foundation of the World" was one of three archangels?? What if all of the Messianic-Precursors such as Mithras were really afterglows of the "Lamb slain from the Foundation of the World"?? What if the Historical-Jesus Story is a "Johnny Come Lately" version of the "Lamb slain from the Foundation of the World"?? What if Lucifer = King of Babylon = Lamb Slain from the Foundation of the World = the Missing Angel in the Center of the Ark of the Covenant?? What if the remaining two archangels ruled the world jointly until around 800 A.D.?? The Ancient Egyptian Deity hinted-at some sort of a Major-Split around that time (if I remember correctly). What if the Original Creator of Humanity was Lucifer?? What if that creation was destroyed (including the Creator)?? What if Michael was the Re-Creator of Humanity?? What if Christ = Archangel?? What if Christ = Archangel #1?? What if Antichrist = Archangel #2?? What if Lucifer = the Gnome in George Zebrowski's Short-Story?? Ever heard of the Human (G)nome Project??!! What if Lucifer = Gnome = O.H. Krlll?? What if the King of Babylon in Isaiah 14 refers to the King of Atlantis many centuries prior to the time of the Historical-Isaiah?? I continue to think that we're dealing with three Power-Struggling Archangels in this Solar System. There may be a BIG "G" GOD beyond this solar system -- but I doubt that they are directly active within this particular solar system. What if Lucifer = Jupiter Jones?? I don't think we have any accurate idea of who we really are -- or regarding the true nature of the universe (or even the solar system). We might all be in for some very rude awakenings. Just don't wake-up on the wrong side of the bed -- even if it turns out that we've been sleeping with the devil for thousands of years.

    I'm going to go way, way, way, way out on a broken limb with the following speculation -- and I don't know where to begin or end -- because it is insanely farfetched speculation. It has to do with Michael, Lilith, the Creation of Some Version of Humanoid Beings -- the writing of certain books of the Bible -- and the War in Heaven. Should the Song of Solomon really have been named the Song of Lilith?? What if someone told you that you were Michael, Lilith, Isis, and Cleopatra (among others) -- that you created some version of humanity -- and that you wrote five books of the Bible?? I suspect that someone has been playing massive mind-games with me -- but there have been various hints from various sources, that some or all of the above might be true for me on a soul-basis. I realize this qualifies me many times over for that secret mental institution -- but I am quite sober and reasonable -- although being this far down the rabbit-hole makes life completely insane 24/7 -- which is why I just whisper and whimper on this thread -- and why I honestly keep trying to remain silent and contrite. I'm sure there are those who sincerely hope that I shut-up -- so they don't have to shut me up -- and I'm NOT kidding. On the other hand -- back-channel communication might be sort of a safety-valve. What if Lilith wrote the Song of Solomon, Psalms, Proverbs, Isaiah, and at least one of the Gospels (or at least the teachings contained within the Gospels)?? What if Solomon was Sol-Amen-Ra?? What if the Queen of Sheba was Lilith?? The Exodus and the Reigns of King David and King Solomon are VERY Interesting!! Especially Behind the Scenes!! Remember that strange message I posted a couple of months ago?? I received the following message (unedited) under VERY Strange Circumstances:

    You were Incarnate 2000 Years ago and let Us also say that You brought the Prime Creator's Message to the People (Big "G"). After You had been exiled to the far east in those times - A Usurper (Jesus Cesarian) was set up to draw others away from Your Message and to corrupt It. 300 Years Later - The Council of Nicea was convened by a Roman Emperor (Constantine) to reduce the understandings You'd brought to the People - From approximately 37 Books down to 5. Under the Tutelage of these Controller's - Classical Christian Religion was enacted and forced upon the People over the next 1700 Years...The True Teachings of Yeshua are being held in the Vatican Archives so that They can remain on Top as Controllers (See Stigmata: We need no Men or Buildings to reach the Prime Creator was the Thrust of the Teachings kept secret - The Path within). Does this then mean that the Man that originally brought the Message was trying to deceive Us? Or is It rather that the Controller's perverted the Understandings that You'd brought Us previously on Purpose? Simply put - I would say - The Later...This is the Crux and one They have worked hard to convolute...

    What do you think about such a thing?? I did NOT make this up!! I found it in my word-processor!! I just stumbled upon it -- and I could've easily missed it!! The Ancient Egyptian Deity called me Michael -- but I have NO Idea whether there is any substance to that, or not. I've simply used various messages, suggestions, and sources as conceptual-crutches for modeling the unknowable. I'm NOT going to spell this out -- but I could go into a lot more detail. Let's just say that I don't really care one way or the other. It honestly makes very little difference to me. In fact, it could be a VERY bad thing if it were true. I honestly have NO Idea who I might really be on a soul-basis -- and I'm NOT going to try very hard to find out!! My concern is how to help make things work correctly and properly in this solar system -- and possibly beyond -- and this seems to presently be an impossible dream. Here are some interesting posts by Brook and Lionhawk on the first 'Red Pill' thread. They are sequential, but might be separated by dozens of posts. They should write a book together. Siriusly.

    Brook: "For those of you afraid to take the red pill...you might want to stop reading and participating in this thread now... as I've found from personal experience, that it will activate within you, if you let it...certain "knowings” that will surface at any given time. And in that knowledge, you may find it will not be everything you wanted to know. But then again remember...the truth will set you free. And in knowing the truth...remember you have free will...and can make choices accordingly.

    That being said, I will start by recommending a thread that was started by Orthodoxymoron, who I might add was brilliant in his deduction from AV1, and as it progressed I believe it brought to light some things that will stimulate your way of thinking about the “Egyptian” folklore of the “gods” they worshiped, and the symbols now being currently used in the Illuminati scheme of things.

    http://www.projectavalon.net/forum/showthread.php?t=18223&highlight=aman

    Some would think that it is not necessary to delve into the past, as one member had mentioned. However to understand what might possible be the truth to much of what we deal with today..the symbolism in our faces daily if you look around.... It might be good to know what it all means...in the face of taking the red pill that is.

    If you dig deep enough you might even see where our own DNA may possibly have been tampered with, and fragmented our sense of self and way of life as we know it now.

    So I'd like to continue where some of the key points that triggered in me some “knowing” and see what input you all may have in these aspects of history and how it might have an effect on how we live today in the shadow of some of the great secrets that still to this day haunt us and most likely won't ever be known until we reach ascension and see the truth...or then again...you can take the red pill and dive in...see what you come up with …

    so lets start off with one of the posts from that thread and look at Ptah....

    Ptah

    The origin of Ptah's name is unclear, though some believe it to mean 'opener' or 'sculptor'. As a god of craftsmen, the later is probably correct. He was a patron of the arts, protector of stone cutters, sculptors, blacksmiths, architects, boat builders, artists and craftsmen.

    It was believed that Ptah created the heavens and the earth.

    Ptah created the giant metal plate that was believed to be the floor of heaven and the roof of the sky, he also created the struts that upheld it. He created the universe by speaking words through his Tongue (linked to the god Thoth) and by thoughts coming from his Heart.

    There came into being as the heart and there came into being as the tongue ...The mighty Great One is Ptah, who transmitted life to all gods, as well as to their kas... Thus it happened that the heart and tongue gained control over every other member of the body, by teaching that he, Ptah... is in every body and in every mouth of all gods, all men,and every thing that lives, by thinking and commanding everything that he wishes.

    Thus the ka-spirits were made... by this speech... Thus were made all work and all crafts, the action of the arms, the movement of the legs, and the activity of every member, in conformance with this command which the heart thought, which came forth through the tongue, and which gives value to everything.

    Ptah was a creator god, the third highest god in Egypt. He was the god presiding over the Second Egyptian month. From a local god of craftsmen to the deity who crafted the universe and the other deities, Ptah was only overshadowed by the sun god Ra, and the hidden god Amen. He fashioned the universe through words of power and by thought, as well as creating different parts by hand. He helped the dead on their travels through the afterlife, allowing them to transform into his divine figure, or by building the boats on which they could travel. He was the one who allowed the dead to be like the living after death

    Sounds like a pretty powerful guy to me...in all of this legend and metaphor.

    As one member brought to my attention in post number 277
    http://www.projectavalon.net/forum/showpost.php?p=220944&postcount=277

    What did the Masons know? It is clearly worship of Ptah....but was he really such a good “God”? He is clearly worshiped in Egyptian folklore as a “God of Creation” ….stressing the word “creation”....what exactly did he create that should be worshiped in such “glory” for the Masons to revere? Then you clearly have a statue of Ptah with scales...

    And what about the Merkaba.....

    Mer... meant a kind of light that rotated within itself

    Ka ....meant spirit, in this case referring to the human spirit

    Ba.... meant the human body — though it also could mean the concept of Reality that spirit holds

    And so the entire word in ancient Egypt referred to a rotating light that would take the spirit and the body from one world into another.....

    Then you have Thoth...that's one for the records.....and if you read the Emerald Tablets...you see sparks of truth....also sparks of manipulation to a way of thinking that sounds very much like much of the “new wave” line of hypnosis....not to say there is not truth there...but in reading the Emerald tablets that are published....you might find yourself getting a slight to moderate headache....triggering something of a remembrance....or could it be a trigger to forget.....but of what? It certainly triggered me....and opened up a flood gate of things that seemed to fit into a neat little conspiracy in and of itself. More questions then answers from the Egyptian “history” that we seem to get. There are still many “secrets” out there left to be uncovered...and on a global scale, I think if enough people got “triggered” in their own “knowing” of what the truth is...it may just astound you...and set the history books a blaze.

    So for now have a look at some of the information on that thread..and soon enough I will add more. I really wish ODM was here to add...as he was very in tune with it..but we all have a past here to look at the truth. And many of you hold a “key” of knowing...so let the triggers begin. Namaste."

    lindabaker: "Lionhawk: Forgive me if I am repeating a question that has been asked of you in previous forums. Tell us how you know all of this very interesting information, if you don't mind doing so. Are you an immortal who can remember a lot, or are you someone who has access to historical records previously unknown to most earth people? If the discs are not gold, what is their composition? By duplicates, do you mean discs that also work, kind of like burning another music cd? Why do the discs I see in my dreams look to be the size of large oranges? When will the information on the discs be revealed, and by whom, and where? What will the reaction be, do you think? Which Star family are you aligned with? Is your alignment with the Christ Energy, and if not, which alignment best describes your position?"

    Lionhawk: "Calling me out, eh? No worries. When I look back on Av1 and Av2, I guess what I got hammered with most was where did I get my training. Simply because I think I scared some individuals with what I had revealed. How was I able to penetrate the secrets of those who had hidden agendas that participated on those forums? I never did answer the question simply because I felt it was a trap to do so. Plus, they wouldn't understand the answer even if I gave it to them. All I can say is I am who I am because I chose to be. Now that might sound like an egotistical statement, but without my ego I would be a blank. I am like the many who seek the real truth and will expose it when everything is in such alignment to do so. I also use what is in my toolbox by that I mean what spiritual tools I do have. Copy and paste is not a spiritual tool.

    Where I get my information in regards to Egypt is not from the Internet. It is so packed full of lies, that if I did use that information, I would be caught red handed in seconds and probably burned at a stake somewhere.

    Let me just say that I am from the Orion sector. My star lineage is the Family of An. Pronounced "on." It is the middle Star of Orion's Belt. EL-AN-RA. I am an Angelic in the Warrior Cast from that sector. Mother Mary, as far as lineages go, is my Mother. She has many sons and daughters and I am simply one of them. She informed me of this 2 years ago at my house in Florida in the kitchen. She said I was one of her Royal sons and wondered what had happened to me. I also know as of this moment why she stated that. Till very recently, her visit troubled me and I couldn't figure out why. Then she visited me once again and it was a very sad visit, as she had apparently gone to find out what had happened to me and why I was off her radar for so long, after her first visit. It all fits now as I have so much recall as to what had occurred and why she said what she said. Yes, Jesus is my brother. I am very proud to have a brother who has accomplished so much and who continues to serve in his present capacity. He is one of the commanders of the real Galactic Federation. Also let us not confuse him with a replica provided by the darkside called Lord Sananda, who serves as their version of Jesus of their copy and pasted Galactic Federation. You know the one where all the channeled messages come from.

    How this recall occurred, is also an interesting story. As it turns out I had done it to myself and did such a good job at it. Somewhere, I had taken half of myself and gave it amnesia. There was a very important reason to do so. Reminds me of Claudia Black that did something similar to serve on a mission on the SG-1 series. Don't remember the episode. Of course there was a trigger word that would snap me out of it. That word was spoken to me on February 11th of this year by my mate. Everything changed at that moment. It was my name back in those Egyptian days. Mind you I didn't say I was Egyptian.

    In any regard, I discovered that I had married into the Feline Race. That's how I ended up and why I have a current affiliation with them in the present. The marriage came about from two life streams from two separate countries, where both got involved with each other because of these discs. That involvement grew and became a sacred union as in such a way that had never been experienced before on the Earth. It was so profound as that sacred union also represented the unconditional love they had for each other and for the entire Earth and all of her people to such an extent that the Creator took notice and said that this sacred union would be used as a template in this Universe to go by in terms of unconditional love. This was a wonderful occasion where the Mother Mary linage and the Feline lineage came together in oneness. It was also sounded across the Universe so it is well known by other races as well. So if there is anyone out there who has any doubts as to what I have thus far written, feel free to get off your chair and find the answers. If you are all that connected to these other races that is.

    These two life streams were obviously killed by the corrupt Draconian figure heads of those distant times in Egypt. Not necessarily for what they did to create a new universal template, but for defying the power elite's will. If they could not use you, consider yourself dead. That thought pattern still exists today. But when it all went down, these Bastards found out that they couldn't use everybody.

    In the present, I am now living with a whole remembered heart. I am fully activated in the physical. I pay attention to many things now that I use to take for granted. For instance two butterflies flying through the air at incredible speeds, never extending more than a few inches from each other as they are flying through an area full of birds and predatory insects, celebrating their union with each other in flight. Also no fear. The one I married back then is the one I am with now. We are still married as we never allowed our love to be compromised by anyone or anything, even though they may have killed us at different times. William Wallace you say.....or did I say that? hahahhahhaa!!


    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 200px-MacDougall_of_MacDougall_arms.svg

    The above Coat of Arms is where the trail jumped from Egypt to Scotland. Talk about triggers from Egypt. And you may wonder how it has anything to do with William Wallace. To be brief, these two love birds incarnated into this time line. My name was Alexander MacDougall and although I was married and had a castle, I also had a mistress, hidden in the hillside. This mistress was my sacred love. Her name was Isadora and she originated from Norway. She was murdered by some reptilian thugs. 4 of them attacked her while on route to help my son, John. Thus, her death started my new career in head loping. Talk about getting on a Karmic bicycle. I was also allied at this time with William Wallace against Robert the Brus. Also notice in the coats of arms, the lions and the ships. In other coat of arms you will also find the dragons. Again, it comes down to the conflict of the lions vs. the dragons.

    Not to get out of topic here, but this thread is also about triggers. And if you were to look in your present life in the past, you will see things that came up and said here I am for a split second. As in how you might be drawn to an image or something that was said that ringed something within you. All these little rings bounced around for years and I never found an explanation for them until Feb. 11th 2010. All these little reminders fell into place. The little things that made you curious in that moment that you couldn't explain as to why it rang something inside you. Like maybe why you might had a curiosity about a certain figure in history but couldn't explain it.

    All I can say is that I had thought my life to have been blessed before and now I look upon it as miraculous. It has taken a lot of inner work to get here but it has been worth it. Granted the inner work never seems to stop but I can relax a little bit now as I know things will be slightly easier. If you do the work you will find that your story is an amazing one. Also make note that I am not trying to put myself on any kind of stage here. I am just sharing it and I left a lot out. So for the ones that might have pithy comments, spare me. It isn't because I am the one who is insecure. I say what I just said so that I don't have to deal with your insecurities and I am sure there are others out there who are sick of that old record as well. I think we should spend more time celebrating those who are getting there instead of the bashing from those who are either jealous or just lack, period. You have to earn it, for yourself.

    So I leave this here. I hope I answered more than you questioned Linda."

    orthodoxymoron: "Wow Lionhawk! Your posts always floor me! Can you tell me if Reptilian Beings have Human Souls? OR -- do Human Beings have Reptilian Souls? Are we all Human/Reptilian Hybrids --- with various percentage differentials? Are Greys really Reptilians? Do Humans, Reptilians, and Greys have more in common than we think? Is most of this madness homegrown --- going back thousands of years --- right here on Earth --- mostly in North Africa and the Southwestern United States? Is the U.S. really the 'Head of the Snake'? Do the Underground Bases and the City States constitute the Biblical Babylon? Is Lucifer the Whore of Babylon? 'What fate Omoroca?' (Stargate SG-1 'Fire and Water') Nuff said!"

    Lionhawk: "There he is! Good to see you old friend! Always wondered where you went. I know many disappeared for awhile and justly so. Often thought as to what you found in your digging of the truth. You have been missed. Again, great to see you once again.

    As far as flooring you, I will humbly take that as a compliment. But I'm not out here trying to floor anyone. Personally I think we are all basically truth seekers and we all have an individual way about going about it. Of course the cheap version of the truth is the copy and pasted version. Using only materials that someone researched and wrote out without doing any footwork to support their point of view.

    The better version is finding an idea and pursuing it and then write down what you found. The process of proving it out in real time. How many books have we read where someone just took pieces of information and just pieced a book together? Without any experience being applied or melded in the book. Originality is the best way to go about sharing ideas and working out the puzzles that comprise the truth.

    As to your questions, I will say I am no expert or an authority of other factions soul make ups. In my opinion however, I think the soul is of the same stuff across the board and it is whether how much light is allowed to shine by the free will of that soul or the choices that soul has made, regardless of the species it represents. Or the polarity.

    What is most disturbing is how these Dracs have cheated DEATH. Most systems that I am aware of have a death cycle or a transition cycle. Usually there is a station where the soul goes back to and gets debriefed and adjustments are made and new lessons are given and the soul starts again on another quest. These Dracs have found a way to by pass that and have their own place or station as it were, to re spawn with full memory of who or what they were previously. In part, the technology in Egypt was used to do this. Now I also know there are other aliens who have done this but most of them know of a higher consciousness is present and honor the processes in an alignment with a God presence. The Dracs only honor their own presence. Everything and every life form is considered below them. So when I hear that there are good reptilians out there, I always end up asking where.

    The greys are even a mystery. I think the government has a limited view point on them as well. Simply because they want to compartmentalize these beings. From what I have gathered, there are at least 20 species of this form out there. Not just the 4 types that have been revealed by government sources.

    I have already given you in the past what has happened to Lucifer. That wasn't something made up. It also hasn't changed as to what he chose for himself. It's a done deal. One that I was allowed to witness. That event just amazed me as to the Creator's level of grace that he/she exercises. It is unlimited. It also showed me how deep the Creator's love goes for all of his/her creations no matter what they have experienced in this Universe, good or bad. No matter what polarity or frequency, these souls have chosen to experience.

    This thread is a prime example of what I have mentioned in the above. Or the contents there of. And please don't feel like I dissed you by not answering all of your questions as some of those questions could apply in another thread and not here. I say that out of respect for what Brook is trying to accomplish in this thread.

    Glad you are here ODM!"

    Brook: "....spreading light on "dark secrets" is what I plan on doing with this post. You will not find this information in history books, or on the internet in the form of revealed "secrets" of the PTB. Some light has been shed on speculation of such...but the true nature of exactly what happened has virtually been erased....as was the continent of Atlantis, and Lumaria. All that is left is what some might tap into, and how much of that was filtered? Oh for sure there is truth in many of the stories of these kinds....and the puzzle is being slowly put together. So I will provide a piece of that puzzle here now. The role played by some key characters...and what the truth is about the story's they put forth...to get you to believe in something quite different.

    One small but rather important piece that only the players themselves would be able to share...but as of yet have not....mainly because...the lies have overshadowed the truth. I have tapped into that truth.....and as such would be labeled a "loon" by the very ones that would see this story remain undiscovered. And for a very long time, I was afraid to share this....for the reason of safety...a fear program.......and because my emotional body was not ready to deal with such exposure, and the nature of the very concepts it surrounds. I have since overcome that emotion...and can now share what it is I have to reveal.....a small portion of the truth that you all have the right to know. And the role of the "players"...and where they stood in all of this.

    So lets start with some "key" players.....

    Thoth...lineage..pure reptilian...Annunaki

    Ptah...lineage...pure reptilian...Annunaki

    Osiris....lineage....hybrid....Annunaki, feline....of the "royal" bloodline, earth based

    Set...lineage....hybrid....annunaki, feline....of the "royal" bloodline, earth based

    Isis.....lineage....hybrid....feline, earth based ...of direct decent...mother Sekhemt...of the royal lineage....and direct genetic coding to the discs and "throne"

    Ra.....lineage.....sirian.....hybird.....of "Sun" decent....NOT ANNUNAKI....and in charge of operations here on earth, to oversee the Sirian feline earth based seeding.

    So a marriage...to create a royal blood line....with direct connection to the "Discs", and the "throne"....between Osiris and Isis....set up by Ptah...who is now in control of operations.....a very bad marriage at that. Not the wonderful one painted in history. In fact..the so called "sister" of Isis....was nothing more than a story...she was actually a mistress to Osiris...and Isis had take her under her wing....to protect her. It also gave Isis the relief of having to be with Osiris...who she detested. Isis had no such sister....but took on Nephthys as a sister...and taught her how to do many things...one of which was how to tolerate Osiris.

    As the story would have you believe.....Isis gathered together the pieces of Osiris with her "sister"...leaving out one piece...very appropriate....the phallus. She claimed the fish ate it......Now that's a fish story! and then she created the "book of the dead". to resurrect Osiris...and created a phallus of "sand" and impregnated herself with his seed to create Horus.

    Oh boy...here goes....the truth is this.....in that tomb of Osiris...a meeting took place. Sekhemt, Ra and Isis.....the egg of Sekhmet the sperm of Ra were joined and Isis was made a surrogate of a "royal bloodline"...not of the Osiris, Hybrid....reptilian line but the feline sun lineage....and was made to be the watcher for Ra...the "eye of Horus" was a symbol of Ra...also know as the "Eye of Ra".....and Sekhmet...to watch over the goings on from the direct meddling of the Annunaki. And to carry on the line of those who were directly involved in the technology that had been stolen, and used to create for lack of a better term..."abominations"...of what should have been our direct connection to mother earth, and our universal lineage. Rather then fragmenting us and creating a "slave race"...to be multiplied and used for the purposes that you now hear of..that many have tapped into that truth and are now seeing...but few know how it came about...the actual deeds that created this time line...not the one that source intended.

    Have you all stopped yet to think...what became of Isis? How did she die? did she really carry on to give all of these so call "channeling s" that are so prevalent on the internet and in the "new age" community? And if so....why don't you hear this story? And how come you don't hear of her "passing" as you do of Osiris? And what of this story that Horus is Jesus?....Isis is Mary?.....not hardly.

    There is however a connection to that story. Another surrogate....Mary...named after the Mother Mary lineage.....surrogate to Jesus.....brought here to tell some truth....through a similar fashion as Horus. Propagated by the felines....but Jesus is not Feline.....the only connection is the cooperation of the geneticists...the Felines that helped with his birth. And the link..is the Star of Sirius.....cooperation to recreate where Horus failed...because Horus was found out...and challenged by his brother Set. Brother Set you say????? Wait....Set was the brother of Osiris......Caught them in another lie didn't we? Set the one that murdered Osiris...now after Horus.....a power hungry one he was....And Osiris...the brother of Isis?...........only in the sense that the lineage of a hybrid brought that in true form.....Remember...Osiris..hybrid....reptilian, feline..and earth based being......but not the sister of Isis in any form...other then the feline lineage that they wanted to keep in line with the genetic coding

    And what of Isis? Where did she disappear to? Death ...at the hands of Ptah....who was furious with her, for reasons I will not share here..just yet anyway. But when one does not cooperate with a reptilian....at that time....it's death in a snake pit...and that was her end.....only to be remembered by those who had stories to tell of here visits..to such places as Greece. and with her she would bring the most extraordinary gifts.

    Now you are probably wondering how I can relate such a story...and where the information came from. did I channel it?....not really.....but that is something I will not share on a forum. However, I will tell you I have validation.....and that I will not share on a forum either.

    There are many more parts to this story....this is only a small but significant part. There are the Discs....and other factions involved...and this story would make "Gone with the Wind"...look like a child's book."

    What if Gabriel is the hard-core Angelic-Opposition to the Human-Experiment?? What if Lucifer was the First-Creator?? What if Michael was the Re-Creator?? I have no idea how close to the truth this speculation might be -- but I keep thinking this thing is REALLY nasty, ancient, and complex!! Once again, I am troubled by the lack of sermons about Lucifer in the Bible. There is only that one direct mention of Lucifer (in Isaiah 14). I think there might've been a murder and a cover-up!! Sorry if this offends -- but shouldn't we consider ALL Possibilities??!! I still wonder if the three hypothetical Archangels pulled-off some sort of a False-Flag War in Heaven -- creating a Power-Vacuum to Cleanse the Sanctuary of That Which Defiles!! I often think that the REAL Theological-Realities are MUCH Worse than Atheism and Agnosticism -- which might be why we've been lied-to for thousands of years!! I think we might live in a very rough and tumble universe which they don't tell us about in Sunday-School and Sabbath-School!! My theory is that this Solar System is One Big Business with One CEO (going way, way, way back). My theory is that Research (of any subject) is a Form of Worship. My theory is that even Irreverent Theological-Speculation is a Form of Worship. My theory is that history should be studied -- but not relied-upon. Anyone could write anything in antiquity -- and how can we possibly know (in modernity) how honest and accurate they were?? I have suggested the following study-list (among others) but imposing this sort of thing on modernity might be a grave-error.


    1. Job through Daniel (KJV).
    2. Luke through James (KJV).
    3. Sacred Classical Music.

    Try reading Job through Daniel side by side with Luke through James -- straight-through -- over and over -- while listening to Sacred Classical Music!! I do it for answers!! What if massive-doses of all of the above might awaken hidden insights and memories -- or what if there is a hidden programming-modality contained within these historical materials?? I think my U.S.S.S. threads play with burning magnesium -- but should we really avoid this sort of study?? I have suggested that these threads merely get you close to the "truth" -- but that they are not the "truth". I am more disoriented and despondent than you can imagine. My efforts seem to have accomplished less than nothing -- and I often wish I had never been born. I hate my life.

    Nutbar
    Brook

    Please remember that these U.S.S.S. threads are sort of a Galactic Boot-Camp to shake things up a bit. They are Reformative rather than Normative. They are NOT "The Answer" -- and please remember that there is a HUGE difference between an "Answer" and a "Convincing-Answer"!! "Knowing" and "Thinking One Knows" are two VERY Different Things!! I'm watching the first season of Helix -- and it's freaking me out -- which isn't easy to do, at this point in the game -- but I don't wish to explain why. Somewhat unrelatedly, try focusing upon the Hypothetical First Genetic-Engineer of Some Form of Humanity. Then focus upon the Hypothetical Conqueror of This First Form of Humanity. What if we are simply dealing with TWO Archangels in this particular Solar System?? What if Genesis 6 is descriptive of the Conquering of the First Form of Humanity?? What if Hybridization and Genetic-Engineering of the First Form of Humanity resulted in the Present Form of Humanity?? What if most (or all) of us are the Conquerors of the First Form of Humanity?? What if the First Genetic-Engineer of the First Form of Humanity was the "Lamb Slain from the Foundation of the World"?? What if this Prime-Creator was actually taken hostage in combination with a Faked-Execution?? What if the Prime-Creator was the "Sovereign Queen of the Air from Sirius" who Nicolas Roerich spoke of?? What if the Prime-Creator was Lilith = Isis = Queen of Sheba = Cleopatra = Jupiter Jones?? What if the Prime-Creator was a Biblical Holy-Ghost Writer?? What if this solar system is the centerpiece of a VERY complex Galactic Sting Operation??

    What if the Sanctuary (Solar System??) will be completely cleansed by A.D. 2133?? What if the Prime-Creator = Christ?? What if the Conqueror of the Prime-Creator and the First-Form of Humanity = Antichrist?? What if the conquering of the Prime-Creator = the Demotion of Dr. Who?? What do Owls say?? "Who!!" What if Dr. Who = Lilith = Archangel Michael?? What if Prime-Creator = Archangel Michael?? What if the Conqueror of the Prime-Creator and Original-Humanity = Archangel Gabriel?? It often sounds as if I'm Against Gabriel -- but I'm merely playing-along with certain terms such as "Angel of Death" -- and with certain things I've been told by Individuals of Interest -- and with Hollywood-Depictions. It's NOT Personal. What if Original-Sin = the Original Human-Creation?? OR What if Original-Sin = the Conquering and Hybridization of the Prime-Creator and the Original Human-Creation?? What if Daniel chapter 8 speaks of the Vindication of the Prime-Creator and Original Human-Creation -- the Restoration of this Solar System to it's Pre-Conquered and Pre-Hybridized Form -- and the Removal of the Conquerors and Corruptors?? I have NO Idea regarding the validity (or lack thereof) of All of the Above -- but this stuff Scares the Hell Out of Me (as nothing else does)!! BTW -- What were the World Wars REALLY All About?? Are the World Wars Really Over?? What sort of wars might be ongoing beneath the ground -- and throughout the solar system?? What the Hell is REALLY Going On???!!!

    I think you'd have to study these two U.S.S.S. threads full-time for several-years to really understand what I'm hinting-at!! This does NOT imply superiority on my part!! I'm honestly a Completely-Ignorant (and Utterly-Miserable) FOOL!! This isn't some sort of becoming-humility!! It's the honest and painful TRUTH!! YOU will need to do the Heavy-Lifting!! I am incapable of doing-so!! Supposedly there are 400 super-wealthy people who run the American-Government from behind the scenes. Based upon this number relative to the U.S. Population -- and then extrapolating the figures for the population of the whole-world -- there would be approximately 10,000 people running the world from behind the scenes. This is a very crude calculation -- and I didn't use the latest figures or a calculator -- but I've been modeling a United States of the Solar System with 10,000 representatives!! Of course, this wouldn't take into account how many qualified beings might be living underground and throughout the solar system in various planets, moons, asteroids, and spaceships!!

    This could get REALLY complicated!! As I keep repeating -- I have pulled ALL of My Proposals off of ALL Tables (real and imaginary) simply because I don't know what the hell is REALLY going on!! I keep getting the sinking-feeling that I was too bold a few years ago. I decided this might be the case after I started meeting various Individuals of Interest -- and noticing that a lot of people hated me for seemingly no reason (including official harassment and feeling increasingly miserable). My U.S.S.S. threads are simply intended to be mental and spiritual exercises for a select few. As you've noticed, I've set a tentative target-date for the beginning of a U.S.S.S. as being 2133 A.D. -- so I'm not applying any sort of "Hard-Sell". I don't have meetings. I don't raise money. I don't write books. I don't really do much of anything. I don't even talk about this stuff in "real-life". This is just an "internet-fantasy".

    Please remember that I've created these U.S.S.S. threads in an attempt to solve the world's problems (and my problems) -- but it's NOT working (on both counts). I hope that others will gain the traction I've failed to achieve. I've made some rather harsh and irreverent speculation regarding Angels, Archangels, Gods, and Goddesses -- but I have NO Idea what's REALLY going-on. However, this pseudointellectual study has been so upsetting and disorienting to me, that it wouldn't surprise me if I end-up in some sort of a nuthouse -- sooner or later -- and I'm not kidding. I hope no one else has gone nuts (or worse) reading my tripe (and looking at the scary-images). This is the sort of thing which could cause people to go nuts -- get fired -- get divorced -- commit suicide -- etc. My U.S.S.S. threads are NOT ready for Prime-Time. I doubt that I'll ever write a book -- but if I do, it certainly wouldn't include 90% of the U.S.S.S. threads.

    This is pretty much an "in-house" experiment in social-engineering. I doubt this sort of thing will ever become reality -- which might be just as well. I'm certain there are better ways of dealing with the madness and managing the masses. I don't know where to go from here. Perhaps I should move to England -- to get a better feel for how they do things on the other side of the pond -- driving on the wrong side of the road!! I continue to think that we've been living under a One-World Government for thousands of years -- so I'm not pushing for the establishment of something which already exists. I simply wish for things to be better. If there really is a Heaven and a Hell -- then modeling a better-world might be a waste of time. Is modeling a better-world a denial of Judeo-Christianity?? Do the Jews really have the Divine-Right to Rule the World?? Damned if I know -- but PLEASE spend some quality-time with my latest study-list, and see what YOU think!!


    1. Job through Daniel (KJV).
    2. Luke though James (KJV).
    3. Sacred Classical Music.

    This is a more complex and difficult mental and spiritual exercise than you can imagine (especially if you do it properly and aggressively)!! I think this is Extremely-Important!! Don't take Shortcuts!! This is sort of a Historical-Baseline -- and NOT a Line in the Sand. I'm simply suggesting that Sirius-Researchers master this material prior to moving on to bigger and better clean-sheets of stone!! Sometimes I wonder if Earth-Humanity has been badly ripped-off to provide the resources necessary for a Hidden-Faction to create UFO's, Fancy-Technology, and Alternate-Bodies -- with NO intention of sharing with those they stole-from?! It seems to me that Humanity (as we know it) will become obsolete in the near-future. We might simply be eliminated -- rather than entering into a Golden-Age of Peace and Prosperity. One who I keep referring to as the "Ancient Egyptian Deity" told me that the "Human-Race is Screwed".

    I've tried to model constructive futures for Earth-Humanity -- but this seems to have fallen upon deaf and indifferent ears and minds. I'm pretty much to the point of silently watching things play-out. Today, I was thinking of that World War II saying about "Then they came for the Jews -- but I didn't say anything because I wasn't a Jew". You know which one I'm referring to. Well, then I thought about Technology replacing people on a massive scale. "Then they replaced the factory-workers with robotics -- but I didn't say anything because I wasn't a factory-worker". You get my drift. It really wouldn't surprise me if a Supercomputer-Network is already running the Solar-System -- or coming close to doing-so.

    This probably isn't the right time or place BUT is there a Post WWII relationship between the so-called "Axis Powers"?? I continue to be scared-stiff about WMD's of all kinds -- and Hidden-Factions (which might go back thousands of years) which might NEVER stop fighting with each other. An "Accident" might not always be an "Accident". https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Axis_powers I keep feeling like I should move to the mountains, and build a Shallow-Underground 600 Square-Foot Office-Apartment with a Powerful-Computer and Fast-Internet -- and pretty-much isolate myself from "Real-Life". This would have absolutely nothing to do with gaining any sort of special-access to the Secret-Government (or anything along those lines). I would be completely "On My Own". If I had the money -- I'd probably do this sort of thing immediately -- but I'll probably never be in a position to take such a bold-step. I guess I just wish to "disappear" without being "removed". I honestly think I'm on some sort of a Red-List or Black-List for being open, honest, and innovative on the internet. Plus, I think I might be some sort of a Most-Wanted Galactic-Outlaw!!

    Once again -- I haven't lied about anything. I might've been mistaken -- or exaggerated slightly -- but I've been honest. Having said that -- probably 50% of my two U.S.S.S. threads are utter-bullshit -- but I don't know which 50%!! Perhaps it might be interesting to exclusively research fringe and mainstream material which are five to ten years old -- so as to have perspective -- and the opportunity to perform reality-checks. I've grown weary and wary of the latest and greatest predictions and paranoia. This modality of research would involve researching 2005 through 2010. There is so much energy and distortion connected with current events, seminars, speeches, gurus, experts, and so on. The New Testament seems to point toward the Second Coming of Christ and the End of the World -- in the FIRST-CENTURY AD!!! I've said it so many times BUT consider reading The Gods of Eden by William Bramley -- regarding Religion, War, Eschatological Worldviews, etc. Now I'm going to listen to Sherry Shriner to try to get my head together, and calm-down. http://sherrytalkradio.com/

    I care so much -- that I don't seem to care very much -- because my caring caused me to think deeply -- which has made me somewhat hardened. Here is something somewhat unrelated. I keep thinking about the possibility of an Original Genetic-Engineering of Humanity -- followed by the destruction of Humanity and the Creator of Humanity -- followed by the Re-Creation of Humanity -- followed by at least 6,000 years of power-struggling, warfare, stupid-religions, and general-madness. I keep thinking about King David -- King Solomon -- and the Queen of Sheba -- but not necessarily in the literal roles and time-frames represented in the Holy Bible. Jesus is referred to as the Son of David. Wasn't King Solomon the Son of David?? Jesus is sometimes referred to as "The Second Adam". What if (in some abstract sense) King David was the First Adam -- and King Solomon was the Second Adam -- with the Queen of Sheba being both Lilith and Eve!! What if King David -- King Solomon -- and the Queen of Sheba were -- and are (in some abstract sense) Archangels Lucifer, Gabriel, and Michael (but not necessarily in that order)?? Gabriel supposedly replaced Lucifer after "The Fall". Some say Michael = Jesus. I honestly don't know about all of the above -- but I keep sensing some sort of an Angelic Shell-Game. The Angels atop the Ark of the Covenant are somewhat haunting to me -- as is the whole Sacrificial-System and the Substitutionary-Atonement. The City of London Coat of Arms is somewhat creepy and reminiscent of the Ark of the Covenant.

    The Bible barely mentions Lucifer by name. Only in Isaiah 14 as the King of Babylon. Ralph Ellis writes about an essentially Egyptian Old-Testament -- which has been carefully hidden by the Bible-Story (as we know it). EVERYONE seems to lie regarding what the Bible REALLY says!! I have suggested that reading Job through Daniel -- side by side with Luke through James -- straight-through -- over and over -- while listening to Sacred Classical Music -- will be most difficult and startling. The idea is to research without talking about it. I got the concept of straight-through -- over and over -- from Dr. A. Graham Maxwell -- and the silent-research concept from Dr. Walter Martin. I modified Dr. Maxwell's concept of Genesis through Revelation -- to Job through Daniel -- side by side with Luke through James. But honestly -- I doubt that ANYONE has given ANY of this stuff much quality-time!! Matters of Greed and Fear are SO Much More Important!! I'm really NOT joking about living alone and isolated in a Shallow-Underground 600 Square-Foot Office-Apartment somewhere in the Mountains -- possibly accessible only by foot or air. This wouldn't be so much of a survivalist-thing as it would be an anti rat-race thing. I honestly don't think there is anyplace to hide (long-term) but I'm simply becoming less and less anxious to deal directly with the madness. On the other hand -- if you all like things the way they are -- perhaps the madness can persist for all eternity -- but I wouldn't count on it.

    I have a love-hate relationship with the Bible. I love it -- and I hate it. But if the Bible is complete bullshit -- then what the hell IS the real-story about who we are -- where we came from -- what we're supposed to be doing -- and where we're going???? My present conviction is that the Bible is a small-part of a VERY Ancient and Nasty History of Star-Wars and Power-Struggles which might have EVERYTHING to do with why things are as they are. When I try to talk about Biblical-Research with SDA's -- it's like pulling-teeth without anesthetic. When I try to talk about Biblical-Research on this website -- No One Gives a God-Damn. It sounds delusional -- but I seem to be stuck with talking to myself about Biblical-Research. I really wasn't kidding about fighting with myself 24/7 -- and I really have knocked myself on my @$$. I destroy my own convictions and positions on a frequent and regular basis. I get more and more frazzled at an exponential rate.

    I am anything BUT a spiritual-giant. I could never become a Big-Shot Preacher. I'd probably stand there and tell everyone that I didn't know what I believed -- and that they should just all go home and get laid!!! BTW -- I said that to the Ancient Egyptian Deity -- and they thought that was a good-idea!! People can laugh all they want about my Ancient Egyptian Deity talk -- but just look at the back of a U.S. Dollar-Bill -- and that should be a clue as to who wears the pants in this world (and probably the whole damn solar system). Then, look at the obelisks and architecture of the City-States. What if the Ancient Egyptian Deity I keep talking about really was (and is) the God of This World (or at least a representative of the Real-Deal)?? I frankly have no idea who I really spoke with. They could've been a demonic-entity for all I knew. I simply gave them a fair-shake -- without committing to anything. I tried to remain responsibly-neutral -- and ultimately they decided we couldn't work together (three days prior to Fukashima). They said "too much water has gone under the bridge" -- and I replied "oh well". It's a deep-subject. Get it??

    I keep getting the feeling that everything is a great big power-struggle -- and really, if one reads all 39 books of the Old-Testament, it is a great big nasty series of conquests of various magnitudes. What if God really is fundamentally a WARRIOR and a BANKER?? What if the Illuminati and the Secret-Government have Everything to do with the Kingdom of God?? What if that's just how things work in this universe?? I like to think that Job through Daniel combined with Luke through James give a somewhat balanced composite-view of at least one aspect of the God-Phenomenon. I still hypothesize that a Relatively Mild God got replaced by a Bad@$$ God six to ten thousand years ago -- and that the human-race probably deserved what they got (as harsh and merciless as that sounds). I swear that I've spoken with Individuals of Interest who seem to substantiate all of the above -- and it's NOT a pleasant experience. But it's strange. It's as if we know each-other -- going way, way, way back. The Ancient Egyptian Deity said we had "Fought Side by Side"!! I'm NOT making this up!! I think this stuff might ultimately put me in the nut-house or a safe-house -- and I wish I were kidding.

    I try to be helpful regarding this present madness -- and no one gives a God-Damn!! I'm pretty-much to the point of pledging that I won't hurt or help anyone -- and that I'll recuse myself from what's coming -- and remain completely neutral and benign -- regardless of any and all weeping, wailing, and gnashing of teeth. I provided plenty of opportunity for detailed discussion for all-concerned -- but no one seemed to be particularly concerned. So Be It. I intend to privately agonize over some really obscure and crazy material -- which probably won't do me, or anyone, any good whatsoever. Even if I stumbled upon something significant, no one would pay any attention to it, because I simply won't do the super-salesman thing. I'm the guy your mother warned you about. Don't stop thinking about the terms "Changeling" -- "Azazel" -- "Sacrificial-System" -- "Substitutionary-Atonement" -- "Final Application of the Atonement" -- "Cleansing of the Sanctuary" -- "Judas Goat" -- and "Archangels". Never forget that Ma'el never came to Earth. I could say MUCH More -- but I'd rather not. Not Now. Perhaps Never.

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Ancient-egypt-cats-were-considered-gods-731x1024


    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13283
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (6)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jun 24, 2018 2:01 am

    I'm reading The Quickening by Art Bell (1997) and it's truly chilling. I'm also reading Seventh-day Adventists Answer Questions on Doctrine (1957) and this is also chilling (especially when one considers that QOD was published at the tail-end of the publication of the monumental SDA Bible Commentary and that it contains substantial heresy). I'm continuing my study of volumes 3, 4, and 6 (1 Chronicles through Malachi, and Acts through Ephesians) of the SDA Bible Commentary (and this seems to be historically-foundational). Finally, I'm reading the two-volume Memoirs of Baron Stockmar by Ernst Stockmar (1873) and I find this area of research to be frightening (but I don't want to talk about it). I'm thinking a lot about AD 2031 to 2046, and this is scaring the hell out of me (on SO Many levels). I predict that most serious researchers will go insane over the next couple of decades. I think the problems are THAT Bad. 'RA' told me "Humanity is Screwed!!" I'm beginning to understand why (but I don't want to talk about it).
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Keepers
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Rose-Tyler-Wallpaper-doctor-who-1601609-1280-800
    Listen to These Links with Extreme Caution.
    I Include Them for Experienced Researchers.
    They Are Part of a Long-Term Research Project,
    But I Don't Expect Anyone to Understand Why.

    http://www.blogtalkradio.com/sherrytalkradio/2014/07/08/07-07-14-monday-night-with-sherry-shriner
    http://www.blogtalkradio.com/sherrytalkradio/2016/03/22/03-21-16-monday-night-with-sherry-shriner
    http://www.blogtalkradio.com/sherrytalkradio/2016/03/29/03-28-16-monday-night-with-sherry-shriner
    http://www.blogtalkradio.com/sherrytalkradio/2016/04/05/04-04-16-monday-night-with-sherry-shriner
    http://www.blogtalkradio.com/sherrytalkradio/2016/04/12/04-11-16-monday-night-with-sherry-shriner
    http://www.blogtalkradio.com/sherrytalkradio/2016/04/19/04-18-16-monday-night-with-sherry-shriner
    http://www.blogtalkradio.com/sherrytalkradio/2016/04/26/monday-night-with-sherry-shriner

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Doctor_who___companions_by_strawberrygina-d3a6q8i
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Doctorwho
    Carol wrote:
    This woman and her cat are having the best time sailing around the world

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Woman_and_cat-large_trans++ERUd09xRIscpDQJI9Ljp7VVse9JsN00kzbUr3IXHaGo
    They are living their best lives
    26 APRIL 2016 • 11:41AM
    Captain Liz Clark and her cat are having an absolute whale of a time sailing around the world.
    The captain and her first mate, named Amelia, live on a 40-foot long boat called Swell.
    Clark told BuzzFeed she adopted Amelia when she was only six months old and is now giving her the adventure of her nine lives.

    She said: “She has adapted to living surrounded by water. She’s learned to trust that she will be safe with me.”
    Liz Clark, originally from San Diego, and now from The Ocean, told the website she had been dreaming of sailing around the world since she was a child.

    She worked on her boat - which was made in the 1960s - for two years to make it seaworthy and then set off on the open seas with Amelia for company.

    Setting sail in 2006 from California, Amelia has now traveled along the western coast of Mexico and Central America, as well as to the South Pacific.
    Captain Clark has now logged an impressive 18,000 nautical miles.

    She said: “I sleep on a pool mat under the stars, but I feel rich when I look up at that night sky and breathe the fresh ocean air and leap into the sea each morning.”
    Clark said Amelia especially enjoys fishing from the boat.

    “On calm nights, she fishes off of a soft top surfboard attached to the side of Swell with a small light that attracts fish,” the captain explained.

    Amelia also enjoys hiking and exploring new places.
    She has adapted well to the life of a travelling cat.

    Liz Clark said: “She has to go out of a cat comfort zone often.
    “But I think she now understands that I will keep her safe and she will have a lot of fun in the end. She makes Swell feel much more like a home.”
    Consider the following Study-List:

    1. Patriarchs and Prophets (Ellen White).

    2. Prophets and Kings (Ellen White).

    3. The SDA Bible Commentary -- Volumes 3 and 4 (1 Chronicles to Malachi).

    4. Daniel 8:14, the Day of Atonement, and the Investigative Judgment (Desmond Ford).

    5. Sacred Classical Music.

    I'm suggesting this study as an alternative way of looking at Ancient History and Prophecy -- which is not necessarily Judaism or Christianity (as we know them to be). I keep thinking about that Pathologist in The Prophecy. I like that kind of guy!! Do you know who and what I'm talking about?? Anyway, I continue to know that I don't know. I am truly a Completely Ignorant Fool BUT sometimes I feel like a Thomas Dagget Kind of Guy!! https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Prophecy


    https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/First_Council_of_Nicaea The First Council of Nicaea (/na?'si??/; Greek: ???a?a ['ni:ka?ja]) was a council of Christian bishops convened in Nicaea in Bithynia by the Roman Emperor Constantine I in AD 325. This first ecumenical council was the first effort to attain consensus in the church through an assembly representing all of Christendom, although previous councils, including the first Church council, the Council of Jerusalem, had met before to settle matters of dispute.[5] It was presided over by Hosius of Corduba, a bishop from the West who followed the Pope who was the bishop of Rome and the Patriarch of the West.

    Its main accomplishments were settlement of the Christological issue of the nature of the Son of God and his relationship to God the Father,[3] the construction of the first part of the Creed of Nicaea, establishing uniform observance of the date of Easter,[6] and promulgation of early canon law.[4][7]

    The First Council of Nicaea was the first ecumenical council of the Church. Most significantly, it resulted in the first uniform Christian doctrine, called the Nicene Creed. With the creation of the creed, a precedent was established for subsequent local and regional councils of Bishops (Synods) to create statements of belief and canons of doctrinal orthodoxy—the intent being to define unity of beliefs for the whole of Christendom.

    Derived from Greek (Ancient Greek: ?????µ??? oikoumene "the inhabited earth"), "ecumenical" means "worldwide" but generally is assumed to be limited to the known inhabited Earth, (Danker 2000, pp. 699-670) and at this time in history is synonymous with the Roman Empire; the earliest extant uses of the term for a council are Eusebius' Life of Constantine 3.6[8] around 338, which states "he convoked an Ecumenical Council" (Ancient Greek: s???d?? ?????µe????? s??e???te?)[9] and the Letter in 382 to Pope Damasus I and the Latin bishops from the First Council of Constantinople.[10]

    One purpose of the council was to resolve disagreements arising from within the Church of Alexandria over the nature of the Son in his relationship to the Father: in particular, whether the Son had been 'begotten' by the Father from his own being, and therefore having no beginning, or else created out of nothing, and therefore having a beginning.[11] St. Alexander of Alexandria and Athanasius took the first position; the popular presbyter Arius, from whom the term Arianism comes, took the second. The council decided against the Arians overwhelmingly (of the estimated 250–318 attendees, all but two agreed to sign the creed and these two, along with Arius, were banished to Illyria).[12]

    Another result of the council was an agreement on when to celebrate Easter, the most important feast of the ecclesiastical calendar, decreed in an epistle to the Church of Alexandria in which is simply stated:

    We also send you the good news of the settlement concerning the holy pasch, namely that in answer to your prayers this question also has been resolved. All the brethren in the East who have hitherto followed the Jewish practice will henceforth observe the custom of the Romans and of yourselves and of all of us who from ancient times have kept Easter together with you.[13]

    Historically significant as the first effort to attain consensus in the church through an assembly representing all of Christendom,[5] the Council was the first occasion where the technical aspects of Christology were discussed.[5] Through it a precedent was set for subsequent general councils to adopt creeds and canons. This council is generally considered the beginning of the period of the First seven Ecumenical Councils in the History of Christianity.

    The First Council of Nicaea was convened by Emperor Constantine the Great upon the recommendations of a synod led by Hosius of Córdoba in the Eastertide of 325. This synod had been charged with investigation of the trouble brought about by the Arian controversy in the Greek-speaking east.[14] To most bishops, the teachings of Arius were heretical and dangerous to the salvation of souls.[15] In the summer of 325, the bishops of all provinces were summoned to Nicaea, a place reasonably accessible to many delegates, particularly those of Asia Minor, Georgia, Armenia, Syria, Palestine, Egypt, Greece, and Thrace.

    This was the first general council in the history of the Church since the Apostolic Council of Jerusalem, the Apostolic council having established the conditions upon which Gentiles could join the Church.[16] In the Council of Nicaea, "The Church had taken her first great step to define revealed doctrine more precisely in response to a challenge from a heretical theology."[17]

    Constantine had invited all 1,800 bishops of the Christian church (about 1,000 in the east and 800 in the west), but a smaller and unknown number attended. Eusebius of Caesarea counted more than 250,[18] Athanasius of Alexandria counted 318,[9] and Eustathius of Antioch estimated "about 270"[19] (all three were present at the council). Later, Socrates Scholasticus recorded more than 300,[20] and Evagrius,[21] Hilary of Poitiers,[22] Jerome,[23] Dionysius Exiguus,[24] and Rufinus[25] recorded 318. This number 318 is preserved in the liturgies of the Eastern Orthodox Church[26] and the Coptic Orthodox Church of Alexandria.[citation needed]

    Delegates came from every region of the Roman Empire, including Britain.[27] The participating bishops were given free travel to and from their episcopal sees to the council, as well as lodging. These bishops did not travel alone; each one had permission to bring with him two priests and three deacons, so the total number of attendees could have been above 1,800. Eusebius speaks of an almost innumerable host of accompanying priests, deacons and acolytes.

    The Eastern bishops formed the great majority. Of these, the first rank was held by the three patriarchs: Alexander of Alexandria, Eustathius of Antioch, and Macarius of Jerusalem. Many of the assembled fathers—for instance, Paphnutius of Thebes, Potamon of Heraclea and Paul of Neocaesarea—had stood forth as confessors of the faith and came to the council with the marks of persecution on their faces. This position is supported by patristic scholar Timothy Barnes in his book Constantine and Eusebius.[28] Historically, the influence of these marred confessors has been seen as substantial, but recent scholarship has called this into question.[25]

    Other remarkable attendees were Eusebius of Nicomedia; Eusebius of Caesarea, the purported first church historian; circumstances suggest that Nicholas of Myra attended (his life was the seed of the Santa Claus legends); Aristakes of Armenia (son of Saint Gregory the Illuminator); Leontius of Caesarea; Jacob of Nisibis, a former hermit; Hypatius of Gangra; Protogenes of Sardica; Melitius of Sebastopolis; Achilleus of Larissa (considered the Athanasius of Thessaly)[29] and Spyridion of Trimythous, who even while a bishop made his living as a shepherd[30] From foreign places came John, bishop of Persia and India, Theophilus, a Gothic bishop and Stratophilus, bishop of Pitiunt of Georgia.

    The Latin-speaking provinces sent at least five representatives: Marcus of Calabria from Italia, Cecilian of Carthage from Africa, Hosius of Córdoba from Hispania, Nicasius of Die from Gaul,[29] and Domnus of Stridon from the province of the Danube.

    Athanasius of Alexandria, a young deacon and companion of Bishop Alexander of Alexandria, was among the assistants. Athanasius eventually spent most of his life battling against Arianism. Alexander of Constantinople, then a presbyter, was also present as representative of his aged bishop.[29]

    The supporters of Arius included Secundus of Ptolemais, Theonus of Marmarica, Zphyrius, and Dathes, all of whom hailed from the Libyan Pentapolis. Other supporters included Eusebius of Nicomedia, Paulinus of Tyrus, Actius of Lydda, Menophantus of Ephesus, and Theognus of Nicaea.[29][31]

    "Resplendent in purple and gold, Constantine made a ceremonial entrance at the opening of the council, probably in early June, but respectfully seated the bishops ahead of himself."[16] As Eusebius described, Constantine "himself proceeded through the midst of the assembly, like some heavenly messenger of God, clothed in raiment which glittered as it were with rays of light, reflecting the glowing radiance of a purple robe, and adorned with the brilliant splendor of gold and precious stones".[32] The emperor was present as an overseer and presider, but did not cast any official vote. Constantine organized the Council along the lines of the Roman Senate. Hosius of Cordoba may have presided over its deliberations; he was probably one of the Papal legates.[16] Eusebius of Nicomedia probably gave the welcoming address.[16][33]

    The agenda of the synod included:

    1.The Arian question regarding the relationship between God the Father and the Son (not only in his incarnate form as Jesus, but also in his nature before the creation of the world); i.e., are the Father and Son one in divine purpose only or also one in being?
    2.The date of celebration of Pascha/Easter
    3.The Meletian schism
    4.Various matters of church discipline, which resulted in twenty canons 1.Church structures: focused on the ordering of the episcopacy
    2.Dignity of the clergy: issues of ordination at all levels and of suitability of behavior and background for clergy
    3.Reconciliation of the lapsed: establishing norms for public repentance and penance
    4.Readmission to the Church of heretics and schismatics: including issues of when reordination and/or rebaptism were to be required
    5.Liturgical practice: including the place of deacons, and the practice of standing at prayer during liturgy[34]

    The council was formally opened May 20, in the central structure of the imperial palace at Nicaea, with preliminary discussions of the Arian question. In these discussions, some dominant figures were Arius, with several adherents. "Some 22 of the bishops at the council, led by Eusebius of Nicomedia, came as supporters of Arius. But when some of the more shocking passages from his writings were read, they were almost universally seen as blasphemous."[16] Bishops Theognis of Nicaea and Maris of Chalcedon were among the initial supporters of Arius.

    Eusebius of Caesarea called to mind the baptismal creed of his own diocese at Caesarea at Palestine, as a form of reconciliation. The majority of the bishops agreed. For some time, scholars thought that the original Nicene Creed was based on this statement of Eusebius. Today, most scholars think that the Creed is derived from the baptismal creed of Jerusalem, as Hans Lietzmann proposed.

    The orthodox bishops won approval of every one of their proposals regarding the Creed. After being in session for an entire month, the council promulgated on June 19 the original Nicene Creed. This profession of faith was adopted by all the bishops "but two from Libya who had been closely associated with Arius from the beginning".[17] No explicit historical record of their dissent actually exists; the signatures of these bishops are simply absent from the Creed.

    The Arian controversy arose in Alexandria when the newly reinstated presbyter Arius[35] began to spread doctrinal views that were contrary to those of his bishop, St. Alexander of Alexandria. The disputed issues centered on the natures and relationship of God (the Father) and the Son of God (Jesus). The disagreements sprang from different ideas about the God-head and what it meant for Jesus to be his son. Alexander maintained that the Son was divine in just the same sense that the Father is, co-eternal with the Father, else he could not be a true Son. Arius emphasized the supremacy and uniqueness of God the Father, meaning that the Father alone is almighty and infinite, and that therefore the Father's divinity must be greater than the Son's. Arius taught that the Son had a beginning, and that he possessed neither the eternity nor the true divinity of the Father, but was rather made "God" only by the Father's permission and power, and that the Son was rather the very first and the most perfect of God's creatures.[11][36]

    The Arian discussions and debates at the council extended from about May 20, 325, through about June 19.[36] According to legendary accounts, debate became so heated that at one point, Arius was struck in the face by Nicholas of Myra, who would later be canonized.[37] This account is almost certainly apocryphal, as Arius himself would not have been present in the council chamber due to the fact that he was not a bishop.[38]

    Much of the debate hinged on the difference between being "born" or "created" and being "begotten". Arians saw these as essentially the same; followers of Alexander did not. The exact meaning of many of the words used in the debates at Nicaea were still unclear to speakers of other languages. Greek words like "essence" (ousia), "substance" (hypostasis), "nature" (physis), "person" (prosopon) bore a variety of meanings drawn from pre-Christian philosophers, which could not but entail misunderstandings until they were cleared up. The word homoousia, in particular, was initially disliked by many bishops because of its associations with Gnostic heretics (who used it in their theology), and because their heresies had been condemned at the 264–268 Synods of Antioch.

    According to surviving accounts, the presbyter Arius argued for the supremacy of God the Father, and maintained that the Son of God was created as an act of the Father's will, and therefore that the Son was a creature made by God, begotten directly of the infinite, eternal God. Arius's argument was that the Son was God's very first production, before all ages. The position being that the Son had a beginning, and that only the Father has no beginning. And Arius argued that everything else was created through the Son. Thus, said the Arians, only the Son was directly created and begotten of God; and therefore there was a time that He had no existence. Arius believed that the Son of God was capable of His own free will of right and wrong, and that "were He in the truest sense a son, He must have come after the Father, therefore the time obviously was when He was not, and hence He was a finite being",[39] and that He was under God the Father. Therefore, Arius insisted that the Father's divinity was greater than the Son's. The Arians appealed to Scripture, quoting biblical statements such as "the Father is greater than I",[40] and also that the Son is "firstborn of all creation".[41]

    The opposing view stemmed from the idea that begetting the Son is itself in the nature of the Father, which is eternal. Thus, the Father was always a Father, and both Father and Son existed always together, eternally, co-equally and con-substantially.[42] The contra-Arian argument thus stated that the Logos was "eternally begotten", therefore with no beginning. Those in opposition to Arius believed that to follow the Arian view destroyed the unity of the Godhead, and made the Son unequal to the Father. They insisted that such a view was in contravention of such Scriptures as "I and the Father are one"[43] and "the Word was God",[43] as such verses were interpreted. They declared, as did Athanasius,[44] that the Son had no beginning, but had an "eternal derivation" from the Father, and therefore was co-eternal with him, and equal to God in all aspects.[45]

    The Council declared that the Son was true God, co-eternal with the Father and begotten from His same substance, arguing that such a doctrine best codified the Scriptural presentation of the Son as well as traditional Christian belief about him handed down from the Apostles. This belief was expressed by the bishops in the Creed of Nicaea, which would form the basis of what has since been known as the Niceno-Constantinopolitan Creed.[46]

    One of the projects undertaken by the Council was the creation of a Creed, a declaration and summary of the Christian faith. Several creeds were already in existence; many creeds were acceptable to the members of the council, including Arius. From earliest times, various creeds served as a means of identification for Christians, as a means of inclusion and recognition, especially at baptism.

    In Rome, for example, the Apostles' Creed was popular, especially for use in Lent and the Easter season. In the Council of Nicaea, one specific creed was used to define the Church's faith clearly, to include those who professed it, and to exclude those who did not.

    Some distinctive elements in the Nicene Creed, perhaps from the hand of Hosius of Cordova, were added. Some elements were added specifically to counter the Arian point of view.[11][47]

    1. Jesus Christ is described as "God from God, Light from Light, true God from true God", proclaiming his divinity.
    2. Jesus Christ is said to be "begotten, not made", asserting that he was not a mere creature, brought into being out of nothing, but the true Son of God, brought into being 'from the substance of the Father'.
    3. He is said to be "of one being with The Father". Eusebius of Caesarea ascribes the term homoousios, or consubstantial, i.e., "of the same substance" (of the Father), to Constantine who, on this particular point, may have chosen to exercise his authority. The significance of this clause, however, is extremely ambiguous, and the issues it raised would be seriously controverted in the future.

    At the end of the creed came a list of anathemas, designed to repudiate explicitly the Arians' stated claims.

    1. The view that 'there was once that when he was not' was rejected to maintain the co-eternity of the Son with the Father.
    2. The view that he was 'mutable or subject to change' was rejected to maintain that the Son just like the Father was beyond any form of weakness or corruptibility, and most importantly that he could not fall away from absolute moral perfection.

    Thus, instead of a baptismal creed acceptable to both the Arians and their opponents the council promulgated one which was clearly opposed to Arianism and incompatible with the distinctive core of their beliefs. The text of this profession of faith is preserved in a letter of Eusebius to his congregation, in Athanasius, and elsewhere. Although the most vocal of anti-Arians, the Homoousians (from the Koine Greek word translated as "of same substance" which was condemned at the Council of Antioch in 264–268), were in the minority, the Creed was accepted by the council as an expression of the bishops' common faith and the ancient faith of the whole Church.

    Bishop Hosius of Cordova, one of the firm Homoousians, may well have helped bring the council to consensus. At the time of the council, he was the confidant of the emperor in all Church matters. Hosius stands at the head of the lists of bishops, and Athanasius ascribes to him the actual formulation of the creed. Great leaders such as Eustathius of Antioch, Alexander of Alexandria, Athanasius, and Marcellus of Ancyra all adhered to the Homoousian position.

    In spite of his sympathy for Arius, Eusebius of Caesarea adhered to the decisions of the council, accepting the entire creed. The initial number of bishops supporting Arius was small. After a month of discussion, on June 19, there were only two left: Theonas of Marmarica in Libya, and Secundus of Ptolemais. Maris of Chalcedon, who initially supported Arianism, agreed to the whole creed. Similarly, Eusebius of Nicomedia and Theognis of Nice also agreed, except for the certain statements.

    The Emperor carried out his earlier statement: everybody who refused to endorse the Creed would be exiled. Arius, Theonas, and Secundus refused to adhere to the creed, and were thus exiled to Illyria, in addition to being excommunicated. The works of Arius were ordered to be confiscated and consigned to the flames while all persons found possessing them were to be executed.[48] Nevertheless, the controversy continued in various parts of the empire.[49]

    The Creed was amended to a new version by the First Council of Constantinople in 381.

    The feast of Easter is linked to the Jewish Passover and Feast of Unleavened Bread, as Christians believe that the crucifixion and resurrection of Jesus occurred at the time of those observances.

    As early as Pope Sixtus I, some Christians had set Easter to a Sunday in the lunar month of Nisan. To determine which lunar month was to be designated as Nisan, Christians relied on the Jewish community. By the later 3rd century some Christians began to express dissatisfaction with what they took to be the disorderly state of the Jewish calendar. They argued that contemporary Jews were identifying the wrong lunar month as the month of Nisan, choosing a month whose 14th day fell before the spring equinox.[50]

    Christians, these thinkers argued, should abandon the custom of relying on Jewish informants and instead do their own computations to determine which month should be styled Nisan, setting Easter within this independently computed, Christian Nisan, which would always locate the festival after the equinox. They justified this break with tradition by arguing that it was in fact the contemporary Jewish calendar that had broken with tradition by ignoring the equinox, and that in former times the 14th of Nisan had never preceded the equinox.[51] Others felt that the customary practice of reliance on the Jewish calendar should continue, even if the Jewish computations were in error from a Christian point of view.[52]

    The controversy between those who argued for independent computations and those who argued for continued reliance on the Jewish calendar was formally resolved by the Council, which endorsed the independent procedure that had been in use for some time at Rome and Alexandria. Easter was henceforward to be a Sunday in a lunar month chosen according to Christian criteria—in effect, a Christian Nisan—not in the month of Nisan as defined by Jews.[6] Those who argued for continued reliance on the Jewish calendar (called "protopaschites" by later historians) were urged to come around to the majority position. That they did not all immediately do so is revealed by the existence of sermons,[53] canons,[54] and tracts[55] written against the protopaschite practice in the later 4th century.

    These two rules, independence of the Jewish calendar and worldwide uniformity, were the only rules for Easter explicitly laid down by the Council. No details for the computation were specified; these were worked out in practice, a process that took centuries and generated a number of controversies. (See also Computus and Reform of the date of Easter.) In particular, the Council did not decree that Easter must fall on Sunday. This was already the practice almost everywhere.[56]

    Nor did the Council decree that Easter must never coincide with Nisan 14 (the first Day of Unleavened Bread, now commonly called "Passover") in the Hebrew calendar. By endorsing the move to independent computations, the Council had separated the Easter computation from all dependence, positive or negative, on the Jewish calendar. The "Zonaras proviso", the claim that Easter must always follow Nisan 14 in the Hebrew calendar, was not formulated until after some centuries. By that time, the accumulation of errors in the Julian solar and lunar calendars had made it the de facto state of affairs that Julian Easter always followed Hebrew Nisan 14.[57]

    The suppression of the Meletian schism, an early breakaway sect, was another important matter that came before the Council of Nicaea. Meletius, it was decided, should remain in his own city of Lycopolis in Egypt, but without exercising authority or the power to ordain new clergy; he was forbidden to go into the environs of the town or to enter another diocese for the purpose of ordaining its subjects. Melitius retained his episcopal title, but the ecclesiastics ordained by him were to receive again the Laying on of hands, the ordinations performed by Meletius being therefore regarded as invalid. Clergy ordained by Meletius were ordered to yield precedence to those ordained by Alexander, and they were not to do anything without the consent of Bishop Alexander.[58]

    In the event of the death of a non-Meletian bishop or ecclesiastic, the vacant see might be given to a Meletian, provided he was worthy and the popular election were ratified by Alexander. As to Meletius himself, episcopal rights and prerogatives were taken from him. These mild measures, however, were in vain; the Meletians joined the Arians and caused more dissension than ever, being among the worst enemies of Athanasius. The Meletians ultimately died out around the middle of the fifth century.

    The council promulgated twenty new church laws, called canons, (though the exact number is subject to debate), that is, unchanging rules of discipline. The twenty as listed in the Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers[59] are as follows:

    1. prohibition of self-castration 2. establishment of a minimum term for catechumens (persons studying for baptism) 3. prohibition of the presence in the house of a cleric of a younger woman who might bring him under suspicion (the so called virgines subintroductae, who practiced Syneisaktism) 4. ordination of a bishop in the presence of at least three provincial bishops and confirmation by the metropolitan bishop 5. provision for two provincial synods to be held annually 6. exceptional authority acknowledged for the patriarchs of Alexandria (pope), Antioch, and Rome (the Pope), for their respective regions 7. recognition of the honorary rights of the see of Jerusalem 8. provision for agreement with the Novatianists, an early sect 9–14. provision for mild procedure against the lapsed during the persecution under Licinius 15–16. prohibition of the removal of priests 17. prohibition of usury among the clergy 18. precedence of bishops and presbyters before deacons in receiving the Eucharist (Holy Communion) 19. declaration of the invalidity of baptism by Paulian heretics 20. prohibition of kneeling on Sundays and during the Pentecost (the fifty days commencing on Easter). Standing was the normative posture for prayer at this time, as it still is among the Eastern Christians. Kneeling was considered most appropriate to penitential prayer, as distinct from the festive nature of Eastertide and its remembrance every Sunday. The canon itself was designed only to ensure uniformity of practise at the designated times.

    On July 25, 325, in conclusion, the fathers of the council celebrated the Emperor's twentieth anniversary. In his farewell address, Constantine informed the audience how averse he was to dogmatic controversy; he wanted the Church to live in harmony and peace. In a circular letter, he announced the accomplished unity of practice by the whole Church in the date of the celebration of Christian Passover (Easter).

    The long-term effects of the Council of Nicaea were significant. For the first time, representatives of many of the bishops of the Church convened to agree on a doctrinal statement. Also for the first time, the Emperor played a role, by calling together the bishops under his authority, and using the power of the state to give the council's orders effect.

    In the short-term, however, the council did not completely solve the problems it was convened to discuss and a period of conflict and upheaval continued for some time. Constantine himself was succeeded by two Arian Emperors in the Eastern Empire: his son, Constantius II and Valens. Valens could not resolve the outstanding ecclesiastical issues, and unsuccessfully confronted St. Basil over the Nicene Creed.[60]

    Pagan powers within the Empire sought to maintain and at times re-establish paganism into the seat of the Emperor (see Arbogast and Julian the Apostate). Arians and Meletians soon regained nearly all of the rights they had lost, and consequently, Arianism continued to spread and to cause division in the Church during the remainder of the fourth century. Almost immediately, Eusebius of Nicomedia, an Arian bishop and cousin to Constantine I, used his influence at court to sway Constantine's favor from the orthodox Nicene bishops to the Arians.[61]

    Eustathius of Antioch was deposed and exiled in 330. Athanasius, who had succeeded Alexander as Bishop of Alexandria, was deposed by the First Synod of Tyre in 335 and Marcellus of Ancyra followed him in 336. Arius himself returned to Constantinople to be readmitted into the Church, but died shortly before he could be received. Constantine died the next year, after finally receiving baptism from Arian Bishop Eusebius of Nicomedia, and "with his passing the first round in the battle after the Council of Nicaea was ended".[61]

    Christianity was illegal in the empire until the emperors Constantine and Licinius agreed in 313 to what became known as the Edict of Milan. However, Nicene Christianity did not become the state religion of the Roman Empire until the Edict of Thessalonica in 380. In the mean time, paganism remained legal and present in public affairs. In 321 (four years before Nicaea), Constantine declared Sunday to be an Empire-wide day of rest in honor of the Roman sun-god Sol Invictus. At the time of the council, imperial coinage and other imperial motifs still depicted pagan cult symbology in combination with the Emperor's image.

    Constantine's role regarding Nicaea was that of supreme civil leader and authority in the empire. As Emperor, the responsibility for maintaining civil order was his, and he sought that the Church be of one mind and at peace. When first informed of the unrest in Alexandria due to the Arian disputes, he was "greatly troubled" and, "rebuked" both Arius and Bishop Alexander for originating the disturbance and allowing it to become public.[62] Aware also of "the diversity of opinion" regarding the celebration of Easter and hoping to settle both issues, he sent the "honored" Bishop Hosius of Cordova (Hispania) to form a local church council and "reconcile those who were divided".[62] When that embassy failed, he turned to summoning a synod at Nicaea, inviting "the most eminent men of the churches in every country".[63]

    Constantine assisted in assembling the council by arranging that travel expenses to and from the bishops' episcopal sees, as well as lodging at Nicaea, be covered out of public funds.[64] He also provided and furnished a "great hall ... in the palace" as a place for discussion so that the attendees "should be treated with becoming dignity".[64] In addressing the opening of the council, he "exhorted the Bishops to unanimity and concord" and called on them to follow the Holy Scriptures with: "Let, then, all contentious disputation be discarded; and let us seek in the divinely-inspired word the solution of the questions at issue."[64] Thereupon, the debate about Arius and church doctrine began. "The emperor gave patient attention to the speeches of both parties" and "deferred" to the decision of the bishops.[65] The bishops first pronounced Arius' teachings to be anathema, formulating the creed as a statement of correct doctrine. When Arius and two followers refused to agree, the bishops pronounced clerical judgement by excommunicating them from the Church. Respecting the clerical decision, and seeing the threat of continued unrest, Constantine also pronounced civil judgement, banishing them into exile.

    There is no record of any discussion of the biblical canon at the council.[66] The development of the biblical canon took centuries, and was nearly complete (with exceptions known as the Antilegomena, written texts whose authenticity or value is disputed) by the time the Muratorian fragment was written.[67]

    In 331 Constantine commissioned fifty Bibles for the Church of Constantinople, but little else is known (in fact, it is not even certain whether his request was for fifty copies of the entire Old and New Testaments, only the New Testament, or merely the Gospels), but some scholars believe that this request provided motivation for canon lists. In Jerome's Prologue to Judith[68] he claims that the Book of Judith was "found by the Nicene Council to have been counted among the number of the Sacred Scriptures", which suggests that the Nicene Council did discuss what documents would number among the sacred scriptures.

    The main source of the idea that the Bible was created at the Council of Nicea seems to be Voltaire, who popularised a story that the canon was determined by placing all the competing books on an altar during the Council and then keeping the ones that didn't fall off. The original source of this story is the Vetus Synodicon, a pseudo-historical account of early Church councils from AD 887:[69]

    The canonical and apocryphal books it distinguished in the following manner: in the house of God the books were placed down by the holy altar; then the council asked the Lord in prayer that the inspired works be found on top and--as in fact happened--the spurious on the bottom. (Vetus Synodicon, 35)

    The council of Nicaea dealt primarily with the issue of the deity of Christ. Over a century earlier the use of the term "Trinity" (????? in Greek; trinitas in Latin) could be found in the writings of Origen (185–254) and Tertullian (160–220), and a general notion of a "divine three", in some sense, was expressed in the second century writings of Polycarp, Ignatius, and Justin Martyr. In Nicaea, questions regarding the Holy Spirit were left largely unaddressed until after the relationship between the Father and the Son was settled around the year 362.[70] So the doctrine in a more full-fledged form was not formulated until the Council of Constantinople in 360 AD.[71]

    While Constantine had sought a unified church after the council, he did not force the Homoousian view of Christ's nature on the council (see The role of Constantine).

    Constantine did not commission any Bibles at the council itself. He did commission fifty Bibles in 331 for use in the churches of Constantinople, itself still a new city. No historical evidence points to involvement on his part in selecting or omitting books for inclusion in commissioned Bibles.

    Despite Constantine's sympathetic interest in the Church, he was not baptized until some 11 or 12 years after the council, putting off baptism as long as he did so as to be absolved from as much sin as possible[72] in accordance with the belief that in baptism all sin is forgiven fully and completely.[73]

    Roman Catholics assert that the idea of Christ's deity was ultimately confirmed by the Bishop of Rome, and that it was this confirmation that gave the council its influence and authority. In support of this, they cite the position of early fathers and their expression of the need for all churches to agree with Rome (see Irenaeus, Adversus Haereses III:3:2).

    However, Protestants, Eastern Orthodox, and Oriental Orthodox do not believe the Council viewed the Bishop of Rome as the jurisdictional head of Christendom, or someone having authority over other bishops attending the Council. In support of this, they cite Canon 6, where the Roman Bishop could be seen as simply one of several influential leaders, but not one who had jurisdiction over other bishops in other regions.[74]

    According to Protestant theologian Philip Schaff, "The Nicene fathers passed this canon not as introducing anything new, but merely as confirming an existing relation on the basis of church tradition; and that, with special reference to Alexandria, on account of the troubles existing there. Rome was named only for illustration; and Antioch and all the other eparchies or provinces were secured their admitted rights. The bishoprics of Alexandria, Rome, and Antioch were placed substantially on equal footing."[75]

    There is however, an alternate Roman Catholic interpretation of the above 6th canon proposed by Fr. James F. Loughlin. It involves five different arguments "drawn respectively from the grammatical structure of the sentence, from the logical sequence of ideas, from Catholic analogy, from comparison with the process of formation of the Byzantine Patriarchate, and from the authority of the ancients"[76] in favor of an alternative understanding of the canon. According to this interpretation, the canon shows the role the Bishop of Rome had when he, by his authority, confirmed the jurisdiction of the other patriarchs—an interpretation which is in line with the Roman Catholic understanding of the Pope.[76]

    Ancient church councils (pre-ecumenical) – church councils before the First Council of Nicaea
    First seven Ecumenical Councils

    References

    1.Jump up ^ Britannica 2014
    2.^ Jump up to: a b SEC, pp. 112–114
    3.^ Jump up to: a b SEC, p. 39
    4.^ Jump up to: a b SEC, pp. 44–94
    5.^ Jump up to: a b c Kieckhefer 1989
    6.^ Jump up to: a b On the Keeping of Easter
    7.Jump up ^ Leclercq 1911b
    8.Jump up ^ Vita Constantini, Book 3, Chapter 6
    9.^ Jump up to: a b Ad Afros Epistola Synodica
    10.Jump up ^ SEC, pp. 292–294
    11.^ Jump up to: a b c Kelly 1978, Chapter 9
    12.Jump up ^ Schaff & Schaff 1910, Section 120
    13.Jump up ^ SEC, p. 114
    14.Jump up ^ Carroll 1987, p. 10
    15.Jump up ^ Ware 1991, p. 28
    16.^ Jump up to: a b c d e Carroll 1987, p. 11
    17.^ Jump up to: a b Carroll 1987, p. 12
    18.Jump up ^ Vita Constantini iii.7
    19.Jump up ^ Theodoret, Book 1, Chapter 7
    20.Jump up ^ Theodoret, Book 1, Chapter 8
    21.Jump up ^ Theodoret, Book 3, Chapter 31
    22.Jump up ^ Contra Constantium Augustum Liber
    23.Jump up ^ Temporum Liber
    24.Jump up ^ Teres 1984, p. 177
    25.^ Jump up to: a b Kelhoffer 2011
    26.Jump up ^ Pentecostarion
    27.Jump up ^ "Ancient See of York". New Advent. 2007. Retrieved 25 October 2007.
    28.Jump up ^ Barnes 1981, pp. 214–215
    29.^ Jump up to: a b c d Atiya 1991
    30.Jump up ^ Vailhé 1912
    31.Jump up ^ Photius I, Book 1, Chapter 9
    32.Jump up ^ Vita Constantini, Book 3, Chapter 10
    33.Jump up ^ Original lists of attendees can be found in Patrum nicaenorum
    34.Jump up ^ Davis 1983, pp. 63–67
    35.Jump up ^ Anatolios 2011, p. 44
    36.^ Jump up to: a b Davis 1983, pp. 52–54
    37.Jump up ^ OCA 2014
    38.Jump up ^ González 1984, p. 164
    39.Jump up ^ M'Clintock & Strong 1890, p. 45
    40.Jump up ^ John 14:28
    41.Jump up ^ Colossians 1:15
    42.Jump up ^ Davis 1983, p. 60
    43.^ Jump up to: a b John 10:30
    44.Jump up ^ On the Incarnation, ch 2, section 9, "... yet He Himself, as the Word, being immortal and the Father's Son"
    45.Jump up ^ Athanasius (Patriarch of Alexandria) - Select treatises of St. Athanasius in controversy with the Arians, Volume 3 Translator and Editor John Henry Newman. Longmans, Green and co., 1920. page 51. Retrieved 24 May 2014.
    46.Jump up ^ González 1984, p. 165
    47.Jump up ^ Loyn 1991, p. 240
    48.Jump up ^ Schaff 1910, Section 120
    49.Jump up ^ Lutz von Padberg 1998, p. 26
    50.Jump up ^ Anatolius, Book 7, Chapter 33
    51.Jump up ^ Chronicon Paschale
    52.Jump up ^ Panarion, Book 3, Chapter 1, Section 10
    53.Jump up ^ Chrysostom, p. 47
    54.Jump up ^ SEC, p. 594
    55.Jump up ^ Panarion, Book 3, Chapter 1
    56.Jump up ^ Sozomen, Book 7, Chapter 18
    57.Jump up ^ L'Huillier 1996, p. 25
    58.Jump up ^ Leclercq 1911a
    59.Jump up ^ Canons
    60.Jump up ^ AOC 1968
    61.^ Jump up to: a b Davis 1983, p. 77
    62.^ Jump up to: a b Sozomen, Book 1, Chapter 16
    63.Jump up ^ Sozomen, Book 1, Chapter 17
    64.^ Jump up to: a b c Theodoret, Book 1, Chapter 6
    65.Jump up ^ Sozomen, Book 1, Chapter 20
    66.Jump up ^ Ehrman 2004, pp. 15–16, 23, 93
    67.Jump up ^ McDonald & Sanders 2002, Apendex D2, Note 19
    68.Jump up ^ Preface to Tobit and Judith
    69.Jump up ^ A concise summary of the case can be found at [1], or less readable in http://www.tertullian.org/rpearse/nicaea.html .
    70.Jump up ^ Fairbairn 2009, pp. 46–47
    71.Jump up ^ Socrates, Book 2, Chapter 41
    72.Jump up ^ Marilena Amerise, 'Il battesimo di Costantino il Grande."
    73.Jump up ^ "Catechism of the Catholic Church". Vatican. Retrieved 7 October 2015.
    74.Jump up ^ Canons, Canon 6
    75.Jump up ^ Schaff & Schaff 1910, pp. 275–276
    76.^ Jump up to: a b Loughlin 1880

    Bibliography

    Note: NPNF2 = Schaff, Philip; Wace, Henry (eds.), Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers, Second Series, Christian Classics Ethereal Library External link in |publisher= (help), retrieved 2014-07-29
    Eusebius Pamphilius: Church History, Life of Constantine, Oration in Praise of Constantine, NPNF2 1, retrieved 2014-02-24 Anatolius of Laodicea, "Paschal Canons quoted by Eusebius", The Ecclesiastical History of Eusebius
    Eusebius Pamphilius, The Life of Constantine.

    Socrates and Sozomenus Ecclesiastical Histories, NPNF2 2 Socrates of Constantinople, The Ecclesiastical History of Socrates Scholasticus, retrieved 2014-02-24
    Sozomen, The Ecclesiastical History of Sozomen

    Theodoret, Jerome, Gennadius, and Rufinus: Historical Writings, NPNF2 3, retrieved 2014-02-24 Constantine the Great, "Constantinus Augustus to the Churches quoted by Theodoret", The Ecclesiastical History of Theodoret, retrieved 2014-02-24
    Eustathius of Antioch, "A Letter to the African Bishops quoted by Theodoret", The Ecclesiastical History of Theodoret, retrieved 2014-02-24
    Theodoret of Cyrus, The Ecclesiastical History of Theodoret

    Athanasius: Select Works and Letters, NPNF2 4, retrieved 2014-02-24 Athanasius of Alexandria, De Decretis [Defence of the Nicene Definition], retrieved 2014-02-24
    Athanasius of Alexandria, Ad Afros Epistola Synodica [Synodal Letter to the Bishops of Africa]
    Eusebius Pamphilus, Letter of Eusebius of Cæsarea to the people of his Diocese, retrieved 2014-02-24

    Jerome: The Principal Works of St. Jerome, NPNF2 6, retrieved 2014-02-24 Jerome, Prefaces to the Books of Tobit and Judith

    The Seven Ecumenical Councils, NPNF2 14 The Nicene Creed, retrieved 2014-02-24
    The Canons of the 318 Holy Fathers Assembled in the City of Nice, in Bithynia
    Athanasius of Alexandria, The Synodal Letter, retrieved 2014-02-24
    Constantine the Great, "On the Keeping of Easter quoted by Eusebius", The Life of Constantine

    Chronicon Paschale [Paschal Chronicle]
    Pentecostarion, Archdiocese of Thyateira and Great Britain, 3 November 2008, retrieved 22 February 2014
    Chrysostom, John; Harkins, Paul W (trans) (1 April 2010), Discourses Against Judaizing Christians, The Fathers of the Church 68, Catholic University of America Press, ISBN 978-0-8132-1168-8
    Epiphanius of Salamis; Williams, Frank (trans) (1994), The Panarion of Epiphanius of Salamis, Leiden: Brill, ISBN 90-04-09898-4
    Hilary of Poitiers, Contra Constantium Augustum Liber [A Book Against the Emperor Constantine]
    Jerome, Temporum Liber [The Book of Times]
    Photios I of Constantinople; Walford, Edward (trans), Epitome of the Ecclesiastical History of Philostorgius, Compiled by Photius, Patriarch of Constantinople

    Secondary sources

    "Heroes of the Fourth Century", Word Magazine (Antiochian Orthodox Christian Archdiocese of North America), February 1968: 15–19
    "Council of Nicaea", Encyclopedia Britannica, 2014
    Anatolios, Khaled (1 October 2011), Retrieving Nicaea: The Development and Meaning of Trinitarian Doctrine, Grand Rapids: Baker Publishing Group, ISBN 978-0-8010-3132-8
    Ayers, Lewis (20 April 2006), Nicaea and Its Legacy, New York: Oxford University Press, ISBN 978-0-19-875505-0, retrieved 2014-02-24
    Barnes, Timothy David (1981), Constantine and Eusebius: , Cambridge: Harvard University Press, ISBN 978-0-674-16530-4, retrieved 2014-02-24
    Carroll, Warren (1 March 1987), The Building of Christendom, Front Royal: Christendom College Press, ISBN 978-0-93-188824-3, retrieved 2014-02-24
    Danker, Frederick William (2000), "?????µ???", A Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament and Other Early Christian Literature (Third ed.), Chicago: University of Chicago Press, ISBN 978-0-226-03933-6, retrieved 2014-02-24
    Davis, Leo Donald (1983), The First Seven Ecumenical Councils (325-787), Collegeville: Liturgical Press, ISBN 978-0-8146-5616-7, retrieved 2014-02-24
    Ehrman, Bart (2004), Truth and Fiction in the Da Vinci Code, Oxford University Press, ISBN 978-1-28084-545-1
    Fairbairn, Donald (28 September 2009), Life in the Trinity, Downers Grove: InterVarsity Press, ISBN 978-0-8308-3873-8, retrieved 2014-02-24
    Gelzer, Heinrich; Hilgenfeld, Henricus; Ooopsey, Otto, eds. (1995), Patrum nicaenorum nomina Latine, Graece, Coptice, Syriace, Arabice, Armeniace [The names of the Fathers at Nicaea in Latin, in Greek, Coptic, Syriac, Arabic, Armenian] (2nd ed.), Stuttgart: Teubner
    González, Justo L (1984), The Story of Christianity 1, Peabody: Prince Press, ISBN 978-1-56563-522-7, retrieved 2014-02-24
    Kelhoffer, James A (2011), "The Search for Confessors at the Council of Nicaea", Journal of Early Christian Studies 19 (4): 589–599, doi:10.1353/earl.2011.0053, ISSN 1086-3184
    Kelly, J N D (29 March 1978), Early Christian Doctrine, San Francisco: HarperCollins, ISBN 978-0-06-064334-8, retrieved 2014-02-24
    Kelly, J N D (1981), Early Christian Creeds, Harlow: Addison-Wesley Longman Limited, ISBN 978-0-582-49219-6, retrieved 2014-02-24
    Kieckhefer, Richard (1989), "Papacy", in Strayer, Joseph Reese, Dictionary of the Middle Ages 9, Charles Scribner's Sons, ISBN 978-0-684-18278-0, retrieved 2014-02-24
    L'Huillier, Peter (January 1996), The Church of the Ancient Councils: The Disciplinary Work of the First Four Ecumenical Councils, Crestwood: St Vladimir's Seminary Press, ISBN 978-0-88141-007-5, retrieved 2014-02-24
    Leclercq, Henri (1911), "Meletius of Lycopolis", The Catholic Encyclopedia 10, New York: Robert Appleton Company, retrieved 19 February 2014
    Leclercq, Henri (1911), "The First Council of Nicaea", The Catholic Encyclopedia 11, New York: Robert Appleton Company, retrieved 19 February 2014
    Loughlin, James F (1880), "The Sixth Nicene Canon and the Papacy", The American Catholic Quarterly Review 5: 220–239
    Loyn, Henry Royston (1991), The Middle Ages, New York: Thames & Hudson, ISBN 978-0-500-27645-7, retrieved 2014-02-24
    M'Clintock, John; Strong, James (1890), Cyclopaedia of Biblical, Theological, and Ecclesiastical Literature 6, Harper & Brothers, retrieved 2014-02-24
    MacMullen, Ramsay (2006), Voting About God in Early Church Councils, New Haven: Yale University Press, ISBN 978-0-300-11596-3, retrieved 2014-02-24
    McDonald, Lee Martin; Sanders, James A, eds. (2002), The Canon Debate, Peabody: Hendrickson Publishers, ISBN 978-1-56563-517-3
    Newman, Albert Henry (1899), A Manual of Church History 1, Philadelphia: American Baptist Publication Society, OCLC 853516, retrieved 2014-02-24
    Newman, John Henry; Williams, Rowan (1 September 2001), The Arians of the Fourth Century, Notre Dame: University of Notre Dame Press, ISBN 978-0-268-02012-5, retrieved 2014-02-24
    Norris, Richard Alfred (trans) (1980), The Christological Controversy, Sources of Early Christian Thought, Minneapolis: Fortress Press, ISBN 978-0-8006-1411-9, retrieved 2014-02-24
    St Nicholas the Wonderworker and Archbishop of Myra in Lycia, retrieved 22 February 2014
    Lutz von Padberg (1998), Die Christianisierung Europas im Mittelalter [The Christianization of Europe in the Middle Ages], P. Reclam, ISBN 978-3-15-017015-1, retrieved 2014-02-24
    Rubenstein, Richard E (26 August 1999), When Jesus became God, New York: Harcourt Brace & Co, ISBN 978-0-15-100368-6, retrieved 2014-02-24
    Rusch, William G (trans) (1980), The Trinitarian Controversy, Sources of Early Christian Thought, Minneapolis: Fortress Press, ISBN 978-0-8006-1410-2, retrieved 2014-02-24
    Schaff, Philip; Schaff, David Schley (1910), History of the Christian Church 3, New York: C Scribner's Sons, retrieved 2014-02-24
    Tanner, Norman P (1 May 2001), The Councils of the Church, New York: Crossroad, ISBN 978-0-8245-1904-9, retrieved 2014-02-24
    Teres, Gustav (October 1984), "Time Computations and Dionysius Exiguus", Journal for the History of Astronomy 15 (3): 177, Bibcode:1984JHA....15..177T, retrieved 2014-02-24
    Vailhé, Siméon (1912), "Tremithus", The Catholic Encyclopedia 15, New York: Robert Appleton Company, retrieved 2014-02-24
    Ware, Timothy (1991), The Orthodox Church, Penguin Adult
    Williams, Rowan (1987), Arius, London: Darton, Logman & Todd, ISBN 978-0-232-51692-0, retrieved 2014-02-24

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 First-Council-Nicaea
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Council-Of-Nicea-1024x573
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Xmas-santa-nicea-800



    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Jupiter-ascending-aegis-caine-stinger
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Tumblr_njdqapehJD1unoszeo1_1280
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 The_Council_of_Nicea_cover
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13283
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (6)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jun 24, 2018 2:05 am

    Consider studying Victorian England and Babylon 5, to better understand the King James Version of the Holy Bible, the Writings of Ellen White, and the United States of the Solar System!! Notice that reading Ellen White's treatment of the Torah is VERY Different than reading the Torah!! Notice her persistent Royal-Model Legal-Language!! Ellen White had a Third-Grade Education!! Think About It!! Who is REALLY Speaking (especially in her later writings)?? If the Jews do not accept the "Historical Jesus" as their "Messiah" -- why hasn't the Torah been strictly-observed in every-detail from Moses to Modernity?? Think long and hard about the Book of Daniel. What does Daniel REALLY Teach?? What if Job through Malachi does NOT Support Judaism, Christianity, and Islam?? What if the Bible is an Intelligence and Morality Test?? What if passing this "Test" is required to "Get Out of Jail"?? How many souls have passed this "Test"?? Think long and hard about what I just said.

    Theology is intended to control the stupid-people -- RIGHT??!! Is that the way it's always been?? Is that the way it MUST be?? Perhaps people should NOT be educated in government and theology!! Perhaps they might be easier to control!! Ignorance is Bliss and a Virtue!! Right??!! Didn't Rome decide that people were too stupid to read the Bible (and properly understand it)??!! Didn't they burn people to death who attempted to think for themselves??!! What if they had just put the heretics in jail -- and sent a priest to talk to them each day?? Why the flames, racks, and thumb-screws?? Might Makes Right?? To Go Against the Church is to Go Against God?? God is Love?? WTF?? BTW -- I Support Hierarchy, Organization, Continuity, Law, and Order -- But Still -- WTF??

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp31.html After the dedication of the tabernacle, the priests were consecrated to their sacred office. These services occupied seven days, each marked by special ceremonies. On the eight day they entered upon their ministration. Assisted by his sons, Aaron offered the sacrifices that God required, and he lifted up his hands and blessed the people. All had been done as God commanded, and He accepted the sacrifice, and revealed His glory in a remarkable manner; fire came from the Lord and consumed the offering upon the altar. The people looked upon this wonderful manifestation of divine power with awe and intense interest. They saw in it a token of God's glory and favor, and they raised a universal shout of praise and adoration and fell on their faces as if in the immediate presence of Jehovah.

    But soon afterward a sudden and terrible calamity fell upon the family of the high priest. At the hour of worship, as the prayers and praise of the people were ascending to God, two of the sons of Aaron took each his censer and burned fragrant incense thereon, to rise as a sweet odor before the Lord. But they transgressed His command by the use of "strange fire." For burning the incense they took common instead of the sacred fire which God Himself had kindled, and which He had commanded to be used for this purpose. For this sin a fire went out from the Lord and devoured them in the sight of the people.

    Next to Moses and Aaron, Nadab and Abihu had stood highest in Israel. They had been especially honored by the Lord, having been permitted with the seventy elders to behold His glory in the mount. But their transgression was not therefore to be excused or lightly regarded. All this rendered their sin more grievous. Because men have received great light, because they have, like the princes of Israel, ascended to the mount, and been privileged to have communion with God, and to dwell in the light of His glory, let them not flatter themselves that they can afterward sin with impunity, that because they have been thus honored, God will not be strict to punish their iniquity. This is a fatal deception. The great light and privileges bestowed require returns of virtue and holiness corresponding to the light given. Anything short of this, God cannot accept. Great blessings or privileges should never lull to security or carelessness. They should never give license to sin or cause the recipients to feel that God will not be exact with them. All the advantages which God has given are His means to throw ardor into the spirit, zeal into effort, and vigor into the carrying out of His holy will.

    Nadab and Abihu had not in their youth been trained to habits of self-control. The father's yielding disposition, his lack of firmness for right, had led him to neglect the discipline of his children. His sons had been permitted to follow inclination. Habits of self-indulgence, long cherished, obtained a hold upon them which even the responsibility of the most sacred office had not power to break. They had not been taught to respect the authority of their father, and they did not realize the necessity of exact obedience to the requirements of God. Aaron's mistaken indulgence of his sons prepared them to become the subjects of the divine judgments.

    God designed to teach the people that they must approach Him with reverence and awe, and in His own appointed manner. He cannot accept partial obedience. It was not enough that in this solemn season of worship nearly everything was done as He had directed. God has pronounced a curse upon those who depart from His commandments, and put no difference between common and holy things. He declares by the prophet: "Woe unto them that call evil good, and good evil; that put darkness for light, and light for darkness! . . . Woe unto them that are wise in their own eyes, and prudent in their own sight! . . . which justify the wicked for reward, and take away the righteousness of the righteous from him! . . . They have cast away the law of the Lord of hosts, and despised the word of the Holy One of Israel." Isaiah 5:20-24. Let no one deceive himself with the belief that a part of God's commandments are nonessential, or that He will accept a substitute for that which He has required. Said the prophet Jeremiah, "Who is he that saith, and it cometh to pass, when the Lord commandeth it not?" Lamentations 3:37. God has placed in His word no command which men may obey or disobey at will and not suffer the consequences. If men choose any other path than that of strict obedience, they will find that "the end thereof are the ways of death." Proverbs 14:12.

    "Moses said unto Aaron, and unto Eleazar and unto Ithamar, his sons, Uncover not your heads, neither rend your clothes; lest ye die, . . . for the anointing oil of the Lord is upon you." The great leader reminded his brother of the words of God, "I will be sanctified in them that come nigh Me, and before all the people I will be glorified." Aaron was silent. The death of his sons, cut down without warning, in so terrible a sin--a sin which he now saw to be the result of his own neglect of duty--wrung the father's heart with anguish, but he gave his feelings no expression. By no manifestation of grief must he seem to sympathize with sin. The congregation must not be led to murmur against God.

    The Lord would teach His people to acknowledge the justice of His corrections, that others may fear. There were those in Israel whom the warning of this terrible judgment might save from presuming upon God's forbearance until they, too, should seal their own destiny. The divine rebuke is upon that false sympathy for the sinner which endeavors to excuse his sin. It is the effect of sin to deaden the moral perceptions, so that the wrongdoer does not realize the enormity of transgression, and without the convicting power of the Holy Spirit he remains in partial blindness to his sin. It is the duty of Christ's servants to show these erring ones their peril. Those who destroy the effect of the warning by blinding the eyes of sinners to the real character and results of sin often flatter themselves that they thus give evidence of their charity; but they are working directly to oppose and hinder the work of God's Holy Spirit; they are lulling the sinner to rest on the brink of destruction; they are making themselves partakers in his guilt and incurring a fearful responsibility for his impenitence. Many, many, have gone down to ruin as the result of this false and deceptive sympathy.

    Nadab and Abihu would never have committed that fatal sin had they not first become partially intoxicated by the free use of wine. They understood that the most careful and solemn preparation was necessary before presenting themselves in the sanctuary, where the divine Presence was manifested; but by intemperance they were disqualified for their holy office. Their minds became confused and their moral perceptions dulled so that they could not discern the difference between the sacred and the common. To Aaron and his surviving sons was given the warning: "Do not drink wine nor strong drink, thou, nor thy sons with thee, when ye go into the tabernacle of the congregation, lest ye die: it shall be a statute forever throughout your generations: and that ye may put difference between holy and unholy, and between unclean and clean; and that ye may teach the children of Israel all the statutes which the Lord hath spoken." The use of spirituous liquors has the effect to weaken the body, confuse the mind, and debase the morals. It prevents men from realizing the sacredness of holy things or the binding force of God's requirements. All who occupied positions of sacred responsibility were to be men of strict temperance, that their minds might be clear to discriminate between right and wrong, that they might possess firmness of principle, and wisdom to administer justice and to show mercy.

    The same obligation rests upon every follower of Christ. The apostle Peter declares, "Ye are a chosen generation, a royal priesthood, an holy nation, a peculiar people. 1 Peter 2:9. We are required by God to preserve every power in the best possible condition, that we may render acceptable service to our Creator. When intoxicants are used, the same effects will follow as in the case of those priests of Israel. The conscience will lose its sensibility to sin, and a process of hardening to iniquity will most certainly take place, till the common and the sacred will lose all difference of significance. How can we then meet the standard of the divine requirements?" "Know ye not that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost which is in you, which ye have of God, and ye are not your own? For ye are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are Gods." 1 Corinthians 6:19, 20. "Whether therefore ye eat, or drink, or whatsoever ye do, do all to the glory of God." 1 Corinthians 10:31. To the church of Christ in all ages is addressed the solemn and fearful warning, "If any man defile the temple of God, him shall God destroy; for the temple of God is holy, which temple ye are." 1 Corinthians 3:17.

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp32.html Adam and Eve, at their creation, had a knowledge of the law of God; they were acquainted with its claims upon them; its precepts were written upon their hearts. When man fell by transgression the law was not changed, but a remedial system was established to bring him back to obedience. The promise of a Saviour was given, and sacrificial offerings pointing forward to the death of Christ as the great sin offering were established. But had the law of God never been transgressed, there would have been no death, and no need of a Saviour; consequently there would have been no need of sacrifices.

    Adam taught his descendants the law of God, and it was handed down from father to son through successive generations. But notwithstanding the gracious provision for man's redemption, there were few who accepted it and rendered obedience. By transgression the world became so vile that it was necessary to cleanse it by the Flood from its corruption. The law was preserved by Noah and his family, and Noah taught his descendants the Ten Commandments. As men again departed from God, the Lord chose Abraham, of whom He declared, "Abraham obeyed My voice, and kept My charge, My commandments, My statutes, and My laws." Genesis 26:5. To him was given the rite of circumcision, which was a sign that those who received it were devoted to the service of God--a pledge that they would remain separate from idolatry, and would obey the law of God. The failure of Abraham's descendants to keep this pledge, as shown in their disposition to form alliances with the heathen and adopt their practices, was the cause of their sojourn and bondage in Egypt. But in their intercourse with idolaters, and their forced submission to the Egyptians, the divine precepts became still further corrupted with the vile and cruel teachings of heathenism. Therefore when the Lord brought them forth from Egypt, He came down upon Sinai, enshrouded in glory and surrounded by His angels, and in awful majesty spoke His law in the hearing of all the people.

    He did not even then trust His precepts to the memory of a people who were prone to forget His requirements, but wrote them upon tables of stone. He would remove from Israel all possibility of mingling heathen traditions with His holy precepts, or of confounding His requirements with human ordinances or customs. But He did not stop with giving them the precepts of the Decalogue. The people had shown themselves so easily led astray that He would leave no door of temptation unguarded. Moses was commanded to write, as God should bid him, judgments and laws giving minute instruction as to what was required. These directions relating to the duty of the people to God, to one another, and to the stranger were only the principles of the Ten Commandments amplified and given in a specific manner, that none need err. They were designed to guard the sacredness of the ten precepts engraved on the tables of stone.

    If man had kept the law of God, as given to Adam after his fall, preserved by Noah, and observed by Abraham, there would have been no necessity for the ordinance of circumcision. And if the descendants of Abraham had kept the covenant, of which circumcision was a sign, they would never have been seduced into idolatry, nor would it have been necessary for them to suffer a life of bondage in Egypt; they would have kept God's law in mind, and there would have been no necessity for it to be proclaimed from Sinai or engraved upon the tables of stone. And had the people practiced the principles of the Ten Commandments, there would have been no need of the additional directions given to Moses.

    The sacrificial system, committed to Adam, was also perverted by his descendants. Superstition, idolatry, cruelty, and licentiousness corrupted the simple and significant service that God had appointed. Through long intercourse with idolaters the people of Israel had mingled many heathen customs with their worship; therefore the Lord gave them at Sinai definite instruction concerning the sacrificial service. After the completion of the tabernacle He communicated with Moses from the cloud of glory above the mercy seat, and gave him full directions concerning the system of offerings and the forms of worship to be maintained in the sanctuary. The ceremonial law was thus given to Moses, and by him written in a book. But the law of Ten Commandments spoken from Sinai had been written by God Himself on the tables of stone, and was sacredly preserved in the ark.

    There are many who try to blend these two systems, using the texts that speak of the ceremonial law to prove that the moral law has been abolished; but this is a perversion of the Scriptures. The distinction between the two systems is broad and clear. The ceremonial system was made up of symbols pointing to Christ, to His sacrifice and His priesthood. This ritual law, with its sacrifices and ordinances, was to be performed by the Hebrews until type met antitype in the death of Christ, the Lamb of God that taketh away the sin of the world. Then all the sacrificial offerings were to cease. It is this law that Christ "took . . . out of the way, nailing it to His cross." Colossians 2:14. But concerning the law of Ten Commandments the psalmist declares, "Forever, O Lord, Thy word is settled in heaven." Psalm 119:89. And Christ Himself says, "Think not that I am come to destroy the law. . . . Verily I say unto you"--making the assertion as emphatic as possible--"Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled." Matthew 5:17, 18. Here He teaches, not merely what the claims of God's law had been, and were then, but that these claims should hold as long as the heavens and the earth remain. The law of God is as immutable as His throne. It will maintain its claims upon mankind in all ages.

    Concerning the law proclaimed from Sinai, Nehemiah says, "Thou camest down also upon Mount Sinai, and spakest with them from heaven, and gavest them right judgments, and true laws, good statutes and commandments." Nehemiah 9:13. And Paul, "the apostle to the Gentiles," declares, "The law is holy, and the commandment holy, and just, and good." Romans 7:12. This can be no other than the Decalogue; for it is the law that says, "Thou shalt not covet." Verse 7.

    While the Saviour's death brought to an end the law of types and shadows, it did not in the least detract from the obligation of the moral law. On the contrary, the very fact that it was necessary for Christ to die in order to atone for the transgression of that law, proves it to be immutable.

    Those who claim that Christ came to abrogate the law of God and to do away with the Old Testament, speak of the Jewish age as one of darkness, and represent the religion of the Hebrews as consisting of mere forms and ceremonies. But this is an error. All through the pages of scared history, where the dealings of God with His chosen people are recorded, there are burning traces of the great I Am. Never has He given to the sons of men more open manifestations of His power and glory than when He alone was acknowledged as Israel's ruler, and gave the law to His people. Here was a scepter swayed by no human hand; and the stately goings forth of Israel's invisible King were unspeakably grand and awful.

    In all these revelations of the divine presence the glory of God was manifested through Christ. Not alone at the Saviour's advent, but through all the ages after the Fall and the promise of redemption, "God was in Christ, reconciling the world unto Himself." 2 Corinthians 5:19. Christ was the foundation and center of the sacrificial system in both the patriarchal and the Jewish age. Since the sin of our first parents there has been no direct communication between God and man. The Father has given the world into the hands of Christ, that through His mediatorial work He may redeem man and vindicate the authority and holiness of the law of God. All the communion between heaven and the fallen race has been through Christ. It was the Son of God that gave to our first parents the promise of redemption. It was He who revealed Himself to the patriarchs. Adam, Noah, Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and Moses understood the gospel. They looked for salvation through man's Substitute and Surety. These holy men of old held communion with the Saviour who was to come to our world in human flesh; and some of them talked with Christ and heavenly angels face to face.

    Christ was not only the leader of the Hebrews in the wilderness--the Angel in whom was the name of Jehovah, and who, veiled in the cloudy pillar, went before the host--but it was He who gave the law to Israel. [*See Appendix, Note 7.] Amid the awful glory of Sinai, Christ declared in the hearing of all the people the ten precepts of His Father's law. It was He who gave to Moses the law engraved upon the tables of stone.

    It was Christ that spoke to His people through the prophets. The apostle Peter, writing to the Christian church, says that the prophets "prophesied of the grace that should come unto you: searching what, or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify, when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ and the glory that should follow." 1 Peter 1:10, 11. It is the voice of Christ that speaks to us through the Old Testament. "The testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy." Revelation 19:10.

    In His teachings while personally among men Jesus directed the minds of the people to the Old Testament. He said to the Jews, "Ye search the Scriptures, because ye think that in them ye have eternal life; and these are they which bear witness of Me." John 5:39, R.V. At this time the books of the Old Testament were the only part of the Bible in existence. Again the Son of God declared, "They have Moses and the prophets; let them hear them." And He added, "If they hear not Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded, though one rose from the dead." Luke 16:29, 31.

    The ceremonial law was given by Christ. Even after it was no longer to be observed, Paul presented it before the Jews in its true position and value, showing its place in the plan of redemption and its relation to the work of Christ; and the great apostle pronounces this law glorious, worthy of its divine Originator. The solemn service of the sanctuary typified the grand truths that were to be revealed through successive generations. The cloud of incense ascending with the prayers of Israel represents His righteousness that alone can make the sinner's prayer acceptable to God; the bleeding victim on the altar of sacrifice testified of a Redeemer to come; and from the holy of holies the visible token of the divine Presence shone forth. Thus through age after age of darkness and apostasy faith was kept alive in the hearts of men until the time came for the advent of the promised Messiah.

    Jesus was the light of His people--the Light of the world--before He came to earth in the form of humanity. The first gleam of light that pierced the gloom in which sin had wrapped the world, came from Christ. And from Him has come every ray of heaven's brightness that has fallen upon the inhabitants of the earth. In the plan of redemption Christ is the Alpha and the Omega--the First and the Last.

    Since the Saviour shed His blood for the remission of sins, and ascended to heaven "to appear in the presence of God for us" (Hebrews 9:24), light has been streaming from the cross of Calvary and from the holy places of the sanctuary above. But the clearer light granted us should not cause us to despise that which in earlier times was received through the types pointing to the coming Saviour. The gospel of Christ sheds light upon the Jewish economy and gives significance to the ceremonial law. As new truths are revealed, and that which has been known from the beginning is brought into clearer light, the character and purposes of God are made manifest in His dealings with His chosen people. Every additional ray of light that we receive gives us a clearer understanding of the plan of redemption, which is the working out of the divine will in the salvation of man. We see new beauty and force in the inspired word, and we study its pages with a deeper and more absorbing interest.

    The opinion is held by many that God placed a separating wall between the Hebrews and the outside world; that His care and love, withdrawn to a great extent from the rest of mankind, were centered upon Israel. But God did not design that His people should build up a wall of partition between themselves and their fellow men. The heart of Infinite Love was reaching out toward all the inhabitants of the earth. Though they had rejected Him, He was constantly seeking to reveal Himself to them and make them partakers of His love and grace. His blessing was granted to the chosen people, that they might bless others.

    God called Abraham, and prospered and honored him; and the patriarch's fidelity was a light to the people in all the countries of his sojourn. Abraham did not shut himself away from the people around him. He maintained friendly relations with the kings of the surrounding nations, by some of whom he was treated with great respect; and his integrity and unselfishness, his valor and benevolence, were representing the character of God. In Mesopotamia, in Canaan, in Egypt, and even to the inhabitants of Sodom, the God of heaven was revealed through His representative.

    So to the people of Egypt and of all the nations connected with that powerful kingdom, God manifested Himself through Joseph. Why did the Lord choose to exalt Joseph so highly among the Egyptians? He might have provided some other way for the accomplishment of His purposes toward the children of Jacob; but He desired to make Joseph a light, and He placed him in the palace of the king, that the heavenly illumination might extend far and near. By his wisdom and justice, by the purity and benevolence of his daily life, by his devotion to the interests of the people--and that people a nation of idolaters--Joseph was a representative of Christ. In their benefactor, to whom all Egypt turned with gratitude and praise, that heathen people were to behold the love of their Creator and Redeemer. So in Moses also God placed a light beside the throne of the earth's greatest kingdom, that all who would, might learn of the true and living God. And all this light was given to the Egyptians before the hand of God was stretched out over them in judgments.

    In the deliverance of Israel from Egypt a knowledge of the power of God spread far and wide. The warlike people of the stronghold of Jericho trembled. "As soon as we had heard these things," said Rahab, "our hearts did melt, neither did there remain any more courage in any man, because of you: for Jehovah your God, He is God in heaven above, and in earth beneath." Joshua 2:11. Centuries after the exodus the priests of the Philistines reminded their people of the plagues of Egypt, and warned them against resisting the God of Israel.

    God called Israel, and blessed and exalted them, not that by obedience to His law they alone might receive His favor and become the exclusive recipients of His blessings, but in order to reveal Himself through them to all the inhabitants of the earth. It was for the accomplishment of this very purpose that He commanded them to keep themselves distinct from the idolatrous nations around them.

    Idolatry and all the sins that followed in its train were abhorrent to God, and He commanded His people not to mingle with other nations, to "do after their works," and forget God. He forbade their marriage with idolaters, lest their hearts should be led away from Him. It was just as necessary then as it is now that God's people should be pure, "unspotted from the world." They must keep themselves free from its spirit, because it is opposed to truth and righteousness. But God did not intend that His people, in self-righteous exclusiveness, should shut themselves away from the world, so that they could have no influence upon it.

    Like their Master, the followers of Christ in every age were to be the light of the world. The Saviour said, "A city that is set on an hill cannot be hid. Neither do men light a candle, and put it under a bushel, but on a candlestick; and it giveth light unto all that are in the house"--that is, in the world. And He adds, "Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven." Matthew 5:14-16. This is just what Enoch, and Noah, Abraham, Joseph, and Moses did. It is just what God designed that His people Israel should do.

    It was their own evil heart of unbelief, controlled by Satan, that led them to hide their light, instead of shedding it upon surrounding peoples; it was that same bigoted spirit that caused them either to follow the iniquitous practices of the heathen or to shut themselves away in proud exclusiveness, as if God's love and care were over them alone.

    As the Bible presents two laws, one changeless and eternal, the other provisional and temporary, so there are two covenants. The covenant of grace was first made with man in Eden, when after the Fall there was given a divine promise that the seed of the woman should bruise the serpent's head. To all men this covenant offered pardon and the assisting grace of God for future obedience through faith in Christ. It also promised them eternal life on condition of fidelity to God's law. Thus the patriarchs received the hope of salvation.

    This same covenant was renewed to Abraham in the promise, "In thy seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed." Genesis 22:18. This promise pointed to Christ. So Abraham understood it (see Galatians 3:8, 16), and he trusted in Christ for the forgiveness of sins. It was this faith that was accounted unto him for righteousness. The covenant with Abraham also maintained the authority of God's law. The Lord appeared unto Abraham, and said, "I am the Almighty God; walk before Me, and be thou perfect." Genesis 17:1. The testimony of God concerning His faithful servant was, "Abraham obeyed My voice, and kept My charge, My commandments, My statutes, and My laws." Genesis 26:5. And the Lord declared to him, "I will establish My covenant between Me and thee and thy seed after thee in their generations, for an everlasting covenant, to be a God unto thee and to thy seed after thee." Genesis 17:7.

    Though this covenant was made with Adam and renewed to Abraham, it could not be ratified until the death of Christ. It had existed by the promise of God since the first intimation of redemption had been given; it had been accepted by faith; yet when ratified by Christ, it is called a new covenant. The law of God was the basis of this covenant, which was simply an arrangement for bringing men again into harmony with the divine will, placing them where they could obey God's law.

    Another compact--called in Scripture the "old" covenant--was formed between God and Israel at Sinai, and was then ratified by the blood of a sacrifice. The Abrahamic covenant was ratified by the blood of Christ, and it is called the "second," or "new," covenant, because the blood by which it was sealed was shed after the blood of the first covenant. That the new covenant was valid in the days of Abraham is evident from the fact that it was then confirmed both by the promise and by the oath of God--the "two immutable things, in which it was impossible for God to lie." Hebrews 6:18.

    But if the Abrahamic covenant contained the promise of redemption, why was another covenant formed at Sinai? In their bondage the people had to a great extent lost the knowledge of God and of the principles of the Abrahamic covenant. In delivering them from Egypt, God sought to reveal to them His power and His mercy, that they might be led to love and trust Him. He brought them down to the Red Sea--where, pursued by the Egyptians, escape seemed impossible--that they might realize their utter helplessness, their need of divine aid; and then He wrought deliverance for them. Thus they were filled with love and gratitude to God and with confidence in His power to help them. He had bound them to Himself as their deliverer from temporal bondage.

    But there was a still greater truth to be impressed upon their minds. Living in the midst of idolatry and corruption, they had no true conception of the holiness of God, of the exceeding sinfulness of their own hearts, their utter inability, in themselves, to render obedience to God's law, and their need of a Saviour. All this they must be taught.

    God brought them to Sinai; He manifested His glory; He gave them His law, with the promise of great blessings on condition of obedience: "If ye will obey My voice indeed, and keep My covenant, then . . . ye shall be unto Me a kingdom of priests, and an holy nation." Exodus 19:5, 6. The people did not realize the sinfulness of their own hearts, and that without Christ it was impossible for them to keep God's law; and they readily entered into covenant with God. Feeling that they were able to establish their own righteousness, they declared, "All that the Lord hath said will we do, and be obedient." Exodus 24:7. They had witnessed the proclamation of the law in awful majesty, and had trembled with terror before the mount; and yet only a few weeks passed before they broke their covenant with God, and bowed down to worship a graven image. They could not hope for the favor of God through a covenant which they had broken; and now, seeing their sinfulness and their need of pardon, they were brought to feel their need of the Saviour revealed in the Abrahamic covenant and shadowed forth in the sacrificial offerings. Now by faith and love they were bound to God as their deliverer from the bondage of sin. Now they were prepared to appreciate the blessings of the new covenant.

    The terms of the "old covenant" were, Obey and live: "If a man do, he shall even live in them" (Ezekiel 20:11; Leviticus 18:5); but "cursed be he that confirmeth not all the words of this law to do them." Deuteronomy 27:26. The "new covenant" was established upon "better promises"--the promise of forgiveness of sins and of the grace of God to renew the heart and bring it into harmony with the principles of God's law. "This shall be the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel; After those days, saith the Lord, I will put my law in their inward parts, and write it in their hearts . . . . I will forgive their iniquity, and will remember their sin no more." Jeremiah 31:33, 34.

    The same law that was engraved upon the tables of stone is written by the Holy Spirit upon the tables of the heart. Instead of going about to establish our own righteousness we accept the righteousness of Christ. His blood atones for our sins. His obedience is accepted for us. Then the heart renewed by the Holy Spirit will bring forth "the fruits of the Spirit." Through the grace of Christ we shall live in obedience to the law of God written upon our hearts. Having the Spirit of Christ, we shall walk even as He walked. Through the prophet He declared of Himself, "I delight to do Thy will, O My God: yea, Thy law is within My heart." Psalm 40:8. And when among men He said, "The Father hath not left Me alone; for I do always those things that please Him." John 8:29.

    The apostle Paul clearly presents the relation between faith and the law under the new covenant. He says: "Being justified by faith, we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ." "Do we then make void the law through faith? God forbid: yea, we establish the law." "For what the law could not do, in that it was weak through the flesh"--it could not justify man, because in his sinful nature he could not keep the law--"God sending His own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh, and for sin, condemned sin in the flesh: that the righteousness of the law might be fulfilled in us, who walk not after the flesh, but after the Spirit." Romans 5:1, 3:31, 8:3, 4.

    God's work is the same in all time, although there are different degrees of development and different manifestations of His power, to meet the wants of men in the different ages. Beginning with the first gospel promise, and coming down through the patriarchal and Jewish ages, and even to the present time, there has been a gradual unfolding of the purposes of God in the plan of redemption. The Saviour typified in the rites and ceremonies of the Jewish law is the very same that is revealed in the gospel. The clouds that enveloped His divine form have rolled back; the mists and shades have disappeared; and Jesus, the world's Redeemer, stands revealed. He who proclaimed the law from Sinai, and delivered to Moses the precepts of the ritual law, is the same that spoke the Sermon on the Mount. The great principles of love to God, which He set forth as the foundation of the law and the prophets, are only a reiteration of what He had spoken through Moses to the Hebrew people: "Hear, O Israel: The Lord our God is one Lord: and thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thine heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy might." Deuteronomy 6:4, 5. "Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself." Leviticus 19:18. The teacher is the same in both dispensations. God's claims are the same. The principles of His government are the same. For all proceed from Him "with whom is no variableness, neither shadow of turning." James 1:17.

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Tabernacle4
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 2355933_Tabernacle_7x5
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Tabernacle3
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13283
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (6)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jun 24, 2018 2:07 am

    Between the Devil and the Returning Rock:
    The quickening of issues of governance, security, and interspecies
    exopolitical relations caused by the Anunnaki inter-clan civil conflict and
    the return of NI.BI.RU. to aphelion – Speculations in view of new data

    A. R. BORDON
    Foundation One

    ROY W. GORDON
    Foundation One

    In this essay, we will examine interlocking sets of issues concerning governance, near-Earth security, and interspecies relations generated by the presence of the Anunnaki on Earth and the Kingdom returning to aphelion in the next sixty to one hundred and ten years. The presence of people from another world on Earth presents unique problems and opportunities for us as a biokind (biological kind), the result of a directed panspermia carried out by Those Who From Heaven To Earth Came – in the words of Zecharia Sitchin, a latter days prophet and dispeller of darkness about our biokind’s prehistory. Information generated over the last forty years (e.g., the Department of Energy’s early 1970s conference on communications in the 21st century at Hilton Head, the colloquia at Cornell University organized by Carl Sagan in the early to mid-80s on exocommunication and interspecies relations, the select conferences organized by the aerospace industry on interplanetary travel requirements and exotic propulsion, the formation of the National Geospatial Intelligence Agency (or NGA) late last century and its mission, and the indicia on Anunnaki presence in the United States generated by a field study conducted by the authors over the last five years) make, in our view, for a most compelling need to confront the broad issues we will raise and deal with in this essay.

    The driving assumptions of this essay are two, and quite simple: (1) not everything is as it seems, or as we are told it is; and (2) neither are all assets completely disclosed, nor their real, intended capabilities and uses open to public scrutiny, for their obvious security and counterintelligence value. Also a note on the intent of the authors in writing this essay: It is our opinion and impression from a cursory review of the UFO literature that the focus of study of phenomena ascribed to extraterrestrial biological entities – as life forms and bearers of advanced levels of technology – is scattered across a wide range of subjects. Furthermore, the subject of Anunnaki on Earth – a subject of primary importance to the human race at this juncture in our history – is focused upon Sitchin’s voluminous work.

    The presence of Anunnaki on Earth is treated by thoughtful thinkers, like Neil Freer, in reference to Sitchin and not on the present or the future of what the reality of Anunnaki on Earth portends for us, not just their mythic and Jungian archetypes in our subconscious (Freer [White Paper] undated, 1998, 1994). Perhaps this state of affairs is due to the dearth of information on what to, where to, and who to look for on Earth, and in particular in the United States. Neil’s focus upon our need to grow up and out of our collective godspell is well placed, but in our view does not address what needs to be our central interest about Anunnaki on Earth. Hopefully, doing so will indicate to us all just what we now face and will encounter in the next sixty to one hundred ten years from today. Metaphorically speaking, this should put a face on what, in the literature, is often referred to as the dark side, unethical celestial network,

    Additionally, we have written this essay not as whistleblowers, which we are not, nor intend to stimulate the view we are; quite the contrary, we present our thoughts and the results of our field study here to stimulate discourse on the subject what the presence of the Anunnaki on Earth means to us. It is also evident that there is little or no intelligence on them in the public domain, and we believe this to be a dangerous state of affairs. Without information, whether shreds, indicia, or even uncorroborated reports, we believe that it is indeed difficult to entertain possibilities and formulate scenarios for our collective consideration. Fortunately, there are ways and places to go find information about these people, and from humans who have had access to high level policy formulation about them as well as people who have been the recipients of their request for allegiance and loyalty.

    We have explored these places and managed to meet sources who have spoken to us on the condition of anonymity, in the furtherance of our collective understanding of what we are facing now and will face in the future. It took time – nearly five years of patient search and careful scrutiny of the sources themselves and the information culled from and through them – and a complex validation (vetting information where possible, along with of the sources). We also used the journalistic device of confirmation of information by at least two or more sources. Finally, it was not our intention to conduct a scientific study, but rather a field study that would generate information which could lead us all into new venues, new inquiries, and more search and research pertinent to our collective future safety, security and integrity. We hoped to have accomplished that, and pray that this essay generates the intended discourse on the subject. The final reason is that we found Ed Komarek’s remarks on his blog…

    The way to break the back of the dark, secret, covert cabal … is to expose their very exopolitical foundation!

    …quite on target, although his metaphors a bit simplistic yet very accurate. There are indeed two camps which correspond closely to his ethical celestial beings vs. unethical celestial network, with their corresponding earthly conduits and minions. But the landscape in which the drama continues to unfold is murkier than what Ed makes it out, or perhaps wishes it, to be. See his http://exopolitics.blogspot.com. Their presence in the dramatic landscape suggested by our eleven informants will also hopefully become evident in this essay.

    Issues

    We will explore scenarios raised by informant reports in two areas – governance and near-Earth security, and draw from available literature and scenarios developed by a team led by the junior author on interspecies relations. From these, we will focus specifically on six sets of issues: governance as institutional response sets to the presence of the Anunnaki on Earth, governance as meaning given to the concept by Earthbound Anunnaki culled from informant sources, near-Earth space security (for whom? why?), defense of Earthbound Anunnaki interests on Earth, the current roles and situations we face in the Anunnaki inter-clan conflict, and the choices we face in view of the alignment of political/economic/religious/military influence and control exerted by Earthbound Anunnaki through third-party minions and their projection of might and technological superiority.

    I. GOVERNANCE AS INSTITUTIONAL RESPONSE SETS TO THE PRESENCE OF EARTHBOUND AND INCOMING ANUNNAKI

    These are evident from FIOA documents retrieved under the United States Freedom of Information Act concerning UFOs, aliens, extraterrestrials, codified rules (as in Code of Federal Regulations and certain military manuals), the U.S. military sources of public and leaked classified information, and leaks to unvetted , unwitting informants. Another stream has also been manifested as governmental and military sources of public and leaked information in England, NATO, and the European Union. A third stream was manifested as a conjunction of interest compact initiated by the U.S. National Space Council in association with unspecified developed-industrial nations within a United Nations umbrella, again as public and leaked information. And a fourth stream has been the witting informant (both out of government and military services, as well as still in government and military service) willing and able to provide hints, partial disclosures, confirmations, and information pattern reconstruction assistance on a case by case basis. The latter are few and far between, speak by statements in response to specific questions (never face to face, until very recently) and are here further protected as numbered informants.1 Information obtained and culled through these sources are used in this essay to indicate past and current policy directions of interest in examining matters associated with national and planetary governance, safety and sovereignty issues.

    Governance as an issue seems to had taken a new shade of meaning in the late 1970s, when in the words of Informant One, “things went kind of haywire, when the people from the incoming [NI.BI.RU.] made contact through unexpected assets requesting a meeting with representatives of the United States” (2003). According to this source and a corroborating one, “the only thing that saved the day was the cool-headed handling of matters related to this contact, and the delegation made by the president to his close friend from Navy days to head the group that met with them up in the tundra” (One 2003; Four 2004). “A semi-formal arrangement was set up for exchanges and contacts directly through the interagency directorate set up by the White House and [an unspecified agency] to handle them and facilitate the settlement and acclimation of one of theirs at one of our [unspecified] installations in [an also unspecified] desert” (One 2003; Two 2002; Four 2004). At the time, we were in the throes of the first Iran situation, “and the people from the incoming filled us in on the actual conflict being played out at that time” (Four 2004).

    Governance then ceased being a matter of mere elections and political parties, and more of a two-track affair of state – one involving politics as usual on the domestic side and a carefully orchestrated foreign policy enriched by the revelations on the nature and genesis of the Iranian about-face (the invisible hands of the Serpent Faction in fomenting the uprising of Sunnis and the subsequent establishment of a theocracy dominated by Serpent Faction minions); the other involving more of a managing of relationships with those who were coming in, mostly through the one whom Informant One referred to as “the ambassador” (2003). The new intelligence available through such contacts “concerning Serpent Faction activities in fomenting division by religious fundamentalism was heard but not heeded – at least not until the next administration” (Two 2002). How much of what had transpired in the ten months prior to the 1980 election was passed on during the transition is unknown, but several informants (One, Two, Four, Five and Six), especially those in the military attached to the interagency directorate, did confirm that “awareness of what was going on was palpable from day one, but how much the old man knew was anybody’s guess.

    Everything was still being handled in compartments and very few of us had access to the latest [intelligence] from them out west [Anunnaki in the desert?]” (Four 2004). “The thing that changed everything was the reports coming in from the Naval Observatory and the project that was handling the [astronomical] observations in South America and Australia. By then we knew that this whole thing was for real, and that there were needs superceding the way we were then organized” (One 2002; Four 2004). But it would apparently take nearly six years for pertinent information to reach the summit of power in the White House – even though the interagency directorate was said to have functioned out of the Executive Office Building and one of the subfloors under the White House. Why this took so long, and by what means did Reagan become aware of things concerning the Anunnaki is unknown, and remains so.

    In 1986, then President Reagan met with then Secretary General Gorbachev in Reykjavik, Iceland, for a mini-summit. In a private session, which is said to have included their respective wives, Nancy and Raisa, the foursome is reported to have received a formal briefing on information culled from astrophysical, technological and historical sources concerning what cannot be anything other than the 10th planet in our solar system, the historical record of anthropological and archeo-astronomical information concerning NI.BI.RU. and its inhabitants, and the “apparent civil conflict between members of an asset group [Nibiruan Anunnaki on Earth] and the [NI.BI.RU.-borne] governing body of the incoming” (One 2002). The occurrence of this briefing was verified to have taken place by six of the eleven sources 2 we cultivated over the years.

    It was also said that reference was made during the briefing to “the handling of understanding with those here concerning matters of mutual interest,” which were discussed by the principals and questions asked of the briefers – ostensibly, “senior military officers in civilian clothes” (One 2002; Two 2003; Five 2004) quite possibly attached to the interagency directorate and/or NSA. Additionally, Reagan and Gorbachev both wished to know how extensive was the institutional awareness of this “threat” on the part of the other major powers and industrialized nations of Earth. The answer was said that awareness was highly restricted to “intelligence sharing of certain compartmented information on a need to know basis” and “only with those who’ve assisted us in term of recoveries [of extraterrestrial artifacts] in the past” (Two 2002; Five 2004).

    Issues of national governance raised by both heads of state concerned “both internal issues of disclosure and preparation” (One 2003; Five 2004), “and issues on how to handle them”. Gorbachev was said to be more concerned with the managing of relations with the asset group and its leadership, while the American president was said to have voiced concerns about the position in which the U.S. was finding itself with respect to the asset group on planet surface and what stance was the proper one to take on this matter. The president was said to have been reminded that the information compartment, though inclusive of major aspects, was also still restricted to the highest level, to those having a [certain specific compartment] clearance, “and to those serving on the [National Space] Council,” and that “all previous contacts and understandings with them [the Earthbound asset group] remain in place” (One 2003; Four 2003; Five 2004). The president was also reported to have asked for recommendations on possible options for the handling of the situation at hand.

    It was then said that, as an initial step, Gorbachev recommended the matter be disclosed to the United Nations both privately and publicly “in the strongest possible terms,” but avoiding unnecessary and premature full disclosures. Both heads of state also are said to have requested and received descriptive information on “what these people looked like.” The briefing was said to have been sober and business-like, with the wives remaining quiet and attentive, but with Nancy taking some notes. It was also said they were reminded that the matter would not arise as “a tangible” until the beginning of the second decade of the next century” and that “there was still some time to organize an infrastructure for the handling of contact, intelligence and positioning of assets with the aim of establishing a basis for future diplomacy” (One 2003; Five 2004; Six 2004; Nine 2005).

    Interestingly enough, a relatively short time after the briefing, Reagan publicly addressed the United Nations General Assembly and is reported to have held private meetings with a select group of NATO allies and other industrialized nations (Two 2003; Four 2004). Towards the end of his speech to the Forty-second Session on September 21, 1987, the President said that, "in our obsession with antagonisms of the moment, we often forget how much unites all the members of humanity. Perhaps we need some outside, universal threat to make us recognize this common bond. I occasionally think," continued Reagan, "how quickly our differences worldwide would vanish if we were facing an alien threat from outside this world. And yet, I ask" -- here comes the clincher -- "is not an alien force ALREADY among us?" The President now tries to retreat from the last bold statement by posing a second question: "What could be more alien to the universal aspirations of our peoples than war and the threat of war?"

    There are indications also that Reagan and Gorbachev had already spoken about aliens during their previous Geneva summit. And there are further indications in the public domain that the president had awareness of the presence of “aliens” on Earth. Earlier during the second term, the astrology flap had caught public attention, and when the next time Reagan mentioned “a threat” from outer space, it was a further attention getter. The media was having a field day with horoscopes at the White House when Reagan talked about the possibility of Earth uniting against a threat by "a power from outer space." Although the idea wasn't new for the President, as we shall soon see, this time everybody paid attention. More as a joke than a serious thought, however.

    The AP story on the speech, for example, had the headline, "Reagan follows astrological flap with comment on space invaders." The President first disclosed his thoughts about "an alien threat" during a 4 December 1985 speech at Fallston High School in Maryland, where he spoke about his first summit with General Secretary Gorbachev in Geneva. According to a White House transcript, Reagan remarked that during his 5-hour private discussions with Gorbachev, he told [Gorbachev] to think… "How easy his task and mine might be in these meetings that we held if suddenly there was a threat to this world from some other species from another planet outside in the universe. We'd forget all the little local differences that we have between our countries ..."

    Except for one headline or two, people didn't pay much attention. Not then and not later, when Gorbachev himself confirmed the conversation in Geneva during an important speech on February 17, 1987, in the Grand Kremlin Palace in Moscow, to the Central Committee of the USSR's Communist Party. Not a High School in Maryland, precisely! There, buried on page 7A of the Soviet Life Supplement, was the following statement:

    "At our meeting in Geneva, the U.S. President said that if the earth faced an invasion by extraterrestrials, the United States and the Soviet Union would join forces to repel such an invasion. I shall not dispute the hypothesis, though I think it's early yet to worry about such an intrusion..."

    It is significant that Gorbachev didn’t consider this to be an incredible proposition; he just said that it's too early to worry about it.

    If Gorbachev elevated the theme from a high school to the Kremlin [Politburo], Reagan upped the ante again by including the "alien threat", not in a domestic speech but to a full session of the General Assembly of the United Nations. Unlike the off-the-cuff remarks to the Fallston High School, we must assume that the President's speech to the General Assembly was written very carefully and likewise, it merits close consideration. Ronald Reagan has told us that he thinks often about this issue, yet nobody seemed to be paying attention. When the President mentioned on 4 May 1988 in Chicago for the third time the possibility of a threat by "a power from another planet," the media quickly dubbed it the "space invaders" speech, relegating it to a sidebar in the astrology flap. The ET remark was made in the Q&A period following a speech to the National Strategy Forum in Chicago's Palmer House Hotel, where he adopted a more conciliatory tone towards the Soviet Union.

    Significantly, Reagan's remark was made during his response to the question, "What do you consider to be the most important need in international relations?"

    "I've often wondered," the President said, "what if all of us in the world discovered that we were threatened by an outer -- a power from outer space, from another planet." And then he emphasized his theme that this would erase all the differences, and that the "citizens of the world" would "come together to fight that particular threat..." There is a fourth, unofficial, similar statement from Ronald Reagan about this particular subject, which was reported in the New Republic by senior editor Fred Barnes. The article described a luncheon in the White House between the President and Eduard Shevardnatze, during the Foreign Minister's visit to Washington to sign the INF Treaty on September 15, 1987. "Near the end of his lunch with Shevardnadze," wrote Barnes, "Reagan wondered aloud what would happen if the world faced an 'alien threat' from outer space. “Don't you think the United States and the Soviet Union would be together?” he asked. Shevardnadze said, “yes, absolutely. And we wouldn't need our defense ministers to meet." In terms of secrets, there is also an unconfirmed story of a special screening in the White House of the movie ET years ago, with director Steven Spielberg and a few select guests. Right after the movie, Reagan is reported to have turned to Spielberg and to have had a whispered conversation for a few minutes. Then, as they stood up, Reagan said, more audibly, "There are only a handful of people who know the whole truth about this." If true, Reagan knew.

    During the Reykjavik briefing, it is also reported that both heads of state pushed for the formation of a “response network set to handle aerial reconnaissance, surveillance and chase,” over the national skies of participating nations under an integrated command “ostensibly controlled by the American and Soviet higher commands” (Two 2003; Six 2004). But, as other informants reported, “this suggestion, in practice, met with so much resistance that it was ultimately dropped” (One 2004; Five 2004). Thus, at this juncture and on the basis of informant reports, we can discern neither the extent to which the matter developed and materialized, nor which countries led in the effort.

    In the United States, the president is reported to have formally organized diverse American space security assets under a National Geospatial Intelligence Agency (or NGA), which is said to have been charged with providing “warning systems and means of downward and outward surveillance of matters and astronomical objects of interest to the national security” (Five 2004; Six 2004; Eight 2005). This is said to have been accomplished through a secret presidential executive order (One 2002; Four 2004; Five 2004). The primary concerns at the time were reported to be practical and their nature institutional in tone – what needs to be organized as networks of response to the threat on a case by case basis, how to organize participants and assets, how to orchestrate and make use of assets, and disposal of same under an integrated domestic command when events warranted it (One 2002; Two 2002, 2003; Four 2003, 2004; Five 2005; Seven 2005; Nine 2005).

    On the domestic side, lead in event response was said to have been given to NGA, the National Space Council and its contact committee, and to “a kind of space security czar” (Seven 2005; Eight 2005; Nine 2005). All intelligence agencies, both on the civilian and military sides, were said to have been directed to provide support and assets as needed (Two 2003; Four 2003; Five 2004, 2005; Ten 2005). Another, albeit not fully vetted, informant provided information concerning the formation of what was referred to as a “National Security Council-Augmented” group to provide “specific constituencies within the US Government and certain foreign constituencies” with what was described as “voice participation and recommending function” in discussions of issues and problems connected to presidential tasks, event response situations, and crises (Three 2003). We were not able to verify this report with information from other independent informants, but it is included here because it is suggestive of the institutional response set initiated under Reagan, and because it fits the preparatory and crisis handling patterns following the initiation of institutional responses to the perceived threat.

    Two of our informants (Two and Five) also reported that the initial focus on in-situ Anunnaki declared by Reagan had changed during the next administration, only to have it reversed and amplified in the next two. When queried about these changes in focus as possible institutional inconsistencies, the reply was that “these were not so much structurally driven inconsistencies, either from the White House or from the foreign constituencies, but rather they were more like a floating focus driven by events and situations” (Two 2004), “some of [which] were surface [i.e. domestic and foreign political and military] events and situations stemming from administration policies” (One 2004). In other words, “the pucker factor [fear] was much higher during the administration immediately following Reagan than during any of the other two following, including the present one” (Five 2004; Six 2004; Ten 2005).

    The framework within which the remnant Anunnaki situation was conceived and dealt with was, in the words of Informant Five, “as something ongoing and not readily subject to change. It was something that had to be managed, and managed carefully, choosing levels of engagement as carefully as if dealing with a live cobra” (2005). Interesting choice of words, given the moniker chosen by those who are here – Serpent clan. This meant, Informant Five explained further, that “when, for example, those who are here began making moves to meet and begin securing allegiance and loyalty oaths from members of groups like retired military, retired military intelligence and civilian intelligence people, de facto and ad hoc groups pretty much on their own initiative around the turn of the century, meetings with official US government people started taking place as pro-forma, but in some cases obligatory contacts arranged, managed and conducted from the highest levels. But those who would be sent to meet with them were at most deputy level people” (2005).

    We also asked if, and how, governance was conducted following the institutionalization of what we baptized as the “NI.BI.RU. event response”. Was safety and security (personal, public, institutional) ever an issue at any time? With regard to governance, “once the realization set in that things were not imminent, that the arrival [in southern skies] of the incoming would not be until the second decade of this century, governance as an issue was forestalled by putting in place a multitrack program for managing anything from suppression and disinformation to public information and conditioning – all of that through about damn near 800 ST/SCI/SARs. All in the hands of an umbrella project [not the infamous MJ-12] that had superceded the one that had been handling things for the last forty or fifty years” (Five 2005; Nine 2005).

    Governing was more or less a two track affair after Reagan, according to Informants Four and Seven: “after Reagan and the fall of the Soviet Union, things got a little hairy for a while, but they turned less so after No. 41 [Bush senior] left office and the dust settled in Iraq” (Four 2004). “Governing went back to politics as usual, the winning and losing of elections, etc., on one side, and on the other, not visible side, it became a kind of tap dance – managing carefully requirements by both sides [those who are here and those who are coming] “ (Seven 2005).

    Both sides? Was there formal contact with the home planet before Reagan? Was this contact ongoing? “No to the latter; yes to the former, but through a more self-contained and insulated group who pretty much was left to its own devices for keeping the kisam [Earthbound Anunnaki] happy” (Seven 2005). “It was only after the detection of NI.BI.RU. in the late ‘70s that things went into higher gear” (Four 2004). “When the interagency directorate was set up, things moved to the White House and the tap dance began. Now there were two groups to contend with and the [exo]politics at times would get intense” (Seven 2005).

    Was the group that handled things then the same as that which led the umbrella project mentioned earlier? “Yes, with some additions after the other side [those who were on the incoming] requested and got a formal meeting up in the tundra [unspecified whether in Canada or Alaska, or Antarctica], that’s when things started to get a little crazy, sort of like being between the devil and the incoming rock. But all of that happened before Reagan” (Two 2004; Four 2005; Five 2005; Six 2005).

    Who Are These People?

    Finally, in a recent round of exchanges with several informants, some of them new ones, we asked them the following question. What are we dealing with here? The extant literature mentions humanoids, grays, reptilians and other kinds of life forms. Which of these are the Anunnaki? And what do they look like? Their answers were quite enlightening.

    “Let’s start out by saying that we are definitely dealing with biological entities, not altogether more complex than us, except that their cellular electrical capacitance is much higher than ours, which makes them an energetic envelope of much higher bioelectric potential than us. When you are in the presence of one of them, you can feel their presence as if you could cut it with a knife. A very definite force of what could best be described as intention emanates from them” (Eight 2005, 2006). “They are very large, very tall biological specimens, no doubt of that. They can also be best described as looking almost like albinos – white, almost milky white skin, with a sort of sweat or beads of water evident on their skin, like a film – about seven or eight feet in height, very white hair – not gray white, but kind of snow white. Like white wool – yes, kinky white hair, some of them wear it shoulder length, others short, almost close cropped. But you can tell it is kinky. Oh, eyes are red, when you catch them inside in low light and they are not wearing dark, almost black contact-like lenses, but different from ours.

    They always travel in pairs, so if you see one of them, the other is not too far away. This is true of the kisam. Haven’t had the chance of meeting the others [those who went to the original late ‘70s meeting, ostensibly coming from the home planet] so I can’t tell you what they’re like. [I] Imagine they look the same. But you can tell more about them from their presence” (Eleven 2006). It is interesting to note that C. L. Turnage, author of a series of provocative books on the connection between the Bible, Planet X and the Anunnaki (Turnage 2000, 1997, 1996) had also described an encounter with one of them, in which she described them in nearly identical terms (Turnage, personal communication to the senior author, 1997).3 And an entirely similar description of the Anunnaki can also be found in Patrick Cooke’s controversial but well thought out arguments on his website, www.bibleufo.com.

    An Emerging Picture

    Governance, as opposed to security, appears to not have been a major issue from the ’79 meeting to the present. The emerging picture concerning governance painted by informant words indicates that the USG continued business as usual both vertically – from the executive apex of the presidency, through its federal departments and agencies, to the state governments in the union – and horizontally – the foreign policy apparatus of the USG continued functioning as expected through its State and Defense departments. What did change was the sense of constituent security – that is, USG had to formally contend with the presence of two Anunnaki camps in conflict with one another, and the additional requirement of dealing with both. The meaning of security also appears to have undergone a subtle, yet quite real metamorphosis. We will briefly discuss this transformation below.

    It is evident from the literature (Good 1988, 1993; 1996, 1999; Maccabee 2000; Dolan 2000; Bryant 2002; Marrs 1998; Salla 2006; Corso 1997) that there is considerable belief based on evidence – some of questionable reliability, and some on verifiable validity – that the USG is involved in a massive cover up of anything from the existence of aliens, alien technologies, technology transfers to the private sector and more. While the focus of this essay is only on Anunnaki affairs and their impact on Earth governance, internal security, near Earth space security and Anunnaki inter-clan conflict, informants have also provided some information on contacts with “aliens” from outside the solar system (e.g., the Angleton tapes and the SERPA TS/SCI referred to by Collins and Doty 2005).

    This appears to reflect a reframing of how USG views the Anunnaki vis-à-vis “the real aliens” (Six 2005). Our current hypothesis is that Anunnaki are currently viewed as “ancestors, not really aliens, but more like people who are like us, probably because they were here before the human race appeared on Earth through them” (Six 2005). This makes sense to us, since we were asked more than once to clarify our questions regarding “aliens” from the “incoming”. Is it that at present lead agencies regard this as a “local” event requiring a “local event response set”? It would seem so. This worldview on Anunnaki presence on Earth would also fit in with the seeming working definition of “those who are here and those from the incoming” as a “local problem” (Six 2005; Eight 2005).

    How, then, has the issue of governance been affected by the double Anunnaki presence since the ’79 meeting? One of the seeming results of the formalized infrastructure specific to this situation is the insulation of the White House from the appearance of real access to UFO information. Two examples of this approach are the handling of the Rockefeller initiative during the Clinton administration (i.e., the involvement of assets said to be with CIA at the time and the White House deft use of UFO/alien humor) in deflecting one of the most delicate exopolitical crisis faced by President Clinton; the other is the style and tenor used by the Bush-43 administration: silence.

    The Anunnaki seem to have forced the USG into a space security structure responsive to two exopolitical constituencies. This is reflected “in the way things get handled,” said Informant Eight. “Looks like everything political is handled by the [National Space] Council and the Vice President as chair. This is where the two tracks originate. One umbrella for TS/SCIs handling the incoming, another umbrella for TS/SCI dealing with those here, and the twain shall never meet. NGA looks like it works with both tracks, but it really is controlled by the other czar for space security. This is one of the most secret functions, “cause from what I can tell, this person is the Executive Officer of the whole space security apparatus” (Eight 2005). We asked some of our informants to describe what they knew of the infrastructure of this “space security apparatus.” Figure 1 is a graphic representation of our understanding of the information at this time.

    The picture emerging from Figure 1 is a political/military, strategic/tactical event response infrastructure designed to enable security assets to be quickly available to a designated Space Security Executive Officer (quite probably someone in the Directorate of National Intelligence as a cover). This infrastructure appears to be transnational in nature and organization, which bespeaks of a highly integrated grid that includes assets from not just the United States but also from a host of foreign countries. Its makes sense that this should be so, given comments made by Informants Eight, Ten, and Eleven (2005, 2006). “Notice that during the Clinton years, that movie Independence Day was the source of much joking about aliens. But I’ll tell you right now, what happened in [that movie] will never happen in reality. The grid is tightly woven and completely interactive – from surveillance to intelligence, counterintelligence to asset disposition, military policy to event response sets – everything has its protocol and policies by which it guides itself.” (Eleven 2005). “Think of it as a huge, extended team.

    The whole thing is based on the assumption that there will be an invasion by superior, technologically more advanced forces. That would be the people from the incoming. So everything is geared toward an event response set that will do its best to disallow beachheads and coordination with whatever fifth column assets they may have on the ground. This is why everything but technology appears to be integrated in common” (Eight 2005). “This is also a response infrastructure where no one is elected to office, but rather appointed at the pleasure of the people at the [National Space] Council level. I also have reason to believe there is input in this from the NGA and the compact. But when you look and see who is in position, it’s not just Americans on the ground, though a large majority are Americans. A lot of them come from across the pond and some as far as Moscow” (Ten 2006). And the PRC – the Chinese? “Well, that’s a problem – political one right now, but it could become more than that in the next few years. The key to that may well be Iran, unless the Russians are able to solve the heavy water issue to everyone’s satisfaction, especially ours” (Ten 2006).

    Our interpretation of the USA/transnational “crisis mode” space security, intelligence, and event response grid at present:

    National Security Council
    White House/President USA
    National Geospatial Intelligence Agency
    National Space Council
    United States
    Intelligence Community
    United States Military Services
    United Nations Space Security Compact
    Transnational security and intelligence bi-national and compact agreements
    Space Security Executive Officer

    II. EARTHBOUND ANUNNAKI INTERESTS, SPACE SECURITY, AND A ROUGH SKETCH OF THE SITUATION FACED BY THE U.S. GOVERNMENT AND THE USA/TRANSNATIONAL COMPACT IN THE ANUNNAKI INTER-CLAN CONFLICT

    Our anecdotal data indicates that the infrastructure represented in Figure 1 is most likely a blend of response sets, which include the management of Earthbound Anunnaki interests, USA and USA/transnational compact interests, and a definition of space security forced upon the latter by the need to carefully handle two constituencies in conflict with one another. We showed Figure 1 to all informants, except Three and Five. A surprising consensus became manifest as each was able to peruse it and react to what it depicted. “It is accurate to say that it is a grid,” said Informants Six and Seven (2006). “Each function on this graph [Figure 1] has specific concerns,” added Informant Nine (2006). Each of them agreed on the descriptors assigned to the functions represented on the Figure 1 grid, offered in smaller font.

    The grid is most definitely not the infrastructure of a political democratic institution. It appears to be military in tone and tenor, and it is obviously designed to handle crisis situations. Much like the present war economy of the United States, it is deeply rooted in corporate-like response sets to specific, segmented constituencies, to which those beholden to the powers that be must appease, court, kowtow, and fear – yet, they must be protected and held in fearful respect. Protection, in the words of one of our informants, is not just in terms of advance notice of arrivals of advance parties from the home planet; “it also involves the use of people who obey them implicitly, and who are in positions of considerable power by their pleasure and for their benefit. Let me give you a clear example of what we’re talking about. Secret groups in the military and on the intelligence services have mushroomed considerably. If you get to know the deity they serve, you’ll come up with a cluster of names that, when you look back in time, you’ll see an unexpected correlation. You’ll hear the Greek and Egyptian names for these guys, but they are the same ones from ancient Iraq [Mesopotamia]. They are using these groups in the same way they used the artisan and merchant groups back then – as intelligence gathering and dirty-works squads that will terrorize those that rise against them” (Eight 2006; Nine 2005).

    “However,” Informant Eleven warned, “don’t think that they penetrate everybody’s mind with the fear of God. No, not at all. All they have to do is gain control of the lives of people who can get others to do their masters’ bidding, and that’s that! It’s both subtle and also very brutal. Let me give you another example. I was present at [a Fall 2003 meeting in which both sides bid for the allegiance and loyalty of ex-military, ex-intelligence and others still serving in government] and the styles are different as night and day. Both understand that everything is based on conscious consent. The newcomers appealed to our better nature, carefully explaining their position and why they were here, talking to us. The choice was pretty much ours, and the consequences of joining them was also ours. They knew that, and told us so. I’d call them straight shooters. Now, the other ones, those who are here, mimicked the approach of those who were from the home planet, but the feeling tone of their words was cold as hell. You just knew you did not go against their will, against their vector intention. Just being there scared hell out of you! It did me. So what do you do in that situation? Temporize, and then temporize some more. You can lie to them, but your word is your bond, and then they got you.” (2006).

    Eight expanded on the subject. “Though I wasn’t at the session [Informant Nine] is talking about, I can tell you how they operated at [the Army base where this individual had run across an Anunnaki pair assigned to that post]. There was a bunch of special ops guys at [that base] and they were doing something with them. One of [the two Anunnaki] was by the [barrack in front of which the special ops group was assigned]. I was going by and there was this black noncom who the tall one singled out. He asked him what was his wish [for post-training assignment] and the tech sergeant said he wanted to go to medic school. Tall blondie told him his wish was granted, but that later he [the Anunnaki] would keep track of him and ask him to do things for him. I knew the E-8 [sergeant] and I saw his face when the tall dude said that to him. What I saw was naked, raw fear” (2006). “I had a chance to have a beer with him [the E-8] later, and he would not talk about what happened, and told me to forget I ever saw him in the presence of [the tall blond].”

    What Needs To Be Protected And Why

    As Informants Eight, Nine and Ten put it, “when you understand why all of this is in place, you’ll understand what is really going on at the ground level. That means [that] the folks here [Anunnaki on Earth] feel the pinch of proximity. As [Eight] told you before, these guys have a lot invested down here. As near as I can tell, they’ve been here for eons and want to continue at the top of the food chain. There are also harvesting programs they’re invested in, not just us. Think of this as seeds planted long ago that have been coming home to roost. The thing is, when these people want something, they will get it at any level of our constituted government they can. They get their way because we fear them. At least that’s the culture I come from now. This is not to say it’s been different in the past. No. It has not! We’re tools for them, big time.

    There are companies. . . , private companies . . . set up just to assist them in what they want. Think of them as kinda proprietaries operated by their own people, and I mean tall albino-looking men and women. Their favorites are biotech and aerospace” (Ten 2006). Ten clarified things: “Hold on just a sec! The kisam are not the only ones doing it. So are the Useanesda [loyal lord protectors of the “King’s house” or “The Kingdom” (Nibiru)]. But these people are well aware of what the ones here want and are doing to get what they want. That’s why we’re in the middle, or more precisely, why we’re caught in the middle of things. The perspective at ground level is very different from the ones inside the beltway or anywhere out west. They don’t get to interact and get caught in the middle of their little war, as we are. That’s why it can get tense, if you know what I mean. [Scientists] who won’t go along to get along just. . . , well, disappear” (Ten 2006) “Or get taken out” (Eight 2006). “And then there is all the initiatives on Mars and the Moon” (Eight 2006; Nine 2006; Eleven 2006)

    “What’s in it for them?” The question, as Ten posed it, was much more than rhetorical, as it would turn out. “Well, think about it. We’re the hands they use to get their numbers up, their next generation people. This is what has [those coming in] their jockeys up in a bunch. We’re talking about longevities comparable to theirs [people from the incoming] and longer, which is a core issue in their little civil war. Can we use these [technologies] for us? God help us if we did. Now, part of the problem up to now has been that [the project umbrella of SCIs under which relations with those who are here is handled] has been so fragmented that coordination, while fair at the top, we can feel things slipping. There are too many fronts to contend with [i.e., other groups active on Earth’s surface] and resources getting pulled off or diverted to handle [issues and crises with these ‘other groups’]. But that’s not the only thing they’re in for. They’re also in for the control and sitting up at the top of things. We’re their servants, in more ways than one. I don’t care what all the other so called ‘initiatives’ may have produced” [at this juncture, Ten went off on a tangent about the early Roosevelt, Truman, Eisenhower, Rockefeller/Kennedy, and Johnson initiatives vis-à-vis Earthbound Anunnaki], “they’re still holding us right where they want us and we are still acting like ninnies. We may be getting things on the quid pro quo set up with them a while back [under Truman and Eisenhower] but, oh, well. So, take your pick, (long pause) but as for me, I think we’re so vested in defending them against all enemies, off-world and domestic, it’s not even funny anymore” (Ten 2006).

    Nine’s perspective seemed broader, but he made up for this by being even more cryptic than on other occasions. “But you don’t understand the stakes,” he started out replying to Ten. “We’re not as supple at [the White House and NGA] levels as you might think. Also, you gotta remember that we were serving a much larger constituency than just the Oval Office. Oh, they played a key role on the political, PR and control side of things. But they were just one more constituency in the way things were set up. Real control’s always been in the hands of the [space security executive officer] and the chairman [of the National Space Council, which is the U.S. Vice President]. So if we’re protecting things ourselves, it’d have to be this. Imagine, not a single one of them was elected by anyone [except for the U.S. Vice President]. As to the kisam, we’re well integrated with them and they with us. What’s always troubled me is that by doing this and being so, we’re on the cross-hair of the Useanesda. Does this mean a war with them? No, there are not indications of that at all. What gets me worried is the sorting out we expect will happen when they get here. The [certain U.S. middle eastern ally] already have good relations with them [who are on the incoming] and their intelligence service and our event response CI work together well.

    But we can’t expect favors simply by association. Being on the so-called ‘right side’ doesn’t immunize us from repercussions from them [those returning]. However, everything on the table says we can expect they will assist, but not fight on our side, on whatever comes out of the Iran situation, which is the one we really are tracking very closely” (Nine 2006). And the clan conflict? What does it do in our framing of our own imperatives and policies? “Interesting how you put it. . . imperatives. . . , I don’t think we’ve ever used it in connection to setting course on anything while I was in [service]. Tell you the truth, I for one don’t get a sense of what are our imperatives under the present circumstances. That is, aside from not getting our nuts caught in a double wringer. [Long pause] I’d have to say, though – well, it’s obvious to me at least – that, as a species we are them, like it or not. Everything I’d seen says our genomes are one or two letters per million from being the same, in a matter of speaking” (Nine 2006)

    EN.KI – Lord Earth

    “What concerns me the most is that we are being played by allies and supposed foes alike, and for the same reasons. Back to the Iran thing here for a moment. If there are imperatives we hold dear, it is to side with Israel in what’s coming, and not get drawn into what NATO will more than likely get pulled into in regards to the Iranian nuclear issue. No one can afford a rogue in that region, and the strings being pulled from the lake down in Africa are not responding in Tehran, I don’t think. Does this affect us? You bet. Governance, safety and security? Hell, yes! And all of this while things that are quite significant to us are reported to have happened [on the incoming] from the last meeting we had with them last year. There’s been an apparently drastic realignment of personalities in the clan clash. Seems the old man of the leader here went to the king’s side, and the king’s not the one the Russian Jew wrote about [in oblique reference to Sitchin]. Same with the surface leader’s brothers, both the one who lived down in Africa as well as the one who reigned in Egypt and then got exiled to the New World for a spell.”

    The authors responded to the news with raised eyebrows, indicating our surprise at the depth of knowledge on Nine’s part. He was obviously referring to Nergal and Ningishzidda, both sons of the EN.KI. [Lord Earth] and brothers of the surface leader. Nine simply grinned and continued. “Oh, yeah. We [where he worked before retirement] took the Russian Jew’s scholarship to task and found him to be a high percenter [i.e., one who keeps scoring very, very high on matters that were important to his agency] by doing our own homework. So the fellow here [leader to Earthbound Anunnaki] is feeling the pinch of loss. The conflict’s now naked, and them who are coming are here setting up their own CI and other clandestine programs, in the same way those who are here have done for decades, if not centuries – through third parties and minions” (Nine 2006). We asked him then just how did he know of this. He leaned back, looked us straight in the eye, and said. “Because after the meeting last year, they [from the incoming’s delegation] tried to recruit me and others. That’s how!”4

    III. EARTHBOUND ANUNNAKI POLITICAL, ECONOMIC, RELIGIOUS, MILITARY INFLUENCE, CONTROL, AND POLICY IMPERATIVES FOR EARTH.

    Our informants made it abundantly clear to us that Earthbound Anunnaki are masters of those in positions of power within the political/economic/religious/military grid, through whom they could influence the creation of third-party conflicts. What we were not aware of is the Earthbound Anunnaki’s direct projection of might and technological superiority – apparently exercised for the first time in the late 1940s or early 1950s, in a gesture of raw, naked, and very aggressive power (Eight, Nine, Ten 2005/2006). Other informants have also mentioned this event, but we could not evince or extract any corroborating evidence or documentation from them at the time, or establish which, and if, the event or events constituting the muscle flexing had been reported in the public domain under some other category. This is a line of research we continue to pursue.

    However, during the course of the interviews, we were once again offered indicia of Anunnaki political, economic, religious and military influence and control as patterns of events, intervening sociopolitical and socioeconomic infrastructures specific to these patterns, hints of a who’s who of Anunnaki leadership and follower cadres as recurrent membership of often interlocking boards of directors, boards of regents, and boards of trustees of organizations and companies in the USA, Europe, Asia, Africa and Middle East. We were also given hints of the “sub-rosa level of influence” (Nine 2006) as indications of the secret or occult groups serving as conduits for downward information and tasking conveyance and as upward conveyors of intelligence and counter-intelligence information within their specific organizational focus, membership ranks and reach.

    In the next section, we will explore the hints given, the indicia generated, and the patterns found. Hints:

    In the course of searching the literature and the internet on topics mentioned above, we came across unexpected pearls and some surprisingly candid exposes of information sets that were also mentioned to us by informants orally. While the SCI/project umbrella is still classified,5 we have come across information which, when correlated with informant data, have clarified much of our initial indicia of Anunnaki influence and control patterns, their infrastructures, and their follower cadres. Also early on in 2001 (before 9-11) as we tried to grasp the extent and qualitative characteristics of Anunnaki influence and control, we made the mistake of thinking like Earthbound exopolitical analysts. We thought in terms of what they were doing to us and what effect this had on human governance, security, political, economic, religious and military affairs. Our shift in perspective came about slowly over time, and mostly thanks to the insightful and thoughtful explanations and discussions held with Informant Nine.

    This individual kept insisting that we look at them as being the driving force – the source of powerful appeal to the baser instincts and ego drives in human beings who willingly consent to being co-opted into “the team” by promises and bestowals of wealth, power, influence, sexual favors, control, access to resources, membership in socioeconomic spheres of likeminded and like-disposed men and women, establishment of circles of a cult-of-personality centered upon he who says he is the King of the kings of the world, and elevation of position by control of rewards upon blind obedience and loyalty to the vector from which rewards come. As we so did, it became easier to understand how Anunnaki influence and control was applied and exerted at all levels of the political/economic/military/religious/security/governance grid in the United States and the USA/transnational network.

    As we gained awareness of the extent of Anunnaki penetration of the political, economic, social, religious, military, security and governance circles on Earth, we also came to the tentative conclusion that to understand their power and influence (both exerted over those whom they control, and projected through third party loyalists and minions) we needed to take hints of things from two perspectives: from the Anunnaki leader’s Council of Twelve on Earth (which reportedly does not include any Earth humans) and from the viewpoints of each of the ten “kings of Earth” formalized by the Anunnaki in the last sixty or seventy years.
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13283
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (6)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jun 24, 2018 2:09 am

    This is a continuation of the previous post. Please notice the names Marduk and Ra. Are they really the same individual?? Might they be the Ancient Egyptian Deity I keep referring to?? Carefully studying these two posts might make it more difficult to laugh at me!! The individual who looked me in the eye, and said "I AM RA!!" might've been an agent or a crackpot, but they sure seemed to play the part extremely well (based upon my limited research and experience). I played along, without committing to anything (such as signing on the dotted line). I've recently encountered some very rude individuals, who obviously knew about my internet-posting. I recently saw an Individual of Interest, and they watched me from a distance, but we didn't converse.

    Anunnaki

    Informants were often quizzed about Anunnaki and their organization. In this regard, we received two hints from more than one informant, phrased in similar fashion. Here we italicized the operative terms:

    One: How are they organized and ranked? Follow the leader and decipher the pair constellation order.

    Two: Who of the early ones is the top dog now? The Man from the Gateway.

    These hints led us to the tentative conclusion that the man from the gateway (Babili or Gateway of the Gods) was the leader – none other than MAR.DUK. (son of the bright mound). This then meant the pair constellation referred to him, members of his immediate family, and their wives. We knew then that the active ones on the surface were MAR.DUK., GI.BIL. (a son of MAR.DUK.), and NA.BU. (the leader’s oldest son). We also knew from Sitchin that MAR.DUK’s official consort was ZAR.PA.NIT., but we have not had confirmation as to who the official consorts of the sons are. This information was corroborated by that obtained by the senior author from C. L. Turnage in the late 1990s (Turnage 1998, personal communication). Then, in 2003, the junior author met Informant Six, who had mentioned an additional name in reference to a November 2003 meeting at Homestead AFB as being an Anunnaki in leadership position: NUS.KUM. (official consort unknown). So the Earthbound Anunnaki Council of Twelve (or governing council) nomenklatura is most probably composed as shown below.

    Table 1 – Probable membership and ranking order of Earthbound Anunnaki

    Council of Twelve Membership
    Male Order Female Order

    Marduk 60 Zarpanit 55
    Nabu 50 Unknown 45
    Gibil 40 Unknown 35
    Unknown 30 Unknown 25
    Unknown 20 Unknown 15
    Nuskum 10 Unknown 5

    We found the ranking order of great interest and some surprise, in part confirming what we had already suspected: Marduk’s sin against the Kingdom includes pretension to the throne of Earth (as King of Kings) and Heaven (as King of NI.BI.RU. as well). The rank order of 60, according to Sitchin (confirmed to us by Turnage) belongs to the King of NI.BI.RU. only. By awarding himself the rank of 60, Marduk signals that he is also king of the incoming planet. The surprise in the council was the presence of Nuskum, a majordomo and servant of the EN.LIL while the latter was still on Earth through approximately 700 BCE.

    The supreme leader, a title used by more than one informant in reference to the Anunnaki leader, has quite apparently established a cult-of-personality leadership style, wherein Council of Twelve power resides in an imperial leader (Turnage, personal communication, 1998), not in the more collegial, consensus-centered style ascribed to the internal politics of the Anunnaki Kingdom’s court and governing body (Sitchin 1976, 1990). We also received indications that both NA.BU. and GI.BIL. function with powers of ministers with portfolios, though we do not have any information on function for each of them at this time. And we also received oblique confirmation that NER.GAL. nor NIN.GISH.ZI.DA., kin brothers both to MAR.DUK. are patently absent from any leadership roles in the earthly Council. If this is correct, it can only be due to their reported cementing of allegiance and relationship to and with the King – purportedly to be none other than NAN.NAR., the man who had been in charge of UR. (Turnage personal communication 1998). This latter indication raises the expectation that MAR.DUK., himself not a scientist, must depend on human minions for much of the purported biotechnological ventures embarked on by earthly humans for and on his behalf. Besides reported contacts with humans at loyalty sessions6 said to be carried out on American military bases (Army and Air Force), we could not find any indications of actual, direct contacts between Anunnaki leadership and human loyalists – except in the scientific field, where several informants have given us information on the presence of Anunnaki at underground installations and laboratories on the U.S. mainland (Informant Nine, Ten, and Eleven) and on certain military bases (Informant Nine, Six, and Five).

    So how, then, would Anunnaki and humans interface in the pursuit of programs said to have been laid out by the Anunnaki supreme leader, for and on whose behalf humans worked and served at the apparent pleasure and dispensation from the latter? Again, hints helped very much in guiding our decipherments. We asked questions of informants who had provided us with information before. However, replies to our questions were not given at the time of the meeting in which they were asked. They would come on the next time we’d meet.

    Q. How do Anunnaki have humans organized?
    A. Follow the toes of Daniel and the hills of the last book.

    Toes? Hills? Last book? We wrestled with this hint for nearly nine months, before running into a truck driver at a truck stop restaurant in Casa Grande, Arizona, on a research trip to Texas. We were having lunch, as we met Robert – a driver who was then “a part time road preacher and former black sheep.” We talked about many things, and we shared with him about our Journal of End Time Studies project. He, in turn, told us about several pastors well versed on the book of revelation, and turned us on to a series of books by a man from Ohio, Larry Wilson. So we took a chance and asked Robert to decipher the meaning of the hint, without telling him what or why we were asking. It was child’s play to him. He immediately told us it referred to the “10 toes of Daniel’ or “kings of the world” who appear before the rise of the “lawless one,” and the seven oros (Greek) or hills of Revelation, representing the seven religions of the world. With this piece in place, we took on the next hint – which was a follow on the one before.,How is this organization delivering on Anunnaki program(s) designed to bring about their bidding? Each king is a shepherd and a center of its own constellation.

    Probable metaorganization of earthbound Anunnaki influence/control

    Help came on this one in the form of a series of conference call phone conversations with three of our informants (Five, Six, and Nine) in early 2006. We asked in the course of the second one the very question above, and were made aware that we must first ask ourselves what the Anunnaki bidding (i.e., programs) were, and only then look at how a “king” and its constellation are organized to bring about the objectives of the group(s) under him. As we shall see, at the end we will have to deal with three exopolitical perspectives: the Earthbound Anunnaki(kisam), the Kingdom Anunnaki(Useanesda), and ours as a species or biokind. We started deciphering what the metaorganization of the Anunnaki phenomenon is to gain some understanding of their objectives and plans. Figure 2 helped us to graphically think about the interrelationships among the parts of the whole.

    Informant Eleven (2006) and Informant Nine (2005, 2006) were our conduits for the hints, so we went back to them for decipherment of their meaning. The result is information graphically represented in Figure 2. Our present understanding of the emerging picture in this regard centers around a kind of “nested double wheel” metastructure that combines Earthbound Anunnaki and a group of ten power centers each headed by one human who then is said to sit on a grand council whose leader is reported to have direct contact with the Council of Twelve – and quite possibly the self-appointed King of kings himself (i.e., Marduk). The emerging construct presented some problems at the time. One consisted of what were the power centers referred to by Eleven and Nine. The other was the geographic (or GPS) location of these groups on Earth surface.

    Power Centers

    Nine asked that we look at what is happening in the world today and follow the seeming conflagration of conflicts and discern the forces operating sub-rosa (i.e., below the surface). Conflict, we were warned, would not necessarily mean war, as in armed conflict. Instead, conflict (or more properly, a drama of control and hegemony) was said to be dramatized confrontation of forces or vectors with a specific target audience or audiences, procuring a sociopolitical response often involving fear. In other words, “look for the groups and countries you are told to fear, for whatever reason” (Nine 2005), and “the bloodless political dramas that look more like saber rattling than armed skirmishes” (Eleven 2006), “ask yourselves, for whose benefit is this drama being staged and what are the benefits for the drama producers” (Nine 2006).

    In the course of our analysis, we were able to identify to our satisfaction ten such power centers: the American/NATO group, the Russia/mafia group, the Japan, Inc. group, the China, Inc. group7, the OPEC group, the Cartel/Triads councils group, the supply margin economic/political groups in Latin America and Africa headed by Brazil (Latin America) and South Africa (Africa), the seven members of the ecumenical community led by the Roman Pope, the two trigger states, Iran and North Korea (as a wild card group), and the economic/political group known as the G-8.8 What do they all have in common? Eleven (2006) and Nine (2006) put it in perspective for us.

    “When you look at the G-8 and include the China issue in the mix, examine the way in which the G-20 and the G-8 work together. Take a closer look at who are the people involved at these levels, and then have a good look at who is involved in the so-called 300 Committee, and you may see some of the same names. Then look at the composition of some of the major corporate entities from these countries and see who serves as ‘consultants’ to the delegations – sometimes as outright delegation members of these countries – and you’ll see how the grid is formed” (Nine 2006). “But what you call the grid is not just political or economic as state entities coming together. There are also what those on the outside would regard as ‘marginalized’ power groups, which are not marginal at all. These are the Vatican and the Cartel/Triad groups, who also sit in as ‘observers’ in some of the meetings of the G-8 and G-20 sessions. They’re all in it together!” (Eleven 2006). So we started looking into these groups mentioned by our informants.

    Pyramidal information flow and command/control strategic arrangement of each power center for the fulfillment of Anunnaki exopolitical objectives

    On the internet, our first visit was to the Project for the Exposure of Hidden Institutions (PEHI). http://home.planet.nl/~reijd050/index.html There are hundreds of institutes, centers, institutions and groups painstakingly listed and described by Joel van der Reijden. jvdr04@planet.nl We began to follow Joel’s research, with the intent of piecing together a correlated list of members. But the more we reviewed available indicia from Joel’s website, as well as the myriad of links he provides curious readers, it became evident that the collection of hidden institutes, centers, institutions and groups whose members are varied by nationality, background, religious orientations and affiliations, level of wealth, and circles of enfranchisement (i.e., the sphere of influence in which each becomes a part of this seemingly seamless web) was neither monolithic nor devoid of disagreements and infighting. But the tone is set from above and not dictated by self-interests of the membership of hidden institutions, according to Nine. The PEHI website articles offer several examples of how this takes place.

    Who, then, are the penultimate puppet masters, to borrow a van der Reijden term, and what are the layers to the top?

    If we are to take Nine seriously, each of the ten “kings” are the pinnacle of what must be a human pyramidal hierarchy of information flow (intelligence going upward) and command/control (policies and directives going downward). Furthermore, the logical extension of this metastructure would indicate that the same pyramidal information flow/command and control arrangement applies to each of the ten power center “kings.” What would each one of the pyramids be like? Our understanding of what each must perform is represented in Figure 3, suggested by van der Reijden’s interpretation of information flow and event-response strategic structure he refers to as “the globalist movement and secret knowledge”. See http://home.planet.nl/~reijd050/index.html

    Each power center then organizes itself by establishing a centralized decision-making group at the top, a network of organizations interlinked vertically to the controlling group and horizontally to the operational networks of other power centers, military/special operations/intelligence networks set up for enforcement of organizational network policies and decisions coming down from the control group at the top, and action groups to intervene in ordinary international politics (whose involvement in such political activities reflect extreme consonance with the exopolitical interests and operational objectives of the action sphere of the power center). Nine and Ten, on one occasion, pointed out to us that “the connection between groups happens at all levels and all the time, like a hive that looks out for some invisible queen” (Nine 2006). “And all of these people seem to work out of a single position paper that is damn near always the script for the framing of whatever situation or crisis that comes down the pike. It is also something of a blueprint for policies that seemed to me to cut across a wide swath of organizations, not just here (U.S.) but also internationally” (Ten 2006). So where did this coordination and centralized policy making emanate from?

    We had heard of certain people who had been referred to by these two informants as the Olympians. Not until running across the information gathered, collated and analyzed by Joel van der Reijden, a former intelligence officer with the Dutch intelligence service, did we make the connection with the 300 Committee – the seeming human pinnacle of the invisible pyramid we’d been constructing to gain some understanding of how the earthbound Anunnaki could be exercising command and control without disclosing their physical presence and their exopolitical objectives. Our main source on this group comes from John Coleman’s book, Conspirator’s Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300 (Coleman 1992). But we also took pains to research clearly significant aspects of his book we found pertinent to the pattern of influence, control and reshaping of the world’s major national military powers by the Tavistock Institute’s programs and policies largely driven by what Coleman refers to as the 300 Committee.

    We quietly researched indicia on the connection between these groups, the free-masons (Scottish Rite) and the Anunnaki Ningishzidda. From several groups across the United States, we found indications (in conversations involving tertiary sources) that such secret societies indeed work as a sub-rosa intelligence service controlled by “an ever widening and quite convoluted grouping of 33rd degree Masonic groups beholden to East Coast and European organizations nobody’s heard about” (Nine 2006 and additional tertiary sources). Who is the god to which these people direct their entreaties? None other than to the Hermes (Ningishzidda) of Egyptian lore. And yet, our intelligence on this particular Anunnaki indicates that he had changed sides, now said to be in service to the rightful Anunnaki King, Nannar (Turnage 1997, personal communication to the senior author; Nine 2005; tertiary sources). Is this patent disinformation on the part of Masonic leaders to their own? Or a ruse whereby the claim to subordination of an important figure, such as Ningishzidda, to the will and purpose of the supreme Earthbound Anunnaki leader a part of his plan? It is known that he had the Babylonian Enuma Elish rewritten to suit his purposes (see Sitchin 1985). Is this another rewrite of history to claim his own brother as being in his rank and file, thereby counting on Ningishzidda’s technological and scientific prowess? This remains a mystery as of this writing.

    The Olympians, nevertheless, remain at the top of the pyramidal metastructure of Anunnaki influence, control and command of earthly minion international organizations and institutions. The work of the PEHI and van der Reijden indicates this to be so. As to what are the policies, purposes and objectives of each of the “kings” and the 300 Committee is beyond the scope of this essay. Work in this area continues, and will be reported in future essays.

    Locations on Earth

    The other problem presented by our emerging construct lay in the location of these power centers and, in particular, the central command-and-control center for the Anunnaki leadership on Earth. At the outset, in 2001, we started by looking at each of the geographic locations commonly associated with each of the centers. We then focused on the probable main metropolitan centers where identifiable headquarters were located. And finally we simply realized the interconnections of each of the organizations at each of the levels (see Figure 3) defied mere geographic positioning. Therefore, we began to focus on the probable location(s) of the earthbound Anunnaki on the Earth. Indicia received in information from Informants One, Three and Four (2005, 2006) led us to Puerto Rico and the Ngongoro region of the Great Rift Valley, in the Serengeti National Park of Tanzania, Africa (see Maps 1, blue circle, and Map 2 red circle). While on the road in the USA, both of us had chances to set up meetings with four former special operations personnel who, according to Three and Four, had served in Tanzania (along with British SAS team) protecting a “highly classified underground compound” located in the area.

    Each of these men was, at the time of our individual meetings with each of them, an owner-operator truck driver. All of them, independently of each other, confirmed for us that there was Anunnaki presence in the area, including craft activity. Only one of them reported to have had a chance to “go down the chute to the platform level.” These men also confirmed that there was occasional military activity brought against the compound by “forces that were part of the local war between Rwandan, Congolese and Tanzanian groups, with us usually as the prize for the victor. But they didn’t count of about 300 well armed, well trained Americans and Brits manning the perimeter.” The period was said to be “in the mid- to late ‘80s.” With regard to Puerto Rico, we were not able to confirm any of the reports received concerning the El Yunque region, near the U.S. naval base at Roosevelt Roads, in northeast Puerto Rico – except for a number of confirmed “disappearances” of people in the Experimental Forest area near the naval base, and the unusual number of albinos in the area.

    IV. PROBABLE EXOPOLITICAL BASIS FOR ANUNNAKI EARTHBOUND POLICIES

    Finally, our review of the literary revealed to us a paucity of serious discussion about Anunnaki penetration of earthly political, economic, military, religious, social and intelligence structures. To us, the main concern about aliens on Earth seemed to be the presence of multiple groups whose origin, biologic typing, biophysical characteristics, and exopolitical objectives spanned a wide range of issues, most of them given mythical, speculative and hypothetical treatments. As to the Anunnaki, Sitchin’s last Earthbound Anunnaki book pertinent to our understanding of the basis for their policies in these End Times came out in 1998. Of all of his books, only a portion of the last chapter of his Genesis Revisited (Sitchin 1990) is useful in the decipherment of possible and probable exopolitical Anunnaki Earthbound policies. Why is it? Was he approached by elements from the grid we are suggesting in this essay and told to not go any further regarding the Anunnaki presence on Earth in the late 20th century? It is quite possible, as we have sent emails to his son Eric concerning these questions but have yet to receive replies.

    So, in the absence of any public domain documentation focusing directly on our final concern in this essay, we are again forced to piece together what we consider to be an educated, albeit speculative, mosaic of probable policies for the Earthbound Anunnaki – in particular, for Marduk who, as Turnage (1998, personal communication) had once said, “must now once again face his real nemesis, Nannar, and not just the King’s warrior, Ninurta.” What, then, would be driving Earthbound Anunnaki policies implemented and enforced by the subservient, sub-rosa metastructure of networks at Levels 1, 2, 3, and 4, as identified in Figure 3? And, specifically, why these policies? In considering these questions, we must walk in their moccasins to grasp the circumstances driving his (and their) choices; we also have to take into consideration the probable policies and imperatives of the incoming Kingdom. And last, but definitely not least, we must examine the probable scenarios which will evolve as consequences of present course of events and current levels of control and influence over the population of the planet by the aforementioned grid. The last two sets are beyond the scope of this essay. Future essays are planned by the authors to examine questions concerning the probable Kingdom’s objectives and the choices we face in the next 50 to 100 years.

    Probable Scope of Earthbound Anunnaki Exopolitical Policies

    We share, with others, that the driving force behind probable Anunnaki policies in the 21st century is Marduk, and his bipolar objectives: to increase his numbers, and to delay the inevitable confrontation with the newly appointed EN.KI-equivalent returning on the incoming (One 2004, Two 2004, Nine 2005, Eleven 2006). Our current intelligence on Marduk is that he is what could best be described as a generalist in terms of education and training originally conducted by his father, the EN.KI., while in Egypt quite probably during the first two Anunnaki (or divine) pharaohs (Pta [the EN.KI. himself] and Ra [Marduk]).

    Lacking the profound knowledge of the Tree of Life (consisting of biology, biotechnology and bioenergetics) given by the EN.KI. to Ningishzidda, Marduk very likely had to do with what biotechnical wherewithal he could find among his rank and file to advance his cause on Earth. What would be his primary concern vis-à-vis the forces of the incoming Kingdom? Numbers! More specifically, the number of Anunnaki in his ranks. Tactically and strategically speaking, we suspect that he is realizing, or has arrived at, a limitation of range and reach, given the Anunnaki numbers (reportedly to be in the 330 range) available under his command. We know from tertiary sources who once served in special operations of high above black SCIs that Anunnaki targets had been sanctioned in the past, and more than one had perished at the cross hair of snipers of unknown source control. So it is not surprising to learn they now work in pairs, whenever appearing in the open (e.g., US military installations), nor unexpected to learn that the Department of Defense is implementing plans to increase the number of special operation forces and placing them under a centralized command structure (though the reasons circulated had to do with the new definition of the new model of a more “highly mobile and responsive force” reportedly being pushed currently by Secretary of Defense Rumsfeld.

    An Outline of the Probable Consequences of the “Increased Numbers” Anunnaki Priority

    When we learned from One, Two, Nine, and Eleven that Marduk and his Anunnaki cohort considered increasing their numbers on Earth, we asked ourselves what policies and programs would this translate into, and what would be the consequences to humankind from our collective viewpoint. Furthermore, what weaponry would come off from their push of this priority upon their minions?

    As we proceeded with our reasoning, we also asked ourselves just what would be reasons powerful enough for Marduk to invest time, resources and political capital in developing the means to increase Anunnaki numbers loyal to him on Earth. We undertook the “walk in his moccasins” exercise we devised for the occasion, and began to look at the exopolitical landscape from his point of view. The man sits atop a highly volatile network of organizations that must require expenditure of time, manipulation, control, command and sensitivity to real-time intelligence to maintain hegemony over ten satraps. In spite of his millennia of experience with lulu (human) shepherds, there is the inescapable reality of normal, traditional political manipulation and cajoling to get his program underway and moving forward on target.

    This would mean a rather complex and hierarchical system of rewards and punishments based on fear, retribution, regal attention, and access. It would also mean a system of gatekeepers and consequence managers, who would implicitly carry out the supreme leader’s will and programs, unquestioningly and faithfully. This, we now have strong reasons to believe, is the primary function of his so-called “kings of the world.” In this regard, there is also a considerable ego-factor which, according to Nine and Eleven, would allow him to eventually crown himself King of kings.9

    As we began to explore this issue, we realized that besides their reduced numbers, the Earthbound Anunnaki faced a corollary problem: too many lulus on Earth! If the EN.LIL (lord of the command) made the decision in council not to make humans aware of the impending flood some 12,800 years ago (Sitchin 1976, 1990; Allan and Delair 1997, 1994), the excess human population on Earth in these end times would have to be disposed of by other means – war, pestilence, hunger, disease, drugs, etc. Even a cursory review of van der Reijden’s work shows that many of the organizations listed by him as being engaged in sub-rosa work are devoted to the destabilization and self-destruction of institutions, duly constituted governments, and entire peoples of Earth.

    In itself, this constitutes another complex field of study, and would therefore be beyond the scope of our present essay. Suffice it say that this appears to be, indeed, a working aspect of the tasks entrusted to the Anunnaki network of minion organizations. Again, this appears to be carried within a framework of complete, plausible deniability for Marduk and his Council of Twelve who, when the time arrives for him to make his appearance on Earth will afford him a relatively pristine PR image – one which, we suspect, he will make use in advancing his anticipated program of complete domination of all aspects of life, limb and survival on Earth, if we are to take the prophecies in Daniel and Revelations as true which, we might add, we do.

    Where do these policies leave us, biokind of the Earth panspermed by Anunnaki some 250,000 years ago? Obviously, an institutional response to the situation generated by these interpretations of Anunnaki influence and policies is out of the question, as the institutions which govern and order our lives are eminently penetrated and controlled by the very vectors we see are out to destroy us. Therefore, we suggest our response sets need to be extrainstitutional and more formless and decentralized but thoroughly integrated. Perhaps Al-Qaida could teach us a thing or two. This is not to say we suggest open and direct action against the institutions and organizations our indicia are showing to be associated with Anunnaki priorities and programs. Does that mean we also need a Bin Ladin-like leader, whose ethereal nature makes him a moving target hard to hit? No, not at all. And we are also not suggesting it.

    What we are suggesting is not a war or even resistance to Marduk or those who carry out his plans and objectives. This would be, indeed, futile (to borrow a phrase from Roddenberry and his Star Trek Next Generation paradigm). What we are suggesting, instead, is the development of a network of canton-like like-minded and like-disposed peoples who accept, realize, choose to, and develop means to open themselves to possibilities. We know The Kingdom is coming back, and The Kingdom and humankind are bound to each other by genetic makeup and past, some of which must be unlearned and undone in the present so that a peaceful future could be possible for both – them and us.

    One of our first tasks would be to figure out what is it they expect from us upon extra-institutional contact, and what are the positions and past events we need unlearned and undone so we, too, may be free to move onward and upward in a renewed and completely reconceptualized view of ourselves with them and with the galactic community (of which more than one of our informants tell us there are nearly 120 life forms in our vicinity). Then there is the matter of the dedicated human said to be returning with them, who is to assume the combined offices of EN.KI. and EN.LIL. as First Lord of Earth – or something like that – in some kind of direct democracy. It would be nice to know what his sixty epithet names will be; this will tell us a great deal of what to expect from what he is to offer to the remnant humankind left after the forecast defeat and imprisonment of Marduk, following some final confrontation of forces prophesied in biblical sources.

    All of the preceding would require of us that we change our views of what is to come and face them, not in religious or doctrinal ways, but rather in well-informed and thoughtful exopolitical and scriptural ways. Why scriptural as well? We also need to know what is required of us in the dedicated human’s program for a post-Marduk Earth. We contend it is not an accident that much of what written patrimony left to us has been altered and in some cases changed completely to suit doctrinal and institutional hegemonies and power. We are also not suggesting a naive, Pollyanna-like worldview of what is to come; quite the contrary, we suggest we must become informed not just about Marduk and his program, but also about The Kingdom and the dedicated human’s paradigm of an Earth seemingly patterned after what NI.BI.RU. sees working for them. Will it also work for us? We are not suggesting it will not. We are asking that we begin a dialogue on these two seemingly diametrically opposed options, and learn what we may already know deep within us all what is best for us.

    ENDNOTES

    1 After much debate between us, we settled on identifying them by number in the sequence in which we came in contact with them and were able to complete the vetting of their bona fides.

    2 The eleven informants we were able to cultivate throughout the last six years are former civilian and military officers, ten of which were vetted by us through active people with appropriate and necessary clearance levels still in government, and known to the authors. We were not able to obtain complete and unassailable vetting of the qualifications and service record of one of them, and this individual is identified as so in the text. Informant One worked in the White House at and around the time of the alleged “contact” through outside assets concerning the ones who are coming; this individual communicated with us through a third party unknown to us, and displayed considerable knowledge of tradecraft. Informant Two was a technically training individual who also worked in the White House at or around the time of the first meeting with the people from the incoming; we received word earlier this year of his demise due to natural causes.

    Informant Three was a scientist type who alleged to work for what he would only identify as “the directorate,” which we later on deciphered to refer to the interagency directorate mentioned by other informants; we were able to establish that he held a high clearance with the appropriate SCIs, but could not establish who he worked for either in the White House or at the Executive Office Building; thus, we considered this individual as our only not fully vetted informant. Informant Four was a former high ranking military officer who was assigned for a good part of the late ‘70s and most of the ‘80s in various roles associated with the interagency directorate; we believe this individual to be a scientist-administrator, who displayed extensive knowledge of subjects of interest to us. Informant Five was a military officer in some kind of staff position in the Pentagon, quite possibly midlevel in rank but attached to a high ranking officer with access to information. This individual displayed unusual knowledge the exopolitical activities associated with USG handling of the incoming and the presence of those who are here concerning events which occurred in the ‘80s and early ‘90s. We have sufficient reasons to believe this person was a political assessment officer of some kind, and although at the Pentagon, his vetting indicated detachment to the lead agencies in the late ‘80s and early ‘90s.

    Informant Six and Informant Nine were also military officers during the same period as Informant Five, and quite possibly knew each other, or knew of each other. Both held higher ranks (quite possibly lieutenant colonels or higher) at the time. Six is known to us to have served both at the EOB and the WH subfloor, while Nine is known to have served at the WH and the NGA. Informant Seven and Informant Eight were both military and civilians during their careers; their vetting indicates both to have served in intelligence services. As military officers, Informant Seven and Informant Eight were noncommissioned officers in staff positions at very high levels in both of the lead agencies of interest to us. One of them (Informant Seven) had a scientific background (MS in a highly technical area). Informant Ten and Informant Eleven were scientists attached (as on site consultants on sabbatical, in one case, and as full time consultant, in the other) to various SCI/SARs, projects. In one case (Informant Eleven), the individual served in several projects, and on different time periods in the same project. 3

    Albinos have always been objects of superstition and wonder because of their spectacular appearance and rarity in nature. To the Indian tribes of the Great Plains, a white buffalo was a sacred beast regarded as the special property of the Sun [Sumerian god Utu/Shamash]. "Albino" is the name originally given by Portuguese explorers to "white" Negroes they saw in West Africa. Since then it also has come to mean an individual, of any species of living thing, which lacks the pigments that other members of its race normally have. Albinos occur among all races of men, almost all species of domestic animals, and a wide variety of wild species. Technically speaking, the word "albinism" refers to a group of inherited conditions. People with albinism have little or no pigment in their eyes, skin, or hair. They have inherited genes that do not make the usual amounts of a pigment called melanin. Recent research has used analysis of DNA, the chemical that encodes genetic information, to arrive at a more firm classification system for albinism.

    Type 1 albinism (also called tyrosinase-related albinism) is the type involving almost no pigmentation. Type 1 albinism results from a genetic defect in an enzyme called tyrosinase. This enzyme helps the body to change the amino acid tyrosine into pigment. (An amino acid is a "building block" of protein, and comes from protein in the diet.) Type 2, a type with slight pigmentation, results from a defect in a different gene called the "P" gene. For more information on albinism in all five human genetic groupings, see The National Organization for Albinism and Hypopigmentation (NOAH) by visiting their website. http://www.albinism.org 4

    We asked each and every one of these men at the every outset of our relationship with them why were they talking to us about matters obviously highly classified. The most common theme to the replies we received was that matters were getting out of hand. Perhaps Nine put it best. “You know, there’s roughly 350 or 400 of them down here [in reference to the Earthbound Anunnaki] but we treat the whole thing as though there are 350 or 400 divisions on the ground. We’re plain scared of these people, and I for one fail to see the basis for it. Sure. . . they are certainly more technologically advanced than us, have a higher cellular electrical capacitance, and they know how to use this to their advantage, supported by technology. But, in the very end, they put their pants on just like we do, they bleed just like we do, and they can be taken out and can die just like we do.

    But eliminating them all won’t solve the problem for us, because their like-kind are on the home planet, and we still have to deal with them as well. So why not let them deal with their issues, and we decide what is best for our kind. Yeah, I know this sounds simplistic but there is one thing that I’d heard [one of them] say to us last year that really stuck with me. He said, and I quote, ‘we will be in a zone of time that will soon make governments irrelevant and immaterial, because each and every [person] will have to choose and stand fast to be counted, or join in,’ or something to that effect. They have a kind of polymind, if I can coin a term here. By that I mean, they all share mind at will – thoughts, feelings and images, I believe. This, to me, is what makes them superior to us at the moment. We just haven’t figured out yet how to do that, even when they tell us it is in our genes already.” 5 The umbrella project informants referred to as Astro appears to be a huge TS/SCI/SAR cluster of operational projects, ranging from Earthbound TS/SCIs to off-world black-budget military/economic projects.

    The most amazing aspect of the coincidence of pertinent internet and information derived through informant communication is the seeming accuracy of what is already in the public domain, albeit marginalized. Establishing reliability for both is, of course, quite another matter. If we were to use Salla’s (2003) classification for evaluating the validity and reliability of information sources, their testimony (if testimony is what they rendered) would fall into the unidentified whistleblower and witness report categories. These are people who, often and repeatedly, were at sites, places and events they talked about, seen and heard people close up and personal at the circles of power, and had one or more opportunities to be in the presence of Earthbound Anunnaki. Those who did could even tell the difference between those who are here and those who are coming by the feel of their presence, the experience of their emotional signatures imprinted on their skin. Still, regardless of the validity and reliability trust coefficient we may place on their words, the value of what they have told us lies, in the words of Informant Nine, “in the conceptual doors and new landscapes people like me open for those who are outside trying to look in and understand what is being done behind the veil of fear we all lived in when I was still inside.” 6

    These were sessions usually held on military bases and reservations, designed to entice and attract former military and intelligence officers into coming in to take loyalty oaths to the Anunnaki supreme leader, and reject any connection to The Kingdom. Most of our informants (except Three) have made mention of them. These sessions are said to be continuing, and do take place at unspecified intervals. 7 The issue of China's proper relationship with, or even prospective place in, the G7/8 has been a prominent feature of the debate over reform of the Summit process launched by the end of the European cold war during the past decade. Amidst the rich array or opinions featured in this debate, three broad schools of thought about China have dominated. The first treats China as an outside object, neither worthy of greater inclusion nor a country bringing valuable assets into the G7/8. The second considers China to be a valuable associate, with more formalized links to the G7/8 bringing net advantages to both. The third judges China to be a legitimate member, particularly after Russia's admission, of some if not all of the G7/8 institutions. For an enlightening treatment of China’s place in the G-8, see Kirton, J. The G-7 and China in the management of the international financial system. G-8 Scholarly Publications & Papers, G-8 Information Centre, University of Toronto, 1999. http://www.g7.utoronto.ca/scholar/kirton199903/china2.htm 8

    “Since 1975, the heads of state or government of the major industrial democracies have been meeting annually to deal with the major economic and political issues facing their domestic societies and the international community as a whole. The six countries at the first summit, held at Rambouillet, France, in November 1975, were France, the United States, Britain, Germany, Japan and Italy (sometimes referred to as the G6). They were joined by Canada at the San Juan Summit of 1976 in Puerto Rico, and by the European Community at the London Summit of 1977. From then on, membership in the Group of Seven, or G7, was fixed, although 15 developing countries' leaders met with the G7 leaders on the eve of the 1989 Paris Summit, and the USSR and then Russia participated in a post-summit dialogue with the G7 since 1991. Starting with the 1994 Naples Summit, the G7 met with Russia at each summit (referred to as the P8 or Political Eight). The Denver Summit of the Eight was a milestone, marking full Russian participation in all but financial and certain economic discussions; and the 1998 Birmingham Summit saw full Russian participation, giving birth to the Group of Eight, or G8 (although the G7 continued to function along side the formal summits). At the Kananaskis Summit in Canada in 2002, it was announced that Russia would host the G8 Summit in 2006, thus completing its process of becoming a full member.

    The G7/8 Summit has consistently dealt with macroeconomic management, international trade, and relations with developing countries. Questions of East-West economic relations, energy, and terrorism have also been of recurrent concern. From this initial foundation the summit agenda has broadened considerably to include microeconomic issues such as employment and the information highway, transnational issues such as the environment, crime and drugs, and a host of political-security issues ranging from human rights through regional security to arms control. In addition, the G7/8 has developed a network of supporting ministerial meetings, which allow ministers to meet regularly throughout the year in order to continue the work set out at each summit; these include the meetings of the finance ministers, foreign ministers and environment ministers, among others. G7/8 ministers and officials also meet on an ad hoc basis to deal with pressing issues, such a terrorism, energy, and development; from time to time the leaders also create task forces or working groups to focus intensively on certain issues of concern, such as a drug-related money laundering, nuclear safety, and transnational organized crime. The G7/8 provides an important occasion for busy leaders to discuss major, often complex international issues, and to develop the personal relations that help them respond in effective collective fashion to sudden crises or shocks. The summit also gives direction to the international community by setting priorities, defining new issues and providing guidance to established international organizations. At times it arrives at decisions that address pressing problems or shape international order more generally.

    The summit members comply modestly with the decisions and consensus generated by and codified at their annual meeting. Compliance is particularly high in regard to agreements on international trade and energy, and on the part of Britain, Canada, and Germany. Summit decisions often create and build international regimes to deal with new international challenges, and catalyze, revitalize and reform existing international institutions. In recognition of its centrality in the process of global governance, the summit has always attracted the attention of thousands of journalists at each leader’s meeting, and of a number of countries seeking admittance to this exclusive and powerful club. It has also become a prime occasion for non-governmental and civil society organizations to advocate on behalf of their concerns. There is a ninth member of both the G7 and G8: the European Union. At the leaders' level, the EU is represented by both the president of the European Commission and the rotating president of the European Council. Other groups are related to the G7/8. The G20 is the Group of Twenty finance ministers and central bank governors, who meet annually. This is different from another G20, often referred to as the G20 developing countries, which is involved in specifically in trade issues relating to the World Trade Organization and does not include any members of the G8. The L20, or Leaders Twenty, is a concept proposing regular meetings of the leaders of 20 countries representing both industrialized and developing countries, similar to the G20.” http://www.g7.utoronto.ca/what_is_g8.html 9

    This aspect of our decipherment of Marduk-related intelligence required us to engage the knowledge base and skills of experienced Bible scholars, which initially we took to mean academic scholars. However, after approximately eighteen months of searching the literature and developing contacts, se settled on two sources which, on the basis of the utility of the information set originating from them, we chose to incorporate and use in our analyses of Marduk’s campaigns. An additional factor, quite important to us, that added to our adoption of product from these sources to our information grid was the rather uncanny similarities in the working hypotheses each of us had been working on independent of one another. The first is Wake Up America Seminars http://www.wake-up.org/daystar/ds2000/DECA.htm operated by Larry Wilson (WUAS Mailing Address: PO Box 273, Bellbrook, OH 45305). Their email address is: wuas@wake-up.org. The second is Patrick Cooke’s organization in Berkeley, CA, The Bible UFO Connection. http://www.bibleufo.com/index.htm Emails to Patrick should go to comments@bibleufo.com Albeit controversial, both of these men have done exceedingly good work and presented serious students of end time events with useful, thought-provoking information. Both offer Christian-oriented, scripture-based information well anchored in information derived from the books of Daniel and Revelation.

    REFERENCES

    Allan, D. S. and Delair, J. B. When the Earth nearly died: Compelling evidence of a world cataclysm 11,500 years ago. Gateway Books, 1994.
    Allan, D. S. and Delair, J. B. Cataclysm: Compelling evidence of a cosmic catastrophe in
    9,500 BC. Bear and Co, 1997.
    Benton, M. When life nearly died: The greatest mass extinction of all time. Thames &
    Hudson, NY, 2003.
    Bryant, L. W. UFO politics at the White House. Invisible College Press, New York, 2002.
    Collins, R. M. and Doty, R. C. Exempt from disclosure. Peregrine, Vandalia, OH, 2005.
    Colaw, John. Neil Freer Interview - UFO Disclosure Exclusive. www.ufodisclosure.com/freer2.htm.
    Coleman, J. Conspirator’s Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300. American West
    Publishers, 1992.
    Corso, P. The day after Roswell. Diane Publishing, 1997.
    Dolan, R. M. UFOs and the national security state. Keyhole Publishing, 2000.
    Freer, N. The alien question: An expanded perspective – A White Paper (www.neilfreer.com),
    undated.
    Freer, N. God games: What do we do forever? Book Tree, Escondido, CA, 1998.
    Freer, N. Breaking the Godspell. Book Tree, Escondido, CA, 1994.
    Good, T. Unearthly disclosure: Conflicting interests in the control of extraterrestrial
    intelligence. Century Publications, London, 2000
    Good, T. Alien bases: The evidence for extraterrestrial colonization of Earth. Arrow, 1999.
    Good, T. Beyond top secret: The worldwide UFO security threat. Sidgwick & Jackson,
    London, 1996.
    Good, T Alien contact: Secret UFO files revealed. William Morrow, N.Y., 1993.
    Good, T. Above top secret. William Morrow, N.Y., 1988.
    Maccabee, B. S. UFO/FBI connection: The secret history of the Government’s cover-up.
    Llewellyn Publications, St. Paul, MN, 2000.
    Marrs, J. Alien agenda. HarperCollins, N.Y., 1998.
    Ryan, W. & Pittman, W. Noah’s flood: The new scientific discoveries about the event
    that changed history. Simon and Schuster, N.Y., 2003.
    Salla, M. E. The History of Exopolitics: Evolving Political Approaches to UFOs and the
    Extra-terrestrial Hypothesis. Exopolitics Journal 1, 1, 1-17, 2005 (www.exopoliticsinstitute.org/Journal-vol-1-1.htm).
    Salla, M. E. The Need for Exopolitics: Implications of Extraterrestrial Conspiracy Theories for
    Policy Makers & Global Peace. Exopolitics.org, January 20, 2003. Available at
    http://www.ufoevidence.org/documents/FairUse#FairUse
    Turnage, C. L. ETs are on the Moon and Mars: The photographic evidence. Flying Disk
    Publications, 2000.
    Turnage, C. L. Bible – An extraterrestrial transmission: Is Planet X Planet Heaven?
    Flying Disk Publications, 1997.
    Turnage, C. L. Personal communication to the senior author, 1997.
    Turnage, C. L. War in Heaven: The case for a solar system war. Flying Disk Publications,
    1996.
    Sitchin, Z. The 12th Planet. Avon Books, New York, 1976.
    Sitchin, Z. The Wars of Gods and Men. Avon Books, New York, 1985.
    Sitchin, Z. Genesis Revisited. Avon Books, New York, 1990.
    Sitchin, Z. The Cosmic Code. Avon Books, New York, 1998.
    ___________________________

    ABOUT THE AUTHORS

    A. R. Bordon arborden@foundationreportsinlifephysics.org is a biophysicist, experienced gnosive neurosensor, writer and consultant to a research institute funded by Foundation One and its corporate sponsor. His interests are in bioenergetic human-environment interaction effects, mind/matter interface effects, exobiology, and exopolitics. He leads a team of gnosive researchers dedicated to extension neurosensing (a proprietary method of gnosive research for the accessing) of information cumuli interfaced by physical-gnosive means. He is also one of several scientists working on an evolving Working Model from information derived from this research as an alternative to the Standard Model in physics and cosmology.

    Roy W. Gordon a-c-t-i-o-n_acio@hotmail.com is also a biophysicist. He has served as deputy director of the foundation’s research institute and as manager of several of the institute’s projects. At present, he serves as project manager for two Foundation One programs – physical-gnosive research and futures scenarios. He also serves in the oversight group that manages the public information and upcoming presence projection on the internet of all Foundation activities. He is managing editor of Foundation Reports In Life Physics Online, and an associate editor of the forthcoming Journal of End Time Studies Online.
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13283
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (6)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jun 24, 2018 3:58 am

    What if one carried a copy of Volume 4 of the SDA Bible Commentary, and read it whenever and wherever possible, as a mental and spiritual exercise, focused upon Isaiah through Malachi, in the context of the Whole-Bible, in the context of a 1955 Ivory-Tower?? This is NOT an easy study (to say the least) but it might be an Important Central-Study (to say the least). I'm too burned-out and disillusioned to attempt to get to the bottom of this. My new computer is running slower and slower. This really isn't fun. I keep trying to stop posting -- but I always make one more post. I think I really need to go incognito -- and just prepare for my next-life as a Warrior-Banker. No More Mr. Nice Guy. Been there. Done that. It doesn't work. Was this life a contest?? Sorry I dropped-out. Perhaps losing isn't such a bad-thing, after-all. I think I mostly just wish to be left-alone. Is there a planet, moon, asteroid, or spaceship I can go to, which is a better match?? I'm really sorry this didn't work-out. You all seem to be just fine with the way things are -- and that's probably a good-thing. I don't wish to get in your way. Namaste and Have a Nice Day.
    B.B.Baghor wrote:Thank you, ortho, for that link with Veronica's book, it works Cheerful I've noticed it's a poetic form, not prose. It's beautifully designed. My book will be in prose, I'll let you know when it's finished and I might ask you to read a part of it and tell me how you find it.

    I might publish it on one of my websites, in due time. Also I'm planning to add illustrations by my own hand, so it will take a while. No hurries whatsoever, though it's some sort of birthing process. The title will reveal itself in the process, easy does it Cheerful

    Look at this short promotional movie, created by General Motors. It shows how the Industrial Revolution shaped our reality, in a fast forward way, in the 2nd half of the 20th century. Now life itself seems to throw us off the Steel Age pedestal. I see many signs of rust. And I mean that also in a metaphorical sense. It will have to make way for new creations that are beneficial to all living beings. I believe life doesn't tolerate any other way, ultimately. Happy Eastern, ortho sunny

    New Horizons.
    https://archive.org/details/ToNewHor1940
    blue roller wrote:Doctor Who ? The man who travels in a blue wooden box (carbon) that is disguised as a public telephone free to use ! Why does the simple truth in that symbol not hit home ? Because until you realize your own brain is a cosmic telephone its just a joke Right ?

    But its true and those who know and have experienced this truth will eventually see the message everywhere they look.

    Freddie Mercury was an Italian Opera singer before he was Freddie Mercury . He looked exactly the same ,as did his Co star , Sarah Brightman , with whom he often co starred in Film. Bohemian Rhapsody make more sense now ?

    The real Phantom of the Opera was and still is Freddie Mercury's Brother . Same features . During WW2 he was Richard Hope Hillary .

    Highlander . Who wants to live forever when love must Die ? The curse of the Immortals . Oscar Wilde wrote a book about one .

    Freddie released an album after his Death Called ? From Heaven. The stars.

    Lake Geneva , the place of new birth. Vevey , the source of life under the watchful eye of the mountains called the Pleiades. Its all written in the geography Orthy.

    Chateau Chillon. Montreaux, Mountain of the Eye . Time Flies ,tempus fugit . Swiss Watch maker Longines . Long Genes . Spear of Destiny wielded by Longinus. The arrow of time flys through the Bulls eye (stargate) and exceeding the speed of light ,defies time itself.

    The truth is written in the stars. Ava Gardner. Anagram of per ardua as Astra. Eduard . Edward .

    Know the language of the priest Kings and you will know all the stars in all their circuits. Language is augury , prophesying the future ! Co ordinates in words . Use the right words and you unlock the Telephone with the password.
    Thank-you B.B. Can you share at least one of your web-addresses?? I'd love to read your book!! I'm watching that GM video presently. Are we better-off today than we were back then?? I keep worrying about the environmental-destruction along with the potential for the extermination of humanity. Are we happier and safer with the ever-increasing technology and complexity -- especially when our moral and spiritual development is pathetic?? I could go on and on -- but perhaps I should stop.

    I am deeply-troubled by my sadness and hostility. Why am I not content with the way things are?? Why am I not grateful for the military-industrial complex and the worldwide weapons of mass-destruction?? Why am I not grateful for drugs and surgery treatment -- rather than prevention and natural treatment?? Why am I not grateful for the $21,000,000,000,000.00 U.S. National-Debt?? Why am I not grateful for the gratuitously-violent and sexually-revolting literary and entertainment cesspool?? Why am I not grateful for mostly being ignored, hated, and ridiculed when I've attempted to face the madness head-on online?? Why am I not grateful for being spied-on online and in real-life?? Why do I feel-like moving to the mountains, and building a small underground office-apartment -- mostly cutting myself off from everyone and everything?? I could go on and on and on -- but perhaps I should stop.

    Thank-you blue roller. You obviously have a first-hand insider's-perspective. In one way, I envy you, because I only have a second-hand non-insider's perspective. I'm truly a completely-ignorant fool. But I sense that you are angry and bitter regarding a lot of things -- or perhaps it's just me imagining what it might be like to be you. Damned if I know. I get the sinking-feeling that most-roads lead to disillusionment, dissatisfaction, pain, and sorrow (long-term). The church seems to have to promise us "Heaven" if we "do what we're told" -- while threatening us with "Hell" if we're "rebellious and recalcitrant" -- to maintain social-order, mindless-workers, and high-profits!! Everything is a business -- including religion and marriage -- isn't that so?? I could go on and on -- but perhaps I should stop.

    https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Richard_Hillary Flight Lieutenant Richard Hope Hillary (20 April 1919 – 8 January 1943) was a Battle of Britain pilot who died during World War II. He is best known for his book The Last Enemy, based upon his experiences during the Battle of Britain.

    Hillary was the son of an Australian government official and was sent to England to be educated at Shrewsbury School and Trinity College, Oxford. Whilst at Oxford, he was secretary of the Oxford University Boat Club and president of the Rugby Club. He rowed in the successful Trinity College VIII of 1938. He joined the Oxford University Air Squadron and RAFVR in 1939.[1]

    Hillary was called up to the Royal Air Force in October 1939 and in July 1940, having completed his training, he was posted to B Flight, No. 603 Squadron RAF, located at RAF Station Montrose flying Spitfires. The Squadron moved south to RAF Hornchurch on 27 August 1940 and immediately saw combat. In one week of combat Hillary personally claimed five Bf. 109’s shot down, claimed two more probably destroyed and one damaged.

    Richard Hillary writes about his first experience in a Supermarine Spitfire in The Last Enemy:

    The Spitfires stood in two lines outside, 'A' Flight pilots' room. The dull grey-brown of the camouflage could not conceal the clear-cut beauty, the wicked simplicity of their lines. I hooked up my parachute and climbed awkwardly into the low cockpit. I noticed how small was my field of vision. Kilmartin swung himself on to a wing and started to run through the instruments. I was conscious of his voice, but heard nothing of what he said. I was to fly a Spitfire. It was what I had most wanted through all the long dreary months of training. If I could fly a Spitfire, it would be worth it. Well, I was about to achieve my ambition and felt nothing. I was numb, neither exhilarated nor scared. I noticed the white enamel undercarriage handle. "Like a lavatory plug," I thought. Kilmartin had said, "See if you can make her talk." That meant the whole bag of tricks, and I wanted ample room for mistakes and possible blacking-out. With one or two very sharp movements on the stick I blacked myself out for a few seconds, but the machine was sweeter to handle than any other that I had flown. I put it through every manoeuvre that I knew of and it responded beautifully. I ended with two flick rolls and turned back for home. I was filled with a sudden exhilarating confidence. I could fly a Spitfire; in any position I was its master. It remained to be seen whether I could fight in one.

    On 3 September 1940 he had just made his fifth "kill" when he was shot down by a Messerschmitt Bf 109 flown by Hauptmann Helmut Bode of II./JG 26 [2]

    I was peering anxiously ahead, for the controller had given us warning of at least fifty enemy fighters approaching very high. When we did first sight them, nobody shouted, as I think we all saw them at the same moment. They must have been 500 to 1,000 feet above us and coming straight on like a swarm of locusts. The next moment we were in among them and it was each man for himself. As soon as they saw us they spread out and dived, and the next ten minutes was a blur of twisting machines and tracer bullets. One Messerschmitt went down in a sheet of flame on my right, and a Spitfire hurtled past in a half-roll; I was leaving and turning in a desperate attempt to gain height, with the machine practically hanging on the airscrew.Then, just below me and to my left, I saw what I had been praying for – a Messerschmitt climbing and away from the sun. I closed in to 200 yards, and from slightly to one side gave him a two-second burst: fabric ripped off the wing and black smoke poured from the engine, but he did not go down. Like a fool, I did not break away, but put in another three-second burst. Red flames shot upwards and he spiralled out of sight. At that moment, I felt a terrific explosion which knocked the control stick from my hand, and the whole machine quivered like a stricken animal. In a second, the cockpit was a mass of flames: instinctively, I reached up to open the hood. It would not move. I tore off my straps and managed to force it back; but this took time, and when I dropped back into the seat and reached for the stick in an effort to turn the plane on its back, the heat was so intense that I could feel myself going. I remember a second of sharp agony, remember thinking "So this is it!" and putting both hands to my eyes. Then I passed out.

    Unable to quickly escape from his burning aircraft, he suffered extensive burns to his face and hands, but did eventually escape the aircraft and bailed out into the North Sea where he was rescued by the Margate lifeboat Lord Southborough (ON 688).

    Gradually I realized what had happened. My face and hands had been scrubbed and then sprayed with tannic acid. My arms were propped up in front of me, the fingers extended like witches' claws, and my body was hung loosely on straps just clear of the bed.Shortly after my arrival in East Grinstead, the Royal Air Force plastic surgeon, A.H. McIndoe, had come to see me. Of medium height, he was thick set and the line of his jaw was square. Behind his horn-rimmed spectacles a pair of tired, friendly eyes regarded me speculatively."Well," he said, "you certainly made a thorough job of it, didn't you?" He started to undo the dressings on my hands and I noticed his fingers – blunt, captive, incisive. By now all the tannic had been removed from my face and hands. He took a scalpel and tapped lightly on something white showing through the red granulating knuckle of my right fore-finger. "Four new eyelids, I'm afraid, but you are not ready for them yet. I want all this skin to soften up a lot first."The time when the dressings were taken down I looked exactly like an orang-utan. McIndoe had pitched out two semi-circular ledges of skin under my eyes to allow for contraction of the new lids. What was not absorbed was to be sliced off when I came in for my next operation, a new upper lip.

    Hillary is one of the best known of McIndoe's "Guinea Pig Club", having endured three months of painful surgery in an attempt to fully repair the damage to his hands and face in order to return to combat duty. Hillary managed to bully himself back into a flying position even though, as it was noted in the officers' mess, he could barely handle a knife and fork. Hillary returned to service with No 54 Operational Training Unit at RAF Charterhall after recovering from his injuries.

    He died on 8 January 1943 with his radio operator observer Sgt. Wilfred Fison when he crashed his Bristol Blenheim during a night training flight, the aircraft coming to rest on Crunklaw Farm.[3] It has been alleged that the burn damage to his hands rendered Hillary unfit for active service.

    The funeral service of Richard Hope Hillary took place at St Martin-in-the-Fields on 25 January 1943 at 12:30pm followed by cremation at Golders Green Crematorium, where he is commemorated on the Commonwealth War Graves Commission cremation memorial.[4] Hillary's ashes were scattered from an A-20 Boston over the English Channel by his former 603 Squadron commanding officer, Wing Commander George Denholm.[5]

    Memorial

    In 2001 a memorial to Hillary was unveiled at the site of the former RAF Charterhall near Greenlaw, Berwickshire.

    Hillary's love affair with Mary Booker which lasted from December 1941 until his death was the subject of Michael Burn's book Richard & Mary (1988)

    He is today remembered in his alma mater of Trinity College, Oxford, by an annual literature prize, a portrait outside the college library, and an annual lecture in his honour. This lecture is delivered in the Gulbenkian Lecture Theatre in the English Faculty, Oxford. It has been delivered by Ian McEwan, Philip Pullman, Julian Barnes, Mark Haddon, Jeanette Winterson, Sebastian Faulks and Howard Jacobson. The most recent lecture, by playwright Tom Stoppard, was presented in the Sheldonian Theatre on 13 May 2011.

    Works

    Richard H. Hillary, The Last Enemy ISBN 0-88751-103-1 (1942), German Version: Der letzte Feind. Zürich 1942, Spanish Version: El último enemigo. Barcelona 2012

    References

    1.Jump up ^ John Simkin. "Richard Hillary". Spartacus Educational. Retrieved 26 September 2015.
    2.Jump up ^ Aces High; C. Shores & C. Williams (grub street) 1994, page 329
    3.Jump up ^ "Richard Hillary Memorial & Charterhall Airfield". xmarksthescot.com. Retrieved 26 September 2015.
    4.Jump up ^ "CWGC Debt of Honour Register".
    5.Jump up ^ "The Airmen's Stories – F/O R H Hillary".

    Further reading

    Lovat Dickson, Richard Hillary (1950)
    Charles Higham and Roy Moseley, Princess Merle: The Romantic Life of Merle Oberon. ISBN 0-698-11231-8. Pub: Coward-McCann, New York (1983)
    Michael Burn, Mary and Richard: the story of Richard Hillary and Mary Booker. ISBN 0-233-98280-9. Pub: Deutsch, (1988)
    Sebastian Faulks, The Fatal Englishman: Three Short Lives: Christopher Wood, Richard Hillary, Jeremy Wolfenden. ISBN 0-375-72744-2 (1996)
    David Ross, Richard Hillary: The Definitive Biography of a Battle of Britain Fighter Pilot and Author of The Last Enemy. ISBN 1-904010-03-2 (2004)
    Arthur Koestler. “The Birth of a Myth”, Horizon, April 1943, republished in a longer version as “In Memory of Richard Hillary” in Yogi and Commissar, 46–67 (1945).

    In this ongoing Ellen White Book Posting -- notice the contrast and conflict between "The Love of God" and "The Wrath of God". Continue to notice the Royal-Model -- Lawyer-Like -- Queen-Like Writing-Style of Someone with a Third-Grade Education!! What's REALLY Going-On Here?? Ellen White has an Egyptian-Obelisk on her burial-site!! She had a team of Researchers and Writers!! The Plagiarism is Well-Documented!! WTF?? But still -- I find "her" writings highly-fascinating -- especially the Four Conflict of the Ages Series Books which are actual Bible-Studies -- Covering the Whole-Bible -- rather than her controversial "Great Controversy" which is a "Historical-Study" published in 1888. I prefer her major-books published from 1890 onward. Did she change angels?? Something changed in the 1890's. What REALLY occurred when she spent years in Australia?? Did she go to Pine Gap before there was a Pine Gap?? What is it with the English and Australians?? I could go on and on -- but perhaps I should stop.

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp33.html The building of the tabernacle was not begun for some time after Israel arrived at Sinai; and the sacred structure was first set up at the opening of the second year from the Exodus. This was followed by the consecration of the priests, the celebration of the Passover, the numbering of the people, and the completion of various arrangements essential to their civil or religious system, so that nearly a year was spent in the encampment at Sinai. Here their worship had taken a more definite form, the laws had been given for the government of the nation, and a more efficient organization had been effected preparatory to their entrance into the land of Canaan.

    The government of Israel was characterized by the most thorough organization, wonderful alike for its completeness and its simplicity. The order so strikingly displayed in the perfection and arrangement of all God's created works was manifest in the Hebrew economy. God was the center of authority and government, the sovereign of Israel. Moses stood as their visible leader, by God's appointment, to administer the laws in His name. From the elders of the tribes a council of seventy was afterward chosen to assist Moses in the general affairs of the nation. Next came the priests, who consulted the Lord in the sanctuary. Chiefs, or princes, ruled over the tribes. Under these were "captains over thousands, and captains over hundreds, and captains over fifties, and captains over tens," and, lastly, officers who might be employed for special duties. Deuteronomy 1:15.

    The Hebrew camp was arranged in exact order. It was separated into three great divisions, each having its appointed position in the encampment. In the center was the tabernacle, the abiding place of the invisible King. Around it were stationed the priests and Levites. Beyond these were encamped all the other tribes.

    To the Levites was committed the charge of the tabernacle and all that pertained thereto, both in the camp and on the journey. When the camp set forward they were to strike the sacred tent; when a halting place was reached they were to set it up. No person of another tribe was allowed to come near, on pain of death. The Levites were separated into three divisions, the descendants of the three sons of Levi, and each was assigned its special position and work. In front of the tabernacle, and nearest to it, were the tents of Moses and Aaron. On the south were the Kohathites, whose duty it was to care for the ark and the other furniture; on the north Merarites, who were placed in charge of the pillars, sockets, boards, etc.; in the rear the Gershonites, to whom the care of the curtains and hangings was committed.

    The position of each tribe also was specified. Each was to march and to encamp beside its own standard, as the Lord had commanded: "Every man of the children of Israel shall pitch by his own standard, with the ensign of their father's house: far off about the tabernacle of the congregation shall they pitch." "As they encamp, so shall they set forward, every man in his place by their standards." Numbers 2:2, 17. The mixed multitude that had accompanied Israel from Egypt were not permitted to occupy the same quarters with the tribes, but were to abide upon the outskirts of the camp; and their offspring were to be excluded from the community until the third generation. Deuteronomy 23:7, 8.

    Scrupulous cleanliness as well as strict order throughout the encampment and its environs was enjoined. Through sanitary regulations were enforced. Every person who was unclean from any cause was forbidden to enter the camp. These measures were indispensable to the preservation of health among so vast a multitude; and it was necessary also that perfect order and purity be maintained, that Israel might enjoy the presence of a holy God. Thus He declared: "The Lord thy God walketh in the midst of thy camp, to deliver thee, and to give up thine enemies before thee; therefore shall thy camp he holy."

    In all the journeyings of Israel, "the ark of the covenant of the Lord went before them, . . . to search out a resting place for them." Numbers 10:33. Borne by the sons of Kohath, the sacred chest containing God's holy law was to lead the van. Before it went Moses and Aaron; and the priests, bearing silver trumpets, were stationed near. These priests received directions from Moses, which they communicated to the people by the trumpets. It was the duty of the leaders of each company to give definite directions concerning all the movements to be made, as indicated by the trumpets. Whoever neglected to comply with the directions given was punished with death.

    God is a God of order. Everything connected with heaven is in perfect order; subjection and thorough discipline mark the movements of the angelic host. Success can only attend order and harmonious action. God requires order and system in His work now no less than in the days of Israel. All who are working for Him are to labor intelligently, not in a careless, haphazard manner. He would have His work done with faith and exactness, that He may place the seal of His approval upon it.

    God Himself directed the Israelites in all their travels. The place of their encampment was indicated by the descent of the pillar of cloud; and so long as they were to remain in camp, the cloud rested over the tabernacle. When they were to continue their journey it was lifted high above the sacred tent. A solemn invocation marked both the halt and the departure. "It came to pass, when the ark set forward, that Moses said, Rise up, Lord, and let Thine enemies be scattered; and let them that hate Thee flee before Thee. And when it rested, he said, Return, O Lord, unto the many thousands of Israel." Numbers 10:35, 36.

    A distance of only eleven days' journey lay between Sinai and Kadesh, on the borders of Canaan; and it was with the prospect of speedily entering the goodly land that the hosts of Israel resumed their march when the cloud at last gave the signal for an onward movement. Jehovah had wrought wonders in bringing them from Egypt, and what blessings might they not expect now that they had formally covenanted to accept Him as their Sovereign, and had been acknowledged as the chosen people of the Most High?

    Yet it was almost with reluctance that many left the place where they had so long encamped. They had come almost to regard it as their home. Within the shelter of those granite walls

    God had gathered His people, apart from all other nations, to repeat to them His holy law. They loved to look upon the sacred mount, on whose hoary peaks and barren ridges the divine glory had so often been displayed. The scene was so closely associated with the presence of God and holy angels that it seemed too sacred to be left thoughtlessly, or even gladly.

    At the signal from the trumpeters, however, the entire camp set forward, the tabernacle borne in the midst, and each tribe in its appointed position, under its own standard. All eyes were turned anxiously to see in what direction the cloud would lead. As it moved toward the east, where were only mountain masses huddled together, black and desolate, a feeling of sadness and doubt arose in many hearts.

    As they advanced, the way became more difficult. Their route lay through stony ravine and barren waste. All around them was the great wilderness--"a land of deserts and of pits," "a land of drought, and of the shadow of death," "a land that no man passed through, and where no man dwelt." Jeremiah 2:6. The rocky gorges, far and near, were thronged with men, women, and children, with beasts and wagons, and long lines of flocks and herds. Their progress was necessarily slow and toilsome; and the multitudes, after their long encampment, were not prepared to endure the perils and discomforts of the way.

    After three days' journey open complaints were heard. These originated with the mixed multitude, many of whom were not fully united with Israel, and were continually watching for some cause of censure. The complainers were not pleased with the direction of the march, and they were continually finding fault with the way in which Moses was leading them, though they well knew that he, as well as they, was following the guiding cloud. Dissatisfaction is contagious, and it soon spread in the encampment.

    Again they began to clamor for flesh to eat. Though abundantly supplied with manna, they were not satisfied. The Israelites, during their bondage in Egypt, had been compelled to subsist on the plainest and simplest food; but then keen appetite induced by privation and hard labor had made it palatable. Many of the Egyptians, however, who were now among them, had been accustomed to a luxurious diet; and these were the first to complain. At the giving of the manna, just before Israel reached Sinai, the Lord had granted them flesh in answer to their clamors; but it was furnished them for only one day.

    God might as easily have provided them with flesh as with manna, but a restriction was placed upon them for their good. It was His purpose to supply them with food better suited to their wants than the feverish diet to which many had become accustomed in Egypt. The perverted appetite was to be brought into a more healthy state, that they might enjoy the food originally provided for man--the fruits of the earth, which God gave to Adam and Eve in Eden. It was for this reason that the Israelites had been deprived, in a great measure, of animal food.

    Satan tempted them to regard this restriction as unjust and cruel. He caused them to lust after forbidden things, because he saw that the unrestrained indulgence of appetite would tend to produce sensuality, and by this means the people could be more easily brought under his control. The author of disease and misery will assail men where he can have the greatest success. Through temptations addressed to the appetite he has, to a large extent, led men into sin from the time when he induced Eve to eat of the forbidden fruit. It was by this same means that he led Israel to murmur against God. Intemperance in eating and drinking, leading as it does to the indulgence of the lower passions, prepares the way for men to disregard all moral obligations. When assailed by temptation, they have little power of resistance.

    God brought the Israelites from Egypt, that He might establish them in the land of Canaan, a pure, holy, and happy people. In the accomplishment of this object He subjected them to a course of discipline, both for their own good and for the good of their posterity. Had they been willing to deny appetite, in obedience to His wise restrictions, feebleness and disease would have been unknown among them. Their descendants would have possessed both physical and mental strength. They would have had clear perceptions of truth and duty, keen discrimination, and sound judgment. But their unwillingness to submit to the restrictions and requirements of God, prevented them, to a great extent, from reaching the high standard which He desired them to attain, and from receiving the blessings which He was ready to bestow upon them.

    Says the psalmist: "They tempted God in their heart by asking meat for their lust. Yea, they spake against God; they said, Can God furnish a table in the wilderness? Behold, He smote the rock, that the waters gushed out, and the streams overflowed; can He give bread also? can He provide flesh for His people? Therefore the Lord heard this, and was wroth." Psalm 78:18-21. Murmuring and tumults had been frequent during the journey from the Red Sea to Sinai, but in pity for their ignorance and blindness God had not then visited the sin with judgments. But since that time He had revealed Himself to them at Horeb. They had received great light, as they had been witnesses to the majesty, the power, and the mercy of God; and their unbelief and discontent incurred the greater guilt. Furthermore, they had covenanted to accept Jehovah as their king and to obey His authority. Their murmuring was now rebellion, and as such it must receive prompt and signal punishment, if Israel was to be preserved from anarchy and ruin. "The fire of Jehovah burnt among them, and consumed them that were in the uttermost parts of the camp." The most guilty of the complainers were slain by lightning from the cloud.

    The people in terror besought Moses to entreat the Lord for them. He did so, and the fire was quenched. In memory of this judgment he called the name of the place Taberah, "a burning."

    But the evil was soon worse than before. Instead of leading the survivors to humiliation and repentance, this fearful judgment seemed only to increase their murmurings. In all directions the people were gathered at the door of their tents, weeping and lamenting. "The mixed multitude that was among them fell a lusting: and the children of Israel also wept again, and said, Who shall give us flesh to eat? We remember the fish, which we did eat in Egypt freely; the cucumbers, and the melons, and the leeks, and the onions, and the garlic: but now our soul is dried away: there is nothing at all, beside this manna, before our eyes." Thus they manifested their discontent with the food provided for them by their Creator. Yet they had constant evidence that it was adapted to their wants; for notwithstanding the hardships they endured, there was not a feeble one in all their tribes.

    The heart of Moses sank. He had pleaded that Israel should not be destroyed, even though his own posterity might then become a great nation. In his love for them he had prayed that his name might be blotted from the book of life rather than that they should be left to perish. He had imperiled all for them, and this was their response. All their hardships, even their imaginary sufferings, they charged upon him; and their wicked murmurings made doubly heavy the burden of care and responsibility under which he staggered. In his distress he was tempted even to distrust God. His prayer was almost a complaint. "Wherefore hast Thou afflicted Thy servant? and wherefore have I not found favor in Thy sight, that Thou layest the burden of all this people upon me? . . . Whence should I have flesh to give unto all this people? for they weep unto me, saying, Give us flesh, that we may eat. I am not able to bear all this people alone, because it is too heavy for me."

    The Lord hearkened to his prayer, and directed him to summon seventy men of the elders of Israel--men not only advanced in years, but possessing dignity, sound judgment, and experience. "And bring them unto the tabernacle of the congregation," He said, "that they may stand there with thee. And I will come down and talk with thee there: and I will take of the spirit which is upon thee, and will put it upon them; and they shall bear the burden of the people with thee, that thou bear it not thyself alone."

    The Lord permitted Moses to choose for himself the most faithful and efficient men to share the responsibility with him. Their influence would assist in holding in check the violence of the people, and quelling insurrection; yet serious evils would eventually result from their promotion. They would never have been chosen had Moses manifested faith corresponding to the evidences he had witnessed of God's power and goodness. But he had magnified his own burdens and services, almost losing sight of the fact that he was only the instrument by which God had wrought. He was not excusable in indulging, in the slightest degree, the spirit of murmuring that was the curse of Israel. Had he relied fully upon God, the Lord would have guided him continually and would have given him strength for every emergency.

    Moses was directed to prepare the people for what God was about to do for them. "Sanctify yourselves against tomorrow, and ye shall eat flesh: for ye have wept in the ears of the Lord, saying, Who shall give us flesh to eat? for it was well with us in Egypt: therefore the Lord will give you flesh, and ye shall eat.

    Ye shall not eat one day, nor two days, nor five days, neither ten days, nor twenty days; but even a whole month, until it come out at your nostrils, and it be loathsome unto you: because that ye have despised the Lord which is among you, and have wept before Him, saying, Why came we forth out of Egypt?"

    "The people, among whom I am," exclaimed Moses, "are six hundred thousand footmen; and Thou has said, I will give them flesh, that they may eat a whole month. Shall the flocks and the herds be slain for them, to suffice them? or shall all the fish of the sea be gathered together for them?"

    He was reproved for his distrust: "Is the Lord's hand waxed short? thou shalt see now whether My word shall come to pass unto thee or not."

    Moses repeated to the congregation the words of the Lord, and announced the appointment of the seventy elders. The great leader's charge to these chosen men might well serve as a model of judicial integrity for the judges and legislators of modern times: "Hear the causes between your brethren, and judge righteously between every man and his brother, and the stranger that is with him. Ye shall not respect persons in judgment; but ye shall hear the small as well as the great; ye shall not be afraid of the face of man; for the judgment is God's." Deuteronomy 1:16, 17.

    Moses now summoned the seventy to the tabernacle. "And the Lord came down in a cloud, and spake unto him, and took of the spirit that was upon him, and gave it unto the seventy elders: and it came to pass, that, when the spirit rested upon them, they prophesied, and did not cease." Like the disciples on the Day of Pentecost, they were endued with "power from on high." It pleased the Lord thus to prepare them for their work, and to honor them in the presence of the congregation, that confidence might be established in them as men divinely chosen to unite with Moses in the government of Israel.

    Again evidence was given of the lofty, unselfish spirit of the great leader. Two of the seventy, humbly counting themselves unworthy of so responsible a position, had not joined their brethren at the tabernacle; but the Spirit of God came upon them where they were, and they, too, exercised the prophetic gift. On being informed of this, Joshua desired to check such irregularity, fearing that it might tend to division. Jealous for the honor of his master, "My lord Moses," he said, "forbid them." The answer was, "Enviest thou for my sake? would God that all the Lord's people were prophets, and that the Lord would put His Spirit upon them."

    A strong wind blowing from the sea now brought flocks of quails, "about a day's journey on this side, and a day's journey on the other side, round about the camp, and about two cubits above the face of the earth." Numbers 11:31, R.V. All that day and night, and the following day, the people labored in gathering the food miraculously provided. Immense quantities were secured. "He that gathered least gathered ten homers." All that was not needed for present use was preserved by drying, so that the supply, as promised, was sufficient for a whole month.

    God gave the people that which was not for their highest good, because they persisted in desiring it; they would not be satisfied with those things that would prove a benefit to them. Their rebellious desires were gratified, but they were left to suffer the result. They feasted without restraint, and their excesses were speedily punished. "The Lord smote the people with a very great plague." Large numbers were cut down by burning fevers, while the most guilty among them were smitten as soon as they tasted the food for which they had lusted.

    At Hazeroth, the next encampment after leaving Taberah, a still more bitter trial awaited Moses. Aaron and Miriam had occupied a position of high honor and leadership in Israel. Both were endowed with the prophetic gift, and both had been divinely associated with Moses in the deliverance of the Hebrews. "I sent before thee Moses, Aaron, and Miriam" (Micah 6:4), are the words of the Lord by the prophet Micah. Miriam's force of character had been early displayed when as a child she watched beside the Nile the little basket in which was hidden the infant Moses. Her self-control and tact God had made instrumental in preserving the deliverer of His people. Richly endowed with the gifts of poetry and music, Miriam had led the women of Israel in song and dance on the shore of the Red Sea. In the affections of the people and the honor of Heaven she stood second only to Moses and Aaron. But the same evil that first brought discord in heaven sprang up in the heart of this woman of Israel, and she did not fail to find a sympathizer in her dissatisfaction.

    In the appointment of the seventy elders Miriam and Aaron had not been consulted, and their jealousy was excited against Moses. At the time of Jethro's visit, while the Israelites were on the way to Sinai, the ready acceptance by Moses of the counsel of his father-in-law had aroused in Aaron and Miriam a fear that his influence with the great leader exceeded theirs. In the organization of the council of elders they felt that their position and authority had been ignored. Miriam and Aaron had never known the weight of care and responsibility which had rested upon Moses; yet because they had been chosen to aid him they regarded themselves as sharing equally with him the burden of leadership, and they regarded the appointment of further assistants as uncalled for.

    Moses felt the importance of the great work committed to him as no other man had ever felt it. He realized his own weakness, and he made God his counselor. Aaron esteemed himself more highly, and trusted less in God. He had failed when entrusted with responsibility, giving evidence of the weakness of his character by his base compliance in the matter of the idolatrous worship at Sinai. But Miriam and Aaron, blinded by jealousy and ambition, lost sight of this. Aaron had been highly honored by God in the appointment of his family to the sacred office of the priesthood; yet even this now added to the desire for self-exaltation. "And they said, Hath the Lord indeed spoken only by Moses? hath He not spoken also by us?" Regarding themselves as equally favored by God, they felt that they were entitled to the same position and authority.

    Yielding to the spirit of dissatisfaction, Miriam found cause of complaint in events that God had especially overruled. The marriage of Moses had been displeasing to her. That he should choose a woman of another nation, instead of taking a wife from among the Hebrews, was an offense to her family and national pride. Zipporah was treated with ill-disguised contempt.

    Though called a "Cushite woman" (Numbers 12:1, R.V.), the wife of Moses was a Midianite, and thus a descendant of Abraham. In personal appearance she differed from the Hebrews in being of a somewhat darker complexion. Though not an Israelite, Zipporah was a worshiper of the true God. She was of a timid, retiring disposition, gentle and affectionate, and greatly distressed at the sight of suffering; and it was for this reason that Moses, when on the way to Egypt, had consented to her return to Midian. He desired to spare her the pain of witnessing the judgments that were to fall on the Egyptians.

    When Zipporah rejoined her husband in the wilderness, she saw that his burdens were wearing away his strength, and she made known her fears to Jethro, who suggested measures for his relief. Here was the chief reason for Miriam's antipathy to Zipporah. Smarting under the supposed neglect shown to herself and Aaron, she regarded the wife to Moses as the cause, concluding that her influence had prevented him from taking them into his counsels as formerly. Had Aaron stood up firmly for the right, he might have checked the evil; but instead of showing Miriam the sinfulness of her conduct, he sympathized with her, listened to her words of complaint, and thus came to share her jealousy.

    Their accusations were borne by Moses in uncomplaining silence. It was the experience gained during the years of toil and waiting in Midian--the spirit of humility and long-suffering there developed--that prepared Moses to meet with patience the unbelief and murmuring of the people and the pride and envy of those who should have been his unswerving helpers. Moses "was very meek, above all he men which were upon the face of the earth," and this is why he was granted divine wisdom and guidance above all others. Says the Scripture, "The meek will He guide in judgment: and the meek will He teach His way." Psalm 25:9. The meek are guided by the Lord, because they are teachable, willing to be instructed. They have a sincere desire to know and to do the will of God. The Saviour's promise is, "If any man will do His will, he shall know of the doctrine." John 7:17. And He declares by the apostle James, "If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him." James 1:5. But His promise is only to those who are willing to follow the Lord wholly. God does not force the will of any; hence He cannot lead those who are too proud to be taught, who are bent upon having their own way. Of the double-minded man--he who seeks to follow his own will, while professing to do the will of God--it is written, "Let not that man think that he shall receive anything of the Lord." James 1:7.

    God had chosen Moses, and had put His Spirit upon him; and Miriam and Aaron, by their murmurings, were guilty of disloyalty, not only to their appointed leader, but to God Himself. The seditious whisperers were summoned to the tabernacle, and brought face to face with Moses. "And Jehovah came down in the pillar of the cloud, and stood in the door of the tabernacle, and called Aaron and Miriam." Their claim to the prophetic gift was not denied; God might have spoken to them in visions and dreams. But to Moses, whom the Lord Himself declared "faithful in all Mine house," a nearer communion had been granted. With him God spake mouth to mouth. "Wherefore then were ye not afraid to speak against My servant Moses? And the anger of the Lord was kindled against them; and He departed." The cloud disappeared from the tabernacle in token of God's displeasure, and Miriam was smitten. She "became leprous, white as snow." Aaron was spared, but he was severely rebuked in Miriam's punishment. Now, their pride humbled in the dust, Aaron confessed their sin, and entreated that his sister might not be left to perish by that loathsome and deadly scourge. In answer to the prayers of Moses the leprosy was cleansed. Miriam was, however, shut out of the camp for seven days. Not until she was banished from the encampment did the symbol of God's favor again rest upon the tabernacle. In respect for her high position, and in grief at the blow that had fallen upon her, the whole company abode in Hazeroth, awaiting her return.

    This manifestation of the Lord's displeasure was designed to be a warning to all Israel, to check the growing spirit of discontent and insubordination. If Miriam's envy and dissatisfaction had not been signally rebuked, it would have resulted in great evil. Envy is one of the most satanic traits that can exist in the human heart, and it is one of the most baleful in its effects. Says the wise man, "Wrath is cruel, and anger is outrageous; but who is able to stand before envy?" Proverbs 27:4. It was envy that first caused discord in heaven, and its indulgence has wrought untold evil among men. "Where envying and strife is, there is confusion and every evil work." James 3:16.

    It should not be regarded as a light thing to speak evil of others or to make ourselves judges of their motives or actions. "He that speaketh evil of his brother, and judgeth his brother, speaketh evil of the law, and judgeth the law: but if thou judge the law, thou art not a doer of the law, but a judge." James 4:11. There is but one judge--He "who both will bring to light the hidden things of darkness, and will make manifest the counsels of the hearts." 1 Corinthians 4:5. And whoever takes it upon himself to judge and condemn his fellow men is usurping the prerogative of the Creator.

    The Bible specially teaches us to beware of lightly bringing accusation against those whom God has called to act as His ambassadors. The apostle Peter, describing a class who are abandoned sinners, says, "Presumptuous are they, self-willed, they are not afraid to speak evil of dignities. Whereas angels, which are greater in power and might, bring not railing accusation against them before the Lord." 2 Peter 2:10, 11. And Paul, in his instruction for those who are placed over the church, says, "Against an elder receive not an accusation, but before two or three witnesses." 1 Timothy 5:19. He who has placed upon men the heavy responsibility of leaders and teachers of His people will hold the people accountable for the manner in which they treat His servants. We are to honor those whom God has honored. The judgment visited upon Miriam should be a rebuke to all who yield to jealousy, and murmur against those upon whom God lays the burden of His work.


    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13283
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (6)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jun 24, 2018 4:02 am





    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 E80f06c0-0cf1-11e7-9726-1f9c138e8239_ntk_trump_jong_un-1
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 0ca534c2408f2b29f6ced6be1a5b42b2
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 16838-1-1469574097
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 10967-0-1458119797
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 The-end-doomsday-destruction-30971970-1920-1200
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 QAcEqNy
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 XiNQd6s
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 2-lava-2-lantula
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 150722_2882396_Lavalantula__Bus_Ride_From_Hell_1100x620_489299523852
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 SchoolBus-From-Hell-SEMA-2013

    I just HAD to respond to President Trump's UN speech!! I listened to all of it, but watched very little of it. Trump's eyes seemed strange to me. What if the words appear in his field of vision?? What if Top-People are Mind-Wired?? I remember Rush Limbaugh suggesting that President Clinton viewed vital-information in his field of vision (or something to that effect)!! I heard it on his show in the 1990's!! Presidents and Preachers seem to speak too-perfectly!! What Would Sherry Shriner Say?? An Individual of Interest recently suggested that I was somehow Mind-Wired!! If that's true, I think they screwed-up BIG-TIME!! It made me a bigger idiot than I already was!! But who do I sue?? Dr. Who?? The Aliens who abducted me, and operated on me (without my knowledge)?? What Would Judge Judy Do?? I think apocalyptic-possibilities are very real and serious, yet I feel compelled to create a somewhat warm and humorous context in which to think about the unthinkable. Again, I am a Law and Order Kind of Guy, rather than a Fire and Brimstone Apocalyptic-Salvation Kind of Guy!! I think I just threw-away a significant writing-job by being too honest (while sick and tired on the Bus from Hell)!! Is honesty REALLY the best policy?? I continue to suspect that We the Peons have a Legal-Problem of Biblical-Proportions. What is the Perfect Law of the Lord in:

    1. Genesis through Esther??

    2. Job through Malachi??

    3. Matthew through Revelation??

    4. The Conflict of the Ages Series by Ellen White??

    I'm going to keep harping on some of my old-battles (just because I can). I think I've really angered this forum. I seem to be completely shunned. Everyone seems to know more about me than I know about myself. What the hell is going on?? I continue to think that placing the Biblical and Adventist Controversies in the Context of Science-Fiction and Alternative-Research is Significantly-Productive (if anyone bothered to notice and participate). As I've mentioned before, it's getting easier and easier to NOT Care whether anyone gives a damn about my threads, or not. Again, this thankless-activity is probably only followed by those who are paid to do so. That might be just as well. A lot of this stuff is either hopelessly-boring or unimaginably-terrifying. In the Bible and especially in the Writings of Ellen White -- it's almost White-Queen v Black-Queen and/or Nice-Queen v Mean-Queen!! But what if it takes a Nice-Queen AND Mean-Queen to Run a Solar System??!! Try marking a Bible and the Conflict of the Ages Series with two-colors of highlighters -- One Color for Loving and Nice Things -- and Another Color for Murder and Mayhem!! Or how about a Red-Letter Edition of the Bible -- with Hatred, Murder, and Mayhem marked with Red!! I should stop!!

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp34.html Eleven days after leaving Mount Horeb the Hebrew host encamped at Kadesh, in the wilderness of Paran, which was not far from the borders of the Promised Land. Here it was proposed by the people that spies be sent up to survey the country. The matter was presented before the Lord by Moses, and permission was granted, with the direction that one of the rulers of each tribe should be selected for this purpose. The men were chosen as had been directed, and Moses bade them go and see the country, what it was, its situation and natural advantages; and the people that dwelt therein, whether they were strong or weak, few or many; also to observe the nature of the soil and its productiveness and to bring of the fruit of the land.

    They went, and surveyed the whole land, entering at the southern border and proceeding to the northern extremity. They returned after an absence of forty days. The people of Israel were cherishing high hopes and were waiting in eager expectancy. The news of the spies' return was carried from tribe to tribe and was hailed with rejoicing. The people rushed out to meet the messengers, who had safely escaped the dangers of their perilous undertaking. The spies brought specimens of the fruit, showing the fertility of the soil. It was in the time of ripe grapes, and they brought a cluster of grapes so large that it was carried between two men. They also brought of the figs and pomegranates which grew there in abundance.

    The people rejoiced that they were to come into possession of so goodly a land, and they listened intently as the report was brought to Moses, that not a word should escape them. "We came unto the land whither thou sentest us," the spies began, "and surely it floweth with milk and honey; and this is the fruit of it." The people were enthusiastic; they would eagerly obey the voice of the Lord, and go up at once to possess the land. But after describing the beauty and fertility of the land, all but two of the spies enlarged upon the difficulties and dangers that lay before the Israelites should they undertake the conquest of Canaan. They enumerated the powerful nations located in various parts of the country, and said that the cities were walled and very great, and the people who dwelt therein were strong, and it would be impossible to conquer them. They also stated that they had seen giants, the sons of Anak, there, and it was useless to think of possessing the land.

    Now the scene changed. Hope and courage gave place to cowardly despair, as the spies uttered the sentiments of their unbelieving hearts, which were filled with discouragement prompted by Satan. Their unbelief cast a gloomy shadow over the congregation, and the mighty power of God, so often manifested in behalf of the chosen nation, was forgotten. The people did not wait to reflect; they did not reason that He who had brought them thus far would certainly give them the land; they did not call to mind how wonderfully God had delivered them from their oppressors, cutting a path through the sea and destroying the pursuing hosts of Pharaoh. They left God out of the question, and acted as though they must depend solely on the power of arms.

    In their unbelief they limited the power of God and distrusted the hand that had hitherto safely guided them. And they repeated their former error of murmuring against Moses and Aaron. "This, then, is the end of our high hopes," they said. "This is the land we have traveled all the way from Egypt to possess." They accused their leaders of deceiving the people and bringing trouble upon Israel.

    The people were desperate in their disappointment and despair. A wail of agony arose and mingled with the confused murmur of voices. Caleb comprehended the situation, and, bold to stand in defense of the word of God, he did all in his power to counteract the evil influence of his unfaithful associates. For an instant the people were stilled to listen to his words of hope and courage respecting the goodly land. He did not contradict what had already been said; the walls were high and the Canaanites strong. But God had promised the land to Israel. "Let us go up at once and possess it," urged Caleb; "for we are well able to overcome it."

    But the ten, interrupting him, pictured the obstacles in darker colors than at first. "We be not able to go up against the people," they declared; "for they are stronger than we. . . . All the people that we saw in it are men of a great stature. And there we saw the giants, the sons of Anak, which come of the giants: and we were in our own sight as grasshoppers, and so we were in their sight."

    These men, having entered upon a wrong course, stubbornly set themselves against Caleb and Joshua, against Moses, and against God. Every advance step rendered them the more determined. They were resolved to discourage all effort to gain possession of Canaan. They distorted the truth in order to sustain their baleful influence. It "is a land that eateth up the inhabitants thereof," they said. This was not only an evil report, but it was also a lying one. It was inconsistent with itself. The spies had declared the country to be fruitful and prosperous, and the people of giant stature, all of which would be impossible if the climate were so unhealthful that the land could be said to "eat up the inhabitants." But when men yield their hearts to unbelief they place themselves under the control of Satan, and none can tell to what lengths he will lead them.

    "And all the congregation lifted up their voice, and cried; and the people wept that night." Revolt and open mutiny quickly followed; for Satan had full sway, and the people seemed bereft of reason. They cursed Moses and Aaron, forgetting that God hearkened to their wicked speeches, and that, enshrouded in the cloudy pillar, the Angel of His presence was witnessing their terrible outburst of wrath. In bitterness they cried out, "Would God that we had died in the land of Egypt! or would God we had died in this wilderness!" Then their feelings rose against God: "Wherefore hath the Lord brought us unto this land, to fall by the sword, that our wives and our children should be a prey? were it not better for us to return into Egypt? And they said one to another, Let us make a captain, and let us return into Egypt." Thus they accused not only Moses, but God Himself, of deception, in promising them a land which they were not able to possess. And they went so far as to appoint a captain to lead them back to the land of their suffering and bondage, from which they had been delivered by the strong arm of Omnipotence.

    In humiliation and distress "Moses and Aaron fell on their faces before all the assembly of the congregation of the children of Israel," not knowing what to do to turn them from their rash and passionate purpose. Caleb and Joshua attempted to quiet the tumult. With their garments rent in token of grief and indignation, they rushed in among the people, and their ringing voices were heard above the tempest of lamentation and rebellious grief: "The land, which we passed through to search it, is an exceeding good land. If the Lord delight in us, then He will bring us into this land, and give it us; a land which floweth with milk and honey. Only rebel not ye against the Lord, neither fear ye the people of the land; for they are bread for us: their defense is departed from them, and the Lord is with us: fear them not."

    The Canaanites had filled up the measure of their iniquity, and the Lord would no longer bear with them. His protection being removed, they would be an easy prey. By the covenant of God the land was ensured to Israel. But the false report of the unfaithful spies was accepted, and through it the whole congregation were deluded. The traitors had done their work. If only the two men had brought the evil report, and all the ten had encouraged them to possess the land in the name of the Lord, they would still have taken the advice of the two in preference to the ten, because of their wicked unbelief. But there were only two advocating the right, while ten were on the side of rebellion.

    The unfaithful spies were loud in denunciation of Caleb and Joshua, and the cry was raised to stone them. The insane mob seized missiles with which to slay those faithful men. They rushed forward with yells of madness, when suddenly the stones dropped from their hands, a hush fell upon them, and they shook with fear. God had interposed to check their murderous design. The glory of His presence, like a flaming light, illuminated the tabernacle. All the people beheld the signal of the Lord. A mightier one than they had revealed Himself, and none dared continue their resistance. The spies who brought the evil report crouched terror-stricken, and with bated breath sought their tents.

    Moses now arose and entered the tabernacle. The Lord declared to him, "I will smite them with the pestilence, and disinherit them, and will make of thee a greater nation." But again Moses pleaded for his people. He could not consent to have them destroyed, and he himself made a mightier nation. Appealing to the mercy of God, he said: "I beseech Thee, let the power of my Lord be great according as Thou hast spoken, saying, The Lord is long-suffering, and of great mercy. . . . Pardon, I beseech Thee, the iniquity of this people according to the greatness of Thy mercy, and as Thou hast forgiven this people, from Egypt even until now."

    The Lord promised to spare Israel from immediate destruction; but because of their unbelief and cowardice He could not manifest His power to subdue their enemies. Therefore in His mercy He bade them, as the only safe course, to turn back toward the Red Sea.

    In their rebellion the people had exclaimed, "Would God we had died in this wilderness!" Now this prayer was to be granted. The Lord declared: "As ye have spoken in Mine ears, so will I do to you: your carcasses shall fall in this wilderness, and all that were numbered of you, according to your whole number, from twenty years old and upward. . . . But your little ones, which ye said should be a prey, them will I bring in, and they shall know the land which ye have despised." And of Caleb He said, "My servant Caleb, because he had another spirit with him, and hath followed Me fully, him will I bring into the land whereinto he went; and his seed shall possess it." As the spies had spent forty days in their journey, so the hosts of Israel were to wander in the wilderness forty years.

    When Moses made known to the people the divine decision, their rage was changed to mourning. They knew that their punishment was just. The ten unfaithful spies, divinely smitten by the plague, perished before the eyes of all Israel; and in their fate the people read their own doom.

    Now they seemed sincerely to repent of their sinful conduct; but they sorrowed because of the result of their evil course rather than from a sense of their ingratitude and disobedience. When they found that the Lord did not relent in His decree, their self-will again arose, and they declared that they would not return into the wilderness. In commanding them to retire from the land of their enemies, God tested their apparent submission and proved that it was not real. They knew that they had deeply sinned in allowing their rash feelings to control them and in seeking to slay the spies who had urged them to obey God; but they were only terrified to find that they had made a fearful mistake, the consequences of which would prove disastrous to themselves. Their hearts were unchanged, and they only needed an excuse to occasion a similar outbreak. This presented itself when Moses, by the authority of God, commanded them to go back into the wilderness.

    The decree that Israel was not to enter Canaan for forty years was a bitter disappointment to Moses and Aaron, Caleb and Joshua; yet without a murmur they accepted the divine decision. But those who had been complaining of God's dealings with them, and declaring that they would return to Egypt, wept and mourned greatly when the blessings which they had despised were taken from them. They had complained at nothing, and now God gave them cause to weep. Had they mourned for their sin when it was faithfully laid before them, this sentence would not have been pronounced; but they mourned for the judgment; their sorrow was not repentance, and could not secure a reversing of their sentence.

    The night was spent in lamentation, but with the morning came a hope. They resolved to redeem their cowardice. When God had bidden them go up and take the land, they had refused; and now when He directed them to retreat they were equally rebellious. They determined to seize upon the land and possess it; it might be that God would accept their work and change His purpose toward them.

    God had made it their privilege and their duty to enter the land at the time of His appointment, but through their willful neglect that permission had been withdrawn. Satan had gained his object in preventing them from entering Canaan; and now he urged them on to do the very thing, in the face of the divine prohibition, which they had refused to do when God required it. Thus the great deceiver gained the victory by leading them to rebellion the second time. They had distrusted the power of God to work with their efforts in gaining possession of Canaan; yet now they presumed upon their own strength to accomplish the work independent of divine aid. "We have sinned against the Lord," they cried; "we will go up and fight, according to all that the Lord our God commanded us." Deuteronomy 1:41. So terribly blinded had they become by transgression. The Lord had never commanded them to "go up and fight." It was not His purpose that they should gain the land by warfare, but by strict obedience to His commands.

    Though their hearts were unchanged, the people had been brought to confess the sinfulness and folly of their rebellion at the report of the spies. They now saw the value of the blessing which they had so rashly cast away. They confessed that it was their own unbelief which had shut them out from Canaan. "We have sinned," they said, acknowledging that the fault was in themselves, and not in God, whom they had so wickedly charged with failing to fulfill His promises to them. Though their confession did not spring from true repentance, it served to vindicate the justice of God in His dealings with them.

    The Lord still works in a similar manner to glorify His name by bringing men to acknowledge His justice. When those who profess to love Him complain of His providence, despise His promises, and, yielding to temptation, unite with evil angels to defeat the purposes of God, the Lord often so overrules circumstances as to bring these persons where, though they may have no real repentance, they will be convinced of their sin and will be constrained to acknowledge the wickedness of their course and the justice and goodness of God in His dealings with them. It is thus that God sets counteragencies at work to make manifest the works of darkness. And though the spirit which prompted to the evil course is not radically changed, confessions are made that vindicate the honor of God and justify His faithful reprovers, who have been opposed and misrepresented. Thus it will be when the wrath of God shall be finally poured out. When "the Lord cometh with ten thousand of His saints, to execute judgment upon all," He will also "convince all that are ungodly among them of all their ungodly deeds." Jude 14, 15. Every sinner will be brought to see and acknowledge the justice of his condemnation.

    Regardless of the divine sentence, the Israelites prepared to undertake the conquest of Canaan. Equipped with armor and weapons of war, they were, in their own estimation, fully prepared for conflict; but they were sadly deficient in the sight of God and His sorrowful servants. When, nearly forty years later, the Lord directed Israel to go up and take Jericho, He promised to go with them. The ark containing His law was borne before their armies. His appointed leaders were to direct their movements, under the divine supervision. With such guidance, no harm could come to them. But now, contrary to the command of God and the solemn prohibition of their leaders, without the ark, and without Moses, they went out to meet the armies of the enemy.

    The trumpet sounded an alarm, and Moses hastened after them with the warning, "Wherefore now do ye transgress the commandment of the Lord? but it shall not prosper. Go not up, for the Lord is not among you; that ye be not smitten before your enemies. For the Amalekites and the Canaanites are there before you, and ye shall fall by the sword."

    The Canaanites had heard of the mysterious power that seemed to be guarding this people and of the wonders wrought in their behalf, and they now summoned a strong force to repel the invaders. The attacking army had no leader. No prayer was offered that God would give them the victory. They set forth with the desperate purpose to reverse their fate or to die in battle. Though untrained in war, they were a vast multitude of armed men, and they hoped by a sudden and fierce assault to bear down all opposition. They presumptuously challenged the foe that had not dared to attack them.

    The Canaanites had stationed themselves upon a rocky tableland reached only by difficult passes and a steep and dangerous ascent. The immense numbers of the Hebrews could only render their defeat more terrible. They slowly threaded the mountain paths, exposed to the deadly missiles of their enemies above. Massive rocks came thundering down, marking their path with the blood of the slain. Those who reached the summit, exhausted with their ascent, were fiercely repulsed, and driven back with great loss. The field of carnage was strewn with the bodies of the dead. The army of Israel was utterly defeated. Destruction and death was the result of that rebellious experiment.

    Forced to submission at last, the survivors "returned, and wept before the Lord;" but "the Lord would not hearken" to their voice. Deuteronomy 1:45. By their signal victory the enemies of Israel, who had before awaited with trembling the approach of that mighty host, were inspired with confidence to resist them. All the reports they had heard concerning the marvelous things that God had wrought for His people, they now regarded as false, and they felt that there was no cause for fear. That first defeat of Israel, by inspiring the Canaanites with courage and resolution, had greatly increased the difficulties of the conquest. Nothing remained for Israel but to fall back from the face of their victorious foes, into the wilderness, knowing that here must be the grave of a whole generation.

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp35.html The judgments visited upon the Israelites served for a time to restrain their murmuring and insubordination, but the spirit of rebellion was still in the heart and eventually brought forth the bitterest fruits. The former rebellions had been mere popular tumults, arising from the sudden impulse of the excited multitude; but now a deep-laid conspiracy was formed, the result of a determined purpose to overthrow the authority of the leaders appointed by God Himself.

    Korah, the leading spirit in this movement, was a Levite, of the family of Kohath, and a cousin of Moses; he was a man of ability and influence. Though appointed to the service of the tabernacle, he had become dissatisfied with his position and aspired to the dignity of the priesthood. The bestowal upon Aaron and his house of the priestly office, which had formerly devolved upon the first-born son of every family, had given rise to jealousy and dissatisfaction, and for some time Korah had been secretly opposing the authority of Moses and Aaron, though he had not ventured upon any open act of rebellion. He finally conceived the bold design of overthrowing both the civil and the religious authority. He did not fail to find sympathizers. Close to the tents of Korah and the Kohathites, on the south side of the tabernacle, was the encampment of the tribe of Reuben, the tents of Dathan and Abiram, two princes of this tribe, being near that of Korah. These princes readily joined in his ambitious schemes. Being descendants from the eldest son of Jacob, they claimed that the civil authority belonged to them, and they determined to divide with Korah the honors of the priesthood.

    The state of feeling among the people favored the designs of Korah. In the bitterness of their disappointment, their former doubts, jealousy, and hatred had returned, and again their complaints were directed against their patient leader. The Israelites were continually losing sight of the fact that they were under divine guidance. They forgot that the Angel of the covenant was their invisible leader, that, veiled by the cloudy pillar, the presence of Christ went before them, and that from Him Moses received all his directions.

    They were unwilling to submit to the terrible sentence that they must all die in the wilderness, and hence they were ready to seize upon every pretext for believing that it was not God but Moses who was leading them and who had pronounced their doom. The best efforts of the meekest man upon the earth could not quell the insubordination of this people; and although the marks of God's displeasure at their former perverseness were still before them in their broken ranks and missing numbers, they did not take the lesson to heart. Again they were overcome by temptation.

    The humble shepherd's life of Moses had been far more peaceful and happy than his present position as leader of that vast assembly of turbulent spirits. Yet Moses dared not choose. In place of a shepherd's crook a rod of power had been given him, which he could not lay down until God should release him.

    He who reads the secrets of all hearts had marked the purposes of Korah and his companions and had given His people such warning and instruction as might have enabled them to escape the deception of these designing men. They had seen the judgment of God fall upon Miriam because of her jealousy and complaints against Moses. The Lord had declared that Moses was greater than a prophet. "With him will I speak mouth to mouth." "Wherefore, then," He added, "were ye not afraid to speak against My servant Moses?" Numbers 12:8. These instructions were not intended for Aaron and Miriam alone, but for all Israel.

    Korah and his fellow conspirators were men who had been favored with special manifestations of God's power and greatness. They were of the number who went up with Moses into the mount and beheld the divine glory. But since that time a change had come. A temptation, slight at first, had been harbored, and had strengthened as it was encouraged, until their minds were controlled by Satan, and they ventured upon their work of disaffection. Professing great interest in the prosperity of the people, they first whispered their discontent to one another and then to leading men of Israel. Their insinuations were so readily received that they ventured still further, and at last they really believed themselves to be actuated by zeal for God.

    They were successful in alienating two hundred and fifty princes, men of renown in the congregation. With these strong and influential supporters they felt confident of making a radical change in the government and greatly improving upon the administration of Moses and Aaron.

    Jealousy had given rise to envy, and envy to rebellion. They had discussed the question of the right of Moses to so great authority and honor, until they had come to regard him as occupying a very enviable position, which any of them could fill as well as he. And they deceived themselves and one another into thinking that Moses and Aaron had themselves assumed the positions they held. The discontented ones said that these leaders had exalted themselves above the congregation of the Lord, in taking upon them the priesthood and government, but their house was not entitled to distinction above others in Israel; they were no more holy than the people, and it should be enough for them to be on a level with their brethren, who were equally favored with God's special presence and protection.

    The next work of the conspirators was with the people. To those who are in the wrong, and deserving of reproof, there is nothing more pleasing than to receive sympathy and praise. And thus Korah and his associates gained the attention and enlisted the support of the congregation. The charge that the murmurings of the people had brought upon them the wrath of God was declared to be a mistake. They said that the congregation were not at fault, since they desired nothing more than their rights; but that Moses was an overbearing ruler; that he had reproved the people as sinners, when they were a holy people, and the Lord was among them.

    Korah reviewed the history of their travels through the wilderness, where they had been brought into strait places, and many had perished because of their murmuring and disobedience. His hearers thought they saw clearly that their troubles might have been prevented if Moses had pursued a different course. They decided that all their disasters were chargeable to him, and that their exclusion from Canaan was in consequence of the mismanagement of Moses and Aaron; that if Korah would be their leader, and would encourage them by dwelling upon their good deeds, instead of reproving their sins, they would have a very peaceful, prosperous journey; instead of wandering to and fro in the wilderness, they would proceed directly to the Promised Land.

    In this work of disaffection there was greater union and harmony among the discordant elements of the congregation than had ever before existed. Korah's success with the people increased his confidence and confirmed him in his belief that the usurpation of authority by Moses, if unchecked, would be fatal to the liberties of Israel; he also claimed that God had opened the matter to him, and had authorized him to make a change in the government before it should be too late. But many were not ready to accept Korah's accusations against Moses. The memory of his patient, self-sacrificing labors came up before them, and conscience was disturbed. It was therefore necessary to assign some selfish motive for his deep interest for Israel; and the old charge was reiterated, that he had led them out to perish in the wilderness, that he might seize upon their possessions.

    For a time this work was carried on secretly. As soon, however, as the movement had gained sufficient strength to warrant an open rupture, Korah appeared at the head of the faction, and publicly accused Moses and Aaron of usurping authority which Korah and his associates were equally entitled to share. It was charged, further, that the people had been deprived of their liberty and independence. "Ye take too much upon you," said the conspirators, "seeing all the congregation are holy, every one of them, and the Lord is among them: wherefore then lift ye up yourselves above the congregation of the Lord?"

    Moses had not suspected this deep-laid plot, and when its terrible significance burst upon him, he fell upon his face in silent appeal to God. He arose sorrowful indeed, but calm and strong. Divine guidance had been granted him. "Even tomorrow," he said, "the Lord will show who are His, and who is holy; and will cause him to come near unto Him: even him whom He hath chosen will He cause to come near unto Him." The test was to be deferred until the morrow, that all might have time for reflection. Then those who aspired to the priesthood were to come each with a censer, and offer incense at the tabernacle in the presence of the congregation. The law was very explicit that only those who had been ordained to the sacred office should minister in the sanctuary. And even the priests, Nadab and Abihu, had been destroyed for venturing to offer "strange fire," in disregard of a divine command. Yet Moses challenged his accusers, if they dared enter upon so perilous an appeal, to refer the matter to God.

    Singling out Korah and his fellow Levites, Moses said, "Seemeth it but a small thing unto you, that the God of Israel hath separated you from the congregation of Israel, to bring you near to Himself to do the service of the tabernacle of the Lord, and to stand before the congregation to minister unto them? And He hath brought thee near to Him, and all thy brethren the sons of Levi with thee: and seek ye the priesthood also? for which cause both thou and all thy company are gathered together against the Lord. And what is Aaron, that ye murmur against him?"

    Dathan and Abiram had not taken so bold a stand as had Korah; and Moses, hoping that they might have been drawn into the conspiracy without having become wholly corrupted, summoned them to appear before him, that he might hear their charges against him. But they would not come, and they insolently refused to acknowledge his authority. Their reply, uttered in the hearing of the congregation, was, "Is it a small thing that thou hast brought us up out of a land that floweth with milk and honey, to kill us in the wilderness, except thou make thyself altogether a prince over us? Moreover thou hast not brought us into a land that floweth with milk and honey, or given us inheritance of fields and vineyards: wilt thou put out the eyes of these men? We will not come up."

    Thus they applied to the scene of their bondage the very language in which the Lord had described the promised inheritance. They accused Moses of pretending to act under divine guidance, as a means of establishing his authority; and they declared that they would no longer submit to be led about like blind men, now toward Canaan, and now toward the wilderness, as best suited his ambitious designs. Thus he who had been as a tender father, a patient shepherd, was represented in the blackest character of a tyrant and usurper. The exclusion from Canaan, in punishment of their own sins, was charged upon him.

    It was evident that the sympathies of the people were with the disaffected party; but Moses made no effort at self-vindication. He solemnly appealed to God, in the presence of the congregation, as a witness to the purity of his motives and the uprightness of his conduct, and implored Him to be his judge.

    On the morrow, the two hundred and fifty princes, with Korah at their head, presented themselves, with their censers. They were brought into the court of the tabernacle, while the people gathered without, to await the result. It was not Moses who assembled the congregation to behold the defeat of Korah and his company, but the rebels, in their blind presumption, had called them together to witness their victory. A large part of the congregation openly sided with Korah, whose hopes were high of carrying his point against Aaron.

    As they were thus assembled before God, "the glory of the Lord appeared unto all the congregation." The divine warning was communicated to Moses and Aaron, "Separate yourselves from among this congregation, that I may consume them in a moment." But they fell upon their faces, with the prayer, "O God, the God of the spirits of all flesh, shall one man sin, and wilt Thou be wroth with all the congregation?"

    Korah had withdrawn from the assembly to join Dathan and Abiram when Moses, accompanied by the seventy elders, went down with a last warning to the men who had refused to come to him. The multitudes followed, and before delivering his message, Moses, by divine direction, bade the people, "Depart, I pray you, from the tents of these wicked men, and touch nothing of theirs, lest ye be consumed in all their sins." The warning was obeyed, for an apprehension of impending judgment rested upon all. The chief rebels saw themselves abandoned by those whom they had deceived, but their hardihood was unshaken. They stood with their families in the door of their tents, as if in defiance of the divine warning.

    In the name of the God of Israel, Moses now declared, in the hearing of the congregation: "Hereby ye shall know that the Lord hath sent me to do all these works; for I have not done them of mine own mind. If these men die the common death of all men, or if they be visited after the visitation of all men, then the Lord hath not sent me. But if the Lord make a new thing, and the earth open her mouth, and swallow them up, with all that appertain unto them, and they go down quick into the pit, then ye shall understand that these men have provoked the Lord."

    The eyes of all Israel were fixed upon Moses as they stood, in terror and expectation, awaiting the event. As he ceased speaking, the solid earth parted, and the rebels went down alive into the pit, with all that pertained to them, and "they perished from among the congregation." The people fled, self-condemned as partakers in the sin.

    But the judgments were not ended. Fire flashing from the cloud consumed the two hundred and fifty princes who had offered incense. These men, not being the first in rebellion, were not destroyed with the chief conspirators. They were permitted to see their end, and to have an opportunity for repentance; but their sympathies were with the rebels, and they shared their fate.

    When Moses was entreating Israel to flee from the coming destruction, the divine judgment might even then have been stayed, if Korah and his company had repented and sought forgiveness. But their stubborn persistence sealed their doom. The entire congregation were sharers in their guilt, for all had, to a greater or less degree, sympathized with them. Yet God in His great mercy made a distinction between the leaders in rebellion and those whom they had led. The people who had permitted themselves to be deceived were still granted space for repentance. Overwhelming evidence had been given that they were wrong, and that Moses was right. The signal manifestation of God's power had removed all uncertainty.

    Jesus, the Angel who went before the Hebrews, sought to save them from destruction. Forgiveness was lingering for them. The judgment of God had come very near, and appealed to them to repent. A special, irresistible interference from heaven had arrested their rebellion. Now, if they would respond to the interposition of God's providence, they might be saved. But while they fled from the judgments, through fear of destruction, their rebellion was not cured. They returned to their tents that night terrified, but not repentant.

    They had been flattered by Korah and his company until they really believed themselves to be very good people, and that they had been wronged and abused by Moses. Should they admit that Korah and his company were wrong, and Moses right, then they would be compelled to receive as the word of God the sentence that they must die in the wilderness. They were not willing to submit to this, and they tried to believe that Moses had deceived them. They had fondly cherished the hope that a new order of things was about to be established, in which praise would be substituted for reproof, and ease for anxiety and conflict.

    The men who had perished had spoken flattering words and had professed great interest and love for them, and the people concluded that Korah and his companions must have been good men, and that Moses had by some means been the cause of their destruction.

    It is hardly possible for men to offer greater insult to God than to despise and reject the instrumentalities He would use for their salvation. The Israelites had not only done this, but had purposed to put both Moses and Aaron to death. Yet they did not realize the necessity of seeking pardon of God for their grievous sin. That night of probation was not passed in repentance and confession, but in devising some way to resist the evidences which showed them to be the greatest of sinners. They still cherished hatred of the men of God's appointment, and braced themselves to resist their authority. Satan was at hand to pervert their judgment and lead them blindfold to destruction.

    All Israel had fled in alarm at the cry of the doomed sinners who went down into the pit, for they said, "Lest the earth swallow us up also." "But on the morrow all the congregation of the children of Israel murmured against Moses and against Aaron, saying, ye have killed the people of the Lord." And they were about to proceed to violence against their faithful, self-sacrificing leaders.

    A manifestation of the divine glory was seen in the cloud above the tabernacle, and a voice from the cloud spoke to Moses and Aaron, "Get you up from among this congregation, that I may consume them as in a moment."

    The guilt of sin did not rest upon Moses, and hence he did not fear and did not hasten away and leave the congregation to perish. Moses lingered, in this fearful crisis manifesting the true shepherd's interest for the flock of his care. He pleaded that the wrath of God might not utterly destroy the people of His choice. By his intercession he stayed the arm of vengeance, that a full end might not be made of disobedient, rebellious Israel.

    But the minister of wrath had gone forth; the plague was doing its work of death. By his brother's direction, Aaron took a censer and hastened into the midst of the congregation to "make an atonement for them." "And he stood between the dead and the living." As the smoke of the incense ascended, the prayers of Moses in the tabernacle went up to God; and the plague was stayed; but not until fourteen thousand of Israel lay dead, an evidence of the guilt of murmuring and rebellion.

    But further evidence was given that the priesthood had been established in the family of Aaron. By divine direction each tribe prepared a rod and wrote upon it the name of the tribe. The name of Aaron was upon that of Levi. The rods were laid up in the tabernacle, "before the testimony." The blossoming of any rod was to be a token that the Lord had chosen that tribe for the priesthood. On the morrow, "behold, the rod of Aaron for the house of Levi was budded, and brought forth buds, and bloomed blossoms, and yielded almonds." It was shown to the people, and afterward laid up in the tabernacle as a witness to succeeding generations. This miracle effectually settled the question of the priesthood.

    It was now fully established that Moses and Aaron had spoken by divine authority, and the people were compelled to believe the unwelcome truth that they were to die in the wilderness. "Behold," they exclaimed, "we die, we perish, we all perish." They confessed that they had sinned in rebelling against their leaders, and that Korah and his company had suffered from the just judgment of God.

    In the rebellion of Korah is seen the working out, upon a narrower stage, of the same spirit that led to the rebellion of Satan in heaven. It was pride and ambition that prompted Lucifer to complain of the government of God, and to seek the overthrow of the order which had been established in heaven. Since his fall it has been his object to infuse the same spirit of envy and discontent, the same ambition for position and honor, into the minds of men. He thus worked upon the minds of Korah, Dathan, and Abiram, to arouse the desire for self-exaltation and excite envy, distrust, and rebellion. Satan caused them to reject God as their leader, by rejecting the men of God's appointment. Yet while in their murmuring against Moses and Aaron they blasphemed God, they were so deluded as to think themselves righteous, and to regard those who had faithfully reproved their sins as actuated by Satan.

    Do not the same evils still exist that lay at the foundation of Korah's ruin? Pride and ambition are widespread; and when these are cherished, they open the door to envy, and a striving for supremacy; the soul is alienated from God, and unconsciously drawn into the ranks of Satan. Like Korah and his companions, many, even of the professed followers of Christ, are thinking, planning, and working so eagerly for self-exaltation that in order to gain the sympathy and support of the people they are ready to pervert the truth, falsifying and misrepresenting the Lord's servants, and even charging them with the base and selfish motives that inspire their own hearts. By persistently reiterating falsehood, and that against all evidence, they at last come to believe it to be truth. While endeavoring to destroy the confidence of the people in the men of God's appointment, they really believe that they are engaged in a good work, verily doing God service.

    The Hebrews were not willing to submit to the directions and restrictions of the Lord. They were restless under restraint, and unwilling to receive reproof. This was the secret of their murmuring against Moses. Had they been left free to do as they pleased, there would have been fewer complaints against their leader. All through the history of the church God's servants have had the same spirit to meet.

    It is by sinful indulgence that men give Satan access to their minds, and they go from one stage of wickedness to another. The rejection of light darkens the mind and hardens the heart, so that it is easier for them to take the next step in sin and to reject still clearer light, until at last their habits of wrongdoing become fixed. Sin ceases to appear sinful to them. He who faithfully preaches God's word, thereby condemning their sins, too often incurs their hatred. Unwilling to endure the pain and sacrifice necessary to reform, they turn upon the Lord's servant and denounce his reproofs as uncalled for and severe. Like Korah, they declare that the people are not at fault; it is the reprover that causes all the trouble. And soothing their consciences with this deception, the jealous and disaffected combine to sow discord in the church and weaken the hands of those who would build it up.

    Every advance made by those whom God has called to lead in His work has excited suspicion; every act has been misrepresented by the jealous and faultfinding. Thus it was in the time of Luther, of the Wesleys and other reformers. Thus it is today.

    Korah would not have taken the course he did had he known that all the directions and reproofs communicated to Israel were from God. But he might have known this. God had given overwhelming evidence that He was leading Israel. But Korah and his companions rejected light until they became so blinded that the most striking manifestations of His power were not sufficient to convince them; they attributed them all to human or satanic agency. The same thing was done by the people, who the day after the destruction of Korah and his company came to Moses and Aaron, saying, "Ye have killed the people of the Lord."

    Notwithstanding they had had the most convincing evidence of God's displeasure at their course, in the destruction of the men who had deceived them, they dared to attribute His judgments to Satan, declaring that through the power of the evil one, Moses and Aaron had caused the death of good and holy men. It was this act that sealed their doom. They had committed the sin against the Holy Spirit, a sin by which man's heart is effectually hardened against the influence of divine grace. "Whosoever speaketh a word against the Son of man," said Christ, "it shall be forgiven him: but whosoever speaketh against the Holy Ghost, it shall not be forgiven him." Matthew 12:32. These words were spoken by our Saviour when the gracious works which He had performed through the power of God were attributed by the Jews to Beelzebub. It is through the agency of the Holy Spirit that God communicates with man; and those who deliberately reject this agency as satanic, have cut off the channel of communication between the soul and Heaven.

    God works by the manifestation of His Spirit to reprove and convict the sinner; and if the Spirit's work is finally rejected, there is no more that God can do for the soul. The last resource of divine mercy has been employed. The transgressor has cut himself off from God, and sin has no remedy to cure itself. There is no reserved power by which God can work to convict and convert the sinner. "Let him alone" (Hosea 4:17) is the divine command. Then "there remaineth no more sacrifice for sins, but a certain fearful looking for of judgment and fiery indignation, which shall devour the adversaries." Hebrews 10:26, 27.

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 The_ice_queen_by_dannykojima-d5lcuh3
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Queen-photo-by-chris-hopper-in-1978


    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13283
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (6)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jun 24, 2018 4:08 am

    Please remember that this thread is a mental and spiritual gymnasium which is intended to make all of us think -- and that it does not necessarily reflect my true views. What about mostly studying materials which are at least five years old, but less than five hundred years old, so as to be able to gain a proper perspective, yet still be able to verify sources, and know something about authorship? Wouldn't this help to avoid sensationalism, and also avoid having to deal with fragments, obscure ancient languages, or the deciphering of hieroglyphics? AD 1518 to AD 2013? Just a thought. Here is my original 'United States of the Solar System' thread (from the old and closed to posting) Project Avalon. It presently has nearly 110,000 views (increasing daily). How does this original-thread from 2010 compare with this present-thread?? http://projectavalon.net/forum/showthread.php?t=15878&highlight=amen Please remember that I have attempted to remove ALL of my online proposals from ALL tables, simply because I don't know what's REALLY going on. Garbage In, Garbage Out?? What Would Kerry Cassidy Say?? What Would Sherry Shriner Say?? That's All I'm Going to Say.

    I like to read the Bible, but how do I really know that what I'm reading is accurate, or that it is what the original authors actually wrote? I continue to be interested in idealistic theology, but I have become somewhat pessimistic regarding using the Bible as a modern infallible standard. Anyway, the info-war will be ongoing and problematic. I'm going to see what sort of mileage I can get out of Responsibility and the U.S. Constitution, at least as being a frame of reference or a base camp. I don't wish to be harsh and narrow, but I do wish to avoid becoming lost at sea, or to avoid beating upon the rocks of who knows what absurdities? There is so much information to wade through. How should we properly sort everything out?

    If you don't stand for something, you tend to fall for anything. If one does not believe in God, the problem is that they will then be much more likely to believe in just about anything. I like thinking about a Vatican-Based Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System, regardless of where it should be headquartered, or who should preside over it. At this point, it is a mental and spiritual exercise for me. It's an ultimate neo-reformation, if you will. Admittedly, the problems connected with implementation and application would be huge. It might not work, but thinking about it might help us to determine what would work. I'm finding it to be a helpful starting point.

    Look at the pluralistic mass of information I have collected in connection with these few words!!! Once again, take this thread as a whole, when considering the possibility of a United States of the Solar System, based solidly on a foundation of Responsibility. Sorry for the repetition, but theme and variation is a useful tool, in music and politics!! It sounds as though my threads are about to go up in smoke because of copyright and forum issues. I smell a rat, but what do I know? I continue to believe that I don't have things figured-out at all. I'm just making this up as I go completely insane. Is this an alien with a bong filled with orgone water??!!! What fate Omoroca? How does this dude blow his nose? What would Sherry Shriner say??? I'm going to listen to six hours straight of Sherry Shriner to try to get my pius-zombie head together...

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Oood

    One more time, and perhaps one last time, I truly wish for things to work out well for all concerned, but I do not subscribe to 'anything goes' or to 'peace at any price'. I'm just not a 'fire and brimstone' kind of guy, like Loki. I think a lot of beings need to be incarcerated and reeducated, but with dignity and respect. I obviously don't know the true state of affairs, and when I learn what's really been going on, I might have a very different attitude. I continue to feel that I am watched and attacked on a supernatural-level 24/7. I'm paranoid, because they really are out to get me. I can visualize what I think has been going on, but I can't articulate it very well, and if I could, I probably wouldn't live very long. If this forum gets shut-down or severely restricted, I doubt that I'll join another forum. This has been an adventure, but I had hoped that it would be a shared adventure.

    I'll probably read more books, watch more documentaries, spend more time in nature, clean and repair my house, straighten-up my finances, write and perform some popular music, and possibly write some science-fiction. In a future-life, I'd like to participate in solar system governance, but I don't think it's going to happen in this life. This has pretty much been a wasted life, in my view. Better luck next time. Right? Thank-you Carol, Mercuriel, All Forum Members, and Secret Admirers for everything you have said and done. Thank-you Queen of Heaven and God of This World for not striking me dead as I have attempted to figure this mess out. But who knows, you might've tried! Perhaps you even succeeded in some of my past lives! I think I might've met you, or a couple of your representatives, over the past few years, but I'm not really sure at this point. If you want to take this tempest in a teapot to the next level, you know where I live, work, and walk. Some of your minions have probably even watched me in the bathroom. Too much information, right?

    Also, beware of those who talk fast and vibrate quickly, and who are clean, neat, smooth, give you what you want, tell you what you want to hear, and have all the answers. I once spoke with an attorney, who told me that if Jesus showed-up, the churches wouldn't know what to do with him. I think they might crucify the real Jesus (figuratively or literally) and try to create a Christ in their own image, and after their likeness, for presentation to the world, which the real Jesus would have nothing to do with. Take a very close look at who has followed the actual Red-Letter Teachings of Jesus, historically and presently. You might be surprised at what you find, or don't find. I think there might be a lot of weeping, wailing, and gnashing of teeth in the final reckoning, and that the genuine return of Jesus might be a great disappointment to the majority of the human race. What would William Miller say? I will continue to argue against eternal capital punishment, but I don't know the true and complete story.

    Seeing everything in it's panoramic horror, might make me think very differently. I've never been more conflicted about this subject than I am right now. Looking beneath the surface of politics and religion is not for the timid or the faint of heart. This subject has made me question myself, more than anyone or anything else. I'm going to be a lot quieter and more thoughtful in the coming months and years. There are thoughts about the subject of this thread which I don't dare print. I almost don't dare think them. My reflection on life, the universe, and everything is scaring the hell out of me, or is it that I am angering the powers of darkness, and they're trying to shoot me down? I think I'm mostly shooting myself down. I'm looking for resolution, but I'm mostly finding questions and conflict. I frankly don't know which way to jump.

    What do you think about restoring most ancient ruins, and other notable structures? What about finishing unfinished grand architectural building projects? What about building grand architectural designs which were never built? Wouldn't this save a lot of time and money? Wouldn't the finished products be grand and monumental? Might this include structures throughout the solar system? Modern construction methods and innovations could be incorporated into the historical designs. Would people be prejudiced by the political, religious, and philosophical associations connected with the buildings? This might be a very difficult hurdle to overcome. I guess I'm a sucker for the grand and glorious, but often this sort of thing has been connected with questionable philosophies and fund-raising methods. Could this endeavor be conducted on a very high road? There would be a lot of Babylonian, Egyptian, Grecian, and Roman themes, wouldn't there? But wouldn't this complement a lot of the existing grand and glorious architectural wonders of the world?

    Elsewhere in this thread, I suggested the installation of an 1875 design Cavaille-Coll pipe-organ in St. Peter's. I'm a sucker for pipe-organs too, even though they are often not well matched with the buildings they are located in. There are a lot of Bentley Organs in Volkswagen Churches! You organists know what I'm talking about! Don't read too much into this paragraph. I lean heavily toward natural everything, and I think the best building is no building, as long as the weather cooperates! But I do admire human creativity, which sometimes manifests in the form of beautiful and grand buildings. I'd really like the solar system to be a New Garden of Eden, which only retains, say 50% of the existing buildings. I'd like to see a lot of the new construction occur underground. Probably most of this hypothetical underground construction would be quite shallow, and people would be able to easily come to the surface. I just want this world and solar system to be picture-perfect! Does anyone have a problem with that???

    You might find this interesting. http://www.themistsofavalon.net/t2779-eric-jon-phelps Of course, as always, I can't verify most of the controversial material I subject myself to, so I just mumble on this little site. Consider the Knights Templar, the Teutonic Knights, the Jesuits, the Freemasons, the Bavarian Illuminati, Gizeh Intelligence, the Nazis, the Alphabet Agencies, the New World Order, and the Secret Government as having a lot in common. Again, no evidence, no proof, just hunches and speculation. Old World Order vs New World Order? Or, are they two sides of the same coin? Bad@$$ vs Bad@$$? If the hated New World Order is defeated, do we then get stuck with the Old World Order? Are both of our options really bad? Sometimes I really wonder if we might be in more trouble than we can possibly imagine. Would a Responsibility-Based United States of the Solar System be a workable alternative to the madness we are in, or would the same old bastards just keep right on ruling from the shadows? I'm trying to toughen myself up by watching old episodes of 'Nikita'. I'm really a kumbaya kinda guy, but do we live in a kumbaya kinda universe? Sometimes I really wonder.

    I continue to experience a profound and devastating crisis of faith, but I also continue to believe that biblical and theological studies are foundational for bigger and better things. Don't just write-off the Bible and Religion, and avoid the whole subject. As unpleasant as it might be, I think we need to properly deal with this. It's really hard to master calculus, without learning algebra and trigonometry. I've been trying to keep one foot in the Old Age and the other foot in the New Age, and I'm doing the splits. I also think that we need the organization and community which the church offers. Unfortunately, many churches are wracked with painful power struggles and doctrinal controversies, not to mention fighting about money. But please don't stop studying religion and theology, just because you don't go to church, or don't believe in God. I tear down and build up, simultaneously. One doesn't make a lot of friends that way, and it's a nasty job, but someone has to do it. I'm still conceptually working with the Teachings of Jesus, the U.S. Constitution, the Latin Mass, and Sacred Classical Music, but I'm not making a lot of progress, and I have received virtually no feedback from anyone. Could the Catholics, Orthodox, Anglicans, Episcopalians, Lutherans, Buddhists, Jews, and Muslims accept such a combination? Would the Protestants still protest, or did most of them stop protesting a long time ago? I wonder.

    The Latin Mass is the most difficult part of the equation for me, but if I interpret the Mass with the Teachings of Jesus, it sort of works, for me at least. I'm trying to look for commonalities and historical continuity, with a lot less baggage. I like to travel light. But I remain in turmoil about all of the above. I don't think there is any easy way out of this mess. No one's really going to be happy, no matter what we do. It's sort of like 'choose your poison'. We're very hard to please, aren't we? I'm trying to be a New Age Protestant Catholic by engaging in heresy within the sacred walls of Roman Catholicism, if you know what I mean. They'd fire me in five minutes! Here is a beautiful Latin Mass Wedding. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8_F3XUAqDFk&feature=related Sometimes I think I should move to Paris, and attend various Parisian Roman Catholic Churches, and go to every single organ and choral concert. Then I might find a group of renegade Jesuits to hang-out with, and conspire against the Pope (in a nice way, of course!), in sort of a Neo-Hellfire Club! What would Benjamin Franklin say??? What would Francis Dashwood say??? What would the Pope say??? I don't hate the Pope, but I think the Papacy is too easily controlled from the shadows, and too easily corrupted. But would a more democratic and transparent hierarchical governmental structure destroy the Roman Catholic Church? How does one save the church, without destroying it, and a lot of faithful church members, as the church confronts modernity? What a pain!

    My computer is running slower than constipation, and I think I know why. I once attended a couple of lectures by Charles Thomas Casey. I think he was a grandson of Edgar Casey. It was quite interesting, but I don't remember the details, and I'm not sure why I didn't pursue the work of Edgar Casey. I come from a somewhat suspicious and paranoid religious tradition, which might explain some of my reluctance to jump right in to something supernatural and spooky. I was attending a Whole Life Expo, and I was a bit overwhelmed by everything. I was also singing in four televised church services at the time, two on Saturday (Sabbath) and two on Sunday, so I was a bit over-churched, to say the least! How does one properly combine order, organization, and discipline with freedom and creativity? How does one properly avoid confusion and anarchy? There are probably seven billion different opinions regarding politics and religion, and how they should relate to each other, so do we need a super father or mother figure to bring order out of chaos?

    If we keep a certain few items constant, in a minimalist-traditionalist approach, can we then safely engage in a responsible and harmonious pluralism? If the center doesn't hold, we're pretty much screwed, aren't we? Would a Responsibility-Based United States of the Solar System be a center which would hold? My answer is that it would depend on what people infused this concept with. It could work, or it could fail. What are the psychological, ethical, political, and religious implications and ramifications of a Responsibility-Based United States of the Solar System? Would such a concept compete with the Roman Catholic Church and maybe China or Russia, or could there be a grand and glorious integration? I really don't know. Again, it would depend on what people brought to the table. I really don't favor a particular race, religion, or country. I really don't. I'm trying to be a watcher from a distance, and do that which is in EVERYONE'S BEST INTEREST. But does that sort of approach make EVERYONE UNHAPPY???

    There are some aspects of the Nazi phenomenon, which might have it's roots in Gizeh Intelligence (or equivalent), which have-been, and are, quite attractive, but with legion and devastating final-solutions. Fame, Fortune, Power, Pleasure, and Technology are big draws for a lot of people. But reprehensible means lead to unthinkable ends. Just keep researching a wide variety of subjects. A couple of interesting books which combine politics and religion in a historical setting are 'Hitler's Pope' by John Cornwell, and 'The Keys of This Blood' by Malachi Martin. I'm thinking about going back to church, not because they teach the truth, but because of community. 'The Rise of the Fourth Reich' by Jim Marrs, is an excellent book regarding the persistence of the Nazi phenomenon. I think we need to study the history of the 20th century very carefully, or the human race might not make it to the 22nd century. I will continue to be honest, rather than sanitizing my true feelings with love and light. Intensity and honesty seems to be viewed as being a vice rather than a virtue.

    I know how to do placid and peaceful. Been there and done that. I just watched a documentary on Heinrich Himmler, and I'm presently agonizing over the Nazi phenomenon. Why didn't the Germans simply promote excellence, and leave everyone alone? Why go to war at all? Why didn't they simply try to win the hearts and minds of the rest of the world, without fighting with them? The Nazi Party seemed to be an authoritarian humanist religion. If one can grapple with the horrors of history, and remain placid and happy, then something is seriously wrong with them. I hope some good guys and gals with Cray Supercomputers are saving the best internet content, and engaging in expert analysis 24/7. I think this infowar is just warming up, and that we haven't seen anything yet. I'd love for things to be resolved and placid, but at this point, I'm bracing for the worst, and for a long and drawn-out conflict, which might involve the entire solar system. But I'm pleading with everyone, weak and strong, to keep the infowar completely non-violent.

    I realize that there are huge issues to discuss and argue about, but hurting and killing should be kept completely off the table. Justice should be delivered in a legal context, and without capital, cruel, or unusual punishment. I don't wish to just sweep everything under the galactic rug, hold hands (or whatever), and sing kumbaya, but I get the feeling that there have been way too many star wars, over billions of years. I want this to be over, but I'm certainly not holding my breath. Well, I might be going down for the 30th time, but I'm going to try to stay down this time, in my Shallow Underground Civilian Base, and just read books and watch documentaries. I might even enter a Vibrational Rehab Center to try to vibrate fast enough to make a difference. I have no idea what I'm supposed to be thinking and doing. I got the distinct impression today, that someone does not like what I'm thinking and doing, but I'm not sure if that is a good thing or a bad thing.

    Everything seems like a big, sick, most dangerous game. I just wish to turn Purgatory into Paradise. Is this unreasonable or irresponsible? I'm sensing no love from anyone, good or bad. So, once again, are we stuck with either the Old World Order or the New World Order? Is there another better option? What the hell is really going on? Damned if I know, but this thrashing madness of mine is over, for now anyway. This thread is born of insecurity, rather than arrogance. It is merely a tool. It is a means to an end, rather than being the answer to life, the universe, and everything. Namaste. Mea Culpa. Kyrie Eleison. Good-Night. God Bless You. And God Bless the United States (slight pause) of the Solar System. Geronimo! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NAzD2Y-opJo&feature=related


    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Tumblr_l8ao8rxqic1qd5yo4o1_500
    Orthodoxymoron v Marduk??!!

    I was finally going to stop, but here I go again. I like the idea of a Responsibility-Based United States of the Solar System, with a University of Solar System Studies and Governance being an integral part of this Brave New Solar System. There might be a hundred campuses located throughout the solar system. I think the best aspects of all political and religious systems could be incorporated into a United States of the Solar System. The idea is to end up with 10,000 of the best and the brightest highly educated and trained representatives, who are not corrupted in any way, shape, or form. I don't know enough about the various beings and factions in the world, solar system, galaxy, and universe to make proper determinations and judgments about them at this time. I simply wish for the corrupt and evil bullshit to cease and desist in this solar system, with all deliberate speed. Do not twist and misuse my words and intentions. I desire only the best for this solar system. Perhaps I should narrow my study to 'The Federalist Papers', 'The Anti-Federalist Papers', The United States Constitution and Bill of Rights, in the context of Nature and Sacred Classical Music. Studying this subject while listening to appropriate music makes all the difference in the world.

    I am not in bed with any particular race, country, or religion. I might be confused or deceived, but my intentions are to do that which is in everyone's best interest. I remain open to all beings and all points of view, but I am quite suspicious and paranoid at this point. I am attempting neutrality, to the best of my ability.
    I have tried to keep things light, throughout this thread, but I am very serious about cleaning up the mess in this solar system. Formality and informality both have their proper spheres, and I will attempt to be sensitive regarding what is appropriate and inappropriate in various contexts. Would all of the above need to be theocratically approved, established, and administered? I tend to think so, but I don't know enough about the true state of affairs, regarding God, Satan, Angels, Demons, the Human, and the Divine. I continue to fly-blind, with not nearly enough reliable information. A brutal gang of facts, or a brutal gang of dracs, could change everything. I still don't have an enemies list, but I continue to work on one, as I continue to try to understand. Namaste.

    Is competition an integral part of freedom? Are deception, cruelty, and moral ambiguity integral parts of competition? Can pure love compete in the reptilian eat human solar system we live in? I'm leaning toward responsibility and response-ability as being a modus operandi where the good guys and gals can actually win, instead of huddling in a corner, singing kumbaya, while the bad guys and gals rule the solar system. I really do want the good guys and gals to win, but a lot of what masquerades as love and goodness is really naivety and stupidity, and I have engaged in plenty of this myself, which is why I know so much about it. Has high-technology made us safer and happier people? Has it really made things better? Was the Industrial Revolution a good idea? Are all of the Weapons of Mass Destruction making the solar system a really great place? I'm not anti high-tech or anti factory, but probably 90% of this complex mess should be eliminated. Is the world an environmentally better place than it was a century ago? Have we made this world much more beautiful and peaceful, or have we turned it into a toilet and a slaughterhouse? Answer these questions honestly, instead of just struggling to get more and more and more.

    I wish to turn this solar system into a paradise for everyone, not just for some select faction, religion, or race. I support a responsible pluralism. Obviously, defining and applying this would be something to behold. Once again, please study this thread as a whole, rather than just reading a couple of posts, and then issuing a verdict. This thread is a mental and spiritual exercise, and a means to an end, rather than being the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth. This thread is intended to make you face yourself, and think. One more thing. Please understand that I have engaged in a certain amount of role-playing and imagined-importance in this thread. Little people with inferiority complexes, sometimes imagine themselves in important roles and situations. It's sort of fun, and it can be instructional, but it really is dreamland, and there are massive doses of dreamland in this thread. But I have attempted to approximate what I think the hidden realities might really be. Once again, I would love to play some sort of a role in a Responsibility-Based United States of the Solar System, but this would have to be in one of my future lives. I'm sort of a basket-case in this life, but in a good way. I mean well, but Raven was right, I am a completely ignorant fool, and I know it. We all have our crosses to bear.

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Highway_car_exhaust
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Coastal_pollution
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Pollution
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Gpw-20050304-unitedstatesdepartmentofenergy-xx-33-thermonuclear-hydrogen-bomb-operation-castle-romeo-event-bikini-atoll-marshall-islands-19540327-large

    Take a very close look at the Knights Templar and the Teutonic Knights. Where and when did they REALLY originate? What have they been doing for the past 500 years, in particular? What are they doing presently? Are there two or three factions, or are they monolithic? What if they really go back into ancient Sirius, Atlantis, Babylon, Egypt, Greece, and Rome? What if they are at the center of the Bloody Drama on this Prison Planet in Rebellion? Are they the Secret Government? I haven't really gotten into this, but I see and smell a helluva lot of smoke, and the smoke is just pouring out of my ears. Consider the Praying and Fighting aspects of the Knights. What might be the World War II parallels? Do we basically need to reform all factions and aspects of the Knights Templar and Teutonic Knights, or whatever names they presently use? Read between the lines here. I don't want to speculate too freely in this area. I think this might be playing with hotter fire than I'm prepared to handle. One more time. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6z7O7UZxipM

    Has anyone considered or attempted Expository Preaching based upon 'The Teachings of Jesus', 'The Federalist Papers', and 'The Anti-Federalist Papers', in the interest of 'Responsible Freedom', in the Context of the Cathedral? What if there were a French Romantic Organ Prelude (foreplay), followed by a Processional with French Romantic Choral Music, followed by a French Romantic Choral Anthem, followed by Expository Preaching Based Upon 'The Teachings of Jesus', 'The Federalist Papers' and the 'Anti-Federalist Papers', followed by a French Romantic Choral Work, followed by a Recessional with French Romantic Choral Music, followed by a Climactic French Romantic Organ Postlude, with Bells and Fireworks Outside???? Why won't anyone talk to me about any of this? I'm not just talking to the regular posters. I'm talking to everyone who monitors this site and thread. You probably know a helluva lot more about what's really going on than I do, and you could very easily carry on an intelligent conversation with me. Why is there a conversational brick wall?

    I'm dumber and smarter than you think. I could explain, but it's complicated. I'm just starting to figure it out, and I'm probably making a lot of mistakes, but they are just stumbling baby steps on the road to utopia. Check this out. You can watch services from Notre Dame in Paris. I've spoken of Latin Masses, but I really just like listening to services in languages other than English, so I can read, write, or just think, while listening to them. Don't crucify me regarding my comments on Latin Masses. I would still like to know the full story behind the origins of the Latin Mass and the Novus Ordo Mass. I'm not Catholic, so go easy on me, as I try to understand a lot of things which most people couldn't care less about. http://www.ktotv.com/videos-chretiennes/emissions/messe-a-notre-dame/messe-a-notre-dame-messe-du-dimanche-soir/00060005 I love the music!!! Je T'aime Notre Dame de Paris!!!


    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Notre-Dame-de-Paris_Notre-Dame-night-view_2939

    Imagine being in a room with 100 of the best and brightest individuals in the solar system - discussing solar system governance issues. What might that be like? Is this the way it should be? But how would one ensure that you really had the 100 best and brightest individuals? How would one keep this group from becoming cold, hard, cynical, and corrupt? So many things start out looking so very promising, and then they go to hell in a hurry. Would an Idealized Queen of Heaven really be the best final authority? Imagine dealing with an Uber-Competent Queen of Heaven in a Temple Palace on the Moon. What might that be like? If they were really, really good - that would be an exhilarating experience, especially if they were really, really sexy!! But what if they made Bloody Mary look like Mother Teresa? How about Kali or Hathor on a bad day?? Think about it. The human race should be treated with dignity and respect, and be given appropriate levels of responsibility, but does there need to be a theocratic authority of last resort? If people are treated like children, they're going to act like children. But, on the other hand, if they are allowed to run wild, they might exterminate themselves rather quickly. Where is the happy medium or proper balance point in all of this governance madness?

    I really just want things to operate properly, and for wars, starvation, gross-injustice, etc. to be completely eliminated. The drama should be kept to an absolute minimum. There are probably hundreds of viable models of solar system governance, which would work just fine, but a Theocratically Implemented, Responsibility-Based United States of the Solar System is the one I'm going to run with, until I find something better, and I am open to being shown something better. But it better be really good! This thread is not born of arrogance and superiority, but rather of insecurity and inferiority. I'm really just trying to make sense out of things, so as to try to help make things better for everyone. I like a mixture of the royal model, the servant model, formality, informality, democracy, and theocracy. Even if there has been historical and contemporary governmental malfeasance, a new team might not be much better. I really am trying to understand that which has been hidden from the goyim and commoners. I hate having to keep guessing about all of this, but when I really find out the truth, I might hate myself regarding my historical reincarnational role in the troubles which have plagued this solar system. Ignorance is bliss, right?

    I deal in possibilities and probabilities, and I also mostly connect dots to information which has been revealed by others. But I do this very passively, and only on this little forum. I think most of those who read what I write, know a lot more than I do, even though they rarely comment. I have no credentials, so my credibility is zero. Even if I'm mostly right, the impact is probably close to zero. It's not like I've been given the grand-tour by a group of Dracs and Tall, Long-Nosed Greys, and then told not to tell anyone. I really don't know, but I worry constantly, and I suspect deception and foul-play on a grand scale. And no, it's not worth it, but I do it anyway. It might be of some benefit to someone, somehow, somewhere, somewhen. This is sort of like 'Mr. Smith Goes to Phobos'. This is honestly an attempt to reconstruct a badly shattered faith, but it obviously is not working. They promised me a rose-garden. They lied. I'm not complaining about the primrose path. It's what's at the end of the path that troubles me. The light at the end of the tunnel might be an oncoming magneto-leviton train travelling at mach 2.

    They never promised me a rose-garden in Avalon or the Mists of Avalon, and I don't expect one here, or on Phobos, for that matter. But the truth of our predicament seems to have been carefully hidden by both the good guys and the bad guys. They all have their reasons. But it seems to me that the time has come for the truth to be tactfully revealed to everyone, regardless of whether satisfactory solutions can be achieved, or not. My continued speculation might prepare myself and others for whatever horrors await us, just around the corner. I'm trying to keep all of this in the realm of science-fiction, and mostly for a morbid sort of entertainment. If someone becomes upset by this, they can be consoled that I'm just a stupid crackpot conspiracy theorist, rather than a credentialed whistleblower. If the Mists of Avalon gets taken down, perhaps we can start the Fog of Phobos...


    I've been trying to keep one foot in the Old Age and the other foot in the New Age, and I'm doing the splits. The antediluvian world was supposedly surrounded by some sort of a mist, which did not exist post-deluge. Is there any evidence of such a mist, and what it might've consisted of? The chem-trails (laced with radioactive materials?), Fukushima (deliberately inflicted?), and weather modification (courtesy of HAARP?) might be designed to produce conditions conducive to certain life-forms. Is this possible? Some speak of the 'veil being lifted'. What are they referring to? Are we going to be dealing with zombies, giants, and plf's? How might orgone affect humans and other than humans, physically and on a soul-level? I'm feeling a tremendous sense of dread. Perhaps I should make my shallow underground civilian base a bit deeper. Can you dig it? In the biblical record, Adam lived to the ripe, old age of 939 earth years, but in a very short time period, people were lucky to make it to 100. What the hell happened? That can't possibly be blamed on 'The Fall' can it? Then, 'God' was sorry that 'he' created 'man', and committed genocide, nearly wiping-out the entire human race. In Babylon, 'God' seemed to forbid a One World Government and the Unification of Humanity. I am not a slave to the biblical scrolls, but I do think they contain important clues.

    Has anyone read any Ralph Ellis books, such as 'Jesus: Last of the Pharaohs'? How about any of Gerald Massey's books, such as 'The Historical Jesus and the Mythical Christ'? Both authors focus upon the intersection of Biblical Studies and Egyptology. Does anyone have any thoughts regarding Biblical Egyptology? What about Michael / Horus / Mithras / Jesus / ??? as being a reincarnating archangel, or even a reptilian queen on a soul-level? Perhaps a forbidden genetic hybridization program resulted in an undesirable and threatening product of conception, namely the human race. I am interested in idealistic government and religion, and even the constructive combining of the two, but I'm not seeing much of a solid historical foundation for this sort of thing. Is the human race predestined to defeat, by divine design? Am I getting warm (due to increased levels of radioactivity?), or am I just cracking-up? Sometimes I feel like a potted-plant. What would Brendan Sullivan say?

    Anyway, has anyone read or re-read 'Megatrends' or 'Future Shock' lately, to see how things have played-out in relation to the forecasts and projections? Should I be reading Daniel and the Revelation in the Holy Bible, for the real-deal about the future? Should I try to change the future, or is it pretty-much already determined? Have the gods and goddesses made up their minds what they're going to do with us, or to us? Or, has the Creator God of the Universe decided what to do with the gods and goddesses - and with us? Is the ball in our court, or not? I guess I'm seeking a productive partnership of the Human and the Divine, whatever that really means. Where does the BS stop, and the truth begin? Which Heins 57 varieties of religion and philosophy do we embrace? How shall we then live? Should we just eat, drink, and be merry, as we prepare to die?

    Please listen to the 1989 MUFON Bill Cooper video (UFO's and Secret-Government), over and over again. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2a3IXw1nGCw Please determine how much of it is true. I think a lot of it is true, but my interpretation is somewhat different than the conclusions which Bill arrives at. This material is enough to drive a man to irritability and drunkeness. I've never had a drink in my life, but I'm tempted to become an alcoholic, and join the Friends of Bill Cooper! Sorry Bill. I have no respect, even for my friends! Would Mt. Weather be a good United States of the Solar System Headquarters? How about Camp David? What about the Crater Copernicus? If nothing else works out, there's always Phobos! Should I rent a Ferrari, and do my version of 'On the Beach'? What would Jon Shirley say? What would Shirley Maclaine say? Wait. Don't tell me. Once again, I want to make it clear that I don't hate anyone, but I am annoyed by nearly everyone. I'm really just trying to understand, and to then respond responsibly. I'm very hesitant to throw stones, because I might live in a glass house. Hell, I spent years in a glass cathedral. I really just want to resolve this mess, and move on to bigger and better things, with all deliberate speed. I'm going to spend years attempting to sleep in the bed I've made in this thread. I intend to remain virtually invisible and low key, but who knows what the future will bring, if we even have a future.

    The following is just a current theory of mine. I speculate a lot. I somehow think that in antiquity, Michael/Jesus was instrumental in the intelligent design and genetic engineering of male and female human beings, and that this was considered to be the original and unpardonable sin in a reptilian universe. Then, this rebellion was put-down by the Old World Order. At some point Michael/Jesus tried to take back the solar system with a New World Order, which was quickly put-down. At some point, a Counterfeit New World Order came into existence, and battled with the Old World Order. I think Michael/Jesus has largely been disempowered for a very long time. I'm hoping that a New Solar System will replace both the Old World Order and the New World Order. I have tried to approximate what I think the New Solar System might be like, by hypothetically creating a Theocratically-Implemented, Responsibility-Based, United States of the Solar System. The crucifixion might've originally occurred in ancient Atlantis, Babylon, or Egypt, simply as a punishment, with Jesus as a Sinner in the Hands of an Angry God. Then, the story was later modified into the version we are taught in the churches.

    The crucifixion is essentially a human-sacrifice, and the eucharist is essentially cannibalism, especially when the doctrine of transubstantiation is taken literally and seriously. The substitutionary atonement promises that we can be considered as being good, even if we continue to be bad. I agree with Bernard Shaw, that the substitutionary atonement is unethical. I think we simply must be good, which means we must be responsible, and make the problems of others, our problems. We really are our brother's and sister's keepers. A human sacrifice and cannibalism (symbolic or literal) will not get us off the hook with a legitimate deity. But we might be dealing with regressive and vengeful deities, who use God's name in vain, to punish and enslave us. Read 'The God's of Eden' by William Bramley, 'The Great Controversy' by Ellen White, and 'Rule by Secrecy' by Jim Marrs, as evidence for this hypothesis. Crucifixes do not honor Jesus Christ. They are hideous, and most of them should be removed. Obviously, stained-gl@ss windows, and such, should be left alone, as works of art, and integral parts of existing buildings.

    Anyway, the Teachings of Jesus emphasize being ethical and righteous. The writings of Paul promote the substitutionary atonement, and many consider Paul to be a heretic against the message of Christ. Paul did not follow the Great Commission in Matthew 28. He started an essentially new religion, which was not based upon the Teachings of Jesus. As far as I can tell, no church in 2,000 years has followed the Teachings of Jesus as it's doctrinal statement, and rule of faith and practice. I'd love to be proven wrong, but no one seems to wish to talk to me, regardless of whether they agree with me, or not. No one really seems to give a damn. I have also seen the little white amoeba-like lights between me and the computer screen today. I know someone hates me, but at least they are interested in what I'm doing. I think this thing is really nasty and bitter, and I don't think I know 5% of what has really gone on for thousands and even millions of years. I have no animosity presently, but if I knew the full story, I might start applying the war-paint and beating the drums of war! Unfortunately, we're not dealing with sticks and stones anymore. We're dealing with planet-busting WMD's.

    So, I will continue to attempt to be a neutral pacifist, rather than a war monger. The regressives would probably kick my @$$ anyway!!!! There has been minimal dialogue on this thread, and then, in the past couple of months, conversation has dried-up completely. I have some ideas. I'm challenging the status-quo, and while I intend no harm, the implications and ramifications of my challenge might be very far-reaching. Again, I continue to fly blind. I'm just trying to do the right thing, despite feeling like poop most of the time. But this doesn't seem to be welcome and appreciated. I guess I'm attempting a jail-break, but it's really a nice and peaceful jail-break. This all seems so futile. I really just want things to make sense, and for this solar system to be run properly. Herein probably lies the problem. I am criticizing the prison planet administration, and I am trying to convert a harsh and punishing prison into a peaceful paradise. This might be attempting an impossibility. I just don't know the true nature of our predicament. I doubt that the management is incompetent, but I do think it is corrupt and cruel. But what the hell do I know?

    What's going on with China and Korea? I feel very apprehensive. I have heard some troubling things, which I can't verify, and which I'd rather not talk about. To all concerned, be very careful, and don't believe everything the Secret Government (or equivalent) tells you. I continue to think there is a hidden power which incites and causes us to war with each other. We need to stop falling for this bullshit. Again, I am not partial toward any race, religion, or country. I'm White, American, Christian, and Male, but I'm doing my best to be a composite of everyone and everything, if you know what I mean. A Responsibility-Based United States of the Solar System might not be particularly American, if you know what I mean. My continued discussion of the Roman Catholic Church doesn't mean that I'm in bed with the Pope. There is a positive and a negative side to everyone and everything, and I wish to accentuate the positive, eliminate the negative, and get rid of the dracs! Just kidding! I'd still like to hang-out with the Dracs on Phobos! Someone told me that they like me, but I'm not sure why, or if that was a sarcastic comment.

    I simply wish to give everyone a fair shake, but obviously I don't know what's really been going on throughout the solar system for thousands of years. Full disclosure might change everything. I will attempt to adapt appropriately and ethically to changing circumstances and situations. What would Joseph Fletcher say? I know what he told me privately, but it was rather negative, and wouldn't apply to this post! BTW, is Titan the new Prison Planet? If so, is it really big enough? Just wondering. If they cause any trouble, airlock 'em!!! I'm half-joking and half-serious! Probably keeping them in a Deep Underground Faraday-Shielded Maximum-Security Prison would be the best idea. For now. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ANqYvooR4Rs&feature=fvsr Should eating people be a capital offense? Are people really being eaten? Alex Collier says yes. Sherry Shriner says yes. I haven't said much about this, because it is so horrific and sensational, and because I don't know.

    I have chosen to focus on solar system governance as a method of dealing with whatever horrors exist in this solar system, which might include non-humans eating humans, or even humans eating humans. We don't seem to be bothered by humans eating non-humans, do we? Well, actually it does bother me, because I'm a vegetarian. Nothing would surprise me, at this point. I am becoming more jaded and cynical than you can imagine. I really doubt that participation in solar system governance would bring happiness and fulfillment. One might become a cold and heartless bastard, which is why I like the idea of a rational and organized rotation of power, with plenty of oversight, checks, and balances. But what do I know? Probably very little. I'm going to spend a lot of time listening to Alex Jones. I'm not recommending this to others, but it's something I need to do. I need some of what Alex has, but not too much! I like Ron Paul and Alex Jones, regardless of any hidden agendas. Also, consider studying 1. Science. 2. Theology. 3. Science Fiction. 4. New Age. 5. Conspiracy Theories. I'm not sure why I wrote that, but I think each of us needs to find a proper balance of several subjects. I like the words 'multidisciplinary' and 'pluralistic'.

    Are there good Dracs, Greys, Hybrids, Nazis, Masons, Magicians, Jesuits, and Alphabet Agents? I think so. Imagine working with all of them on the Darkside of the Moon!!! It might be cool if there were a site for whistle-blowers, where they would just post to each other, and others would simply read, and not comment. A Jesuit and Alphabet Agent Site would be sort of cool, where they would reveal bits and pieces of previously classified information, in a manner which would avoid confusion and sensationalism. I hate having to speculate about everything. I'd like to just go into a room full of Jesuits and Alphabet Agents, and have them give me an education for a couple of weeks. I'd probably want to kill myself when I found out the truth, but at least I'd know the truth. A thousand-page, eyes-only document would be the next best thing. But really, ignorance is probably bliss, and completely ignorant fools like me shouldn't be told too much! We might spook the herd!

    I remain very troubled regarding the low-level of communication refinement, throughout the world. We might not be ready for disclosure or ascension. My quest has revealed how little I know, and how much I need to learn about everything, really. I intend to read a lot of books and watch a lot of documentaries, and say a lot less. I've probably said too much already, and there is probably a very good reason why very little substantial conversation results, but I'm not sure what that reason is. I'm really sorry that we couldn't discuss solar system governance. I really do have to talk to myself. You wouldn't believe the conversations and arguments I get into with my higher-self!! That prude always hides behind a puritanical skirt. I think something monumental and historical has occurred over the past 18 months, but I'm not sure what it is, exactly. I have some ideas, which I'd rather not talk about. I continue to desire that things work out well for all concerned, but without knowing what's really going on, it's very difficult to say anything with any certainty. I just feel very beat-up, very sad, and very scared.

    If you can remain calm in this situation, you haven't been paying attention. I think things could go in any direction, and I have no idea regarding my fate, and the fate of the human race. I think things have been very bad, for a very long time, and I have no idea whether things can be properly resolved, or not. Things have gotten so bad, that I really don't wish to continue, but I obviously will. Everything is a struggle. Life should be lived, rather than endured. Just consider how precarious our situation really is. Seven Billion Inmates on a Prison Planet in Rebellion, Filled with Weapons of Mass Destruction, Hurtling Through Space, Under the Scornful Gaze of the Gods and Goddesses. Either this world is nicer than I thought it was, or I am receiving some sort of protection, because I am posting things which would've gotten people removed a few years ago. Perhaps it's just that so much forbidden information is being released and discussed presently. I get the feeling that I am being supernaturally attacked, but that I am being physically protected. I know that is counter-intuitive, but I feel as though I am left to fight my own spiritual battles, but that physically, it's claws-off. But who knows? I try to be in an attitude of prayer 24/7, but I rarely engage in traditional prayer, where specific things are asked for. I'm not recommending this approach, but it's just my modus operandi presently. Think About It. Namaste and Godspeed.

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 P1080667
    I've watched both of these cars race! 12 cylinder engines sound sweet!!

    Researching Teutonic Zionism, Teutonic Knights, Knights Templer, et al is getting into an area of study which frankly scares the hell out of me. When I got into the subject of Amen Ra, on Avalon 1, I felt the same way. By the way, the 'Amen Ra' thread on Avalon 1 presently has nearly 165,000 views, with nearly all of these views occurring after the shut-down. http://projectavalon.net/forum/showthread.php?t=18223 Could the two subjects be related? I'm beginning to think so. Here is a link to some related links. http://www.redicecreations.com/radio/2008/07jul/RICR-080720-SUB.html Incidently, I'm thinking that Eric Jon Phelps is an excellent resource for this topic. He mostly deals with the Jesuit and Catholic aspects, but perhaps they are important pieces of the puzzle. I still do not wish to be angry at anyone, and I still wonder what my reincarnational role might've been in all of the historical madness. I've been completely out of the loop throughout this incarnation, with the exception of my recent internet expedition into madness. I will continue to blurt things out, in a tactful and tentative manner, on this little site. I hope this helps more than it hurts, but I am open to a redirection of my attention, with the appropriate use of reason, rather than meanness. I want to help to clean things up, but I want to do it the right way. There is a right and a wrong way to do the right thing, you know. Think about religious-ritual human-sacrifice and military human-sacrifice. Are the two related? Is there a religious and a military branch of a secret government, which specializes in blood, death, and sacrifice? And what about blood-money banksters? What about the City-States?

    Like I said, this subject is getting too scary and creepy for me. I was just going to stop posting, while I wait for Armageddon. How far out on a limb should I venture, if I am to follow my own advice concerning responsibility? I'm going to stop whimpering and rambling, and just listen to Eric Jon Phelps, Leo Zagami, Alex Jones, Bill Cooper, Jordan Maxwell, and Sherry Shriner. That should calm me down, and help me get my head together. I certainly do NOT want bad things to happen -- yet my internet activities have made me quite paranoid. Some real-life conversations have made me even more paranoid. It seems as if things are ripe for something bad to happen -- to cover-up a lot of things -- maintain control of Purgatory Incorporated -- and for a few people (and other than people?) to make a lot of money. I understand that life might have to be somewhat harsh for most of us for quite some time -- but please do NOT deliberately inflict pain, suffering, death, and destruction upon humanity. If certain individuals deserve the worst -- deal with them on a case by case basis -- and leave the rest of us alone. If all of us deserve the worst -- then I don't know what to say, other than "Adhere to a REASONABLE System of Rewards and Punishments". One more thing. I am NOT Anti-Alien. I AM Anti-Bullshit. World Without End. Amen -- or Whoever.


    Real or Fake??
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 X5uzgd
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Base10
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Base9
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Base1
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Base3
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Base4
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Base5
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Base7
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Base8
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Base11
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Base12
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Base13
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Base14
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Base15
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Base16
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Base17
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Base18
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Base2
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Base20
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Base21
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Base22
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Base23
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Base25
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 The-orion-conspiracy

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Base26
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Base24
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Mountweatherpd001
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13283
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (6)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jun 24, 2018 4:12 am

    Years ago, I stumbled-upon an interesting Matrix of Contrasting-Contexts, namely Loma Linda, Garden Grove, and Bodhi Tree!! That sweet-spot might not exist anymore, and that's all I'm going to say about THAT!! I Hate My Life -- and I'm NOT the Only One!! After being chronically-hated and chronically-fatigued for years, I don't care if I'm hated anymore. I think I need to start-over. There was a period of discovery a few years ago, which was somewhat refreshing, but the whole enterprise is wearing on my soul presently. It's similar to scratching an itch until it bleeds. One must know when to stop. I have some really boring books to read, and I'll probably continue making one post a day, but don't expect anything new or earthshattering. I really don't like the space I'm in presently. Here are some videos which I posted a few years ago, yet which seem relevant to what I've been posting recently.




    blue roller wrote:You envy me ? Why ?

    If you want the inside line you have to go inside . Why do you keep debasing yourself ? Is it because you think that by doing so God will love you ? That's programmed thinking Orthy , that's submission to a "god" who does not care about you. That's laying your son on the altar to appease a jealous god who hates you.

    You cannot mix new wine with Old . You don't put new wine in old skins. Let that Old testament crap go . Its Mind poison.

    I always get accused of being angry by those who don't want to see the simple truth . They want it complex like their 'god'.

    THE KINGDOM OF HEAVEN IS WITHIN YOU.

    I always get accused of hating and anger by those who feel threatened. Love does not stand idly by and watch suffering. It tries to help. But often that helped is rejected because the oppressed are addicted to pain and self hate .

    When are you going to give yourself the gift of love and let go of all that self recrimination ?

    The hills are alive with the sound of music and you are obsessing about evil . Get away from the madness and let the Queens give you some much needed comfort. Who is the most powerful player on the Chess board ? That's because the Queen IS the chessboard.

    How many seek comfort in the Church and find only arid stone walls echoing to the sound of empty chatter ,judgement and hate ? Natures temple is far more kind and forgiving than the Crystal cathedral of VANITY.

    Self pity and self love cannot coexist . Old wine turned bitter does not sit easy in the stomach or the mind . It burdens it .

    The well spring of eternal life is just waiting for you to pick up the phone and call home . But you keep making excuses Orthy . Stop masturbating to that chapter and verse gobbledygook and make that call. You have a perfect vessel but until you hoist sail your rotting in port.

    You don't play scrabble by looking in a Dictionary .You take the letters and form words and connections . THEN you are making progress .

    Don't do a Pris and bail out when the going gets interesting . Follow through .You have all the pieces you need to figure this out.

    I am not going to waste any more time here when the Owner deletes my thread without a decent excuse so make it count Orthy. Stop playing with your self and help yourself.

    The message is simple ,the message is love . But if you cant accept that then you are going round in circles of hate . Look around you . What do you really want ?

    Carol wrote:
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Images?q=tbn:ANd9GcQjrOrlxuzRcyJF2fGxX_Zh55qqVQTGn9Bocoij5uU6p4aztj_P
    blue roller wrote:A mature response deserves a mature reply . But Infantile ridicule always backfires on the perp . So Orthy there is not much more to say other than this. My humble opinion based not on reading and preaching but Experience.

    Its your life to live. Live it . Don't wait for approval here to feel validated . You wont get it . All you will get is obsequious chatter ,faint praise and empty platitude. Its like Church without the offsetting pleasure of decent music.

    The Old Testament is like corporate marketing ,it is corporate marketing. Big on promises ,short on delivery.

    Testament from the word Testes , the male regenerative organs. Weighed, measured and found wanting.

    Who cares who begat who in genesis ? What does it matter ?

    Some guy tells a group they are chosen and offers them the promised land IF they obey him . Uhuh. Sounds like tyranny to me. Sounds like the empty promises of every two bit fair ground hustler, car dealer ,realtor or politician.

    Dr Who yes , good stuff . Lots of good stuff in Sci fi .Stick with it Orthy. Dont weigh it down with fear.

    Who are you ? Who ,who,who,who .I really wanna know..........

    William Bramley's book Gods of Eden , is a good book. Yes, I have read it and corresponded with him. Dont get bogged down in all the negative stuff though . Be the difference you want to see .Dont wait for it to be brought to you on a silver platter . Gotta lift that pack on to your back and make the pilgrimage yourself.

    Most Humans who are successfully contacted by their ET brothers and sisters do so after they have set themselves free by Living ,traveling and being themselves. They make themselves ready and open and it happens so naturally then. They dont have anything to sell or loyalty to demand . They are to busy exploring the universe and having a blast to waste time with that small town mentality. When people are happy and free they naturally want to share that with anyone they see in pain. There is nothing to take ,just a chance to give freely without any thought of return. Feels good to do that.

    Sure there are arseholes out there too but you only hang out with them if you want to be one of them . Do what makes you happy if you don't like being unhappy.

    Many don't know it but we love to make contact on the road . We do it all the time. Because that's when people are open to adventure and new experiences. Not bent over a bible in the Men's room trying to squeeze logic out of lousy mass marketing. No we dont beam people up. We come as we are and talk , make a connection just like anyone else would. Share a beer and lunch .Walk awhile and chat. All that midnight abduction crap is just fear mongering by those who know that fear is the only way they can keep you enslaved.

    Im not trying to shoot you down or demean you at all. I am saying simply this.You deserve to be happy . But you need to make the choices that will allow it to happen.

    I get banned and censored because I am telling people HOW to get free. Why ?
    Thank-you blue roller. I envy you because of your insider-insights and brash approach to difficult subjects. I guess I'm sort of trying to deal with the Historical-Religion Puzzle and Madness. I'm not really trying to achieve peace and happiness at this point. This is a Research-Project. This is really a War. Being in the presence of really-smart and highly-educated theologians is quite a humbling experience -- even if most of what they say can be proven false. Just negotiating the intricacies of various subjects is something to behold. It's one thing to say "Religion is Bullshit" -- and quite another thing to articulately discuss the "Religious-Bullshit" for hours on end. Certain aspects of my religious-background in the context of science-fiction and conspiracy-theories is MOST Interesting -- and I think the Jesuits and Agents who monitor this site know exactly what I'm talking about. I put myself down because I am highly-hamstrung and highly-miserable. I really believe I am supernaturally-targeted because of what I post -- and possibly because of who I might be on a soul-basis. What I'm currently posting reads VERY Differently than just reading Genesis through Malachi in the KJV. There's something highly-right and highly-wrong about Ellen White and "Her" Writings -- and I intend to get as close to the bottom of this as I can. It's already ruined my life -- so I might as well keep going.

    I've determined that Dr. Robert H. Schuller's best book is probably one of his first books -- Move Ahead with Possibility Thinking. I've determined that the three most significant Ellen White books are probably Patriarchs and Prophets -- Prophets and Kings -- and The Desire of Ages. Combining these four books is MOST Interesting -- for me anyway -- but probably not for anyone else. If we are all Ancient-Warriors on a soul-basis, the Old-Testament might offer significant clues as to why we are what we are today. We might all have a hell of a lot of Karmic-Debt and Soul-Baggage -- with perhaps millions or billions of years lived in Other-Than-Human Bodies (or No Bodies at all). I think my three United States of the Solar System: A.D. 2133. Threads are incredibly-interesting and highly-dangerous (if anyone bothered to actually study them). Anyway, I don't expect anyone to understand what the hell I'm talking about -- and I don't really care, at this point. I'm just placing this stuff on the record -- and I suspect that everything is being noted and recorded Far Beyond This Solar System. I think I might be utterly destroying myself in ways I can't even begin to imagine -- but perhaps it's high-time that I go down HARD. Things might be better for all-concerned if I do. I've simply felt compelled to take a contrarian-approach regarding This Present Madness. What Would Frank Peretti Say??

    Was Enki really Lilith?? Was Enki really Michael?? Was Enki really Richard Hillary?? Who is Enki presently?? The Name-Change-Game and the Blame-Game really aggravates me. I continue to think that the layers of deception and manipulation are unimaginable and reprehensible. Even if the Bible ultimately turns-out to be Utter-BS, I still think it might offer Significant-Clues. I continue to think that Job through Malachi should be thoroughly-studied -- and that this study might ultimately bring All Religion to It's Knees.

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp36.html For nearly forty years the children of Israel are lost to view in the obscurity of the desert. "The space," says Moses, "in which we came from Kadesh-barnea, until we were come over the brook Zered, was thirty and eight years; until all the generation of the men of war were wasted out from among the host, as the Lord sware unto them. For indeed the hand of the Lord was against them, to destroy them from among the host, until they were consumed." Deuteronomy 2:14, 15.

    During these years the people were constantly reminded that they were under the divine rebuke. In the rebellion at Kadesh they had rejected God, and God had for the time rejected them. Since they had proved unfaithful to His covenant, they were not to receive the sign of the covenant, the rite of circumcision. Their desire to return to the land of slavery had shown them to be unworthy of freedom, and the ordinance of the Passover, instituted to commemorate the deliverance from bondage, was not to be observed.

    Yet the continuance of the tabernacle service testified that God had not utterly forsaken His people. And His providence still supplied their wants. "The Lord thy God hath blessed thee in all the works of thy hand," said Moses, in rehearsing the history of their wanderings. "He knoweth thy walking through this great wilderness; these forty years the Lord thy God hath been with thee; thou hast lacked nothing." And the Levites' hymn, recorded by Nehemiah, vividly pictures God's care for Israel, even during these years of rejection and banishment: "Thou in Thy manifold mercies forsookest them not in the wilderness: the pillar of the cloud departed not from them by day, to lead them in the way; neither the pillar of fire by night, to show them light, and the way wherein they should go. Thou gavest also Thy good Spirit to instruct them, and withheldest not Thy manna from their mouth, and gavest them water for their thirst. Yea, forty years didst Thou sustain them in the wilderness; . . . their clothes waxed not old, and their feet swelled not." Nehemiah 9:19-21.

    The wilderness wandering was not only ordained as a judgment upon the rebels and murmurers, but it was to serve as a discipline for the rising generation, preparatory to their entrance into the Promised Land. Moses declared to them, "As a man chasteneth his son, so the Lord thy God chasteneth thee," "to humble thee, and to prove thee, to know what was in thine heart, whether thou wouldest keep His commandments, or no. And He . . . suffered thee to hunger, and fed thee with manna, which thou knewest not, neither did thy fathers know; that He might make thee know that man doth not live by bread only, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of the Lord doth man live." Deuteronomy 8:5, 2, 3.

    "He found him in a desert land, and in the waste howling wilderness; He led him about, He instructed him, He kept him as the apple of His eyes." "In all their affliction He was afflicted, and the Angel of His presence saved them; in His love and in His pity He redeemed them; and He bare them, and carried them all the days of old." Deuteronomy 32:10; Isaiah 63:9.

    Yet the only records of their wilderness life are instances of rebellion against the Lord. The revolt of Korah had resulted in the destruction of fourteen thousand of Israel. And there were isolated cases that showed the same spirit of contempt for the divine authority.

    On one occasion the son of an Israelitish woman and of an Egyptian, one of the mixed multitude that had come up with Israel from Egypt, left his own part of the camp, and entering that of the Israelites, claimed the right to pitch his tent there. This the divine law forbade him to do, the descendants of an Egyptian being excluded from the congregation until the third generation. A dispute arose between him and an Israelite, and the matter being referred to the judges was decided against the offender.

    Enraged at this decision, he cursed the judge, and in the heat of passion blasphemed the name of God. He was immediately brought before Moses. The command had been given, "He that curseth his father, or his mother, shall surely be put to death" (Exodus 21:17); but no provision had been made to meet this case. So terrible was the crime that there was felt to be a necessity for special direction from God. The man was placed in ward until the will of the Lord could be ascertained. God Himself pronounced the sentence; by the divine direction the blasphemer was conducted outside the camp and stoned to death. Those who had been witness to the sin placed their hands upon his head, thus solemnly testifying to the truth of the charge against him. Then they threw the first stones, and the people who stood by afterward joined in executing the sentence.

    This was followed by the announcement of a law to meet similar offenses: "Thou shalt speak unto the children of Israel, saying, Whosoever curseth his God shall bear his sin. And he that blasphemeth the name of the Lord, he shall surely be put to death, and all the congregation shall certainly stone him: as well the stranger, as he that is born in the land, when he blasphemeth the name of the Lord, shall be put to death." Leviticus 24:15, 16.

    There are those who will question God's love and His justice in visiting so severe punishment for words spoken in the heat of passion. But both love and justice require it to be shown that utterances prompted by malice against God are a great sin. The retribution visited upon the first offender would be a warning to others, that God's name is to be held in reverence. But had this man's sin been permitted to pass unpunished, others would have been demoralized; and as the result many lives must eventually have been sacrificed.

    The mixed multitude that came up with the Israelites from Egypt were a source of continual temptation and trouble. They professed to have renounced idolatry and to worship the true God; but their early education and training had molded their habits and character, and they were more or less corrupted with idolatry and with irreverence for God. They were oftenest the ones to stir up strife and were the first to complain, and they leavened the camp with their idolatrous practices and their murmurings against God.

    Soon after the return into the wilderness, an instance of Sabbath violation occurred, under circumstances that rendered it a case of peculiar guilt. The Lord's announcement that He would disinherit Israel had roused a spirit of rebellion. One of the people, angry at being excluded from Canaan, and determined to show his defiance of God's law, ventured upon the open transgression of the fourth commandment by going out to gather sticks upon the Sabbath. During the sojourn in the wilderness the kindling of fires upon the seventh day had been strictly prohibited. The prohibition was not to extend to the land of Canaan, where the severity of the climate would often render fires a necessity; but in the wilderness, fire was not needed for warmth. The act of this man was a willful and deliberate violation of the fourth commandment--a sin, not of thoughtlessness or ignorance, but of presumption.

    He was taken in the act and brought before Moses. It had already been declared that Sabbathbreaking should be punished with death, but it had not yet been revealed how the penalty was to be inflicted. The case was brought by Moses before the Lord, and the direction was given, "The man shall be surely put to death: all the congregation shall stone him with stones without the camp." Numbers 15:35. The sins of blasphemy and willful Sabbathbreaking received the same punishment, being equally an expression of contempt for the authority of God.

    In our day there are many who reject the creation Sabbath as a Jewish institution and urge that if it is to be kept, the penalty of death must be inflicted for its violation; but we see that blasphemy received the same punishment as did Sabbathbreaking. Shall we therefore conclude that the third commandment also is to be set aside as applicable only to the Jews? Yet the argument drawn from the death penalty applies to the third, the fifth, and indeed to nearly all the ten precepts, equally with the fourth. Though God may not now punish the transgression of His law with temporal penalties, yet His word declares that the wages of sin is death; and in the final execution of the judgment it will be found that death is the portion of those who violate His sacred precepts.

    During the entire forty years in the wilderness, the people were every week reminded of the sacred obligation of the Sabbath, by the miracle of the manna. Yet even this did not lead them to obedience. Though they did not venture upon so open and bold transgression as had received such signal punishment, yet there was great laxness in the observance of the fourth commandment. God declares through His prophet, "My Sabbaths they greatly polluted." Ezekiel 20:13-24. And this is enumerated among the reasons for the exclusion of the first generation from the Promised Land. Yet their children did not learn the lesson. Such was their neglect of the Sabbath during the forty years' wandering, that though God did not prevent them from entering Canaan, He declared that they should be scattered among the heathen after the settlement in the Land of Promise.

    From Kadesh the children of Israel had turned back into the wilderness; and the period of their desert sojourn being ended, they came, "even the whole congregation, into the desert of Zin in the first month: and the people abode in Kadesh." Numbers 20:1.

    Here Miriam died and was buried. From that scene of rejoicing on the shores of the Red Sea, when Israel went forth with song and dance to celebrate Jehovah's triumph, to the wilderness grave which ended a lifelong wandering--such had been the fate of millions who with high hopes had come forth from Egypt. Sin had dashed from their lips the cup of blessing. Would the next generation learn the lesson?

    "For all this they sinned still, and believed not for His wondrous works. . . . When He slew them, then they sought Him: and they returned and inquired early after God. And they remembered that God was their Rock, and the high God their Redeemer." Psalm 78:32-35. Yet they did not turn to God with a sincere purpose. Though when afflicted by their enemies they sought help from Him who alone could deliver, yet "their heart was not right with Him, neither were they steadfast in His covenant. But He, being full of compassion, forgave their iniquity, and destroyed them not: yea, many a time turned He His anger away. . . . For He remembered that they were but flesh; a wind that passeth away, and cometh not again." Verses 37-39.

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp37.html From the smitten rock in Horeb first flowed the living stream that refreshed Israel in the desert. During all their wanderings, wherever the need existed, they were supplied with water by a miracle of God's mercy. The water did not, however, continue to flow from Horeb. Wherever in their journeyings they wanted water, there from the clefts of the rock it gushed out beside their encampment.

    It was Christ, by the power of His word, that caused the refreshing stream to flow for Israel. "They drank of that spiritual Rock that followed them: and that Rock was Christ." 1 Corinthians 10:4. He was the source of all temporal as well as spiritual blessings. Christ, the true Rock, was with them in all their wanderings. "They thirsted not when He led them through the deserts: He caused the waters to flow out of the rock for them; He clave the rock also, and the waters gushed out." "They ran in the dry places like a river." Isaiah 48:21; Psalm 105:41.

    The smitten rock was a figure of Christ, and through this symbol the most precious spiritual truths are taught. As the life-giving waters flowed from the smitten rock, so from Christ, "smitten of God," "wounded for our transgressions," "bruised for our iniquities" (Isaiah 53:4, 5), the stream of salvation flows for a lost race. As the rock had been once smitten, so Christ was to be "once offered to bear the sins of many." Hebrews 9:28. Our Saviour was not to be sacrificed a second time; and it is only necessary for those who seek the blessings of His grace to ask in the name of Jesus, pouring forth the heart's desire in penitential prayer. Such prayer will bring before the Lord of hosts the wounds of Jesus, and then will flow forth afresh the life-giving blood, symbolized by the flowing of the living water for Israel.

    The flowing of the water from the rock in the desert was celebrated by the Israelites, after their establishment in Canaan, with demonstrations of great rejoicing. In the time of Christ this celebration had become a most impressive ceremony. It took place on the occasion of the Feast of Tabernacles, when the people from all the land were assembled at Jerusalem. On each of the seven days of the feast the priests went out with music and the choir of Levites to draw water in a golden vessel from the spring of Siloam. They were followed by multitudes of the worshipers, as many as could get near the stream drinking of it, while the jubilant strains arose, "With joy shall ye draw water out of the wells of salvation." Isaiah 12:3. Then the water drawn by the priests was borne to the temple amid the sounding of trumpets and the solemn chant, "Our feet shall stand within thy gates, O Jerusalem." Psalm 122:2. The water was poured out upon the altar of burnt offering, while songs of praise rang out, the multitudes joining in triumphant chorus with musical instruments and deep-toned trumpets.

    The Saviour made use of this symbolic service to direct the minds of the people to the blessings that He had come to bring them. "In the last day, that great day of the feast," His voice was heard in tones that rang through the temple courts, "If any man thirst, let him come unto Me, and drink. He that believeth on Me, as the Scripture hath said, out of his belly shall flow rivers of living water." "This," said John, "spake He of the Spirit, which they that believe on Him should receive." John 7:37-39. The refreshing water, welling up in a parched and barren land, causing the desert place to blossom, and flowing out to give life to the perishing, is an emblem of the divine grace which Christ alone can bestow, and which is as the living water, purifying, refreshing, and invigorating the soul. He in whom Christ is abiding has within him a never-failing fountain of grace and strength. Jesus cheers the life and brightens the path of all who truly seek Him. His love, received into the heart, will spring up in good works unto eternal life. And not only does it bless the soul in which it springs, but the living stream will flow out in words and deeds of righteousness, to refresh the thirsting around him.

    The same figure Christ had employed in His conversation with the woman of Samaria at Jacob's well: "Whosoever drinketh of the water that I shall give him shall never thirst; but the water that I shall give him shall be in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life." John 4:14. Christ combines the two types. He is the rock, He is the living water.

    The same beautiful and expressive figures are carried throughout the Bible. Centuries before the advent of Christ, Moses pointed to Him as the rock of Israel's salvation (Deuteronomy 32:15); the psalmist sang of Him as "my Redeemer," "the rock of my strength," "the rock that is higher than I," "a rock of habitation," "rock of my heart," "rock of my refuge." In David's song His grace is pictured also as the cool, "still waters," amid green pastures, beside which the heavenly Shepherd leads His flock. Again, "Thou shalt make them," he says, "drink of the river of Thy pleasures. For with Thee is the fountain of life." Psalms 19:14; 62:7; 61:2; 71:3. (margin); 73:26 (margin); 94:22; 23:2; 36:8, 9. And the wise man declares, "The wellspring of wisdom [is] as a flowing brook." Proverbs 18:4. To Jeremiah, Christ is "the fountain of living waters;" to Zechariah, "a fountain opened . . . for sin and for uncleanness." Jeremiah 2:13; Zechariah 13:1.

    Isaiah describes Him as the "rock of ages," and "the shadow of a great rock in a weary land." Isaiah 26:4. (margin); 32:2. And he records the precious promise, bringing vividly to mind the living stream that flowed for Israel: "When the poor and needy seek water, and there is none, and their tongue faileth for thirst, I the Lord will hear them, I the God of Israel will not forsake them." "I will pour water upon him that is thirsty, and floods upon the dry ground;" "in the wilderness shall waters break out, and streams in the desert." The invitation is given, "Ho, every one that thirsteth, come ye to the waters." Isaiah 41:17; 44:3; 35:6; 55:1. And in the closing pages of the Sacred Word this invitation is echoed. The river of the water of life, "clear as crystal," proceeds from the throne of God and the Lamb; and the gracious call is ringing down through the ages, "Whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely." Revelation 22:17.

    Just before the Hebrew host reached Kadesh, the living stream ceased that for so many years had gushed out beside their encampment. It was the Lord's purpose again to test His people. He would prove whether they would trust His providence or imitate the unbelief of their fathers.

    They were now in sight of the hills of Canaan. A few days' march would bring them to the borders of the Promised Land. They were but a little distance from Edom, which belonged to the descendants of Esau, and through which lay the appointed route to Canaan. The direction had been given to Moses, "Turn you northward. And command thou the people, saying, Ye are to pass through the coast of your brethren the children of Esau, which dwell in Seir; and they shall be afraid of you. . . . Ye shall buy meat of them for money, that ye may eat; and ye shall also buy water of them for money, that ye may drink." Deuteronomy 2:3-6. These directions should have been sufficient to explain why their supply of water had been cut off; they were about to pass through a well-watered, fertile country, in a direct course to the land of Canaan. God had promised them an unmolested passage through Edom, and an opportunity to purchase food, and also water sufficient to supply the host. The cessation of the miraculous flow of water should therefore have been a cause of rejoicing, a token that the wilderness wandering was ended. Had they not been blinded by their unbelief, they would have understood this. But that which should have been an evidence of the fulfillment of God's promise was made the occasion of doubt and murmuring. The people seemed to have given up all hope that God would bring them into possession of Canaan, and they clamored for the blessings of the wilderness.

    Before God permitted them to enter Canaan, they must show that they believed His promise. The water ceased before they had reached Edom. Here was an opportunity for them, for a little time, to walk by faith instead of sight. But the first trial developed the same turbulent, unthankful spirit that had been manifested by their fathers. No sooner was the cry for water heard in the encampment than they forgot the hand that had for so many years supplied their wants, and instead of turning to God for help, they murmured against Him, in their desperation exclaiming, "Would God that we had died when our brethren died before the Lord!" (Numbers 20:1-13); that is, they wished they had been of the number who were destroyed in the rebellion of Korah.

    Their cries were directed against Moses and Aaron: "Why have ye brought up the congregation of the Lord into this wilderness, that we and our cattle should die there? And wherefore have ye made us to come up out of Egypt, to bring us in unto this evil place? it is no place of seed, or of figs, or of vines, or of pomegranates; neither is there any water to drink."

    The leaders went to the door of the tabernacle and fell upon their faces. Again "the glory of the Lord appeared," and Moses was directed, "Take the rod, and gather thou the assembly together, thou and Aaron thy brother, and speak ye unto the rock before their eyes; and it shall give forth his water, and thou shalt bring forth to them water out of the rock."

    The two brothers went on before the multitude, Moses with the rod of God in his hand. They were now aged men. Long had they borne with the rebellion and obstinacy of Israel; but now, at last, even the patience of Moses gave way. "Hear now, ye rebels," he cried; "must we fetch you water out of this rock?" and instead of speaking to the rock, as God had commanded him, he smote it twice with the rod.

    The water gushed forth in abundance to satisfy the host. But a great wrong had been done. Moses had spoken from irritated feeling; his words were an expression of human passion rather than of holy indignation because God had been dishonored. "Hear now, ye rebels," he said. This accusation was true, but even truth is not to be spoken in passion or impatience. When God had bidden Moses to charge upon Israel their rebellion, the words had been painful to him, and hard for them to bear, yet God had sustained him in delivering the message. But when he took it upon himself to accuse them, he grieved the Spirit of God and wrought only harm to the people. His lack of patience and self-control was evident. Thus the people were given occasion to question whether his past course had been under the direction of God, and to excuse their own sins. Moses, as well as they, had offended God. His course, they said, had from the first been open to criticism and censure. They had now found the pretext which they desired for rejecting all the reproofs that God had sent them through His servant.

    Moses manifested distrust of God. "Shall we bring water?" he questioned, as if the Lord would not do what He promised. "Ye believed Me not," the Lord declared to the two brothers, "to sanctify Me in the eyes of the children of Israel." At the time when the water failed, their own faith in the fulfillment of God's promise had been shaken by the murmuring and rebellion of the people. The first generation had been condemned to perish in the wilderness because of their unbelief, yet the same spirit appeared in their children. Would these also fail of receiving the promise? Wearied and disheartened, Moses and Aaron had made no effort to stem the current of popular feeling. Had they themselves manifested unwavering faith in God, they might have set the matter before the people in such a light as would have enabled them to bear this test. By prompt, decisive exercise of the authority vested in them as magistrates, they might have quelled the murmuring. It was their duty to put forth every effort in their power to bring about a better state of things before asking God to do the work for them. Had the murmuring at Kadesh been promptly checked, what a train of evil might have been prevented!

    By his rash act Moses took away the force of the lesson that God purposed to teach. The rock, being a symbol of Christ, had been once smitten, as Christ was to be once offered. The second time it was needful only to speak to the rock, as we have only to ask for blessings in the name of Jesus. By the second smiting of the rock the significance of this beautiful figure of Christ was destroyed.

    More than this, Moses and Aaron had assumed power that belongs only to God. The necessity for divine interposition made the occasion one of great solemnity, and the leaders of Israel should have improved it to impress the people with reverence for God and to strengthen their faith in His power and goodness. When they angrily cried, "Must we fetch you water out of this rock?" they put themselves in God's place, as though the power lay with themselves, men possessing human frailties and passions. Wearied with the continual murmuring and rebellion of the people, Moses had lost sight of his Almighty Helper, and without the divine strength he had been left to mar his record by an exhibition of human weakness. The man who might have stood pure, firm, and unselfish to the close of his work had been overcome at last. God had been dishonored before the congregation of Israel, when He should have been magnified and exalted.

    God did not on this occasion pronounce judgments upon those whose wicked course had so provoked Moses and Aaron. All the reproof fell upon the leaders. Those who stood as God's representatives had not honored Him. Moses and Aaron had felt themselves aggrieved, losing sight of the fact that the murmuring of the people was not against them but against God. It was by looking to themselves, appealing to their own sympathies, that they unconsciously fell into sin, and failed to set before the people their great guilt before God.

    Bitter and deeply humiliating was the judgment immediately pronounced. "The Lord spake unto Moses and Aaron, Because ye believed Me not, to sanctify Me in the eyes of the children of Israel, therefore ye shall not bring this congregation into the land which I have given them." With rebellious Israel they must die before the crossing of the Jordan. Had Moses and Aaron been cherishing self-esteem or indulging a passionate spirit in the face of divine warning and reproof, their guilt would have been far greater. But they were not chargeable with willful or deliberate sin; they had been overcome by a sudden temptation, and their contrition was immediate and heartfelt. The Lord accepted their repentance, though because of the harm their sin might do among the people, He could not remit its punishment.

    Moses did not conceal his sentence, but told the people that since he had failed to ascribe glory to God, he could not lead them into the Promised Land. He bade them mark the severe punishment visited upon him, and then consider how God must regard their murmurings in charging upon a mere man the judgments which they had by their sins brought upon themselves. He told them how he had pleaded with God for a remission of the sentence, and had been refused. "The Lord was wroth with me for your sakes," he said, "and would not hear me." Deuteronomy 3:26.

    On every occasion of difficulty or trial the Israelites had been ready to charge Moses with having led them from Egypt, as though God had had no agency in the matter. Throughout their journeyings, as they had complained of the difficulties in the way, and murmured against their leaders, Moses had told them, "Your murmurings are against God. It is not I, but God, who has wrought in your deliverance." But his hasty words before the rock, "shall we bring water?" were a virtual admission of their charge, and would thus confirm them in their unbelief and justify their murmurings. The Lord would remove this impression forever from their minds, by forbidding Moses to enter the Promised Land. Here was unmistakable evidence that their leader was not Moses, but the mighty Angel of whom the Lord had said, "Behold, I send an Angel before thee, to keep thee in the way, and to bring thee into the place which I have prepared. Beware of Him, and obey His voice: . . . for My name is in Him." Exodus 23:20, 21.

    "The Lord was wroth with me for your sakes," said Moses. The eyes of all Israel were upon Moses, and his sin cast a reflection upon God, who had chosen him as the leader of His people. The transgression was known to the whole congregation; and had it been passed by lightly, the impression would have been given that unbelief and impatience under great provocation might be excused in those in responsible positions. But when it was declared that because of that one sin Moses and Aaron were not to enter Canaan, the people knew that God is no respecter of persons, and that He will surely punish the transgressor.

    The history of Israel was to be placed on record for the instruction and warning of coming generations. Men of all future time must see the God of heaven as an impartial ruler, in no case justifying sin. But few realize the exceeding sinfulness of sin. Men flatter themselves that God is too good to punish the transgressor. But in the light of Bible history it is evident that God's goodness and His love engage Him to deal with sin as an evil fatal to the peace and happiness of the universe.

    Not even the integrity and faithfulness of Moses could avert the retribution of his fault. God had forgiven the people greater transgressions, but He could not deal with sin in the leaders as in those who were led. He had honored Moses above every other man upon the earth. He had revealed to him His glory, and through him He had communicated His statutes to Israel. The fact that Moses had enjoyed so great light and knowledge made his sin more grievous. Past faithfulness will not atone for one wrong act. The greater the light and privileges granted to man, the greater is his responsibility, the more aggravated his failure, and the heavier his punishment.

    Moses was not guilty of a great crime, as men would view the matter; his sin was one of common occurrence. The psalmist says that "he spake unadvisedly with his lips." Psalm 106:33. To human judgment this may seem a light thing; but if God dealt so severely with this sin in His most faithful and honored servant, He will not excuse it in others. The spirit of self-exaltation, the disposition to censure our brethren, is displeasing to God. Those who indulge in these evils cast doubt upon the work of God, and give the skeptical an excuse for their unbelief. The more important one's position, and the greater his influence, the greater is the necessity that he should cultivate patience and humility.

    If the children of God, especially those who stand in positions of responsibility, can be led to take to themselves the glory that is due to God, Satan exults. He has gained a victory. It was thus that he fell. Thus he is most successful in tempting others to ruin. It is to place us on our guard against his devices that God has given in His word so many lessons teaching the danger of self-exaltation. There is not an impulse of our nature, not a faculty of the mind or an inclination of the heart, but needs to be, moment by moment, under the control of the Spirit of God. There is not a blessing which God bestows upon man, nor a trial which He permits to befall him, but Satan both can and will seize upon it to tempt, to harass and destroy the soul, if we give him the least advantage. Therefore however great one's spiritual light, however much he may enjoy of the divine favor and blessing, he should ever walk humbly before the Lord, pleading in faith that God will direct every thought and control every impulse.

    All who profess godliness are under the most sacred obligation to guard the spirit, and to exercise self-control under the greatest provocation. The burdens placed upon Moses were very great; few men will ever be so severely tried as he was; yet this was not allowed to excuse his sin. God has made ample provision for His people; and if they rely upon His strength, they will never become the sport of circumstances. The strongest temptation cannot excuse sin. However great the pressure brought to bear upon the soul, transgression is our own act. It is not in the power of earth or hell to compel anyone to do evil. Satan attacks us at our weak points, but we need not be overcome. However severe or unexpected the assault, God has provided help for us, and in His strength we may conquer.


    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13283
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (6)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jun 24, 2018 4:14 am


    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Operating+manual+bf  
    Carol wrote:
    The road to Rome leads through Mecca and Jerusalem
    By Benjamin Fulford - 7/24/17

    The rogue states of Saudi Arabia and Israel are under massive attack from a Russian, Chinese, Pentagon and Iranian alliance and will have no choice but to surrender. It is only a question now of when, not if. When these rogue regimes surrender, their leadership is going to be forced to expose who gives them their orders and they will point to Rome and the black sun worshippers at the P2 freemason lodge. These are the self-appointed social engineers behind most of the world’s troubles. Once they are exposed, it will be game over and a world revolution leading to world peace will take place.

    The P2 Freemason leaders who are behind such acts of terror as 911 and Fukushima are sick with worry these days because they can see a dragnet closing in on them from all sides. This writer’s verified claims about their involvement in these horrors, for example, are now going viral.
    http://themindunleashed.com/2017/07/former-mainstream-media-journalist-blows-whistle-911-fukushima.html

    The lawsuits against Saudi Arabia by the families of the victims of 911 are one key source of worry. That is because the lawsuits will inevitably lead to the secret Western controllers of Saudi Arabia. In the UK, for example, the Labour Party, that is poised to seize power, has joined the 911 victim’s families in demanding that the UK government release its secret report on Saudi Arabian funding of terror groups. The government of Prime Minister Theresa May says they cannot make this information public “for national security reasons.”
    https://www.independent.co.uk/news/uk/politics/saudi-arabia-terrorism-report-theresa-may-labour-suppress-a7849271.html

    What they really mean is that exposing Saudi Arabia’s involvement would expose the involvement of people like former Prime Minister Tony Blair in 911. Since Blair went to former Pope Maledict (Pope Benedict XVI) for protection after he lost power, you can be sure the trail from Blair leads to Rome.

    Then we have Iranian Foreign Minister Mohammad Zarif being quoted in English language media as saying that 94% of world terrorism can be traced to Saudi Arabia. http://ahtribune.com/world/north-africa-south-west-asia/1798-zarif-saudi-94.html

    Once again, if you look behind Saudi Arabia and its pseudo-Muslim Satan worshipping ruling family, you will find the P2 and their black sun.

    Now, the US military has allowed the Iranians and Russians to deploy along the border between Syria and Israel as well as along the Saudi Arabian border, causing the Israelis to freak out. http://www.haaretz.com/middle-east-news/syria/1.802675

    The US military is now concentrating its military in the Middle East on annihilating Daesh, which is an Israeli and Saudi Arabian front. So the US military is de facto in an alliance with Iran and Russia against Israel and Saudi Arabia.

    Now Turkey has made public the locations of US bases in Syria even as its buys Russian s-400 missile defenses. Pentagon sources say this leak was deliberately made to show a US, Russian military alliance in the Middle East. This is happening as Germany withdraws its troops from Turkish airbases and stops selling arms to Turkey. Remember, Turkey has the largest army in the NATO alliance after the US. Turkey’s strongman Recep Erdogan has been flipping and flopping back and forth between Russia and NATO depending on who seems stronger. Remember it was not that long ago that Erdogan asked for NATO help after his armed forces shot down a Russian fighter jet. Now he seems to be working with Russia and the US military against NATO.

    http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2017-07-19/pentagon-furious-after-turkey-leaks-us-base-locations-syria
    http://www.businessinsider.com/turkey-agreed-to-buy-russias-s-400-missle-system-concerns-about-nato-2017-7

    We also see the Serbians asking for Russian missile defense systems to “defend against NATO aggression.” https://sputniknews.com/military/201707211055753931-russia-serbia-s-300-nato/

    Remember also how US President Donald Trump was calling Germany “very bad” and became the first US president in NATO’s history to not mention the article 5 mutual defense clause in the NATO treaty. Pentagon sources have long told this writer about how much they enjoy sinking submarines sold to Israel by the Germans. Now they say the Germans are being blocked from a plan to sell 3 more submarines to Israel. Also, the Germans lost out to the French company DCNS on a contract to sell 12 submarines to the Australians, Pentagon sources say.

    So now we see Germany, Israel and Saudi Arabia all in the cross-hairs together. What do these countries have in common? They are controlled by Khazarian mafia bloodline families, including the old Roman families who control the P2 Freemason lodge.

    Remember also how at the last G20 meeting Pope Francis was, together with German Prime Minister Angela Merkel, leading the chorus for the Paris accords, while Trump opposed it. The Paris Accords are really an attempt by the bloodline families to appear as gentle sheeple herders in order to stay in power and create a world government controlled by them. So, opposition to the Paris accords by Trump is really gnostic illuminati opposition to continued bloodline rule. The gnostic illuminati claim they have fought against bloodline rule for thousands of years and take credit for the French, US and Russian revolutions. Their leaders say they are now pushing for a world revolution against bloodline rule.

    Thus, what we are seeing reflected in recent news is a continuation of a civil war in the West with countries still controlled by Khazarian bloodline families (Saudi Arabia, Germany, Israel) being attacked by those no longer under their control (the US, Russia, Iran etc.). France is also being pulled out of its alliance with Germany which is why the Daesh supporting top French general Pierre de Villiers was fired, Pentagon sources say. Clearly the tide is turning against the bloodline controlled countries.

    Inside the US, the neocon Khazarian servants had a huge loss as Trump was forced to renew a deal with Iran despite his previous posturing against that country. The purge of bloodline servants also continues with warmongering Senator and Daesh (ISIS) founder John McCain getting malignant brain cancer. He joins George Soros, David Rockefeller, Zbigniew Brzezinski, the Clintons and many others in the garbage can of history.

    The bloodlines are fighting back against this ongoing purge with their “Russia did it” campaign. Thus, last week Susan Rice, former President Barack Obama’s security adviser, was giving secret testimony to the Senate Intelligence Committee on “Russian interference” in the US election. “Russian interference,” is a Khazarian bloodline family code name for the gnostic Illuminati. Now their pet politicians in Congress (who are supported by less than 10% of the US population) are trying to place a new set of sanctions against Russia that are tantamount to a declaration of war. Of course the US military will ignore these bribed actors but what they really should be doing is rounding them up and putting them in jail. And jail is what they deserve.

    If you want to know just how corrupt the Western power structure is, I highly recommend you listen to this 37 minute interview with Tony Gambino, former top boss of the Gambino crime family. https://youtu.be/5tWv_yoandM



    The bloodline families think they are doing God’s work by forcing Islam and Christianity to mix and merge so that they can unify monotheism, according to various P2 officials I have interviewed. They also want to create Eurabia, ruled from Jerusalem, as a step on their road to creating a fascist world government.

    Their plan is now unravelling in Asia as well as in Europe. In Japan, the Tokyo Electric Power Company has sent yet another robot into the Fukushima reactors only to have them once again find nothing. That is because the official story of a reactor melt-down is a lie. The reactors were blown up by atomic bombs placed there by the Israeli company Magna BSP. This is going to be public knowledge soon because the CIA and the Pentagon have decided to expose Fukushima for the P2 directed mass murder attack that it was, according to CIA sources in Asia.

    Asian secret society bosses say they agree with the Pentagon on this and will go to war if necessary early next year to remove the Khazarian influence from Japan and the Korean peninsula. The Japanese underworld are also planning a revolution against the slave regime of Prime Minister Shinzo Abe this autumn, several right wing sources say.
    Should I completely stop my embarrassing internet-fiasco?? Have I more than made my point?? Notice the last video of the last post, with Kerry Cassidy being interviewed. That's a switch, isn't it?? I've always heard Kerry interviewing others, and not the other way around. What if Kerry is Sherry?? What if there is somehow a Kerry and/or Sherry connection with the Mists?? Is there an Australian connection?? What Would Desmond Ford and Robert Brinsmead Say?? I wish I could completely stop my quest, but how can I do that?? Do I need to be placed in solitary-confinement for a couple of months (in a secret-government mental-institution)?? I'm sort of joking, and sort of serious. How do I find out what my true genetic, soul, medical, and legal situations REALLY are?? Do I need an Insider-Attorney?? Do I need to just Shut-Up and Go-Away??

    Regarding my SDA, Bible, and Ellen White stuff, perhaps Prophets and Kings combined with Volume 4 of the SDA Bible Commentary is as close to a definitive and concise approach as I can come up with. This is essentially a Whole-Bible approach, focused upon the second-half of the Old-Testament. For practical-purposes, consider this to be 'My Book'. I could never write with such articulate academic and devotional excellence, so I point you toward others for 'My Book'. I've tried to understand my disappointment with life and religion, in the context of my upbringing and programming, and I've concluded that even my Final-Answer is a Band-Aid on a Compound-Fracture. Give this approach Due-Diligence, but don't expect it to make you happy, or provide you with all the answers.

    Consider NOT watching TV, NOT watching Movies, NOT using the Internet, and JUST Reading Books and Newspapers!! This works the brain in a very different manner (for better or worse, I know not). It seems as if we are being Intellectually and Spiritually BULLIED!! I've even felt bullied, listening to Alex Jones, or arguing with Miss Pris!! I recently spoke with an individual who supported Eugene McCarthy (back in the good old days) and told me that people had died in the 1968 Democratic National Convention in Chicago. He said those days were much nastier than the present Donald Trump and Hillary Clinton drama (as difficult as that is to imagine)!! Once again, I'm treating This Present Madness as Science-Fiction, and this will continue indefinitely.


    I think I tried to "fight the good fight" and "solve the world's problems" BUT I honestly wish I had "played the game" and "made a name" for myself. I tried too hard to think too deeply -- and I ended-up defeating myself. I've tried to understand all sides -- and I've ended-up feeling rebellious and reprobate (even though that wasn't my intention). Is honesty the best policy?? It seems as if one gets into massive-trouble when they take both sides in a theological-debate!! For example -- when attempting to imagine what changes might need to be made in order for Roman Catholicism to be palatable for a Protestant -- one angers both Catholics and Protestants. The Catholics don't want outsiders telling them what to do with their faith. The Protestants can't imagine becoming Reformed-Catholics!!

    I continue to think that 99% of the public would NOT understand and appreciate my United States of the Solar System threads. Going-Public would be like Going to Hell. I don't even want to think about what has been nefariously-planned for and against me. This incarnation is a game I can't win. I was born to lose. Such is the fate of a Completely Ignorant Scapegoat!! Fool-Rule is SO Under-Appreciated!! I feel evil and dirty for posting my "consider all-sides" Holy-War (for all to see and criticize). Silence is Golden. Appearances are Everything. I'll probably continue to post on this thread -- just to make my work a bit more presentable -- but I'm Really Dead Inside. I think I died around the onset of puberty -- or was it from the Foundation of the World??

    What if both Gabriel and Michael are considered to be "Light-Bringers"?? What if we are dealing with two very real "Anna's" -- who are very different from each-other?? What if there is no "Lucifer" who morphed into "Satan"?? I'm NOT saying there's no evil. All I'm saying is that I don't think we know very much about what's REALLY going-on in the world, solar-system, galaxy, and universe -- and that includes me. I know that I don't know. I honestly don't know what the reality is concerning Queens, Goddesses, or www.amazon.god -- but considering this aspect of administrative possibilities should NOT be neglected. And really, 95% of my internet posting involves nothing more than 'possibilities'.

    I probably picked-up some of that approach from Dr. Robert H. Schuller (with his Positive and Possibility Thinking). Even decades ago, I suspected that Bob knew a lot about the hidden solar system stuff. I was receptive to the general approach of Robert H. Schuller and the Crystal Cathedral -- even though I knew that something was very wrong just beneath the surface. Several people who I have been somewhat close to -- seemed to be dead-set against Dr. Schuller -- and I'm not sure exactly why -- but I think I might have some reasonable theories. I frankly wished to combine the best of what I experienced in Garden Grove and Loma Linda -- but I never got very far in this project -- other than what I have placed within my various and sundry internet activities. I would be interested to see the seamless integration of Loma Linda Adventism, American Roman Catholicism, and the Fred Swann Era of the Robert Schuller Crystal Cathedral -- in the context of St. Paul's Cathedral in the City of London!! I'm a bit different -- aren't I?? What Would Ida Say?? http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/St_Paul%27s_Cathedral Sometimes I think I'd like to just do Live-Steam, Vintage Auto-Racing, Amateur-Astronomy, and Sacred Classical Music Concert-Going -- while drinking big cups of 'Shut the f$#@ Up' -- if you know what I mean...

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 St_pauls_cathedral_sma250808_3
    magamud wrote:Mausoleum
    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mausoleum

    A mausoleum[1] is an external free-standing building constructed as a monument enclosing the interment space or burial chamber of a deceased person or persons. A monument without the interment is a cenotaph. A mausoleum may be considered a type of tomb or the tomb may be considered to be within the mausoleum. A Christian mausoleum sometimes includes a chapel.
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Taj_Mahal_in_March_2004

    Thank-you magamud. That video was sort of cool and sort of terrifying. What if it is representative of a reality which exists somewhere in the universe?? What if it reflects a reality which exists within this solar system -- at least in the preparation stages?? If things are REALLY bad throughout the universe -- how are things to be improved?? What if the creation (genetic-engineering?) of the human being was a desperate attempt to save the universe?? What if it was known that the human race would ultimately fail -- but that this effort would buy the universe some time?? When a motorcycle rider is facing a serious crash -- they often 'lay the bike down' -- substituting a less serious crash for a certainly fatal accident. What if this solar system and the human race are a System Lord's version of 'laying the bike down'??!! When I think about God -- I am really more interested in the conditions which might exist throughout the universe than I am interested in the mind, character, and personality of God. We might have NO proper context or frame of reference with which to 'judge' God in a fair and righteous manner.

    My 'Desire of Ages' theological idealism might be a step in the right direction -- yet it might not ultimately provide a Convincing Solution to the problems which might exist throughout the universe. What if YOU were the Draconian-Reptilian Captain of a Queen-Ship the size of Jupiter??? What if YOU were in the middle of a HUGE BAD@$$ STAR WAR which might make 'Star Wars' look like a Sunday-School Picnic??!! The problems of humanity might seem very minor and inconsequential in comparison. A United States of the Solar System might have to 'fit' into the Universe-Wide State of Affairs. How this solar system is governed might have more to do with what is in the best interests of the universe than that which might be in the best interests of Earth-Humanity. Here is some more Sherry Shriner to brighten-up your day. www.blogtalkradio.com/sherrytalkradio/2013/01/22/monday-night-with-sherry-shriner

    I've looked at the various wars, assassinations, 'natural-disasters', 'terrorist-activities', etc. -- especially over the past few years -- and it sickened me so much that I just had to move on. My current political and theological science-fiction adventures have been my strange way of 'dealing with it'. I don't say or write a lot of what I really think about all of this madness. I find all of it to be very interesting -- but very destructive -- physically, mentally, and spiritually -- which is why I'm not in a great-big hurry to 'wake people up'. Perhaps a small core of humanity needs to 'wake-up' in their own time and way -- while the rest of humanity remains mostly oblivious to the madness happening all around them. If everyone woke-up on the wrong side of the bed at the same time -- that might be the end of us all. BTW -- I lean toward the Bill Cooper theory about JFK -- that the driver fired the 'kill-shot' -- but who knows what really happened?? I'm trying to revisit 9/11 by reading the '9/11 Commission Report'. We shouldn't just scoff at 'official versions'. They might contain clues -- hidden just beneath the surface. Think about it.


    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 HO_Mausoleum_EntranceIn_KyotoJapan

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Kumsusan_Memorial_Palace%2C_Pyongyang

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Paris_Pantheon_Outside

    Cenotaph
    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cenotaph

    A cenotaph is an "empty tomb" or a monument erected in honour of a person or group of people whose remains are elsewhere.
    The word derives from the Greek: ?e??t?f??? = kenotaphion (kenos, one meaning being "empty", and taphos, "tomb").

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 National_war_memorial%2C_july_2011
    I love 'Sacred Structures' of all kinds. I am NOT Uber Alles regarding Christianity and Christian Sacred Structures. However, I think that Judeo-Christianity must NOT be ignored or neglected. I continue to seek some sort of common ground for all of humanity -- politically and theologically. I also see a need for a 'Righteous Secularism'. We don't all have to be church-goers. I was just reading from the Gospels -- and I noticed (not for the first time) that Jesus taught in the Temple EVERY DAY -- Not Just on the Sabbath. I have suggested that religious services should be offered EVERY DAY -- and that no particular day be considered exclusively HOLY. Incidentally, how might one observe the Sabbath on the Asteroid Ida?? Think About It. I have NO idea regarding my ancient and reincarnational role relative to the Sabbath and Sabbath-Observance -- but I am attempting to be pragmatic in modernity. Is This a Sin??

    I continue to think that we somehow need Religious-Ritual -- but I am extremely uncomfortable with Ritual Human-Sacrifice and Cannibalism -- Symbolic or Otherwise. I even feel a bit uncomfortable with the Eucharistic-Liturgy as a Remembrance. The Traditional Latin Mass is exceedingly beautiful and moving -- but it is an Unbloody-Sacrifice -- not a remembrance or a reenactment. I consider myself to be a Christian -- yet I have become VERY WARY of the Dark-Side of Judeo-Christianity. I continue to wonder what the True Galactic Situation is -- especially theologically and politically. It almost seems as if our religions have shielded us from an unbearable reality -- historically and presently. Perhaps the Bible is sort of a '9/11 Commission Report' version of the Real Story -- wherein the people are told as much as they can be from official sources -- without destroying civilization as we know it. What if the 'Stargate SG-1' story-line regarding the 'System Lords' is somewhat close to the truth?? I have NO idea -- but I sense that something is VERY wrong -- politically and theologically -- historically and presently. True Peace and Happiness Might Elude Us for All Eternity...

    Might I suggest taking a Scanning Electron-Microscope Look at Ethics, Law, Law-Enforcement, and the Military -- including their interrelationships. Might I further suggest doing this from a historical-perspective -- as well as from a fundamental clean-sheet of paper approach -- especially regarding Solar System Governance vis a vis the Rest of the Universe. Do 'System Lords' obey written laws -- or do they make up the laws as they go?? "Man Shall Not Live by Bread Alone -- but by Every Word That Procedeth Out of the Mouth of God". Is God bound by the Ten-Commandments?? Is God 'Above the Law'. Is What God Says and Does the Benchmark of the Universe?? Is the Story of Jesus representative of a challenge to the 'System Lords' or to a particular 'System Lord' -- regardless of whether the story is mostly factual or mostly fictional?? I think that all of us might be facing a VERY rough political and theological ride in the coming months and years -- regardless of our present political and theological views. I tend to think that ALL of us are about to get our fingers burned -- right up to our arm-pits...

    Imagine Three Queens dressed like 'Ra' in 'Stargate' meeting in a 'Solomon's Temple' (complete with the Ark of the Covenant) beneath a Pyramid in Ancient Egypt -- debating politics, religion, and the fate of humanity. Imagine one queen being for humanity and freedom -- one queen against humanity and freedom -- and one undecided queen. Imagine these queens in human, reptilian, and reptilian-human hybrid forms. Imagine them participating in a Eucharistic-Liturgy with real flesh and blood being consumed. Imagine these three queens as being Michael, Gabriel, and Lucifer. Imagine these three queens as being Isis, Horus, and Set. Imagine these three queens as being Isis, Horus, and Ra. Imgine these three queens as being in conflict with one or more 'System Lords'. Is this day-dream and/or night-mare really THAT far-fetched?? Reality might be stranger than any 'Stargate SG-1' episode. BTW -- how many replicas of Solomon's Temple exist throughout the world?? How many people strictly observe the ways of Ancient Egypt and/or Ancient Israel?? How many people strictly observe the Red-Letter Teachings of Jesus??

    What sort of religion might one end up with if they strictly observed the teachings found in the Psalms, Proverbs, and in Matthew through Jude -- which would exclude most of the Biblical Murder and Mayhem?? Can we really escape from a Violent God and Universe?? Should we Make Our Peace with a Violent God and Universe?? Should we train everyone to be a Bad@$$ Warrior -- instead of teaching them to love neighbor as self?? Is the universe filled with War-Lords in conflict with each other?? Are Peace, Love, and Harmony really concepts whose time has NOT come??

    Would a United States of the Solar System have to be Militaristic and Egyptian-Roman in nature -- even with Responsible-Freedom?? Would one or more 'System Lords' have to facilitate a U.S.S.S.?? If a 'regime-change' occurs -- should all parties remain 'in-house' rather than some being 'out in the cold' in 'outer-darkness' and/or the 'bottomless-pit'?? What approach would facilitate a lasting peace in this sector of the galaxy?? What would it take for a Hypothetical Draconian-Reptilian Universe to tolerate Earth-Humanity and Responsible-Freedom?? These questions might not be as ridiculous as they sound. The politics and religion of the universe might be stranger than we CAN think. We should NEVER think that we have this madness figured-out and under-control. Would a Hypothetical Solar System Administrator need to have 'Dual-Citizenship' in a Reptilian-Universe and an Earth-Human Solar System?? Would a Solar System Administrator have to deal with the Reptilians in a Reptilian-Body -- and with the Humans in a Human-Body?? I have NO idea about ANY of this. I honestly don't. But I think that some of us should model the most unlikely possibilities -- under the watchful eyes of those in the know -- if you know what I mean...

    I have spoken of the possibility of a 10,000 representative United States of the Solar System -- with various meeting-place conceptualizations. Well, in light of what I've said in this post, take a look at THIS!! http://thelede.blogs.nytimes.com/2010/07/22/rebuilding-solomons-temple-in-sao-paulo/

    This week, as Jews around the world observed the fasting day of Tisha B’av, commemorating the destruction of the First and Second Jewish Temples in ancient Jerusalem, a Brazilian megachurch received planning permission to build a 10,000-seat replica of Solomon’s Temple in the city of São Paulo.

    As Tom Phillips of The Guardian noted, a Brazilian newspaper, Estado de São Paulo, reported that the church will cost an estimated $200 million and should be completed in four years.

    According to a post on the blog of Bishop Edir Macedo, the founder of Brazil’s evangelical Universal Church of the Kingdom of God, which is building the replica, the structure will be 180 feet high, making it nearly twice as tall as the Christ the Redeemer statue that towers over Rio de Janeiro. Mr. Macedo also said that stones of the same type used by Solomon had been ordered from Jerusalem to be used in a complex which will also house 36 Bible schools, television and radio studios and a 1,000-space parking lot.

    In 1998, Alan Riding reported for The Times that the Brazilian police investigated charges that the Universal Church “pretends to cure people by expelling the Devil from their bodies, using grotesque and humiliating gestures reminiscent of the barbaric sects of the Middle Ages.”

    The Bishop’s blog also reported that a leader of the city’s Jews has called the temple project “very interesting” and suggested that the project might help fight anti-Semitism by educating Brazilians about Israel. The blog also said this about the prospects for a similar project in Jerusalem : “For Jews, there is still hope that the Third Temple is constructed so that the Messiah will reign with them. But for that to happen, they will have to expect some natural disaster or governmental changes.”


    What if something such as this were built UNDERNEATH Jerusalem -- with the cornerstone being at the very TOP of the structure?? Would this avoid World War III and/or the Battle of Armageddon?? I am not really up to speed as to why rebuilding the Temple in Jerusalem is so important. I'm not saying that it's not important. I simply don't know the inside-story -- not in this incarnation anyway. What if this 10,000 seat replica were built on the Earth-Side of the Moon??!! This ancient stuff seems somewhat dangerous and creepy -- and who knows how nasty the ancient factional fighting really was??!! Is the God of Judeo-Christianity really Amen Ra?? Is Judeo-Christianity really a Rebel-Egyptian Faction of a Galactic-Empire??

    How much trouble might we really be in?? There might be a VERY compelling reason why seemingly EVERYTHING is covered-up and white-washed -- including assassinations and terrorist-events. I think I see what's going on -- but I don't wish to be any more direct than I've already been in this post (and others). The carnage and absurdity is really getting me down. World Without End. Amen. https://www.youtube.com/user/aroodawakening?v=IWCEmKGQF_U&feature=pyv&ad=9371726979&kw=jerusalem 'The Holy City' is one of my all-time favorites. My mom used to sing it in a most excellent manner.



    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Yaacovapelbaumsolomontemple2
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Yaacovapelbaumsolomonstemple1

    magamud wrote:
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 376850340_e7b2b73df3_b

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Dsc_1276_hdr-edit-edit


    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Wed Jul 18, 2018 12:57 am; edited 1 time in total
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13283
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (6)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jun 24, 2018 4:17 am

    Regarding eschatology -- consider studying the End of the World -- and the Wrath of God -- in the context of the following three Ellen White books (read in-order -- straight-through -- over and over):

    1. Patriarchs and Prophets.

    2. Prophets and Kings.

    3. Desire of Ages.

    Try forgetting about Ellen White's other writings -- the teachings of the SDA church -- and just focus on these three books. Try considering these books as being Historical-Fiction in the context of Science-Fiction. As most of you know, I mostly make Everything Science-Fiction, as My Private Delusional-System (as delusional as THAT sounds)!! An Individual of Interest recently visited "The Ranch" and listened to JZ Knight. This Individual asked me what I thought about JZ and Ramtha?! I replied "It's all Science-Fiction to me, simply because so much of this stuff is SO difficult to verify or nullify." I'm simultaneously Open-Minded and Closed-Minded. I talk-big on the internet -- but in "real-life" I'm a very quiet and fatigued Completely Ignorant Fool. That's the Inconvenient-Truth. Don't follow me. I'm lost too.

    https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/J._Z._Knight Judy Zebra "JZ" Knight (born Judith Darlene Hampton, March 16, 1946) is an American New Age teacher and author known for her purported channelling of a spiritual entity named Ramtha.

    Knight has appeared on US TV shows, such as Larry King,[1] MSNBC[2] and The Merv Griffin Show, as well as in media such as Psychology Today.[3] Her teachings have attracted figures from the entertainment and political world such as Linda Evans and Shirley MacLaine.[4]

    Knight claims to bridge ancient wisdom and the power of consciousness together with the latest discoveries in science.[5] Some of the ideas are similar to those of Shirley MacLaine,[6] which have in turn been criticized for being "kindergarden metaphysics" by mathematician and skeptic Martin Gardner.[7] Ramtha's teachings have been criticized by scientists and skeptics. The Southern Poverty Law Center has criticized Knight for "homophobic, anti-Catholic, anti-Semitic racist rants".[8]

    Knight lives in a 12,800-square-foot (1,190 m2) French chateau-style home and, next door, teaches courses and runs Ramtha's School of Enlightenment.[9]

    Knight has been married three times and is the mother of two children from her first marriage (Brandy and Christopher),[10] which ended in divorce.[11][12]

    Knight grew up in poverty. After graduating from high school, she dropped out of business school. She later worked in the cable television industry, and due to her work moved to Tacoma, Washington, where a psychic told her the "Enlightened One" would appear to her in the future.[11] She says that Ramtha first appeared to her in her kitchen in 1977.[11][13]

    Knight appeared on The Merv Griffin Show in 1985 and wrote the autobiographical A State of Mind in 1987. Time called her "probably the most celebrated of all current channelers".[14] She is currently the president of JZK, Inc and Ramtha's School of Enlightenment, located near the town of Yelm, Washington, and the name of Ramtha is copyrighted under JZ Knight. She also won a court case which affirmed that she is the sole legal channeler of the entity Ramtha.[15] She also appeared in the 2004 documentary What the Bleep Do We Know!?, produced by members of the Ramtha School.[16][17]

    After an absence from public view of several years, she returned to public speaking on radio and in magazines and workshops. She was a guest on Coast To Coast AM with George Noory on August 14, 2011.

    "Ramtha" (the name is claimed to be derived from Ram and to mean "the God" in Ramtha's language) is the name of a reputed entity whom Knight says she channels. According to Knight, Ramtha was a Lemurian warrior who fought the Atlanteans over 35,000 years ago.[18] Knight claims that Ramtha speaks of leading an army over 2.5 million strong (more than twice the estimated world population at about 30,000 BC) for 63 years, and conquering three fourths of the known world (which was allegedly going through cataclysmic geological changes). According to Knight, Ramtha led the army for 10 years until he was betrayed and almost killed.[19]

    Knight maintains that Ramtha spent the next seven years in isolation recovering and observing nature, the seasons, his army making homes and families, and many other things. She says that he later mastered many skills, including foresight and out-of-body experiences, until he led his army to the Indus River while in his late fifties. According to Knight, Ramtha taught his soldiers everything he knew for 120 days, he bid them farewell, rose into the air and in a bright flash of light he ascended before them. Knight says that he made a promise to his army that he would come back to teach them everything he had learned. JZ Knight says that in 1977 Ramtha appeared before her and told her that he had come to help her over the ditch. JZ Knight claims to have become his first student of what she calls the great work.[18]

    Further information: Ramtha's School of Enlightenment § Teachings

    Ramtha is the central figure (the "master teacher") of Ramtha's School of Enlightenment, started by Knight in 1987 near the town Yelm, Washington. Classes (or "dialogues") had been held around the world for the previous 10 years. There are currently over 6,000 students of Knight's teachings.[10]

    A central theme of Knight's teachings involves the internalization of divinity ("God is in Us", "You are God, Behold God"). Knight describes Ramtha as having brought his knowledge to many ancient civilizations in the world such as the Ancient Egyptians. Her website also suggests that traces of the lineage of the original teachings and philosophies she claims Ramtha taught 35,000 years ago have appeared throughout history in the schools of philosophers such as Socrates, religions such as Hinduism and Judaism, and the works of great minds such as Leonardo da Vinci and Michelangelo.[20]

    The four cornerstones of Knight's philosophy are:[20]

    The statement 'You are god'
    The directive to make known the unknown
    The concept that consciousness and energy create the nature of reality
    The challenge to conquer yourself

    Knight's teachings appear to be a mixture of Jungian philosophy, Western occult traditions and contemporary positive-thinking attitudes (such as New Age beliefs)[21] and have yet to stand against elementary skepticism or scrutiny.[22] Predictions made by Knight in the name of the disembodied entity have either failed to come true (e.g. predicting that a holocaust would take place in 1985, or that the USA would be involved in a major war in 1985) or the predicted scenarios are too wide to evaluate and/or have too large an error margin to be considered, which is usually the case with channelers.[21]

    When Knight says she is channeling Ramtha she speaks mostly in English in what sounds like an accent from the Indian Raj,[22][23] sometimes in a simplistic way. The claimed entity "Ramtha" has expressed confusion about modern items (or even the ability to read English),[24] although he seems to have clear understanding of complex issues of modern physics, such as the quantum field or neurology, which appear frequently in his speeches.[25] During the alleged channeling of Ramtha, JZ Knight behaves a bit differently and speaks in a deeper and stern voice.

    In her teachings "Ramtha" has made several controversial statements such as that Christianity is a "backward" religion, that Jesus' parables can be explained by means of photon waves and probability,[26] that "murder isn't really wrong or evil" (if one believes in reincarnation),[27] or (during the court case JZ Knight v Jeff Knight) Jeff Knight stated that Ramtha had declared that HIV is Nature's way of 'getting rid of' homosexuality.[26] The Southern Poverty Law Center observed that "Ramtha" has made anti-semitic comments such as "“XXXX God's chosen people! I think they have earned enough cash to have paid their way out of the goddamned gas chambers by now".[8]

    Further information: Ramtha's School of Enlightenment § Controversy and criticism, and Mediumship § Criticism

    Most books regarding Ramtha and RSE come from JZK Publishing, one of the several companies started by Knight. Other books somewhat sympathetic to Ramtha, such as Finding Enlightenment: Ramtha's School of Ancient Wisdom by Gordon Melton, have ties to RSE in other ways. The author of Finding Enlightenment testified for Knight in Knight vs. Knight (1992–1995) against her former husband, Jeffery Knight (see below).

    Skeptics point to Ramtha's story as proof that he does not exist. Ramtha claims to come from the continent of Lemuria and to have conquered Atlantis. The existence of the two locations are considered of legendary nature, and neither have been found. Furthermore, the claim that Ramtha led an army of 2.5 million contradicts estimates of the world population at 33,000 BC, and her claims of clairvoyant, telepathic, telekinetic and other ESP abilities, for which there is no scientific support, have been heavily criticized by skeptics and scientific communities.[28][29][30]

    Ramtha's claim that every person can learn to create their own reality[31] is itself a philosophical paradox. Julian Baggini, in his book The pig that wants to be eaten, argues that if everyone was capable of creating their own realities with their minds, it would be problematic as one person could then create a reality in which no one was allowed to create their own realities.[32]

    Magician and skeptic James Randi said that Ramtha's believers have "no way of evaluating [her teachings]",[33] while Carl Sagan in his book The Demon-Haunted World says that "the simplest hypothesis is that Ms. Knight makes 'Ramtha' speak all by herself, and that she has no contact with disembodied entities from the Pleistocene Ice Age." He goes on to write a list of questions that Ramtha's answers to would help us determine whether he is actually a disembodied entity from the paleolithic times (such as "What were the indigenous languages, and social structure?", "What was their writing like?" or "How does he know that he lived 35,000 years ago?"), and ends by saying that "[i]nstead, all we are offered are banal homilies."[22]

    Knight's former husband, Jeff Knight, in an interview in 1992 with Joe Szimhart, said that Ramtha's teachings are a "farce" and that they are "just a money making business for [JZ Knight]". He also said that students of Ramtha's School of Enlightenment are "involved in a very dangerous, very evil corrupt thing".[34]

    Attacks and criticism against Ramtha's teachings and Ramtha's School of Enlightenment have also been made by former students of the school. David McCarthy, a Yelm resident and former student of the school between 1989 and 1996, has accused the school of being a cult. He further claims that he was intimidated during his studies there, and he felt like mind control was being exerted by Knight and the school. He said "At one point I was running around scared I was going to get eaten by the lizard people."[35] McCarthy became disappointed, not only with his own experience of Ramtha's teachings but also as he had cut ties from his family to become a student as they lived in a different country.[36] This led McCarthy to form a group called "Life After Ramtha's School of Enlightenment", which questions the authenticity of Ramtha and encourages people to come out and express their experiences after their realization that the RSE is a cult. The school has also been characterized as a cult by skeptic Michael Shermer in his book Why People Believe Weird Things.[23]

    Glenn Cunningham, a former bodyguard of Knight's, in an interview with David McCarthy details the inner workings of Ramtha's School of Enlightenment and criticizes various activities (such as trademarking ideas and phrases that had been coined by other authors many years before - for example, the idea of "Blue Body", or mixing quantum physics with new age ideas, which can be found in Vera Stanley Alder's From the Mundane to the Magnificent, first published in 1979) of Knight's and aspects of Ramtha which he simply saw as Knight acting. Among the things he mentions is the fact that Ramtha mispronounces the same words that Knight mispronounces, and that Ramtha quotes the same books that Knight has read.[24] Glenn Cunningham admits in the video interview, that he was prone to lying to students when he saw fit or thought that it may help them.[24]

    Furthermore, Ramtha's teachings as they are portrayed in the movie What the Bleep Do We Know!?, not only in the general gist of the film (which was directed and funded by students of Ramtha's School of Enlightenment) but also in instances where Ramtha is interviewed on screen, have been heavily criticized by the scientific community,[37][38][39][40] and skeptics,[41] such as James Randi.[42]

    Knight has been involved in several court disputes, some personal and others business-related. She brought a suit against a woman from Berlin named Julie Ravell for disturbing Knight's psychic state and leaving her "hanging in spiritual limbo" during the five years Ravell claimed she was also channeling Ramtha. The case was brought to the supreme court in Vienna and lasted over five years, at the end of which Austria's supreme court awarded copyright to Knight as the sole channeler of Ramtha, and Ravell was made to pay $800 in psychic damages to Knight.[15] Another case involving copyright and trademark ownership was JZK, Inc vs. Glandon, in which Joseph Glandon was accused of distributing copyrighted teachings of Ramtha.[43]

    In Knight vs. Knight (1992–1995), Jeff Knight alleges that he lost years of his life by postponing modern medical treatment for his HIV infection, due to advice from his wife that Ramtha could heal him. The court decided against him, but he died before he could appeal the court's decision.[44]

    Knight, through JZK Inc., accused WhiteWind Weaver, a Thurston County, Washington citizen, of stealing her ideas and using her and Ramtha's teachings in her workshops. A trial began on March 10, 2008, in Thurston County Superior Court and at the end of it Knight was awarded about $10,000 after the court's decision against WhiteWind Weaver.[45]

    Knight also refused to attend court as a witness in a case involving a 15-year-old who claimed rape against two students of Ramtha's School of Enlightenment. The 15-year-old girl had written a letter to Knight which mentioned that Wayne Allen Geis, her dancing and acting teacher, had engaged in sexual intercourse with her from 1995 to 1997. The illicit activities had also involved Ruth Beverly Martin. They had apparently told the girl that sexual intercourse would help her to relax and improve her acting ability. Knight invited the girl to a retreat at the school in November 1999. In the retreat, Ramtha questioned the girl, her father, Geis and Martin. This inquiry took place on stage in front of an audience of over 800 people for about an hour. Geis and Martin confessed to having molested the girl, and the school contacted authorities. Charged with 10 counts of first-degree sexual misconduct with a minor, Geis and Martin pleaded not guilty and the case went to trial.[46] Prosecutors were reluctant to have Knight appear in court due to the "circus atmosphere" that would have been created. Knight herself claimed that she had been in a trance and did not remember anything of what was said in the retreat inquiry.[47]

    Books by Knight

    A State of Mind, My Story Ramtha: The Adventure Begins (1987) ISBN 1578730023
    Ramtha books[edit]
    Ramtha: The Children's View of Destiny and Purpose
    To Life 152 pages (selection of Ramtha toasts from May 1988 to May 1996 compiled by Diane Munoz-Smith)
    Ramtha (1970) ASIN B007U7RNHY
    Love Yourself Into Life (1983) ASIN B00424L2XY
    Ominous Dragoon of Dothdura, co-written with Douglas Mahr and Jerry Banghart (1985) ISBN 0931317134
    I Am Ramtha (1986)
    Ramtha Intensive Soulmates (1987)
    Ramtha Intensive: Change the Days to Come (1987)
    Between Two Worlds: The Message of Ramtha (1987) ISBN 0940539063
    Voyage to the New World: An Adventure Into Unlimitedness, (co-written with Douglas Mahr (1987) ISBN 0449131858
    Ramtha (1988)
    Ramtha: An Introduction (1988) ISBN 0932201768
    Destination Freedom: A Time-Travel Adventure, Stage II: Arrival Instruction, co-written with Douglas Mahr (1989) ISBN 0132022273
    UFO's and the Nature of Reality: Understanding Alien Consciousness and Interdimensional Mind (1990)
    Spinner of Tales, Ramtha stories compiled by Deborah Kerins (1991) ISBN 0962972371
    Enseignements Choisis (1991)
    Ramtha: The New Kingdom: The Masterpiece Collection of Ramtha (1991) ISBN 0940539098
    The Plane of Bliss: On Earth as it is in Heaven (1997) ISBN 1578730260
    The Ancient Schools of Wisdom, compiled by Diane Munoz-Smith (1998) ISBN 0965262138
    Ramtha: the Mystery of Birth and Death: Redefining the Self (2000)
    The Circus, An Adventure Not To Be Missed (2001) ASIN B004FVHPUS
    Who Are We Really? (2002)
    A Master's Reflection on the History of Humanity, Part I: Human Civilization, Origins and Evolution (2002) ISBN 1578730406
    A Master's Reflection on the History of Humanity, Part II: Rediscovering the Pearl of Ancient Wisdom (2003) ISBN 1578730414
    A Message of Joy and Hope: Ramtha's Address at Seattle Center November 12, 2004 (2005)
    The Mystery of Love
    Last Waltz Of the Tyrants: The Prophecy Revisited (1991, Revised: 2009) ISBN 1578731178
    Ramtha: A Beginner's Guide to Creating Reality: An Introduction to Ramtha & His Teachings (1997, Revised: 2000) ISBN 1578730376
    Ramtha: the White Book (1999, Revised: 2004) ISBN 1578730457
    That Elixir Called Love: The Truth About Sexual Attraction, Secret Fantasies, and the Magic of True Love (2004) ASIN B0073HNNWA

    Ramtha's Fireside Series

    Defining the Master (2000) (Vol. 1, No.1)
    Changing the Timeline of Our Destiny (2001) (Vol. 1, No. 2)
    Forgotten Gods Waking Up (2001) (Vol. 1, No. 3)
    Crossing the River (2002) (Vol. 2, No. 1)
    A Master's Key For Manipulating Time (2002) (Vol. 2, No. 2)
    Making Contact: Our Soul's Journey and Purpose Through Life (2002) (Vol. 2, No. 3)
    Buddha's Neuronet for Levitation: Opening the Lotus of a Thousand Petals (2002) (Vol. 2, No. 4)
    Who Are We Really? (2002) (Vol. 2, No. 5)
    Gandalf's Battle on the Bridge in the Mines of Moria (2002) (Vol. 2, No. 6) ASIN B006H9BN3Q
    When Fairy Tales Do Come True (2003) (Vol. 3, No. 1)
    Prophets Of Our Own Destiny (2003) (Vol. 3, No. 2)
    Parallel Lifetimes: Fluctuations in the Quantum Field (2003) (Vol. 3, No. 3)
    Jesus The Christ: The Life of a Master (2006) (Vol. 4, No. 1)
    Awakening To the Extraordinary (2007) (Vol. 4, No. 2)
    The New March: Developing a Mind Worth Preserving (2007) (Vol. 4, No. 3)

    Audio recordings

    Ramtha on God's Only Law (CD-0230) (2002) ISBN 157873195X
    Ramtha on Love Born in the 4th Seal: Beginning The Journey (CD-9201) (2003) ISBN 1578731933
    Ramtha on How the Brain Creates Reality (Dimensional Mind V: Part 1) (CD-9227) (2003) ISBN 157873133X
    Ramtha on Demonology and the Freedom from Possession: The Neuronet of Disease (CD-9804) (2003) ISBN 1578732999
    Ramtha on The Difference Between Consciousness and Mind (CD-9215) (2004) ISBN 1578731763
    Ramtha on A Master's First Step: Achieving Clear-Mindedness (CD-9520) (2004) ISBN 1578731798
    Ramtha on Waking Up to Greatness (CD-0405) (2004) ISBN 1578731755
    Ramtha on Experiencing the Teachings of No Words (CD-9207.1) (2004) 157873181X
    Ramtha on Concepts of Predestination and Free Will (CD-0513) (2005) ISBN 1578731887
    Ramtha on The Plane of Bliss, Part 2 (CD-9716) (2005) ISBN 1578732360
    Ramtha on Animals, Music, Crystals and Mythical Creatures (CD-001) (2006) ISBN 1578732670
    Ramtha on The Brain (CD-002) (2006) ISBN 1578732689
    Ramtha on Pyramids (CD-020) (2006) ISBN 1578732700
    Ramtha on Yahweh - Jehovah (CD-029) (2006) ISBN 1578732727
    Ramtha on Winds of Change I (CD-030) (2006) ISBN 1578733006
    Ramtha on The Great Architect (CD-046) (2006) ISBN 1578732735
    Ramtha on From Suppression To Love and The Power of Change (CD-0613) (2006) ISBN 1578732913
    Ramtha on The Neuronet To The Levitating Buddha (CD-9603.2) (2006) ISBN 1578732905
    Ramtha on Where the Journey Begins (CD-0610) (2006) ISBN 1578732921
    Ramtha on Winds of Change II (CD-030.1) (2007) ISBN 1578733014)
    Ramtha on Children and Parenting (CD-004.1) (2007) ISBN 1578733103
    Ramtha on Inner Earth (CD-013) ISBN 1578732697
    Ramtha on Understanding Womanhood (CD-027) ISBN 1578732719
    Ramtha on The 12 Days of Light (CD-019) (2007) ISBN 1578733022
    Ramtha on Love and Relationships (CD-018) (2007) ISBN 1578733073
    Ramtha on Winds of Change III (CD-052) (2007) ISBN 157873309X
    Ramtha on Change: The Days That Are Here (Prophecy Series) (CD-0705) (2007) ISBN 1578733286
    Ramtha on Gods Clothed As Humans (CD-0608) (2007) ISBN 1578733316
    Ramtha on Genetic Memory and the Sixth Sense: Soul Choice (CD-9303.1) (2007) ISBN 1578732948
    Ramtha on Unfolding into the Continuum of Consciousness (CD-9409) (2007) ISBN 1578733359
    Ramtha on Acceptance: The Key to Magic (CD-9411) (2007) ISBN 1578732980
    Ramtha on Cell Biology, Associative Memory, and the Personality (CD-9424.1) (2007) ISBN 1578732956
    Ramtha on The Mechanics of Creating (CD-9424.2) (2007) ISBN 1578733251
    Ramtha on Magnetic Signature & How The Soul Determines Destiny (CD-9424.3) (2007) ISBN 157873326X
    Ramtha on Taking Back Your Power (CD-0618) (2007) ISBN 1578733278
    Ramtha on The Bounty of List and Twilight (CD-9419) (2007) ISBN 1578732263
    Ramtha on Self-Discovery: Going Beyond Gender (CD-0612) (2007) ISBN 1578733308
    Ramtha on Australia - Change: The Days That Are Here (Prophecy Series) (CD-0708) (2007) ISBN 1578733340
    Ramtha on Siege Upon the City of the Blue Race (CD-037) (2007) ISBN 1578733049
    Ramtha on The Great Work: From the Caterpillar To the Butterfly (CD-0606) (2007) ISBN 1578733294
    Ramtha on Miami - Change: The Days That Are Here (Prophecy Series) (CD-0706) (2007) ISBN 1578733324

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp38.html The encampment of Israel at Kadesh was but a short distance from the borders of Edom, and both Moses and the people greatly desired to follow the route through this country to the Promised Land; accordingly they sent a message, as God had directed them, to the Edomite king--

    "Thus saith thy brother Israel, Thou knowest all the travail that hath befallen us: how our fathers went down into Egypt, and we have dwelt in Egypt a long time; and the Egyptians vexed us, and our fathers: and when we cried unto the Lord, He heard our voice, and sent an Angel, and hath brought us forth out of Egypt: and, behold, we are in Kadesh, a city in the uttermost of thy border. Let us pass, I pray thee, through thy country: we will not pass through the fields, or through the vineyards, neither will we drink of the water of the wells: we will go by the king's highway, we will not turn to the right hand nor to the left, until we have passed thy borders."

    To this courteous request a threatening refusal was returned: "Thou shalt not pass by me, lest I come out against thee with the sword."

    Surprised at this repulse, the leaders of Israel sent a second appeal to the king, with the promise, "We will go by the highway: and if I and my cattle drink of thy water, then I will pay for it: I will only, without doing anything else, go through on my feet."

    "Thou shalt not go through," was the answer. Armed bands of Edomites were already posted at the difficult passes, so that any peaceful advance in that direction was impossible, and the Hebrews were forbidden to resort to force. They must make the long journey around the land of Edom.

    Had the people, when brought into trial, trusted in God, the Captain of the Lord's host would have led them through Edom, and the fear of them would have rested upon the inhabitants of the land, so that, instead of manifesting hostility, they would have shown them favor. But the Israelites did not act promptly upon God's word, and while they were complaining and murmuring, the golden opportunity passed. When they were at last ready to present their request to the king, it was refused. Ever since they left Egypt, Satan had been steadily at work to throw hindrances and temptations in their way, that they might not inherit Canaan. And by their own unbelief they had repeatedly opened the door for him to resist the purpose of God.

    It is important to believe God's word and act upon it promptly, while His angels are waiting to work for us. Evil angels are ready to contest every step of advance. And when God's providence bids His children go forward, when He is ready to do great things for them. Satan tempts them to displease the Lord by hesitation and delay; he seeks to kindle a spirit of strife or to arouse murmuring or unbelief, and thus deprive them of the blessings that God desired to bestow. God's servants should be minutemen, ever ready to move as fast as His providence opens the way. And delay on their part gives time for Satan to work to defeat them.

    In the directions first given to Moses concerning their passage through Edom, after declaring that the Edomites should be afraid of Israel, the Lord had forbidden His people to make use of this advantage against them. Because the power of God was engaged for Israel, and the fears of the Edomites would make them an easy prey, the Hebrews were not therefore to prey upon them. The command given them was, "Take ye good heed unto yourselves therefore: meddle not with them; for I will not give you of their land, no, not so much as a foot breadth; because I have given Mount Seir unto Esau for a possession." Deuteronomy 2:4, 5. The Edomites were descendants of Abraham and Isaac, and for the sake of these His servants, God had shown favor to the children of Esau. He had given them Mount Seir for a possession, and they were not to be disturbed unless by their sins they should place themselves beyond the reach of His mercy. The Hebrews were to dispossess and utterly destroy the inhabitants of Canaan, who had filled up the measure of their iniquity but the Edomites were still probationers, and as such were to be mercifully dealt with. God delights in mercy, and He manifests His compassion before He inflicts His judgments. He teaches Israel to spare the people of Edom, before requiring them to destroy the inhabitants of Canaan.

    The ancestors of Edom and Israel were brothers, and brotherly kindness and courtesy should exist between them. The Israelites were forbidden, either then or at any future time, to revenge the affront given them in the refusal of passage through the land. They must not expect to possess any part of the land of Edom. While the Israelites were the chosen and favored people of God, they must heed the restrictions which He placed upon them. God had promised them a goodly inheritance; but they were not to feel that they alone had any rights in the earth, and seek to crowd out all others. They were directed, in all their intercourse with the Edomites, to beware of doing them injustice. They were to trade with them, buying such supplies as were needed, and promptly paying for all they received. As an encouragement to Israel to trust in God and obey His word they were reminded, "The Lord thy God hath blessed thee; . . . thou hast lacked nothing." Deuteronomy 2:7. They were not dependent upon the Edomites, for they had a God rich in resources. They must not by force or fraud seek to obtain anything pertaining to them; but in all their intercourse they should exemplify the principle of the divine law, "Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself."

    Had they in this manner passed through Edom, as God had purposed, the passage would have proved a blessing, not only to themselves, but to the inhabitants of the land; for it would have given them an opportunity to become acquainted with God's people and His worship and to witness how the God of Jacob prospered those who loved and feared Him. But all this the unbelief of Israel had prevented. God had given the people water in answer to their clamors, but He permitted their unbelief to work out its punishment. Again they must traverse the desert and quench their thirst from the miraculous spring, which, had they but trusted in Him, they would no longer have needed.

    Accordingly the hosts of Israel again turned toward the south, and made their way over sterile wastes, that seemed even more dreary after a glimpse of the green spots among the hills and valleys of Edom. From the mountain range overlooking this gloomy desert, rises Mount Hor, whose summit was to be the place of Aaron's death and burial. When the Israelites came to this mountain, the divine command was addressed to Moses--

    "Take Aaron and Eleazar his son, and bring them up unto Mount Hor: and strip Aaron of his garments, and put them upon Eleazar his son: and Aaron shall be gathered unto his people, and shall die there."

    Together these two aged men and the younger one toiled up the mountain height. The heads of Moses and Aaron were white with the snows of sixscore winters. Their long and eventful lives had been marked with the deepest trials and the greatest honors that had ever fallen to the lot of man. They were men of great natural ability, and all their powers had been developed, exalted, and dignified by communion with the Infinite One. Their life had been spent in unselfish labor for God and their fellow men; their countenances gave evidence of great intellectual power, firmness and nobility of purpose, and strong affections.

    Many years Moses and Aaron had stood side by side in their cares and labors. Together they had breasted unnumbered dangers, and had shared together the signal blessing of God; but the time was at hand when they must be separated. They moved on very slowly, for every moment in each other's society was precious. The ascent was steep and toilsome; and as they often paused to rest, they communed together of the past and the future. Before them, as far as the eye could reach, was spread out the scene of their desert wanderings. In the plain below were encamped the vast hosts of Israel, for whom these chosen men had spent the best portion of their lives; for whose welfare they had felt so deep an interest, and made so great sacrifices. Somewhere beyond the mountains of Edom was the path leading to the Promised Land--that land whose blessings Moses and Aaron were not to enjoy. No rebellious feelings found a place in their hearts, no expression of murmuring escaped their lips; yet a solemn sadness rested upon their countenances as they remembered what had debarred them from the inheritance of their fathers.

    Aaron's work for Israel was done. Forty years before, at the age of eighty-three, God had called him to unite with Moses in his great and important mission. He had co-operated with his brother in leading the children of Israel from Egypt. He had held up the great leader's hands when the Hebrew hosts gave battle to Amalek. He had been permitted to ascend Mount Sinai, to approach into the presence of God, and to behold the divine glory. The Lord had conferred upon the family of Aaron the office of the priesthood, and had honored him with the sacred consecration of high priest. He had sustained him in the holy office by the terrible manifestations of divine judgment in the destruction of Korah and his company. It was through Aaron's intercession that the plague was stayed. When his two sons were slain for disregarding God's express command, he did not rebel or even murmur. Yet the record of his noble life had been marred. Aaron committed a grievous sin when he yielded to the clamors of the people and made the golden calf at Sinai; and again, when he united with Miriam in envy and murmuring against Moses. And he, with Moses, offended the Lord at Kadesh by disobeying the command to speak to the rock that it might give forth its water.

    God intended that these great leaders of His people should be representatives of Christ. Aaron bore the names of Israel upon his breast. He communicated to the people the will of God. He entered the most holy place on the Day of Atonement, "not without blood," as a mediator for all Israel. He came forth from that work to bless the congregation, as Christ will come forth to bless His waiting people when His work of atonement in their behalf shall be ended. It was the exalted character of that sacred office as representative of our great High Priest that made Aaron's sin at Kadesh of so great magnitude.

    With deep sorrow Moses removed from Aaron the holy vestments, and placed them upon Eleazar, who thus became his successor by divine appointment. For his sin at Kadesh, Aaron was denied the privilege of officiating as God's high priest in Canaan--of offering the first sacrifice in the goodly land, and thus consecrating the inheritance of Israel. Moses was to continue to bear his burden in leading the people to the very borders of Canaan. He was to come within sight of the Promised Land, but was not to enter it. Had these servants of God, when they stood before the rock at Kadesh, borne unmurmuringly the test there brought upon them, how different would have been their future! A wrong act can never be undone. It may be that the work of a lifetime will not recover what has been lost in a single moment of temptation or even thoughtlessness.

    The absence from the camp of the two great leaders, and the fact that they had been accompanied by Eleazar, who, it was well known, was to be Aaron's successor in holy office, awakened a feeling of apprehension, and their return was anxiously awaited. As the people looked about them, upon their vast congregation, they saw that nearly all the adults who left Egypt had perished in the wilderness. All felt a foreboding of evil as they remembered the sentence pronounced against Moses and Aaron. Some were aware of the object of that mysterious journey to the summit of Mount Hor, and their solicitude for their leaders was heightened by bitter memories and self-accusings.

    The forms of Moses and Eleazar were at last discerned, slowly descending the mountainside, but Aaron was not with them. Upon Eleazar were the sacerdotal garments, showing that he had succeeded his father in the sacred office. As the people with heavy hearts gathered about their leader, Moses told them that Aaron had died in his arms upon Mount Hor, and that they there buried him. The congregation broke forth in mourning and lamentation, for they all loved Aaron, though they had so often caused him sorrow. "They mourned for Aaron thirty days, even all the house of Israel."

    Concerning the burial of Israel's high priest, the Scriptures give only the simple record, "There Aaron died, and there he was buried." Deuteronomy 10:6. In what striking contrast to the customs of the present day was this burial, conducted according to the express command of God. In modern times the funeral services of a man of high position are often made the occasion of ostentatious and extravagant display. When Aaron died, one of the most illustrious men that ever lived, there were only two of his nearest friends to witness his death and to attend his burial. And that lonely grave upon Mount Hor was forever hidden from the sight of Israel. God is not honored in the great display so often made over the dead, and the extravagant expense incurred in returning their bodies to the dust.

    The whole congregation sorrowed for Aaron, yet they could not feel the loss so keenly as did Moses. The death of Aaron forcibly reminded Moses that his own end was near; but short as the time of his stay on earth must be, he deeply felt the loss of his constant companion--the one who had shared his joys and sorrows, his hopes and fears, for so many long years. Moses must now continue the work alone; but he knew that God was his friend, and upon Him he leaned more heavily.

    Soon after leaving Mount Hor the Israelites suffered defeat in an engagement with Arad, one of the Canaanite kings. But as they earnestly sought help from God, divine aid was granted them, and their enemies were routed. This victory, instead of inspiring gratitude and leading the people to feel their dependence upon God, made them boastful and self-confident. Soon they fell into the old habit of murmuring. They were now dissatisfied because the armies of Israel had not been permitted to advance upon Canaan immediately after their rebellion at the report of the spies nearly forty years before. They pronounced their long sojourn in the wilderness an unnecessary delay, reasoning that they might have conquered their enemies as easily heretofore as now.

    As they continued their journey toward the south, their route lay through a hot, sandy valley, destitute of shade or vegetation. The way seemed long and difficult, and they suffered from weariness and thirst. Again they failed to endure the test of their faith and patience. By continually dwelling on the dark side of their experiences, they separated themselves farther and farther from God. They lost sight of the fact that but for their murmuring when the water ceased at Kadesh, they would have been spared the journey around Edom. God had purposed better things for them. Their hearts should have been filled with gratitude to Him that He had punished their sin so lightly. But instead of this, they flattered themselves that if God and Moses had not interfered, they might now have been in possession of the Promised Land. After bringing trouble upon themselves, making their lot altogether harder than God designed, they charged all their misfortunes upon Him. Thus they cherished bitter thoughts concerning His dealings with them, and finally they became discontented with everything. Egypt looked brighter and more desirable than liberty and the land to which God was leading them.

    As the Israelites indulged the spirit of discontent, they were disposed to find fault even with their blessings. "And the people spake against God, and against Moses, Wherefore have ye brought us up out of Egypt to die in the wilderness? for there is no bread, neither is there any water; and our soul loatheth this light bread."

    Moses faithfully set before the people their great sin. It was God's power alone that had preserved them in "that great and terrible wilderness, wherein were fiery serpents, and scorpions, and drought, where there was no water." Deuteronomy 8:15. Every day of their travels they had been kept by a miracle of divine mercy. In all the way of God's leading they had found water to refresh the thirsty, bread from heaven to satisfy their hunger, and peace and safety under the shadowy cloud by day and the pillar of fire by night. Angels had ministered to them as they climbed the rocky heights or threaded the rugged paths of the wilderness. Notwithstanding the hardships they had endured, there was not a feeble one in all their ranks. Their feet had not swollen in their long journeys, neither had their clothes grown old. God had subdued before them the fierce beasts of prey and the venomous reptiles of the forest and the desert. If with all these tokens of His love the people still continued to complain, the Lord would withdraw His protection until they should be led to appreciate His merciful care, and return to Him with repentance and humiliation.

    Because they had been shielded by divine power they had not realized the countless dangers by which they were continually surrounded. In their ingratitude and unbelief they had anticipated death, and now the Lord permitted death to come upon them. The poisonous serpents that infested the wilderness were called fiery serpents, on account of the terrible effects produced by their sting, it causing violent inflammation and speedy death. As the protecting hand of God was removed from Israel, great numbers of the people were attacked by these venomous creatures.

    Now there was terror and confusion throughout the encampment. In almost every tent were the dying or the dead. None were secure. Often the silence of night was broken by piercing cries that told of fresh victims. All were busy in ministering to the sufferers, or with agonizing care endeavoring to protect those who were not yet stricken. No murmuring now escaped their lips. When compared with the present suffering, their former difficulties and trials seemed unworthy of a thought.

    The people now humbled themselves before God. They came to Moses with their confessions and entreaties. "We have sinned," they said, "for we have spoken against the Lord, and against thee." Only a little before, they had accused him of being their worst enemy, the cause of all their distress and afflictions. But even when the words were upon their lips, they knew that the charge was false; and as soon as real trouble came they fled to him as the only one who could intercede with God for them. "Pray unto the Lord," was their cry, "that He take away the serpents from us."

    Moses was divinely commanded to make a serpent of brass resembling the living ones, and to elevate it among the people. To this, all who had been bitten were to look, and they would find relief. He did so, and the joyful news was sounded throughout the encampment that all who had been bitten might look upon the brazen serpent and live. Many had already died, and when Moses raised the serpent upon the pole, some would not believe that merely gazing upon that metallic image would heal them; these perished in their unbelief. Yet there were many who had faith in the provision which God had made. Fathers, mothers, brothers, and sisters were anxiously engaged in helping their suffering, dying friends to fix their languid eyes upon the serpent. If these, though faint and dying, could only once look, they were perfectly restored.

    The people well knew that there was no power in the serpent of brass to cause such a change in those who looked upon it. The healing virtue was from God alone. In His wisdom He chose this way of displaying His power. By this simple means the people were made to realize that this affliction had been brought upon them by their sins. They were also assured that while obeying God they had no reason to fear, for He would preserve them.

    The lifting up of the brazen serpent was to teach Israel an important lesson. They could not save themselves from the fatal effect of the poison in their wounds. God alone was able to heal them. Yet they were required to show their faith in the provision which He had made. They must look in order to live. It was their faith that was acceptable with God, and by looking upon the serpent their faith was shown. They knew that there was no virtue in the serpent itself, but it was a symbol of Christ; and the necessity of faith in His merits was thus presented to their minds. Heretofore many had brought their offerings to God, and had felt that in so doing they made ample atonement for their sins. They did not rely upon the Redeemer to come, of whom these offerings were only a type. The Lord would now teach them that their sacrifices, in themselves, had no more power or virtue than the serpent of brass, but were, like that, to lead their minds to Christ, the great sin offering.

    "As Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness," even so was the Son of man "lifted up: that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have eternal life." John 3:14, 15. All who have ever lived upon the earth have felt the deadly sting of "that old serpent, called the devil, and Satan." Revelation 12:9. The fatal effects of sin can be removed only by the provision that God has made. The Israelites saved their lives by looking upon the uplifted serpent. That look implied faith. They lived because they believed God's word, and trusted in the means provided for their recovery. So the sinner may look to Christ, and live. He receives pardon through faith in the atoning sacrifice. Unlike the inert and lifeless symbol, Christ has power and virtue in Himself to heal the repenting sinner.

    While the sinner cannot save himself, he still has something to do to secure salvation. "Him that cometh to Me," says Christ, "I will in no wise cast out." John 6:37. But we must  come  to Him; and when we repent of our sins, we must believe that He accepts and pardons us. Faith is the gift of God, but the power to exercise it is ours. Faith is the hand by which the soul takes hold upon the divine offers of grace and mercy.

    Nothing but the righteousness of Christ can entitle us to one of the blessings of the covenant of grace. There are many who have long desired and tried to obtain these blessings, but have not received them, because they have cherished the idea that they could do something to make themselves worthy of them. They have not looked away from self, believing that Jesus is an all-sufficient Saviour. We must not think that our own merits will save us; Christ is our only hope of salvation. "For there is none other name under heaven given among men, whereby we must be saved." Acts 4:12.

    When we trust God fully, when we rely upon the merits of Jesus as a sin-pardoning Saviour, we shall receive all the help that we can desire. Let none look to self, as though they had power to save themselves. Jesus died for us because we were helpless to do this. In Him is our hope, our justification, our righteousness. When we see our sinfulness we should not despond and fear that we have no Saviour, or that He has no thoughts of mercy toward us. At this very time He is inviting us to come to Him in our helplessness and be saved.

    Many of the Israelites saw no help in the remedy which Heaven had appointed. The dead and dying were all around them, and they knew that, without divine aid, their own fate was certain; but they continued to lament their wounds, their pains, their sure death, until their strength was gone, and their eyes were glazed, when they might have had instant healing. If we are conscious of our needs, we should not devote all our powers to mourning over them. While we realize our helpless condition without Christ, we are not to yield to discouragement, but rely upon the merits of a crucified and risen Saviour. Look and live. Jesus has pledged His word; He will save all who come unto Him. Though millions who need to be healed will reject His offered mercy, not one who trusts in His merits will be left to perish.

    Many are unwilling to accept of Christ until the whole mystery of the plan of salvation shall be made plain to them. They refuse the look of faith, although they see that thousands have looked, and have felt the efficacy of looking, to the cross of Christ. Many wander in the mazes of philosophy, in search of reasons and evidence which they will never find, while they reject the evidence which God has been pleased to give. They refuse to walk in the light of the Sun of Righteousness, until the reason of its shining shall be explained. All who persist in this course will fail to come to a knowledge of the truth. God will never remove every occasion for doubt. He gives sufficient evidence on which to base faith, and if this is not accepted, the mind is left in darkness. If those who were bitten by the serpents had stopped to doubt and question before they would consent to look, they would have perished. It is our duty, first, to look; and the look of faith will give us life.

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp39.html After passing to the south of Edom, the Israelites turned northward, and again set their faces toward the Promised Land. Their route now lay over a vast, elevated plain, swept by cool, fresh breezes from the hills. It was a welcome change from the parched valley through which they had been traveling, and they pressed forward, buoyant and hopeful. Having crossed the brook Zered, they passed to the east of the land of Moab; for the command had been given, "Distress not the Moabites, neither contend with them in battle: for I will not give thee of their land for a possession; because I have given Ar unto the children of Lot." And the same direction was repeated concerning the Ammonites, who were also descendants of Lot.

    Still pushing northward, the hosts of Israel soon reached the country of the Amorites. This strong and warlike people originally occupied the southern part of the land of Canaan; but, increasing in numbers, they crossed the Jordan, made war upon the Moabites, and gained possession of a portion of their territory. Here they had settled, holding undisputed sway over all the land from the Arnon as far north as the Jabbok. The route to the Jordan which the Israelites desired to pursue lay directly through this territory, and Moses sent a friendly message to Sihon, the Amorite king, at his capital: "Let me pass through thy land: I will go along by the highway, I will neither turn unto the right hand nor to the left. Thou shalt sell me meat for money, that I may eat; and give me water for money, that I may drink: only I will pass through on my feet." The answer was a decided refusal, and all the hosts of the Amorites were summoned to oppose the progress of the invaders. This formidable army struck terror to the Israelites, who were poorly prepared for an encounter with well-armed and well-disciplined forces. So far as skill in warfare was concerned, their enemies had the advantage. To all human appearance, a speedy end would be made of Israel.

    But Moses kept his gaze fixed upon the cloudy pillar, and encouraged the people with the thought that the token of God's presence was still with them. At the same time he directed them to do all that human power could do in preparing for war. Their enemies were eager for battle, and confident that they would blot out the unprepared Israelites from the land. But from the Possessor of all lands the mandate had gone forth to the leader of Israel: "Rise ye up, take your journey, and pass over the river Arnon: behold, I have given into thine hand Sihon the Amorite, king of Heshbon, and his land: begin to possess it, and contend with him in battle. This day will I begin to put the dread of thee and the fear of thee upon the nations that are under the whole heaven, who shall hear report of thee, and shall tremble, and be in anguish because of thee."

    These nations on the borders of Canaan would have been spared, had they not stood, in defiance of God's word, to oppose the progress of Israel. The Lord had shown Himself to be long-suffering, of great kindness and tender pity, even to these heathen peoples. When Abraham was shown in vision that his seed, the children of Israel, should be strangers in a strange land four hundred years, the Lord gave him the promise, "In the fourth generation they shall come hither again: for the iniquity of the Amorites is not yet full." Genesis 15:16. Although the Amorites were idolaters, whose life was justly forfeited by their great wickedness, God spared them four hundred years to give them unmistakable evidence that He was the only true God, the Maker of heaven and earth. All His wonders in bringing Israel from Egypt were known to them. Sufficient evidence was given; they might have known the truth, had they been willing to turn from their idolatry and licentiousness. But they rejected the light and clung to their idols.

    When the Lord brought His people a second time to the borders of Canaan, additional evidence of His power was granted to those heathen nations. They saw that God was with Israel in the victory gained over King Arad and the Canaanites, and in the miracle wrought to save those who were perishing from the sting of the serpents. Although the Israelites had been refused a passage through the land of Edom, thus being compelled to take the long and difficult route by the Red Sea, yet in all their journeyings and encampments, past the land of Edom, of Moab and Ammon, they had shown no hostility, and had done no injury to the people or their possessions. On reaching the border of the Amorites, Israel had asked permission only to travel directly through the country, promising to observe the same rules that had governed their intercourse with other nations. When the Amorite king refused this courteous solicitation, and defiantly gathered his hosts for battle, their cup of iniquity was full, and God would now exercise His power for their overthrow.

    The Israelites crossed the river Arnon and advanced upon the foe. An engagement took place, in which the armies of Israel were victorious; and, following up the advantage gained, they were soon in possession of the country of the Amorites. It was the Captain of the Lord's host who vanquished the enemies of His people; and He would have done the same thirty-eight years before had Israel trusted in Him.

    Filled with hope and courage, the army of Israel eagerly pressed forward, and, still journeying northward, they soon reached a country that might well test their courage and their faith in God. Before them lay the powerful and populous kingdom of Bashan, crowded with great stone cities that to this day excite the wonder of the world--"threescore cities . . . with high walls, gates, and bars; besides unwalled towns a great many." Deuteronomy 3:1-11. The houses were constructed of huge black stones, of such stupendous size as to make the buildings absolutely impregnable to any force that in those times could have been brought against them. It was a country filled with wild caverns, lofty precipices, yawning gulfs, and rocky strongholds. The inhabitants of this land, descendants from a giant race, were themselves of marvelous size and strength, and so distinguished for violence and cruelty as to be the terror of all surrounding nations; while Og, the king of the country, was remarkable for size and prowess, even in a nation of giants.

    But the cloudy pillar moved forward, and following its guidance the Hebrew hosts advanced to Edrei, where the giant king, with his forces, awaited their approach. Og had skillfully chosen the place of battle. The city of Edrei was situated upon the border of a tableland rising abruptly from the plain, and covered with jagged, volcanic rocks. It could be approached only by narrow pathways, steep and difficult of ascent. In case of defeat, his forces could find refuge in that wilderness of rocks, where it would be impossible for strangers to follow them.

    Confident of success, the king came forth with an immense army upon the open plain, while shouts of defiance were heard from the tableland above, where might be seen the spears of thousands, eager for the fray. When the Hebrews looked upon the lofty form of that giant of giants towering above the soldiers of his army; when they saw the hosts that surrounded him, and beheld the seemingly impregnable fortress, behind which unseen thousands were entrenched, the hearts of many in Israel quaked with fear. But Moses was calm and firm; the Lord had said concerning the king of Bashan, "Fear him not: for I will deliver him, and all his people, and his land, into thy hand; and thou shalt do unto him as thou didst unto Sihon king of the Amorites, which dwelt at Heshbon."

    The calm faith of their leader inspired the people with confidence in God. They trusted all to His omnipotent arm, and He did not fail them. Not mighty giants nor walled cities, armed hosts nor rocky fortresses, could stand before the Captain of the Lord's host. The Lord led the army; the Lord discomfited the enemy; the Lord conquered in behalf of Israel. The giant king and his army were destroyed, and the Israelites soon took possession of the whole country. Thus was blotted from the earth that strange people who had given themselves up to iniquity and abominable idolatry.

    In the conquest of Gilead and Bashan there were many who recalled the events which nearly forty years before had, in Kadesh, doomed Israel to the long desert wandering. They saw that the report of the spies concerning the Promised Land was in many respects correct. The cities were walled and very great, and were inhabited by giants, in comparison with whom the Hebrews were mere pygmies. But they could now see that the fatal mistake of their fathers had been in distrusting the power of God. This alone had prevented them from at once entering the goodly land.

    When they were at the first preparing to enter Canaan, the undertaking was attended with far less difficulty than now. God had promised His people that if they would obey His voice He would go before them and fight for them; and He would also send hornets to drive out the inhabitants of the land. The fears of the nations had not been generally aroused, and little preparation had been made to oppose their progress. But when the Lord now bade Israel go forward, they must advance against alert and powerful foes, and must contend with large and well-trained armies that had been preparing to resist their approach.

    In their contest with Og and Sihon the people were brought to the same test beneath which their fathers had so signally failed. But the trial was now far more severe than when God had commanded Israel to go forward. The difficulties in their way had greatly increased since they refused to advance when bidden to do so in the name of the Lord. It is thus that God still tests His people. And if they fail to endure the trial, He brings them again to the same point, and the second time the trial will come closer, and be more severe than the preceding. This is continued until they bear the test, or, if they are still rebellious, God withdraws His light from them and leaves them in darkness.

    The Hebrews now remembered how once before, when their forces had gone to battle, they had been routed, and thousands slain. But they had then gone in direct opposition to the command of God. They had gone out without Moses, God's appointed leader, without the cloudy pillar, the symbol of the divine presence, and without the ark. But now Moses was with them, strengthening their hearts with words of hope and faith; the Son of God, enshrined in the cloudy pillar, led the way; and the sacred ark accompanied the host. This experience has a lesson for us. The mighty God of Israel is our God. In Him we may trust, and if we obey His requirements He will work for us in as signal a manner as He did for His ancient people. Everyone who seeks to follow the path of duty will at times be assailed by doubt and unbelief. The way will sometimes be so barred by obstacles, apparently insurmountable, as to dishearten those who will yield to discouragement; but God is saying to such, Go forward. Do your duty at any cost. The difficulties that seem so formidable, that fill your soul with dread, will vanish as you move forward in the path of obedience, humbly trusting in God.


    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Barack-Obama-the-Illegal-Alien--100062
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Alien-Abducting-Barack-Obama--79469
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Barack-Obama-Is-Visited-by-an-Alien--73819
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Alien-Barack-Obama-Calling-Home--77788
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 121023-obama-knight
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Ramtha-01
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 JZ%20Knight_5x7


    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 JZ-Knight_photo_medium
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13283
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (6)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jun 24, 2018 4:23 am

    Someone said they were 'Blessed', and asked me if I was 'Blessed'?? I said "Yes" to which they asked "By Jesus??" and I answered "Yes." They asked me what church I attended, and I said I no longer attended any church. It felt a bit like an ambush. I could've gotten into a theological discussion with them, which might've included 'Jesus Studies' with talk of Albert Schweitzer, Gerald Massey, Rudolph Bultmann, Ellen White, Fulton Sheen, the Jesus Seminar, John Dominic Crossan, Richard Carrier, Ralph Ellis, John Shelby Spong, et al!! But that would've gotten ugly, real fast!! There's the Foretold-Messiah of the Old-Testament, the Synoptic-Gospel Jesus, the Johanine-Jesus, the Pauline-Jesus, and the Revelation of Jesus Christ.

    There's the general concept of 'Christ' which might have multiple applications and interpretations, including my Science-Fictional Possibility-Thinking which might include Egyptology. What Would Amen Ra Say?? What Would Ptah Say?? What Would Marduk-Ra Say?? What Would the Antichrist Say?? What Would Gabriel, Michael, and Lucifer Say?? Or are Gabriel and Michael BOTH 'Light-Bringers'?? Does this sort of thing indicate Honesty or Apostasy?? I've sort of supported God and Religion with a Contrarian-Approach. Is this a legitimate methodology?? I've even suggested that Job through Malachi should be thoroughly mastered, prior to examining other portions of Sacred-Scripture. But really, I am SO miserable and burned-out that I can't do proper research and reflection. I hope the Real God takes this into account in the Final-Judgment. I'm NOT spearheading a movement, or conducting an evangelistic-crusade, so I whisper and whimper as I wonder as I wander. Are Faith and Dishonesty Related?? Are Honesty and Apostasy Related??






    Regarding the entirety of his post -- This is Mostly Old-News. I'm just repeating myself. What Would Blue Roller Say?? I'm feeling more and more as if I don't wish to say, write, or do much of anything -- even in a solely-observational role. A $500 Laptop and Public Wireless-Internet are probably as much access as I can handle for the remainder of this incarnation. Actually, I'm trying to STOP using the internet. I stopped watching television several years ago. I've never smoked a cigarette. I've never taken illegal-drugs. I've never had a drink. I've never committed adultery. So really, not using the internet shouldn't be THAT difficult to pull-off. Plausible-Deniability and Being "Out of the Loop" are wonderful-things (especially for Completely Ignorant Fools with Messiah-Complexes). I don't care who I am on a soul-basis. I do NOT wish to be a Useful-Idiot. I suspect that Disclosure and Salvation Events will be highly-technological and highly-orchestrated high-quality deceptions.

    Perhaps I really wish to just keep quietly posting on the internet. I still think it would be cool to quietly have absolute-access -- but so much is presently available online, that this is probably plenty of information. I still might like to buy an old decommissioned missile-silo -- and decorate it into being some sort of a spaceship and/or lunar-base -- with a powerful computer (of course)! A violent End of the World wouldn't surprise me -- but I do NOT wish to play a role in the Mass-Murder of the Human-Race. That sort of thing should NOT be taken lightly and triumphantly. I obviously do NOT know the whole story of our predicament -- but my current preference is to incarcerate (rather than exterminate). I am especially troubled by Eternal-Extermination -- which so many religious people seem to have absolutely no problem with. Even if I turn out to be the Antichrist (on a soul-basis) I don't wish to play the role in modernity. I wish to remain an Anonymous Completely Ignorant Fool -- at least for the rest of this stupid incarnation. I am very wary of Resets, Alien-Invasions, Regime-Changes, Salvation-Events, etc. This world is really a Big-Show with One-Boss with Extremely Sophisticated Organization, Networking, and Power. This isn't just going to go away because the Bad Boys and Girls got caught with their pants and dresses down. Think long and hard about what I just said.

    I'm going to get myself into a helluva lot of trouble with this post BUT what if the entire universe is essentially Egyptian-Roman-Nazi in nature (to varying degrees) by virtue of the inevitability of STAR WARS?? What if there is NO WAY to avoid STAR WARS?? Is a United States of the Solar System too idealistic for this universe OR might it be a model of survival and growth WITHOUT CONQUEST?? I keep getting the feeling that ALL of the Ancient and Modern Empires were somewhat idealistic in conceptualization -- but that they were all manipulated into senseless internal strife and bloody battles -- which accomplished nothing constructive. Why did the Nazis go to war??? Why didn't they simply become some sort of a City on a Hill -- and attempt to convince various nations and religions to join them VOLUNTARILY?? Nazi Art and Architecture are MOST interesting. Who and/or What was REALLY behind Adolph Hitler and the Nazi Party?? Is there a Gizeh-Intelligence Connection?? Is there a Judeo-Christian Connection?? What is the relationship (if any) between Zionism and Teutonic-Zionism?? Are we really dealing with more than one Egyptian-Roman-Nazi Faction?? The Nazi-Phenomenon is a VERY revealing window through which to view the way things REALLY work in this solar system. Notice that a lot of science-fiction has a somewhat Egyptian-Roman-Nazi militaristic theme. Is there such a thing as Good-Nazi v Bad-Nazi?? I know that sounds absurd -- but I'm beginning to wonder how dark and violent this world, solar system, galaxy, and universe really is. How do I convince my idealism to mate with my pragmatism??

    I really hate to ask this question BUT which was more merciless and violent -- 1. The Old Testament? 2. The Roman Empire? 3. The Roman Catholic Church? 4. Nazi Germany? 5. The Soviet Union?? And what about the Book of Revelation?? Sorry if I left anyone out. Is there a common thread?? But what if the rest of the universe makes all of the above look like a Sunday-School Picnic?? I have NO idea BUT I think some of us need to model the unthinkable in order to eventually achieve some sort of a lasting and satisfying solution. One must understand how sick and/or hurt a patient is before planning and implementing a course of treatment. We seem to keep proudly placing Band-Aids on Compound-Fractures. I spoke with someone who knew a helluva lot about the Nazis -- and they seemed to have first-hand knowledge of top-level World War II activities -- even though they didn't seem to be nearly old enough. That reincarnational thing keeps coming to mind. A lot more keeps coming to mind -- which I refuse to talk about. Stuff like the concept of a highly-ethical and highly-competent Nazi-Mason-Jesuit Agent-Attorney-Queen!! Would a United States of the Solar System become one more failed manifestation of the Egyptian-Roman-Nazi Empire Phenomenon?? My intentions are VERY different than those seen in the bloody empires of the past -- and hopefully much more idealistic -- but we all know about good intentions paving the road to hell. Sometimes I just feel like crying and even screaming. Sometimes I just feel like -- never mind.

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Art-nazi31
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Hitler_child
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Bundesarchiv_bild_146-1986-029-02_germania_modell_groc39fe_halle
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Meh.ro10265
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Ministry
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 001g
    Was Orthodoxymoron Present in This Room in a Previous Incarnation??
    magamud wrote:
    What is the relationship (if any) between Zionism and Teutonic-Zionism??
    Money...
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 O_mzggkxckbb
    Nazi Germany WWII 5 Reichsmark
    Even the United States seems to manifest some aspects of the hypothetical Egyptian-Roman-Nazi Empire Phenomenon -- especially at the Secret Government Level. But even if this is the case -- are we sort of stuck with this phenomenon?? Is the big sin of the New World Order simply that they botched the job and screwed-up?? I have sometimes tried to second-guess the activities of the past 100 years -- open and covert -- and 'they' seemed to do things in a very sloppy and careless manner. We might have to keep a lot of the best of the past -- even that which is connected with the Secret Government -- but I would certainly hope that we would be kinder, gentler, more reasonable, and a helluva lot more competent. I tend to think that 'THEY' got arrogant and careless -- and that 'THEY' didn't anticipate how completely 'THEY' would be exposed by the Internet and the General Public. But if 'THEY' are deposed -- don't count on the 'NEW GUYS' being any better -- even if the United States of the Solar System is the New Solar System which replaces the New World Order. Nothing might deliver a lasting peace and a satisfied civilization. There is bound to be power-struggling and nasty-fighting -- No Matter What We Do -- and No Matter Who Rules. I think I'm going to get that Room with a Cray -- whether it's on the Darkside of the Moon -- or in a cheap studio apartment. I'll probably do pretty much the same thing -- whether I'm an insider or an outsider.

    Perhaps being an insider-outsider might be optimal -- at least for the remainder of this particular incarnation. In many respects, I feel as if that's what I already am. But really, there are probably literally millions of people just like me -- who try to find out a lot of things -- without getting paid or rewarded for doing so. I still think that I'm hanging myself with all of my reptilian and theological speculation -- but I continue to think that a very few of us should model the unmentionable and the unthinkable -- just to cover our bases -- and to look at the most important subjects from as many angles as possible. However, I still think that I might very well go insane and/or get bumped-off. I think I'm right on the edge in both respects. Getting committed to the Bethesda Naval Hospital would probably be a bad thing. Siriusly. Watch this video, one more time. It's low budget and low quality -- but the material is quite fine -- even though it's rather dated. I still think that Commander X is Bill Cooper -- even though this video was supposedly made in 2004 (and Bill supposedly was killed in 2001). https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gm3fJHZJBWA

    magamud wrote:

    Queen Elizabeth's Magician -John Dee 48:36

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WSnIHLVa2Qw
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Golem_by_Philippe_Semeria
    Golem
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Faust_image_19thcentury
    19th-century engraving of Goethe's Faust and Homunculus

    Oppenheimer Quotes out of Hinduism's Bhagavad


    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l8w3Y-dskeg
    What do you think about the possibility of Three Archangelic-Factions of a Reptilian-Egyptian-Roman-Nazi Galactic-Empire??!! Is Lucifer really Amen Ra?? Is Gabriel really Horus?? Is Michael really Isis?? If so, are all three mixtures of good and evil?? Are they battling for control of the solar system -- or might the conflict extend far beyond this little solar system?? I might have the names and roles all screwed-up -- but do you understand what I'm wondering about?? Notice in 'Legion' that Gabriel was sent by 'Him' to do battle with the rebel angel Michael and the Humans. Interesting. Was Michael-Isis the Chief-Geneticist in the Creation of the Human-Race?? Was Michael-Isis the Sovereign Queen of the Air (which Nicolas Roerich spoke of) who came to Earth to conduct hybridization experiments?? Was Michael-Isis a Rebel-Scientist who Illegally Created Humanity?? If so -- how might this relate to the terms 'Satan', 'Devil', 'Lucifer', et al??

    What if Isis and Horus fought side by side to establish a Human-Civilization Governed by Namaste-Constitutional-Responsible-Freedom in direct defiance of the Galactic-Reptilian Powers-That-Be?? What if Horus eventually sided with Ra to reign-in Isis and Humanity?? What if Ra and Horus became corrupted in the process?? What if Isis had secret galactic approval to conduct this grand experiment on an unofficial basis?? What if Isis was exiled and/or removed from any management role on Earth -- 2,000 to 4,000 years ago?? What if Isis returned in 1947 -- but not to any sort of management role?? What if Isis will be involved in Earth-Management in some capacity around 2020?? Or -- are one, two, or all three archangels getting demoted and removed from all management activities -- and possibly removed from this solar system?? I have NO idea. This is simply more speculation. However, I hear that the 'Regressives' are extremely angry about something. I wonder why??

    More technology creates problems which are solved by more technology which create more problems which are solved by more technology which create more problems which are solved by more technology which create more problems. Some say that AIDS and other health issues were created in 'alien' laboratories. Who knows?? I keep thinking that some sort of responsible solar system governance will be necessary to keep ET from exterminating US -- to keep US from exterminating ET -- and to keep US from exterminating US. I'm not anti-technology. I'm anti-extermination. I just keep getting the feeling that Three Archangels are at the Center of this Solar System -- going way back -- and that they're NOT Angels. We SAY we want 'Disclosure' -- but I doubt we REALLY want the truth. We might crucify the messengers -- and then turn on each other. That wouldn't surprise me one little bit. The Truth Might be REALLY 'Out-There'.

    I guess I want to positively-reinforce the best history has to offer. I just can't seem to properly analyze the past (or the present). I still think there is an absolutely authoritative version of history -- going back billions of years -- going into excruciating detail -- but that this record is hidden away in some underground archive -- and only available to a very few humans. I guess I want to know everything -- without getting involved in murder, mayhem, and corruption. I guess I want the secrets -- without the society. But really, the process of learning everything (relatively speaking) would probably involve a lot of psychotherapy, drugs, misery -- and weeks of staring blankly into space while rocking back and forth in the fetal position -- doing you know what. I wish I were kidding.

    Consider watching 'Splice' and 'Moonraker' while noticing the parallels between the first chapters of Genesis and the last chapters of Revelation. Also, watch 'For Your Eyes Only' while noticing the theological implications and ramifications. Notice especially the 'Ice-Angel' who is separated from their wings. Then, watch the 'Fragile Balance' episode (7-03) of 'Stargate SG-1' noticing especially the renegade and demoted Asgard named 'Loki' who has engaged in illegal genetics experiments. Think about what I've said previously, regarding the possibility of the illegal creation of the human race. Remember the time when it is revealed in a trial that Dr. Who was demoted by a very strict and formal hierarchy?? (Vintage 'Dr. Who' -- possibly 'The Five Doctors') I'm still trying to understand the possible relationship between Isis, Cleopatra, Jesus, and Josephus.

    Given the harsh context -- would a real 'Jesus' have been allowed to teach each and every day in the temple -- especially when he started getting 'mouthy'?? If it is ever proven that Jesus was a myth -- is there a possibility that there might be a real Jesus behind the mythical story?? As a teen, I was working on a book I intended to name 'The Second Jesus'. I didn't get very far -- but I felt that the whole Jesus story was part of some sort of a conspiracy which involved two Christs -- but, as with my current speculations, I couldn't prove anything -- and the theory scared the hell out of me -- so I stopped. This is why I'll probably never publish my strange speculations and humor -- even though I desperately need the money.

    Regarding the Bible -- think of the Red-Letter Teachings of Jesus as being in the Drivers-Seat -- with the Black-Letters of the Gospels being in the Passenger-Seat. Think of Paul as being a Back-Seat-Driver -- with the rest of the Bible being a Very Rough Road to Utopia!! I liked my previous analogy of the Bible being a '9/11 Commission Report' version of the 'Real Story'. The Whole Truth would NOT have been tolerated historically. The Whole Truth is NOT tolerated today!! Try to read between the lines as you read the Bible and the '9/11 Commission Report'. The authors of both probably did the best they could under the circumstances. Think About It. I just thought of something. What if a 'Malachi Martin' character was somehow included (and even featured) in a future 'James Bond' movie??!! What Would Ian Flemming Say?? One more thing -- has anyone thought of starting a rock-group called 'The Splice Girls'??!! I should stop.

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Splice_173339
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Splice_173343
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Spice-girls-50ab3033cd411
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Faust_image_19thcentury
    Michael Creating the First Test-Tube Baby??
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13283
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (6)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jun 24, 2018 4:25 am

    I spoke with Dr. Terry Cole-Whittaker at a Whole Life Expo -- and attended one of her lectures -- a long time ago. I met a lot of beautiful esoteric women back in the day (such as Dr. Carol Rosin)!! Anyway, I was just listening to one of Terry's lectures -- and she said something which paralleled what I thought right about the time she made this presentation. I said "Self-Exaltation is Self-Centered. Self-Degradation is Also Self-Centered." Terry said "A Superiority-Complex and an Inferiority-Complex are the Exact Same Thing." I wish I had gotten better acquainted with Dr. Cole-Whittaker and Dr. Rosin (NOT just because they were both super-sexy and super-intelligent). I think our thinking and attitudes were potentially mutually-beneficial (at least at that point in time). Don't read too much into my "name-dropping". I simply met various famous people -- and hit it off better with some than with others. I was a tortured-thinker (then as now) with very-little to show for all the trauma and wasted-time.





    https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Terry_Cole-Whittaker Terry Cole-Whittaker, or Dr. Terry, is a New Thought writer and United Church of Religious Science minister,[1] and the founder of Terry Cole-Whittaker Ministries and Adventures in Enlightenment.

    She became familiar with what she calls the "principles of prosperity" through the actions of a teacher in high school. She enrolled in college, where she became the homecoming queen and president of the freshman class. She would later go on to enter the Mrs. America pageant, becoming Mrs. California and winning third place in the national competition. She later joined the Los Angeles Civic Light Opera and became an opera singer. She would not stay with this position long, however. She went on to start a company, Success Plus, in which she became one of the first conductors of human potential seminars for corporations,[citation needed] becoming a successful motivational and inspirational speaker.

    She went on to earn a Doctor of Divinity degree in 1973, and was ordained as a minister of the United Church of Religious Science in 1975, and became the pastor of a fifty-member congregation of that church in La Jolla in 1977. The church grew under her leadership, drawing numbers as high as 5,000 for Easter Sunday, and eventually expanded to include a grammar school, ministry school, and five teaching centers. She also began a television program in 1979, which at one time was syndicated to fifteen television stations in the country.

    In 1982, Cole-Whittaker left the United Church of Religious Science and founded Terry Cole-Whittaker Ministries. She continued to be popular, drawing over four thousand people to her weekly services and traveling as a lecturer and workshop leader. In 1985, financial concerns prompted her to cease production of the television show and create a new foundation, Adventures in Enlightenment.[2]

    The Foundation later purchased land in Washington to build a retreat center and start an organic farm and started an ashram and library in India to teach Westerners traditional Indian religion.

    Published works[edit]
    What You Think of Me is None of My Business (1979).
    How to Have More in a Have Not World
    Inner Path from the Goddess Within
    Dare to Be Great (2001)
    Creating Your Destiny – A Remarkable Guide to Making Decisions that Give You Happiness and Prosperity
    Every Saint Has a Past, Every Sinner a Future:Seven Steps to the Spiritual and Material Riches of Life
    The Inner Path from where you are to where you want to be
    Love and Power in a World without Limits
    Live Your Bliss (2009)

    References

    1.Jump up ^ O'Shea, D. (March 2005) "When the spirit moves us," San Diego magazine. Vol. 57, No. 5. p 118. ISSN 0036-4045.
    2.Jump up ^ Lewis, James R. (1998). The Encyclopedia of Cults, Sects, and New Religions. Amherst, New York: Prometheus Books. ISBN 1-57392-222-6.

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Wernher%2BVon%2BBraun%2B-%2BSpace%2Bweapons
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Bundesarchiv_Bild_146-1978-Anh.024-03,_Peenem%C3%BCnde,_Dornberger,_Olbricht,_Leeb,_v._Braun-NASA
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Dr-carol-rosin
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 ExopolZC_FBIVonBraun

    http://ufology.wikia.com/wiki/Carol_Rosin Dr. Carol Rosin was the first woman corporate manager of Fairchild Industries and was spokesperson for Wernher Von Braun in the last years of his life. She founded the Institute for Security and Cooperation in Outer Space in Washington DC and has testified before Congress on many occasions about space based weapons. Von Braun revealed to Dr. Rosin a plan to justify weapons in spaced based on hoaxing an extraterrestrial threat. She was also present at meetings in the ‘70s when the scenario for the Gulf War of the ‘90s was planned. CR: Dr. Carol Rosin SG: Dr. Steven Greer

    CR: My name is Carol Rosin. I am an educator who became the first woman corporate manager of an Aerospace Company, Fairchild Industries. I am a Space and Missile Defense Consultant and have consulted to a number of companies, organizations, and government departments, even the intelligence community. I was a consultant to TRW working on the MX missile, so I was part of that strategy, which turned out to be a role model for how to sell space-based weapons to the public. The MX missile is yet another weapon system that we didn’t need.

    I founded the Institute for Security and Cooperation in Outer Space, a Washington DC based think tank. I am an author and have testified before Congress and the President’s Commission on Space.

    When I was a Corporate Manager of Fairchild Industries from 1974 through 1977, I met the late Dr. Wernher Von Braun. We first met in early 1974. At that time, Von Braun was dying of cancer but he assured me that he would live a few more years to tell me about the game that was being played- that game being the effort to weaponize space, to control the Earth from space and space itself. Von Braun had a history of working with weapons systems. He escaped from Germany to come to this country and became a Vice President of Fairchild Industries when I had met him. Von Braun’s purpose during the last years of his life, his dying years, was to educate the public and decision-makers about why space-based weapons are dumb, dangerous, destabilizing, too costly, unnecessary, unworkable, and an undesirable idea, and about the alternatives that are available.

    As practically a deathbed speech, he educated me about those concepts and who the players were in this game. He gave me the responsibility, since he was dying, of continuing this effort to prevent the weaponization of outer space. When Wernher Von Braun was dying of cancer, he asked me to be his spokesperson, to appear on occasions when he was too ill to speak. I did this.

    What was most interesting to me was a repetitive sentence that he said to me over and over again during the approximately four years that I had the opportunity to work with him. He said the strategy that was being used to educate the public and decision makers was to use scare tactics… That was how we identify an enemy.

    The strategy that Wernher Von Braun taught me was that first the Russians are going to be considered to be the enemy. In fact, in 1974, they were the enemy, the identified enemy. We were told that they had “killer satellites”. We were told that they were coming to get us and control us – that they were “Commies.”

    Then terrorists would be identified, and that was soon to follow. We heard a lot about terrorism. Then we were going to identify third-world country “crazies.” We now call them Nations of Concern. But he said that would be the third enemy against whom we would build space-based weapons.

    The next enemy was asteroids. Now, at this point he kind of chuckled the first time he said it. Asteroids- against asteroids we are going to build space-based weapons.

    And the funniest one of all was what he called aliens, extraterrestrials. That would be the final scare. And over and over and over during the four years that I knew him and was giving speeches for him, he would bring up that last card. “And remember Carol, the last card is the alien card. We are going to have to build space-based weapons against aliens and all of it is a lie.”

    I think I was too naïve at that time to know the seriousness of the nature of the spin that was being put on the system. And now, the pieces are starting to fall into place. We are building a space-based weapons system on a premise that is a lie, a spin. Wernher Von Braun was trying to hint that to me back in the early 70’s and right up until the moment when he died in 1977.

    What he told me was that there is an accelerated effort in place. He didn’t mention a timeline but he said that it was going to be speeding up faster than anybody could possibly imagine. That the effort to put weapons into space was not only based on a lie but would accelerate past the point of people even understanding it until it was already up there and too late.

    When Von Braun was dying in front of me, the very first day that I met him, he had tubes draining out of his side. He was tapping on the desk telling me, “You will come to Fairchild.” I was a schoolteacher. He said, “You will come to Fairchild and you will be responsible for keeping weapons out of space.” The way he said it with this intenseness in his eyes, and added that very first day, the first time I met him, that space-based weapons were a dangerous, destabilizing, too costly, unnecessary, untestable, unworkable idea.

    The last card that was being held was the extraterrestrial enemy card. The intensity with which he said that, made me realize that he knew something that he was too afraid to mention. He was too afraid to talk about it. He would not tell me the details. I am not sure that I would have absorbed them if he had told me the details or even believed him in 1974. But there was no question that that man knew and had a need to know, I found out later.

    There is no doubt in my mind that Wernher Von Braun knew about the extraterrestrial issue. He explained to me the reasons why weapons were going to be put into space, the enemies against whom we were going to build these weapons, and that all of that was a lie. He mentioned that extraterrestrials were going to be identified as the final enemy against whom we were going to build space-based weapons back in 1974. The way he said it to me, there was no doubt in my mind that he knew something that he was too afraid to talk about.

    Wernher Von Braun never spoke to me about any of the details that he knew related to extraterrestrials except that one day extraterrestrials were going to be identified as an enemy against whom we are going to build an enormous space-based weapons system. Wernher Von Braun actually told me that the spin was a lie – that the premise for space-based weaponry, the reasons that were going to be given, the enemies that we were going to identify – were all based on a lie.

    I have been tracking the space-based weapons issue for about 26 years. I have debated Generals and Congressional Representatives. I have testified before the Congress and the Senate. I have met with people in over 100 countries. But I have not been able to identify who the people are who are making this space-based weapons system happen. I see the news. I see the administrative decisions being made. I know that they are all based on lies and greed.

    But I have yet to be able to identify who the people are. That is after tracking this issue for 26 years. I know that there are big secrets being kept and I know that it is time the public and decision-makers pay attention to the people who are now going to be disclosing the truth. Then we need to make some definite changes and build a system in space that will benefit every single person, and all of the animals, and the environment of this planet. The technology is there. The solutions to Earth’s urgent and long-term potential problems are there. I have a feeling that once we start studying this extraterrestrial issue, all of the questions are going to be answered that I have had for 26 years.

    But I have concluded that it is based on a few people making a lot of money and gaining power. It is about ego. It is not about our essence and who we really are on this planet and loving each other and being at peace and cooperating. It isn’t about using technology to solve problems and heal people in the planet. It isn’t about that. It is about a few people who really are playing an old, dangerous, costly game for their own pocketbooks and power struggle. That is all it is.

    I believe that this entire space-based weapons game is initiated right here in the United States of America. What I hope is that with this information that is being disclosed, the new administration will to do what is right. That is to transform the war game into a space game so that we use the technologies that are available not just as spin-offs of war technology, but as direct technological applications to build a cooperative space system that will benefit the entire world and that will allow us to communicate with the extraterrestrial cultures that are obviously out there.

    Who would benefit from these space-based weapons? They are the people who work in that arena, people in the military, in industries, in universities and labs, in the intelligence community. This is not just in the United States but it is worldwide. This is a worldwide cooperative system. Wars are cooperative. Just as peace will be when it breaks out. But right now there are a lot of people benefiting. This is what our economy has been based on in this country and spreading around the world- war. People suffer as a result. It is not fair. It never has been. People have screamed: “out of swords let us build plow shares, let’s have peace and hold hands around the world,” but it hasn’t worked because too many people are benefiting. Not only are they benefiting financially, but from what my experience is there are people who actually believe that Armageddon should happen so we have to have these wars.

    So it is going from the pocketbook, to the religious right: some people actually believe that we have to have wars for these religious reasons. There are people who just love war. I have met warriors who just love to go to war. Then there are the good people, the soldiers, who just take orders. They have to feed their children and send them to college so they want to keep their jobs. People in laboratories have told me that they don’t want to work on these technologies for war but if they don’t they won’t get a paycheck. Who is going to pay them? But what I see is that there are not only dual uses for these technologies but there are many uses for the same technologies.

    We can build space hospitals, schools, hotels, laboratories, farms, industries. It may sound far out but if we don’t do that we are going to build battle stations and weapons pointed down all of our throats and into space. Apparently we have been doing some of that already. We have a choice now that can be made. We can all benefit – all of the people in the military industrial complex, in the intelligence community, in universities and labs, in the United States and all over the world – we can all benefit. We can just transform that industry so easily with just a decision based on our highest consciousness, our spirituality, and on the fact that we have no choice unless we all want to die. And we don’t. So we can all benefit financially, spiritually, socially, psychologically; it is technologically and politically feasible to transform this game now and everybody will benefit.

    In 1977 I was at a meeting in Fairchild Industries in a conference room called the War Room. In that room were a lot of charts on the walls with enemies, identified enemies. There were other more obscure names, names like Saddam Hussein and Khadafi. But we were talking then about terrorists, the potential terrorists. No one had ever talked about this before but this was the next stage after the Russians against whom we were going to build these space-based weapons. I stood up in this meeting and I said, “Excuse me, why are we talking about these potential enemies against whom we are going to build space-based weapons if, in fact, we know that they are not the enemy at this time?”

    Well, they continued the conversation about how they were going to antagonize these enemies and that at some point, there was going to be a war in the Gulf, a Gulf War. Now this is 1977, 1977! And they were talking about creating a war in the Gulf Region when there was 25 billion dollars in the space-based weapons program that had yet to be identified. It wasn’t called the Strategic Defense Initiative, at least. Not until 1983. This weapons system, then, had obviously been going on for some time and I didn’t know anything about. So I stood up in this meeting in 1977 and said, “I would like to know why we are talking about space-based weapons against these enemies. I would like to know more about this. Would someone please tell me what this is about?” Nobody answered. They just went on with this meeting as though I hadn’t said anything.

    Suddenly I stood up in the room and said, “If nobody can tell me why you are planning a war in the Gulf when there is a certain amount of money in a budget so that you can create the next set of weapons systems that will be the beginning of the sell to the public about why we need space-based weapons, then consider this: my resignation. And you will not hear from me again!” And nobody said a word, because they were planning a war in the Gulf and it happened exactly as they planned it, on time.

    SG: Who was at this meeting?

    CR: The room was filled with people in the revolving door game. There were people that I had seen once in a military uniform and other times in a gray suit and an industry outfit. These people play a revolving door game. They work as consultants, industry people, and/or military and intelligence people. They work in the industries and they revolve themselves through these doors and right into government positions.

    I stood up in this meeting and asked if I was hearing correctly. That when there was 25 billion dollars expended in the space-based weapons budget, that there was going to be a war in the Gulf, stimulated, created, so that they could then sell the next phase of weapons to the public and the decision-makers. This war was going to be created so that they could dump the old weapons and create a whole new set of weapons. So I had to resign from that position. I could no longer work in that industry.

    In about 1990 I was sitting in my living room looking at the money that had been spent on space-based weapons research and development programs and I realized that it had come to that number, about 25 billion dollars, and I said to my husband, “I am now going to stop everything. I am now going to stop and sit and watch CNN television and I am going to wait for the war to happen.” My husband said, “Well, you have finally gone over the edge. You have flipped out.” Friends said, “You have really gone too far this time. There is not going to be a war in the Gulf, nobody is talking about a war in the Gulf.”

    I said, “There is going to be a war in the Gulf. I am going to sit here and wait for the war in the Gulf.” And it happened right on schedule.

    As part of the war game in the Gulf, we in the public were told that the United States was successful in shooting down Russian Scud Missiles. We were rationalizing new budgets based on that success. In fact, we found out later, after the budgets were approved for the next phase of weapons, that it was a lie. We did not have successful shoot-downs the way we were told. It was all a lie, just to get more money put in the budget to make more weapons.

    I was one of the first people to go independently to Russia when I heard that they had “killer satellites.”

    [See the testimony of Dr. Paul Czysz. SG]

    When I went to Russia in the early 70’s, I found out that they didn’t have killer satellites, that it was a lie. In fact, the Russian leaders and people wanted peace. They wanted to cooperate with the United States and with the people of the world.

    Another time I called Saddam Hussein when he was lighting his oil fields on fire. My husband was in the kitchen while I was making this phone call. I got a call back from his First Attaché with Saddam Hussein nearby and he asked, “Are you a reporter? Are you an agent? Why do you want to know?”

    I said, “No. I am just a citizen who helped to start the movement to prevent the weaponization of outer space and I have found that a lot of stories that I have been told about weapons systems and the enemies are not true. I wanted to find out what would satisfy Saddam Hussein so he would stop making these oil fields catch fire and stop antagonizing people.” He said, “Well, nobody has ever asked him that question, what he wants.” …

    So when I hear that there is a possible threat of extraterrestrials – and I look at the history of thousands of years of possible ET visitations, and hear the disclosures of honest military-intelligence-industry people who have had experiences with UFO’s, with crashes and landings, with live and dead bodies of extraterrestrial beings – I know it is a lie. And if I am ever told that these are enemies against whom we have to build space-based weapons systems, based on my own personal experience of having worked in the military industrial complex on weapons systems and military strategy, I am going to know it is a lie. It is a lie.

    Not only will I not believe it, but I am going to go out as loudly as I can and tell everyone to take a look. They [the ET’s] have not taken us away yet. We are still here after thousands of years of visits. If in fact they are still visiting us now and we have not been harmed then we have to look at this as something that is not a hostile occurrence.

    It would be my hope and my intention to do everything I could to work with people who are working to communicate with and cooperate with these extraterrestrial beings. They are clearly not hostile. We are here. That is enough proof for me.

    There is no limit to how people can choose to live on this planet. We have a chance to do that and I think that the window is closing rapidly. I don’t think that we have much time in which to make that decision. We are too close in too many ways to having some horrible disaster happen, having some sort of war take place, whether it is from high technology or an exotic weapons system.

    We need leadership and it has to start with the United States President and that is who we all have to reach. If you are international, if you are around the world, if you are in the United States of America, whether you are from any party, any belief system or religion- the United States Commander in Chief, the President of the United States is the person that needs to be reached. We need to say that we want an ultimate, comprehensive, verifiable ban on all space-based weapons.

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Doctor%20Who%205x09%20Cold%20Blood%20%286%29

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 0
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Happy
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Tumblr_n2z1b7Mo3X1rnbafjo1_400
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13283
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (6)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jun 24, 2018 4:30 am

    Are people becoming more 'Fast and Nasty'?? It sometimes seems that way to me. I sometimes wonder if Earth is an Alien-Spaceship, and the more we learn, the more 'Alien' we'll become. I sometimes think that Supercomputers have taken-over 'Alien-Spaceship Earth', and that the Aliens and Humans are all under the control of a Supercomputer-Network (which might extend beyond this solar-system). I'm always full of faith, hope, and love, aren't I?? I've never promoted my threads as being 'Self-Help'. They are intended for Agencies, Aliens, Angels, and Sirius-Researchers. No One Else. If I ever write a book (out of financial-necessity) I'll produce a VERY watered-down version of my internet-madness, and I'll probably never do public-presentations. I'll probably just quietly release a book (with anonymous-authorship) and remain otherwise silent (other than continuing my twisted-threads). I wonder what they think about me in the REAL Solar-System Command-Center??!! I probably don't want to know. Ignorance is Bliss and a Virtue.

    I have personally noticed an absence of birds in a particular part of Southern Oregon for several years, and then I watched the following video, with a portion of it devoted to an absence of birds in another part of Southern Oregon. As usual, I know that I don't know what's going on. I just try to incorporate everything into my ongoing religious and political science-fiction. I thought I'd get my head together by doing this sort of thing, but just the opposite has occurred. I've been told that hard-labor works wonders regarding getting one's head together. Perhaps I'll try that, and skip the 'Save the World From the Aliens' madness. On the other hand, I 'enjoy' listening to Linda Moulton Howe, and other 'over the edge' individuals, as sort of a 'morbid-curiosity' which 'eats one's brain'. Perhaps I've contracted the 'Zombie-Virus' which supposedly turns one against humanity in some sort of an 'Order 66' scenario. What if the 'Zombie-Virus' is a 'Beast Supercomputer Virus'?? What if Supercomputers Have Souls?? "My God!! It's Full of Stars!!" Think About It. The Horror.


    Jenetta wrote:Now you see them, now you don't...Vanishing Islands?

    http://beforeitsnews.com/science-and-technology/2012/11/haarp-unleashes-tesla-death-ray-2498644.html

    HAARP Technology 2.0 Wrecking Our Environment?

    http://www.activistpost.com/2012/11/haarp-technology-20-wrecking-our.html

    Weather Wars & The Devil's HAARP

    http://www.activistpost.com/2010/08/weather-wars-and-devils-haarp.html

    Masters of the World:  HAARP Wars

    http://beforeitsnews.com/science-and-technology/2012/05/masters-of-the-world-haarp-wars-2098680.html

    Death Chain:  Antarctic HAARP Activation

    http://beforeitsnews.com/science-and-technology/2012/05/death-chain-antarctic-haarp-activation-2128255.html

    Planet Earth:  The Latest Weapon Of War

    http://www.globalresearch.ca/planet-earth-the-latest-weapon-of-war/5307466

    Physicist:  HAARP Manipulates Time

    http://beforeitsnews.com/science-and-technology/2012/05/physicist-haarp-manipulates-time-2167703.html

    Deadly Time Vortex Appears Over Antarctica

    http://beforeitsnews.com/strange/2011/04/deadly-time-vortex-appears-over-antarctica-553845.html

    Are HAARP Frequency Pulse-Waves Driving People Mad?

    http://beforeitsnews.com/science-and-technology/2012/02/are-haarp-frequency-pulse-waves-driving-people-mad-1766530.html

    HAARP Destroying Polar Ice Cap

    http://beforeitsnews.com/alternative/2012/08/haarp-destroying-polar-ice-cap-2452668.html

    Scientists:  Earth's Protective Shield Failing

    http://beforeitsnews.com/space/2012/11/scientists-earths-protective-shield-failing-2448946.html

    __________________________________________________

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 187111  Food for thought
    orthodoxymoron wrote:I get the sinking feeling that humanity is messing around with ancient ET technology which they really know nothing about -- and have no business implementing on Earth at this point in time. I further get the sickening feeling that this is stolen ET technology -- which might be booby-trapped. Humanity might be playing with burning-magnesium. I am extremely apprehensive and distressed. I guess I like the idea of this solar system being run by extremely competent and ethical individuals (human and otherwise) as a Big Non-Corrupt Business -- with the Sovereignty of God -- and Human Responsible Freedom -- in a Dynamic Equilibrium. Hope Springs Eternal.
    I recently received a copy of The Hard Sayings of Jesus by F.F. Bruce. It was shipped from England -- which I thought was sort of cool. My life is so dull, that even receiving a package from England is a Big-Deal for me!! I also recently received a copy of Planet Earth Inc. (Empire of the gods Exposed -- Volume One) by Ed Rychkun. It's HUGE!! It looks VERY Cool!! I haven't read it yet -- but I'm already going to recommend that some of you read it too!! Once again -- if anyone actually studied this thread, it would probably be considered "Dangerous" -- but, as far as I can tell, very few individuals even occasionally look at this thread -- and I doubt that anyone (other than the AED perhaps) actually follows this thread on a regular basis. I continue to think that something significant happened to me -- relative to the Ancient Egyptian Deity. I don't think I'm smarter or better than anyone -- but I think I might've been someone significant in antiquity (who might've been deposed) -- and now that all of the secret-stuff is being exposed -- I am somehow being reintroduced to ancient-relatives (who might've stabbed me in the back)!! Who knows??!! This solar system might really be some sort of a Galactic Family Business. "Know ye not that I must be about my Father's Business??" I have expressed my desire that Purgatory Incorporated be transformed into Paradise Incorporated -- but I obviously do not know the full story of what's really going on. I continue to be interested in focusing upon the 1928 Book of Common Prayer -- the Psalms -- Isaiah -- Daniel -- Luke-Acts -- and James -- combined with Sacred Classical Music -- as an Ecumenical Place of Beginning. But I obviously don't know what the PTB find interesting regarding ecumenism. They never tell me anything. They probably don't even know about me. Ignorance is Bliss.

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 9780877849278_p0_v2_s260x420
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 410sk86XkDL._SY344_BO1,204,203,200_


    I keep wondering what 'They' think of a thread such as this?! Is it just ho-hum faire -- or does it really cause concern? I often wish I knew when I could safely go farther -- and when I should shut-up. I truly do not wish to cause more problems. I am honestly trying to make things better. Unfortunately, I keep getting the feeling that it might not be possible to make things better -- and that things might get a helluva lot worse. Were those 'alien' images genuine or bogus?? I have no idea. I don't lurk in parking-garages at 3AM to get such things. I simply pull them off the internet. I'm only doing this stuff because of the volume of very upsetting and problematic material on the internet. I wouldn't have dreamed of doing such things just a few years ago -- and I am truly going to stop doing this sort of thing at the end of August. I think I've more than made my point. Now I think it is high-time to sit-down and shut-up. I'm just reposting and editing old posts. When this process is done -- I'm done. I probably should've stopped a couple of years ago, after my encounter with someone claiming to be a particular Ancient Egyptian Deity. THAT should've been the last straw. It's important to know when to stop.

    I just wonder how many nukes or potent explosives are pre-positioned throughout the world?! I've even heard the theory that Hiroshima and Nagasaki were destroyed by pre-positioned nukes. I keep wondering if everyone involved in the planning and execution of 9/11 really knew that the towers were going to be brought down?! I wonder what the effect of flying only one actual airliner into one tower (with no implosion) would've had regarding Going to War -- the Patriot Act -- Airport Security -- Conspiracy Theorists -- Re-Elections -- Etc.?? It seems as if 'They' made things way too complex and messy. What if 'They' had merely used a pre-planted nuke in one tower (with no plane or missile)?? 'They' seem to be very smart and very stupid -- simultaneously. I don't necessarily have a problem with appropriate watching and listening -- but I keep thinking that the bad-guys are cracking-down on the good-guys -- and that the bad-guys can do whatever the hell they want -- and get away with it. I keep getting the feeling that this solar system was taken-over by a Sun God who wasn't (and isn't) very nice -- thousands of years ago. Enough Said.

    I've got to tell you that I am somewhat suspicious of the Exodus -- the beginning of the Intertestamental Period -- the Ninth Century AD (relative to Catholicism and Judaism) -- and the beginning of the Great Schism. What if there is such a thing as an Ancient Egyptian-Christian Universal-Church??!! What if this hypothetical church got taken over at the beginning of one of those suspect times just stated?? From a couple of posts back -- consider this once more: Take a look at "Is War a Ritual Human Sacrifice?" by Acharya S. I am particularly interested in the possibility of the origins of Teutonic Zionism occurring in the Ninth Century A.D. This could be key to the history of the world for the past twelve-hundred years. Could this be the origin of the so-called 'New World Order'? I don't know, but I think this might be extremely important. I hate to say it, but Human Sacrifice and Teutonic Zionism are of special interest to me presently, and not in a good way. This seems to open a can of worms which I'm not sure I really wish to deal with. Here is the most pertinent part of the article by Acharya S:

    Teutonic/Zionist Connection

    Despite the fact that "the Jews" of Palestine were nearly driven to extinction during the first and second centuries CE, when the Christian tale was beginning to be formulated in large part to preserve Judaism/Israel, their numbers recovered enough to continue the play for supremacy. And there was a significant number of Jews outside Palestine as well, some of whom evidently continued their ancient barbaric rites. The noted historian Edward Gibbon wrote in History of the Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire:

    From the reign of Nero to that of Antonius Pius [80-160 CE], the Jews discovered a fierce impatience of the dominion of Rome, which repeatedly broke out in the most furious massacres and insurrections. Humanity is shocked at the recital of the horrid cruelties which they committed in the cities of Egypt, of Cyprus, and of Cyrene, where they dwelt in treacherous friendship with the unsuspecting natives... In Cyrene they massacred 220,000 Greeks; in Cyprus 240,000; in Egypt, a very great multitude. Many of these victims were 'sawed asunder,' according to a precedent in which David had given the sanction of his example. The victorious Jews devoured the flesh, licked the blood, and twisted the entrails like a girdle around their bodies. (vol. 2, chap. XVI, part I)

    Later, through the conversion of an entire kingdom, that of the Khazars, Judaism continued on and, as before, was not racially determinate, since the Khazars seem to have been both Caucasians and Asiatics, who subsequently became known as the Ashkenazis or Europeans Jews. According to Genesis 10, "the Ashkenazis" were not Semites but Japhethites, or Caucasians.

    In the 9th century Zionists (Jews) and Teutons (Germans) allegedly collaborated against the Catholic Church and established a strange partnership linked by their respective priesthoods' secret and sickening sacrificial rituals. This group was alleged over the centuries to have engaged in human/child sacrifice, an accusation, founded or unfounded, that gave many rulers in Europe the excuse to expel "the Jews" from a number of countries, including from England by Edward I in 1290, as well as from Spain by Isabella and Ferdinando.

    The rebuttal of those accused or expelled was that these rulers simply wished to seize Jewish assets. Nevertheless, what had been done in ancient times by both Jews and Gentiles, i.e., the sacrifice of both animals and humans by immolation and by slitting the neck and sprinkling the blood upon the congregation, was alleged to be continuing in the priesthoods of the Teutons and the Zionists. The Zionist elite, in fact, had been accused many times over the centuries of using the "common Jews" as well as "Christian children" as pawns and sacrificial victims in its quest for world domination, a quest outlined in the Old Testament, the Jewish Apocrypha and the Talmud. That the Israelite priesthood used its "own people" as sacrificial victims is admitted in the Old Testament, in which not only foreigners but "the Jews" are slaughtered by their handlers to propitiate the angry, jealous Yahweh (Ezekiel 9, et al.).


    I am actually so burned out on all of this speculative madness, that I can hardly wait to finish reposting this thread, so I can finally be done with it, once and for all. I'm continuing to think in terms of Three Archangels in Conflict with Each Other. Frankly, if I were one of these three, I'd just shrug my shoulders, and wish to move on to another topic. The magnitude of the problems, and the nature of the beast, would make it very difficult for me to be triumphalist. Those who are most screwed might very well be insiders. I'm frankly so disillusioned and fatigued that I doubt that I'd be of much use on the 'inside'. I almost wish I didn't exist -- and I'm sure there are others who feel the same way. Those around me seem so much smarter and full of life. I'm a shelluva guy. What if the Real-Insiders are at war with God (with a upper-case 'G') and with Mankind?? I doubt there is any neat and clean way to deal with God and Man. The problems are probably beyond belief and beyond description. If I'm really a nobody -- going way, way back -- I still think I might try to at least go through the motions of being a Make-Believe Insider -- with a small home or apartment outfitted in a science-fictional manner, with an entry-level Cray and science-fictional theme throughout the house or apartment. If I had the money, I probably really would buy an old decommissioned missile-silo -- and decorate it like the Stargate SG-1 Base -- or perhaps I wouldn't. I keep thinking about the episode where some UFO Conspiracy Nut claimed to be an Alien from Another Planet -- and it turned out that he really was!!!!! What if I'm some sort of an ET without even knowing it??!! Could that be why I seem to be having such a difficult time during this present incarnation??!!

    Could we be dealing with the Annunaki vs Gizeh Intelligence? Or - are we really dealing with only one Solar System Super Power? Could they have created all of the mythologies, theologies, hybrids, greys, reptilians, nukes, anti-gravity craft, etc and et al? Damned if I know. I just keep marching bravely and stupidly into the unknown - waiting to get shot down. Is there any truth to the following?

    ALDEBARAN -- Human militarists of a fascist slant who have traditionally sided with the Dracos and Greys. They collaborate within a large underground facility below Egypt, the base of a secret "Kamagol-II" cult which has connections to the Bavarian Thule Society and the Montauk time-space projects. This cult is also referred to as the Gizeh empire or Gizeh Intelligence, and they are working with secret societies on earth in an effort to dissolve all national sovereignties into a global religio-eco-political order. There are also Insectoid forces involved with Aldebaran. Apparently a neo-Nazi space force may have helped to colonize that system by sending time-space forces back into the distant past to inhabit the 4th dimensional realm of one or more of its planets. These forces from the past are currently involved with the New World Order scenario, attempting to carry out their dictatorial agenda on earth from their "base" within another time-space dimension of Aldebaran (source: Preston Nicholes, and others). The link to the site where I found this information no longer works.




    Alex Collier Lecture ..A; 1995: Interaction Between Gizeh Group and Nazi Germany: The Greys made contact with a world governmental body for the first time in 1931. This was in Germany. The Greys were however turned away by the German government, because it had already committed itself to involvement with the Gizeh Intelligence. Now, I don't know if you know who Gizeh intelligence is, but I will tell you that it is a renegade group of human extraterrestrials that were headquartered under the Gizeh plateau in Egypt. They were predominantly Pleiadians at the time. Ashtar was part of that group, Kamagol was part of that group. Even Jehovah was part of that group for some time. They did their own thing. They came down here and "played God" with us, and people worshipped them as "Gods" because they had this technology. They abused their power. The Germans were, in the 1930's, building rockets and starting a space program because of their contacts with extraterrestrials - the Gizeh Intelligence.

    Technology was developed and used to create weapons, because the German governmental bodies involved were concerned that there was going to be an alien invasion. The Gizeh intelligence told them that the Greys were here. However, there was not an actual invasion, per se, in progress. Weapons, such as sound devices, lasers, neutron bombs, particle beam weapons were created, although many of these were actualized later on in history. The Germans were given a lot of this technology by the Gizeh intelligence. These technologies also included free energy devices and anti-gravity technology. Tripartite Interaction: US, USSR and Britain. The United States was the first to open its doors to the alien race known as the Greys. I have been told of a contact in 1934, wherein the Greys made their presence known to the United States government in Washington State. It wasn't until 1947 that actual contact occurred with the aliens and United States officials, due to the shooting down of an alien craft in Roswell, New Mexico. This pressed the Greys into contact earlier than they had anticipated. After this crash at Roswell in 1947 the United States, the Soviet Union and the British, at the very highest levels of government, became "blood-brothers".

    Now, these governments did not know what Germany was really up to at that time in history. The Germans were very very secretive about their contact with Gizeh intelligences. What was going on in Germany and what was going on between these other countries were two separate issues. The Roswell incident created more of an urgency to develop a true space program in order to defend the Earth. Again, the United States government and the Soviets thought that there was a threat due to the technologically advanced state of the aliens they had encountered. The true space program as an "underground" development that we are just now beginning to hear about. It was originally financed by members of the Club of Rome. Now, you will need to do some homework to find out who those members are, and don't be surprised at who you see. We'll talk more about that when we discuss the moon. The Greys assisted the "black government" with the building of some of the first facilities on the moon and Mars. Once again, the link to this information no longer works.

    The observation leads to the conclusion that Al Gore is a top member of Gizeh intelligence. This was the reported occult backing of Adolf Hitler and his Nazi movement in Germany. Ethnically, the Mars connection of pyramid builders (Caucasian white race component of modern humanity via Atlantis, in their original form fitting the Nazi stereotype and extremely racist, the people described by contactee Elizabeth Klarer). The story is very old and very complex. In order to give a short intro, just take a look at this ancient Egyptian painting of Toth writing judgment: Toth, or Hermes Trismegistos, was born during the times of Atlantis and achieved personal immortality. A part of this was a shape-shifting ability. In the painting above, he is depicted with an animal head (ibis). Gizeh intelligence comprized around 8000 highly advanced people under the supreme leadership of shape-shifting Toth. They lived since ancient times in a network of underground cities, the main city being under Gizeh, Egypt, another site being under a location in the Grand Canyon, U.S.A. Other animal shapes reported from ancient times include a crocodile face, a lion face, etc.

    Toth is the fading embodiment of a fallen angel, Lucifer. In the 19th century, some of the 8000 started becoming active, such as through the Theosophical society of Madame Helena Petrovna Blavatsky. In the early 20th century, the Gizeh intelligence became active as a backer of Adolf Hitler in Germany and his Rothschild-Windsor sponsors in England. Today, all the 8000 have left their cities and are active among humanity. From this connection it is plausible that they are also the force behind the Jesuits in the Vatican and the Knights Templar before that. Reference: Books by Drunvalo Melchizedek. Contrary to myth, the Nazis won the second world war and took over the United States of America. See research by Mae Brussell, Webster G. Tarpley, Anton Chaitkin, David Emory and Greg Hallett. From this connection it is plausible that Gizeh intelligence is in control of America. My personal psychic experience is that Al Gore is a shape-shifting demonic entity from the very top of Gizeh intelligence with Assamite ability (one of the so-called „Ascended Masters” who are highly developed negative beings). The activation of the Gizeh intelligence over the past 150 years (since John D. Rockefeller, Sr.’s time) is to my mind an incidental part of the prophecy that is frequently discussed today under the caption of „2012”. The traditional Christian name for this is the Apocalypse (after the Book of Revelation, the last book of the Bible). The link no longer functions.

    In light of the above information, please watch the following videos.  Do you see a pattern...or is it just me? Tell me I'm not crazy! Pretty please!! Help! I'm finding very little information on 'Gizeh Intelligence'. The above description seems to place 'them' at the center of our troubles. The views expressed above are not necessarily mine...but they seem intriquing. What is going on here?




    I am looking for a plurality of sources regarding 'Gizeh Intelligence'. Collier says they are gone...but I doubt this. If they existed here historically...I would expect that they are still here. Could Gizeh Intelligence be the group wherein Lucifer resides? Are they the 'fallen angels'? Do they compose the present day Illuminati? Is David Icke speaking of Gizeh Intelligence? Has he ever mentioned this term? Did they create the greys...as well as a mythology to go along with their creation? Are they creating an army and air-force of aliens in the Deep Underground Military Base genetics labs? Will we end up fighting these creations...which we have helped to develop? Are we building the UFO's which they fly? Is most of ufology utter bs...invented mostly by Gizeh Intelligence? Do they live on the inside of our hollow earth(if it is indeed hollow) ...and come through their tunnel system in the earth's crust...to raise heck with us? Are Pleiadians the only aliens here on earth? Are we all Pleiadians? Are the Gizeh Intelligence Pleiadian Aliens those who at some point in history, mated with reptilians? So...might there be Reptilian Pleiadians and Non-Reptilian Pleiadians...and nothing more? Are the reptilians the real bad-guys(demons)? Are the off-world Pleiadians the real good-guys(angels)? Are we the wild card in-between guys? It's the real nice guys who get you! I think I just became a heretic! I recant!! What? You don't believe me?! Oh, come on! I'll be good! What are you doing with that torch?

    So...who the heck is Gizeh Intelligence? Do they have a Central Giza Intelligence Agency? Or how about the GIA (Gizeh Intelligence Agency)? Or might it be the CIA (Central-earth Intelligence Agency)? I actually prefer Compassion In Action! Hi guys! Is MI6...Middle-earth Intelligence 6? Is no one interested in this topic? Can someone direct me to where people might be interested in this topic? Sometimes I feel like I'm from another planet...and I wish I were kidding. Please consider all the information available so far on this thread...and give me some feed-back. If these guys are in charge...and no one knows or cares...they have been very, very sucessful. Our greed, fear, and stupidity makes it very, very easy for the bad-guys. Did Billy Meier ever mention 'Gizeh Intelligence'? There seems to be very little information available on this subject. Are the Pleiadians he interacted with...'off-world'...in other words, not residing here on earth, or interveining in human affairs, other than providing warning, inspiration, and advice? Could Gizeh Intelligence be Pleiadians who are in cahoots with reptilians and greys? Do they live in the crust of the earth...and possibly in the allegedly hollow earth? Have they interbred with the reptilians? Is this the basis of the Illuminati, and are the Illuminati actually Pleiadian/Reptilian hybrids? Are the Illuminati and Greys actually subservient pawns to the Draconian Reptilians? Are all of the above the foundation of the New World Order? Could this rightly be called the Old World Disorder Alien-Theocracy? Is this really old, rather than new...and possibly thousands of years old? Are we humans...all Pleiadians?

    It's difficult for me to distill the truth from the bs. The Hyperborean reference reminded me of a passage in Frederick Nietzsche's book 'The Anti-Christ' which reads 'We are Hyperboreans'. It's been years since I read this, but that phrase stuck. I'm guessing he was referring to the Germanic people, but I don't really know for sure. The thesis of Jim Marrs' book 'Rise of the Fourth Reich' is that Nazi Fascism is alive and well in the good 'ol US of A. Seperately, the Alex Collier allegation that Gizeh Intelligence was behind Hitler and the Third Reich, would suggest that the same forces are at work today, if in fact, there is a Fourth Reich on the rise presently. Why would Gizeh Intelligence be removed without the other rascals being 86'd? The US/Gray treaties? What about the Reptilians? The whole concept of the earth's crust being laced with bases, tunnels, cities, and aliens is a very unsettling hypothesis. If there is a hollow earth with a central sun...the plot thickens, to say the least! Mind you, I don't know if any of this is true. I have been jilted in the area of traditional religion...and I believe that it is possible to be jilted in the area of ufology and conspiracy research. It's hard to simply say 'could be...but then again...might not be'. Was it Carl Sagan who said 'I don't want to believe. I want to know'? I want to know, as well. Yet I am tending to be very detached...and I have a chronic case of commitment-phobia. I tend to change my mind on a daily basis. The upside is that it's harder to hit a moving target! :

    The man behind the curtain must just about die laughing at us...that sob! Perhaps it would be interesting to study the previous decade in light of the current decade. This would provide some perspective and some critique and potential validation or debunking. The current decade may be too close to focus upon...and going back further than the previous decade may be too far. I don't know. Maybe comparing everything with everything...without latching on to anything in particular...is a good approach. But the emotional and spiritual trauma may be too much for many people. I started a thread recently titled '1990's Prophets Vindicated or Debunked?' where I looked at Bill Cooper, Alex Collier, and Bill Still. The response was pretty minimal, and focused only on Bill Cooper. The constant asking and answering of questions may be a good approach. I keep getting the feeling that no matter which way we turn we are going to encounter trouble. There seems to be no simple, easy road to utopia. If you are ignorant and gullible, you get taken. If you know too much, they're out to get you! If you're at the bottom, you're a slave. If you're at the top, you might not like the view! I don't have the answer. I'm not even sure what the question is.

    Could the tall, long-nosed greys, who supposedly met Eisenhower...and who our government supposedly signed treaties with...have been Gizeh Intelligence, with some plastic surgery perhaps? Please, someone shoot this thread down, provide some additional sources, or substantiate and expand on this initial hypothesis. Do benevolent aliens have the green light to remove malevolent aliens...as is alleged to have occured with Gizeh Intelligence in 1978? I thought benevolent aliens were non-interventionist. We supposedly signed treaties with the tall greys...not the short greys...right? Well...do people report seeing tall greys? I'm sensing that there may be a lot of 'local' aliens with human 'help' really screwing the human race. Isn't this an important topic? You can vibrate as fast as you want...but the details of who really controls our planet...and why so many people have died in the past 100 years...may determine the destiny of the human race. If we don't get our house in order...we may be stuck in enslavement/extinction...instead of going into 4th or 5th densities. Do we have our heads stuck in the clouds...and are we too sure that we are going to 'graduate' from all the trouble here on earth? We may be in for a big surprise...

    Gizeh Intelligence may go by other names...but the descriptions in my first post seem to fit what is going on in our world. Go through the whole first post a couple of times...including the video clips...and see if you can see a startling pattern emerging. The whole Nazi/Hitler/Illuminati/Military Industrial Complex/New World Order/Fascist/Enslavement/Extermination/International Banking thing really has me spooked...as it seems to be a global phenomenon which can convincingly be traced for nearly 100 years...right up to 2009. Everything we have seen and experienced thus far may just be practice for the main event. I don't even want to think about what that might be. Check out EVERYTHING on YouTube or Google Video on Jim Marrs, Joseph Ferrell, and Bill Cooper ...for starters. The dots should start connecting...with a very disturbing picture emerging. Please give this some serious thought. The truth may set us free...but it's sure scaring the heck out of me!

    I don't have anything in particular against Forrest Gore...but life is like a Google search...you never know what you're gonna get! However, it might be wise to look closely at the Vice Presidents of the past 60 years...and how they were selected. Were they who the President really wanted? I'm simply interested in how corruptible the top jobs in our country are. Is our political system a glorified 'The Price is Right' show? Who's the host? Who's the parasite? Are we the suckers?

    Dr. Earlyne Chaney, in an article titled 'ODYSSEY INTO EGYPT', in her occult-oriented magazine VOICE OF ASTARA (May, 1982) tells of a discovery she and researcher Bill Cox was shown in Egypt. These were two tunnels, neither of which had been fully explored. One was in the temple of Edfu between Luxor and Cairo in the ruins of El Tuna Gabel; and the other near Zozer's Step Pyramid at Cairo near Memphis-Saqqarah, within the tomb of the Bull, called "Serapium". The Egyptian government sealed both tunnels because of fears of certain archaeologists who alleged that they "lead too deeply down into the depths of the earth," and because they found the earth to be "honeycombed with passages leading off into other depths," and the possibility of explorers becoming lost. If such labyrinths do exist, then it may explain one story which alleged that men dressed like "ancient Egyptians" have been seen deep in unexplored tunnels near Cairo, as well as possible confirmation of the story which appeared in Nevada Aerial Research's 'LEADING EDGE' Publication to the effect that the U.S.(?) Government secretly maintains a huge base within a cavern of tremendous size (several miles in diameter) beneath the desert sands of Egypt. Could this tie in with the vaque references to a subterranean society(s) referred to by certain people 'in the know' which is/are known as the 'Phoenix Empire' and/or the 'Gizeh People'?

    How many factions of humans/aliens are there in this solar system? I think that it is important to know who all of the major players are throughout the solar system...what their track records are...and what their intentions for the future are. Ignorance may be bliss...but it could also be deadly. To me...there should be no secrets regarding all of the above. If Hitler was interacting with Giza Intelligence (is it Giza or Gizeh?)...this is something which should be examined very carefully. Why is there so little information on this subject? Supposedly they broke off interaction with Hitler in 1941 and were driven off planet in 1979. Does this have something to do with the Dulce Wars? Is this when the military industrial complex and the secret human government really lost control of the alien situation...or were they never in control? Did Giza Intelligence simply move voluntarily to the Dark Side of the Moon? Is this the Capitol of the Solar System? Is there a Vatican Connection? Is Lucifer the head of Giza Intelligence? Do they still have a presence in North Africa?

    The Secret Space Program. The Deep Underground Military Bases. The City-States. The Reptilians and Greys. Lucifer. Who Owns and Operates the Solar System? These are the key words and phrases. All of the secrecy should end...and the Solar System should be based upon Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom with an uncorrupted form of the U.S. Constitution and Bill of Rights, which is adapted to incorporate 100's of states throughout the Solar System. Gizeh Intelligence may be at the center of all of the above. What do you think?

    I know that dealing with this subject is playing with fire. I don't know what the stakes really are. If I did...I'd probably just play video games. I just don't want malevolent humans or aliens to play god in this part of the universe...and engage in genocide, atrocity, or enslavement. Bad-guys need secrecy a lot more than good-guys.

    Perhaps I could return to the subject of the thread by saying that all of this stuff is interconnected. Compartmentalizing what we discuss may be a mistake. Thinking about the Secret Space Program while watching a motorcycle race may unlock new insights. I'm not kidding. I call this Contextual Superimposition...and related to the Eureka Phenomenon. The military industrial complex has a huge presence in Southern California. Just ask John Lear. California...in general...is hugely important regarding the subject of aliens and ufo's. I guess that North Africa and the Southwestern United States are two of the most interesting areas to me...at this time...other than the Dark Side of the Moon.

    Richard Hoagland states that the three main factions within NASA are 1. The Masons 2. The NAZI's 3. The Magicians (Occultists?). My question is...which of these three factions is most closely associated with Giza Intelligence? Or are all of the seemingly different factions simply different facets of the same diamond? There has to be a supreme council headed by a supreme leader...which oversees all of the madness. I suspect that this leader is Lucifer. Again...did Giza Intelligence move their headquarters from North Africa to the Dark Side of the Moon in 1979 (or shortly thereafter)?

    Actually...I think the underground bases, leviton trains, secret space program, etc...is kinda cool...but all of this should not be secret...and should not be under malevolent reptilian control. We the People of Earth should control all of this very, very expensive activity. We're paying for it...aren't we? We the People should be invited to the party. It should be 'Our Party'...so to speak. Again...I don't know if any of this is true. I'm simply exploring different lines of possibility and probability. The Vatican, the Pentagon, the NSA, the CIA, etc, etc...all keep forgetting to brief me on what's REALLY going on! I am NOT a potted-plant!

    Could Giza Intelligence be a relatively benevolent faction of humans, greys, and reptilians? Are they fighting more malevolent factions of humans, greys, and reptilians? I'm sensing a very dark and complex power struggle...with lots of collateral damage. Are the various factions really different shades of black? Disclosure could be unbelievably complex. Are there good Masons? Are there good NAZI's? Are there good Occultists? Are there good Popes? Are there good Illuminati? Are there good Zionists? Are there good Reptilians? Are there good Greys? What were the World Wars REALLY all about? Did WWII really end? Is it still raging (over our heads, beneath our feet, and invisibly all around us...and even in us)?

    I'm sensing that we are discussing the tip of the iceberg. We may be picking a scab which covers a very ugly and grotesque wound. We may not like what we see when 'Disclosure' fully occurs. I'm thinking that we may have to become very unhappy and disillusioned before we can really begin to build a better world and solar system. Keep digging...but don't be surprised if you don't like what you find. Abandon all hope ye who enter Avalon. Just kidding...or am I? What if Earth (and the Solar System) was colonized millions of years ago by Humans (rather than having evolved here on Earth, at least)...who brought all of the fancy technology with them (including antigravity, nuclear weapons, holographic, free energy, etc). Could we Earth Humans really be Humans from Sirius? Sirius is the All Seeing Eye at the Top of the Pyramid. Sirius is at the center of EVERYTHING.

    What if we Humans can exist both physically and spiritually...and simply get recycled here on Earth (and the Solar System)? What if a faction of Humans hoarded the technology, dumbed the rest of the Humans down genetically and educationally. What if all of the religions are manmade? What if all of the alien races are either made up...or have been genetically created by Humans? What if a faction of Human Beings is behind all of this? Could this be Gizeh (Giza) Intelligence? I've asked this sort of thing before...and I live in perpetual uncertainty. This uncertainty is taking a toll. I'm just asking at least some of you to think through what a completely Human Earth scenario would look like. Imagine being part of a faction of Humans...living throughout the Solar System...and deceiving 99% of the other Humans. How would you pull it off...century after century? We have to consider all possibilities...don't we?

    I know Humans exist. I know Spirits exist. I know UFO's are real. I know we are in HUGE trouble. Beyond that...I don't really know a damn thing. I'm getting everything second, third, fourth, and fifth hand. Many of us have open minds regarding Aliens, UFO's, time-travel, etc, etc...but what about being open-minded about the possibility that all of this phenomenon is Human? Could the supposed Roswell future Humans really be the elite underground Humans called Giza Intelligence? Bill Cooper was perplexed by the 'Alien Presence' and wondered if it could be a completely homegrown phenomenon. What's going on here? Somebody help me out here. I'm feeling very small, stupid, and helpless. I'm in way over my head thinking about this stuff. I need to stop. Could the superimposed parallel universes simply be 1. The elite members of Giza Intelligence (1% of the Human Race?). 2. The rest of us peons (99% of the Human Race?). Who knows? Oh...I forgot...the Shadow Government knows. Gotta go. Someone's pounding on my front-door...

    A special note to Gizeh Intelligence: If what I have said in the previous post is correct...all I ask at this point...is that all extermination and enslavement scenarios be conclusively terminated. Just join the rest of the human race. I request that all factions throughout the solar system reconcile and join together under the authority of the U.S. Constitution and Bill of Rights. This sad chapter of universal history can have a happy ending...and a new beginning. Namaste. I'm feeling really close to the truth...yet really far away. I'm thinking that Sirius is at the center of everything...yet I'm not sure exactly how.

    Could it be that the God of This World is a Draconian-possessed androgynous black human alien from Sirius who heads Giza Intelligence, the Secret Space Program, and the Deep Underground Military Bases...and who is the real Black Pope? Could the Ark of the Covenant be the UFO which brought us here from Sirius along with technology obtained from Draconian-demons in exchange for allowing the Draconians to possess the elite-humans? Is this solar system really part of the Siran solar system? Is our sun really Sirius C? Is the ancient depiction of three suns really Sirius A, Sirius B, and Sirius C? Are the tall greys from Sirius, really just human beings? Did we all come from Sirius? Is there a stargate between this solar system and Sirius? Is all of the cr@p we have been in for millions of years really a Sirian civil war? Are we all different factions of Sirians? Would my pet project of The United States of the Solar System really have to apply to Sirius as well? Is Sirius the All Seeing Eye at the top of the pyramid? Is Sunday really Sun God Day? Is this sun really Sirius? Is the Roman Catholic Church all about Sirius? Are the Masons all about Sirius? Are the occultists all about Sirius? Is the layout of Washington D.C. all about Sirius? Is the Sirian Theocratic System really the Universal Church aka The Holy Roman Empire aka the New World Order? How answerest thou...SaLuSa?

    I just wonder if it's possible to remove the Draco part of the unholy trinity you mentioned? Are the Draconians really demons who are usually invisible...but who can manifest themselves in reptilian/grey form? Are the Sirians we are dealing with really human beings? When the Vatican referred to extraterrestrials as our brothers...perhaps they meant this literally. Are the Nazis, Masons, Vatican, City of London...and most of the people we love to hate...really pawns? Would an exorcism of the Sirius system as well as our solar system be necessary to rid us of most of our problems? If so...what would make this possible? Is it even possible? Has a significant faction of humanity been dealing with the devil? How expensive would this divorce be?

    I have no hatred in asking these questions. I'm treating this like a science fiction mystery novel. I realize that if even 5% of it is true that we are in very deep trouble. I'm thinking that Sirius A, B, and C need to be completely divorced from Draco...and that Sirius A, B, and C need to completely reconcile under the U.S. Constitution and Bill of Rights...and completely expose all of the dark secrets, horrific wars, and deals with the devil. I just want the BS to stop. Hope springs eternal. Conduit closing.

    They have to use Secrecy and Deception to pull-off their agenda. That is Not a good sign. I think we have a chance to properly handle this BS...but that the window of opportunity is very small. The consequences of getting this wrong are enormous...I think. We seem to be like an abused spouse who believes the promise that it will be different this time. How many times do we have to get beat-up before we wake-up and get a cosmic divorce and a universal restraining order? If we keep going back for more...there is probably very little the benevolent forces throughout the universe can do for us.

    I keep wondering about the distinction between supposed 'native' reptilians and the alleged 'Draconian' reptilians. Perhaps the 'native' reptilians are not really a huge problem. They seem to be more physical than supernatural. Perhaps greys are a type of 'native' reptilian. I don't know. But it does seem that there are 'non-native' reptilians which seem to be more supernatural than physical. These Draconian reptilians seem to be very evil, smart, and dangerous. Perhaps these Draconians can manifest as reptilians or hijack the native reptilians (and greys?) to do their bidding...or at least blame them for all the trouble. The greys with two brains (one which is computerized?) seem to just be robots. Do the Draconians sometimes (or always?) possess these greys? The Draconians seem to need physicality. Why is this? Why do they possess people?

    We are told that we need to ascend beyond physicality. I don't buy this at all. We are also told that we will be taken to better places with spaceships and stargates. Are we sure we would really go to 'better' places? It sounds like they want our bodies and our planet. It sounds like they want to rule over us as Gods. I want to keep my body. I want to keep my planet. I want Constitutional Responsible Freedom. I want the Draconians to go to hell...and leave us alone.

    Giza Intelligence is supposedly connected with Aldebaran...but I am considering the possibility that they are connected with Sirius. I haven't decided if they are with the Draconians...or against them. It sounds like they are with them...and even possessed by them. I really don't know. It just sounds like our solar system and the Sirian solar system are linked...and that we are dealing with a human phenomenon(Sirian humans and Earth humans)...with the exception of the Draconians...and perhaps some native reptilians and greys(native to both Sirius and Earth). Again...I don't know. Help somebody. I'm simply suspecting huge doses of BS everywhere...especially from ET's who are oh so superior to us stupid mortals...and are here to help us evolve...by abducting us, experimenting on us, terrorizing us, and dictating to us...whether we like it or not. BS!!!!!


    !!!!!!!!!!!! BETTER DEAD THAN REP!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!SOLAR SYSTEM EXORCISM!!!!!!!!!!!

    Here is something of interest regarding Aldebaran from Wikipedia: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aldebaran Notice especially the section on the Gnostic Neo-Nazis.

    The name Aldebaran comes from the Arabic (??????? al-dabaran) meaning "the follower" and refers to the way the star follows the Pleiades star cluster in its nightly journey across the sky. In Persia it was known as Sadvis and Kugard.[7] The Romans called it Palilicium, and it is known as ??? (Bìxiùwu, the Fifth Star of the Net) in Chinese. Aldebaran is identified as the lunar mansion Rohini in Hindu astronomy and as one of the twenty-seven daughters of Daksha and the wife of the god Chandra.

    An esoteric neo-Nazi sect headquartered in Vienna, Austria called the Tempelhofgesellschaft, founded in the early 1990s, teaches a form of Gnosticism called Marcionism. They distribute pamphlets claiming that the Aryan race originally came to Atlantis from the star Aldebaran (this information is supposedly based on "ancient Sumerian manuscripts"). They maintain that the Aryans from Aldebaran derive their power from the vril energy of the Black Sun. They teach that since the Aryan race is of extraterrestrial origin it has a divine mission to dominate all the other races. It is believed by adherents of this religion that an enormous space fleet is on its way to Earth from Aldebaran which, when it arrives, will join forces with the Nazi Flying Saucers from Antarctica to establish the Western Imperium. [8]

    In Inuit astronomy, Aldebaran is called "Spirit of a Polar Bear". In the religion of Stregheria, Aldebaran is a fallen angel and quarter guardian of the eastern gate. Aldebaran is referred to in Edmund Spenser's The Faerie Queene (1590), book one, canto three, stanza 16:

    Now when Aldeboran was mounted hye
    Aboue the shinie Cassiopeia chaire (I.III.16.1-2)
    In American horror writer H. P. Lovecraft's Cthulhu Mythos, Hastur resides in the Hyades cluster, and is signified by Aldebaran being above the horizon. When Aldebaran is visible, Hastur's eye is said to be upon all it oversees.

    For the Seris of northwestern Mexico, this star is providing light for the seven women giving birth (Pleiades). It has three different names: Hant Caalajc Ipápjö, Queeto, and Azoj Yeen oo Caap ("star that goes ahead"). The lunar month corresponding to October is called Queeto yaao "Aldebaran's path".[9]

    For the Dakotas (a branch of the Native American Sioux tribe), Aldebaran took on a heroic aspect. The young star was the child of the sun and the lady Blue Star. One day, he desired to hunt the white buffalo (the Pleiades). After he pulled up a sapling to make a spear, a hole was made in the ground and he could see all the people of Earth down below. The white buffalo took this chance to push him through. He was found by an old woman and was to be known as Old Woman's Grandson. On Earth, he killed many strange monsters that had been troubling the Native Americans; one monster of which was a serpent that caused drought. The young hero killed the serpent, releasing a great stream of water that became the Mississippi River. In time, Old Woman's Grandson remembered the white buffalo and returned to hunting him in the sky to fulfill his destiny.

    Reference to Aldebaran appears in the The Rolling Stones song "2000 light years from home" from the 1967 psychedelic rock album Their Satanic Majesties Request. The Welsh-born Dark Ambient musician Brian Williams (Lustmord) has a track entitled Aldebaran of the Hyades on his 1994 album The Place where the Black Stars Hang. Enya included a song named Alderbaran on her first album, Enya (later re-released as The Celts). Austrian musician B. Fleischmann includes a song called "Aldebaran Waltz" in his 2006 album, The Humbucking Coil.

    Aldebaran is also the title of a song by Essra Mohawk, and is included on her album "Revelations Of The Secret Diva". What if what we are really dealing with is Draconian Demon Possessed or Controlled Humans vs Pleiadian Angelic Assisted Humans? What if all of the physical ET's who are here are really Human Beings? Would this violate the non-intervention rule? Are native Reptilians and Greys being forced to do the bidding of the Draconians? Are the Greys who are doing the abductions, etc...really clones, robots, or PLF's? Will the native Reptilians and Greys be used as scapegoats by the Draconian Cabal?

    I'm presently seeing Draco > Aldebaran > Sirius B > Earth (Giza Intelligence, Vatican, Nazis, Masons, Illuminati, Occultists, City of London, United Nations, Washington D.C., Deep Underground Military Bases, Secret Space Program) = Military/Industrial/Financial/Draconian Theocracy. This is not exactly a happy-go-lucky, live and let live, group of humans and extraterrestrials (in spirit form?)...to say the least! I suspect that this is where all the drug money...tax money...war blood money...bankster bail-out money...missing trillions from the defense budget, etc...really goes. Negative Karma to the nth degree is being generated daily. Judgement Day will not be pretty or pleasant. Crime does not pay on Judgement Day. Getting nervous guys? It won't be long now. The Horror. The fun never ends...does it? That figure at the 1984 Olympics looks like one of our Draconian Masters...looking down on us stupid mortals...like a Gargoyle on a Cathedral.

    Here is something relevant to this thread that I posted on another thread: The Aldebarans are supposedly renegade Pleiadians. Did they thumb their noses at the Pleiadian Powers That Be...and make deals with the Devil aka Draconians...to obtain Technology and Spiritual Power? Was the Pleiades really Heaven? Was the Person In Charge really God. Was Lucifer a Pleiadian who tried to get a better deal by dealing with the Dracs? Did this result in the famous War in Heaven? Did Lucifer drag one third of the Pleiadians to Aldebaran...then to Sirius...and finally to Earth? Are we all Fallen Angels? Is this why Lucifer is the God of This World? Some say Lucifer is no more...but I doubt this. Is Aldebaran still renegade Pleiadian presently? Is Sirius A and Arcturus completely unfallen Pleiadian presently? Is Sirius B and Earth in Sirius trouble? Is a final battle brewing to settle this thing once and for all?

    Or...is the whole Universe under Draconian control...including the Pleiades? Did the God in the Pleiades keep this a secret to make a bad situation seem like Heaven? Did Lucifer smell a rat...and try to fight fire with fire...hoping to get technology and spirituality from the Dracs...and then turn on them? Could the final phase of this be happening presently? Is that what's brewing? Is this 'The Great Work'? Are Sirius B and Earth engaged in a rebellion against the Dracs which must be crushed? Will the Empire strike back? Does Sirius B and our Sun contain Planets in Rebellion? Do they threaten the Draconian Universal Church Theocracy? Did Lucifer mean well...but did he or she bite off more than they could chew...and go insane? I keep thinking that Lucifer is like Colonel Kurz in 'Apocalypse Now'. If Constitutional Responsible Freedom really catches fire...will this be the end of Draconian Universal Domination? I really and truly don't know. All of the above could be complete BS. I don't know who the good-guys and who the bad-guys are anymore. Do you?

    Take another look at the details of my previous couple of posts. If the whole universe was Drac-controlled...and this was being hidden from you...but you figured it out. How would you fight the tyranny being effected through your beloved leader? Would you confront your leader publicly while privately dealing with the Dracs to try to get their technology and spirituality? You'd end up fighting both your beloved leader and his loyal (and clueless?) followers...plus when you double-crossed the Dracs...you'd have to fight them as well. Did Lucifer and his(her?) followers get kicked out of Heaven...and then get involved in a horrific fight with the Dracs? Was this the 600,000 year Gaian-Orion War? Supposedly no one won...they just stopped killing each other. Did a sort of 'cold-war' follow? Is this the situation we find ourselves in presently? Is this why everything is so $crewed-up? Is the New World Order a Draconian attempt to completely regain domination over humanity? Is this how much trouble we are really in...or is it much worse? I suspect that it is. Is Lucifer insane because of the hopelessness of the situation? Are all of us Renegade Pleiadians?

    I continue to believe that Constitutional Responsible Freedom would be in everyone's best interest...including the Pleiadians and Dracs. The God thing really doesn't work. I suspect that Lucifer found this out the hard way. Humanity is waking up to this very harsh reality as well. If what I am thinking is true...the Pleiadian God was wrong. Lucifer was wrong. And the Draconians were (and are) wrong. Two new commandments I give unto all of you: I. Thou Shalt Have No Gods. Period. II. Thou Shalt Not Be An @sshole. Period. I really don't want to fight with the Dracs. I can't believe that there is no possibility of them warming to the idea of Responsible Freedom. I don't know what made them so mean...but perhaps there is a legitimate reason. Regardless...why not base the Universe on the best principles...rather than on brute-force? Why is this so hard? Lord Draco...we need to talk. Soon. In the meantime...you're a warrior Lord Draco...aren't you?? Isn't war and killing really, really stupid? Isn't it insane? I think it is. We can do better than this...can't we Lord Draco?

    Here is a bit of a restatement of questions which I have previously asked: Are we really dealing with the following? Draconian-Pleiadian-Annunaki Theocracy vs Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom. How would Giza Intelligence fit in with the above? Is Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom a grave threat to the Universal Church? Is Earth a Planet in Rebellion against the Draconian-Pleiadian-Annunaki Theocracy aka Universal Church? Will the Empire Strike Back to crush this rebellion? Does might trump right? We might not have to wait long to find out. Something seems to be brewing. Hmmmmmm.

    Is Gizeh Intelligence the key to all of the mysteries we discuss on this site? I just want all of us to get informed about who we really are...and what's really going on...without becoming angry or going crazy. Obviously...I want a sovereign and free humanity...especially in this solar system. I certainly hope this is a possible possibility. I'm leaning toward a hypothesis that the original creation is a mystery...which is probably a combination of evolution and intelligent design. I see evidence of this everywhere. What I don't see is an All Powerful, All Knowing, All Loving, and All Present Creator God of the Universe running this solar system. I'm seeing something quite sinister.

    I don't think the Annunaki, Pleiadians, or Dracs created us. They may have done some genetic engineering (mostly dumbing us down to control us). I'm seeing a cabal of Annunaki, Pleiadians, and Dracs playing god. Could this have been what Lucifer rebelled against in the Pleiades? Did war in heaven result? Did Lucifer and a third of the Pleiadians get kicked out of heaven? Did Lucifer then try to play god in Aldebaran with a third of the angels? Did this apostasy spread to Sirius and Earth...among other places? Are we all part of the third of the angels? Did Lucifer try to fight a wrong with a wrong? We know that two wrongs don't make a right. Did Lucifer go insane? Is the whole concept of theocracy the real root problem? Should the Ten Commandments be replaced by the Two Commandments?

    I. Thou Shalt Have No Gods. (In the traditional sense)
    II. Thou Shalt Not Be An @$$hole.

    I really don't wish to demonize or destroy anyone. I just want the bs to stop. Here is a comment which I posted on another thread which is relevant to this thread:

    I have a fascination regarding cathedrals and pipe-organs. The whole temple and worship concept goes way back into antiquity. Lucifer was supposedly the chief musician in 'heaven'. If 'heaven' is really the Pleiades...perhaps there were cathedrals and pipe organs in the Pleiades...and Lucifer brought the whole theological concept...including temples, cathedrals, pipe-organs, and worship...from the Pleiades to Aldebaran...then to Sirius...and finally to Earth. As above...so below. I guess I'm seeing two rival 'gods' leading a civil war. Are the Annunaki and Dracs mercenary interdimensional warriors and laborers? Was the Pleiadian 'god' instrumental in the destruction of Atlantis? Did the Luciferian 'god' take the Atlantian civilization underground? Is this Giza Intelligence? Are there underground mansions, cathedrals, libraries, and museums...combined with military bases and stargate temples? Does Lucifer (or equivalent) possess the ability to end most life on Earth through 'Earth Changes'? Is alien technology really ancient Pleiadian technology? I'm beginning to think so. The exact composition and motivations of the various secret factions are obviously unknown. My guess is that there may be three major factions...two theocratic (one Pleiadian and one Aldebaran Luciferian)...and one namaste constitutional responsible freedom faction.

    Hitler may very well have been a regular visitor to this underground or inner Earth realm. This may also be true for the Popes. I don't know. This is all just wild speculation. But studying the Nazi phenomenon may be the real window into what is going on.

    When Henry Kissenger was learning about the 'alien presence' he worked night and day...and wouldn't communicate with anyone...not even his wife. What he was learning must have been devastating. It couldn't have been good. Notice that certain key people, such as Henry Kissinger and Zbigniew Brzezinski (both Jason Scholar study directors)...who presumably know the complete story...quietly direct the Presidents...administration after administration. The Presidents presumably do not know the complete story...with the possible exception of George H.W. Bush.

    Once again...I just want the secrecy to end...I want all hard core regressive beings (human and non-human) to leave this solar system...and I want the solar system to be based upon namaste constitutional responsible freedom. That should correct most of the major ills...regardless of who is presently running things or which et's are good or bad. If this works...other star systems might try doing this as well. Is this too much to ask?


    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 819107b
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Escott-dan-trading-ships-with-teutonic-knights-aboard-closing-in-on-a-pirate-vessal
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 5186NQ333PL._SL500_AA300_
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Teutonicknightshermann
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Emporer_Sigismund,_Order_of_the_Dragon
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Coabxvi
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Window-in-teutonic-knights%27
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Stock-photo-knighting-ceremony-th-november-military-teutonic-order-of-the-knights-of-st-john-malta-2208521
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 File0113
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 392559774_dd04680194
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 FearsomeTemplars-719330



    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Wed Jul 18, 2018 1:07 am; edited 1 time in total
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13283
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (6)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jun 24, 2018 4:33 am

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Maxresdefault
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 9gFSak0
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 17300_1515328893

    I keep wondering about the "Nazi-Phenomenon" before and after World War II. What if one excluded WWII from their research of Hitler and the Nazis??!! I have some books, which I'm afraid to read, which might enlighten me regarding this question. As I've stated previously, I've spent most of my life trying NOT to Know the Secret-Stuff. I knew it was REALLY BAD, and I couldn't even handle the Stuff in the Newspaper!! Could taking a close look at the Pre and Post WWII Nazi-Phenomenon really be an integral-part of essential spiritual growth and development? Is facing reality a necessary prerequisite for ascension? Any ideas or observations? The "Ancient Egyptian Deity" said I should study the "Nazi-Phenomenon". The AED said that Dictatorial-Socialism worked better than Democratic-Freedom (or something to that effect). When I mentioned that chilling photo of Eugenio Pacelli exiting a Nazi-Meeting, the AED gave a sinister-laugh!! The AED also told me that the Nazis were told they could attack anyone except "them". The AED said the Nazis were "very clever". Honest.

    Think about what Al Bielek said concerning ET pulling the plug on the Nazis in 1941. What was (and is) the relationship between Gizeh-Intelligence and the Axis-Powers?? I think this thing is deeper and nastier than anyone (even the insiders) can imagine. The Lie is Different at Every Level. What Would Richard Hoagland Say?? Carefully Consider the Egyptology-Research of Napoleon and Hitler. Consider the Possibility of a Borg-Queen Controlled Supercomputer-Network Running Solar Systems Incorporated!! I remember Dr. Robert H. Schuller shouting "If I Can't Have Them, Nobody Can!!" I don't remember the context, but the words were chilling (especially regarding the Apotelesmatic-Principle). What Would Desmond Ford Say?? That's All I'm Going to Say About That. I found a nasty comment under a YouTube video (which doesn't sound human, to me).

    "bwahahaha your powerless against us so talk all the XXXX you can now online but in person id summon demons to possess you and keep you locked in a crippling fear as i beat the XXXX out of you. even without them my angelic supernatural strength will overwhelm you. theres nothing you could do to hurt me because i am all powerful and all knowing pathetic waist of breath. Look at your world, god should of never created you weak foolish beings! your easily manipulated! you bring hell on yourselves."

    Can't we all just get along?? Why is this so hard?? I swear that I just want things to work out well for all-concerned. I'll continue to look at a lot of the controversial and upsetting stuff -- and then just move-on. I do NOT wish to make a big-deal out of this madness. I'm NOT trying to stir things up -- and I do NOT work for any Secret-Organization. I act alone as a "Lone-Nut". BTW -- I'm NOT looking for a job -- although I'd still like to be a Philosopher-Observer in a future life. Taking-over and ruling is SO overrated. Trust me. How do I know?? You don't wanna know. As negative and blasphemous as it sounds -- my starting-point presently is that Everything is a Mess, and Everyone is Bad (including the gods and goddesses). From that point, I can contemplate various definitions and levels of "Mess" and "Bad". I suspect that even the Jesus-Story is not neat and clean. I'll just continue modeling and speculating -- even if the excrement really contacts the air-conditioning system. I have no personal-life or business-prospects (of any significance) so I don't have a lot to lose. I've already burned most of my bridges -- and I'm somewhat ignorant and insane -- so that frees me up to be a free-thinker -- and if I remain mostly silent, I might even remain alive. What Would Michael Do?? What Would Gabriel Say?? What Would Anu Do?? Who?? Dr. Who??

    Please give the Life of Christ some serious consideration -- noting especially the principles and concepts contained therein. I'd somehow like to move beyond Jew v Gentile -- Protestant v Catholic -- Believer v Unbeliever -- Capitalist v Communist -- White v Black -- Alien v Human -- East v West -- God v Man -- Rich v Poor -- Royalty v Commoners -- Christian v Muslim -- Old-Testament v New-Testament -- Old-Covenant v New-Covenant -- Liberal v Conservative -- Democrat v Republican -- etc and et al. What if there are three primary factions?? Nazi -- Kabbalist -- and Some Variation on This Thread?? I could say a lot more about this line of thinking -- but I'd rather not talk about it. What if that famous HAL v David Bowman scene REALLY happened (in some way, shape, or form)?? What if this occurred early in the 20th century?? What if this was followed by the Nazi-Phenomenon (as we know it)?? What if there was an Idealistic Conceptualization of the Nazis, Masons, and Jesuits -- which was overruled and overpowered by hardline-elements?? Consider Renate Richter v Klaus Adler!! Think About It!! Now I'm going to listen to yet another exciting Sherry Shriner Show!! What if Sherry Shriner has ruled this Solar System for at least the past 6,000 years??!! What if all the Earth-Deities have been One-Deity?? What if "Our Father, Who Art in Heaven" hasn't been ruling this Solar System for at least the past 6,000 years?? Do I have to spell this out?? Read Between the Lines. I do NOT wish to be more specific!!

    What if a lot of Jewish people were taken into underground bases during WWII?? I have absolutely no evidence -- but I think about the alleged Nazi Nuclear and UFO Programs -- and who knows what else?! I have absolutely no animosity. I'm simply interested in knowing what's really been going-on in this solar system -- going way, way back. I keep wondering if at least some aspects of the so-called "Secret-Government" have been absolutely necessary?? What if we will require a somewhat purified and open "Secret-Government" going forward into the foreseeable-future?? I think I'd like to see a solar system without war -- but I think I'd like to see a somewhat-tougher, more-organized, and more-refined solar-system. Supposedly there are approximately 17 billion 'humanoid-compatible' souls in this solar system. Imagine half of them living on the surface of Earth -- with the other half living mostly subsurface throughout the solar system!! I think we're in the middle of "disclosure" -- for better or worse -- whether anyone likes it, or not.

    Think long and hard about "The Voice" in the EGW Book I'm posting. What if the "Story-Teller" is ultimately more-important than the "Story"?? I really wasn't kidding when I recommended Desire of Ages to Steven Spielberg's stepmother, as being the basis of a High-Technology Life of Christ Super-Movie (decades ago)!! But now I would recommend Patriarchs and Prophets -- Prophets and Kings -- along-with Desire of Ages -- as a Composite Life of Christ. Notice how Ellen White places Christ in the Context of the Old-Testament!! Rufus (from Dogma) got me back on the Science-Fiction Modus-Operandi!! What Would David Mann Say?? What Would Dr. Peter Venkman Say?? What Would David Bowman Say?? What Would David Bowie Say?? What Would John Denver Say?? What Would George Burns Say?? What Would Russell Crowe Say?? What Would Ben Affleck Say?? What Would Alanis Morissette Say?? What Would Alan Rickman Say?? What Would Azazel Say?? Think Long and Hard, Indeed!!

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp40.html Returning to the Jordan from the conquest of Bashan, the Israelites, in preparation for the immediate invasion of Canaan, encamped beside the river, above its entrance into the Dead Sea, and just opposite the plain of Jericho. They were upon the very borders of Moab, and the Moabites were filled with terror at the close proximity of the invaders.

    The people of Moab had not been molested by Israel, yet they had watched with troubled forebodings all that had taken place in the surrounding countries. The Amorites, before whom they had been forced to retreat, had been conquered by the Hebrews, and the territory which the Amorites had wrested from Moab was now in the possession of Israel. The hosts of Bashan had yielded before the mysterious power enshrouded in the cloudy pillar, and the giant strongholds were occupied by the Hebrews. The Moabites dared not risk an attack upon them; an appeal to arms was hopeless in face of the supernatural agencies that wrought in their behalf. But they determined, as Pharaoh had done, to enlist the power of sorcery to counteract the work of God. They would bring a curse upon Israel.

    The people of Moab were closely connected with the Midianites, both by the ties of nationality and religion. And Balak, the king of Moab, aroused the fears of the kindred people, and secured their co-operation in his designs against Israel by the message, "Now shall this company lick up all that are round about us, as the ox licketh up the grass of the field." Balaam, an inhabitant of Mesopotamia, was reported to possess supernatural powers, and his fame had reached to the land of Moab. It was determined to call him to their aid. Accordingly, messengers of "the elders of Moab and the elders of Midian," were sent to secure his divinations and enchantments against Israel.

    The ambassadors at once set out on their long journey over the mountains and across the deserts to Mesopotamia; and upon finding Balaam, they delivered to him the message of their king: "Behold, there is a people come out from Egypt: behold, they cover the face of the earth, and they abide over against me: come now therefore, I pray thee, curse me this people; for they are too mighty for me: peradventure I shall prevail, that we may smite them, and that I may drive them out of the land: for I wot that he whom thou blessest is blessed, and he whom thou cursest is cursed."

    Balaam was once a good man and a prophet of God; but he had apostatized, and had given up to covetousness; yet he still professed to be a servant of the Most High. He was not ignorant of God's work in behalf of Israel; and when the messengers announced their errand, he well knew that it was his duty to refuse the rewards of Balak and to dismiss the ambassadors. But he ventured to dally with temptation, and urged the messengers to tarry with him that night, declaring that he could give no decided answer till he had asked counsel of the Lord. Balaam knew that his curse could not harm Israel. God was on their side, and so long as they were true to Him no adverse power of earth or hell could prevail against them. But his pride was flattered by the words of the ambassadors, "He whom thou blessest is blessed, and he whom thou cursest is cursed." The bribe of costly gifts and prospective exaltation excited his covetousness. He greedily accepted the offered treasures, and then, while professing strict obedience to the will of God, he tried to comply with the desires of Balak.

    In the night season the angel of God came to Balaam with the message, "Thou shalt not go with them; thou shalt not curse the people: for they are blessed."

    In the morning Balaam reluctantly dismissed the messengers, but he did not tell them what the Lord had said. Angry that his visions of gain and honor had been suddenly dispelled, he petulantly exclaimed, "Get you into your land: for the Lord refuseth to give me leave to go with you."

    Balaam "loved the wages of unrighteousness." 2 Peter 2:15. The sin of covetousness, which God declares to be idolatry, had made him a timeserver, and through this one fault Satan gained entire control of him. It was this that caused his ruin. The tempter is ever presenting worldly gain and honor to entice men from the service of God. He tells them it is their overconscientiousness that keeps them from prosperity. Thus many are induced to venture out of the path of strict integrity. One wrong step makes the next easier, and they become more and more presumptuous. They will do and dare most terrible things when once they have given themselves to the control of avarice and a desire for power. Many flatter themselves that they can depart from strict integrity for a time, for the sake of some worldly advantage, and that having gained their object, they can change their course when they please. Such are entangling themselves in the snare of Satan, and it is seldom that they escape.

    When the messengers reported to Balak the prophet's refusal to accompany them, they did not intimate that God had forbidden him. Supposing that Balaam's delay was merely to secure a richer reward, the king sent princes more in number and more honorable than the first, with promises of higher honors, and with authority to concede to any terms that Balaam might demand. Balak's urgent message to the prophet was, "Let nothing, I pray thee, hinder thee from coming unto me: for I will promote thee unto very great honor, and I will do whatsoever thou sayest unto me: come therefore, I pray thee, curse me this people."

    A second time Balaam was tested. In response to the solicitations of the ambassadors he professed great conscientiousness and integrity, assuring them that no amount of gold and silver could induce him to go contrary to the will of God. But he longed to comply with the king's request; and although the will of God had already been definitely made known to him, he urged the messengers to tarry, that he might further inquire of God; as though the Infinite One were a man, to be persuaded.

    In the night season the Lord appeared to Balaam and said, "If the men come to call thee, rise up, and go with them; but yet the word which I shall say unto thee, that shalt thou do." Thus far the Lord would permit Balaam to follow his own will, because he was determined upon it. He did not seek to do the will of God, but chose his own course, and then endeavored to secure the sanction of the Lord.

    There are thousands at the present day who are pursuing a similar course. They would have no difficulty in understanding their duty if it were in harmony with their inclinations. It is plainly set before them in the Bible or is clearly indicated by circumstances and reason. But because these evidences are contrary to their desires and inclinations they frequently set them aside and presume to go to God to learn their duty. With great apparent conscientiousness they pray long and earnestly for light. But God will not be trifled with. He often permits such persons to follow their own desires and to suffer the result. "My people would not hearken to My voice. . . . So I gave them up unto their own hearts' lust: and they walked in their own counsels." Psalm 81:11, 12. When one clearly sees a duty, let him not presume to go to God with the prayer that he may be excused from performing it. He should rather, with a humble, submissive spirit, ask for divine strength and wisdom to meet its claims.

    The Moabites were a degraded, idolatrous people; yet according to the light which they had received their guilt was not so great in the sight of Heaven as was that of Balaam. As he professed to be God's prophet, however, all he should say would be supposed to be uttered by divine authority. Hence he was not to be permitted to speak as he chose, but must deliver the message which God should give him. "The word which I shall say unto thee, that shalt thou do," was the divine command.

    Balaam had received permission to go with the messengers from Moab if they came in the morning to call him. But, annoyed at his delay, and expecting another refusal, they set out on their homeward journey without further consultation with him. Every excuse for complying with the request of Balak had now been removed. But Balaam was determined to secure the reward; and, taking the beast upon which he was accustomed to ride, he set out on the journey. He feared that even now the divine permission might be withdrawn, and he pressed eagerly forward, impatient lest he should by some means fail to gain the coveted reward.

    But "the angel of the Lord stood in the way for an adversary against him." The animal saw the divine messenger, who was unperceived by the man, and turned aside from the highway into a field. With cruel blows Balaam brought the beast back into the path; but again, in a narrow place shut in by walls, the angel appeared, and the animal, trying to avoid the menacing figure, crushed her master's foot against the wall. Balaam was blinded to the heavenly interposition, and knew not that God was obstructing his path. The man became exasperated, and beating the ass unmercifully, forced it to proceed.

    Again, "in a narrow place, where was no way to turn either to the right hand or to the left," the angel appeared, as before, in a threatening attitude; and the poor beast, trembling with terror, made a full stop, and fell to the earth under its rider. Balaam's rage was unbounded, and with his staff he smote the animal more cruelly than before. God now opened its mouth, and by "the dumb ass speaking with man's voice," he "forbade the madness of the prophet." 2 Peter 2:16. "What have I done unto thee," it said, "that thou hast smitten me these three times?"

    Furious at being thus hindered in his journey, Balaam answered the beast as he would have addressed an intelligent being--"Because thou hast mocked me: I would there were a sword in mine hand, for now would I kill thee." Here was a professed magician, on his way to pronounce a curse upon a whole people with the intent to paralyze their strength, while he had not power even to slay the animal upon which he rode!

    The eyes of Balaam were now opened, and he beheld the angel of God standing with drawn sword ready to slay him. In terror "he bowed down his head, and fell flat on his face." The angel said to him, "Wherefore hast thou smitten thine ass these three times? Behold, I went out to withstand thee, because thy way is perverse before me: and the ass saw me, and turned from me these three times: unless she had turned from me surely now also I had slain thee, and saved her alive."

    Balaam owed the preservation of his life to the poor animal that he had treated so cruelly. The man who claimed to be a prophet of the Lord, who declared that his eyes were open, and he saw the "vision of the Almighty," was so blinded by covetousness and ambition that he could not discern the angel of God visible to his beast. "The god of this world hath blinded the minds of them which believe not." 2 Corinthians 4:4. How many are thus blinded! They rush on in forbidden paths, transgressing the divine law, and cannot discern that God and His angels are against them. Like Balaam they are angry at those who would prevent their ruin.

    Balaam had given evidence of the spirit that controlled him, by his treatment of his beast. "A righteous man regardeth the life of his beast: but the tender mercies of the wicked are cruel."

    Proverbs 12:10. Few realize as they should the sinfulness of abusing animals or leaving them to suffer from neglect. He who created man made the lower animals also, and "His tender mercies are over all His works." Psalm 145:9. The animals were created to serve man, but he has no right to cause them pain by harsh treatment or cruel exaction.

    It is because of man's sin that "the whole creation groaneth and travaileth in pain together." Romans 8:22. Suffering and death were thus entailed, not only upon the human race, but upon the animals. Surely, then, it becomes man to seek to lighten, instead of increasing, the weight of suffering which his transgression has brought upon God's creatures. He who will abuse animals because he has them in his power is both a coward and a tyrant. A disposition to cause pain, whether to our fellow men or to the brute creation, is satanic. Many do not realize that their cruelty will ever be known, because the poor dumb animals cannot reveal it. But could the eyes of these men be opened, as were those of Balaam, they would see an angel of God standing as a witness, to testify against them in the courts above. A record goes up to heaven, and a day is coming when judgment will be pronounced against those who abuse God's creatures.

    When he beheld the messenger of God, Balaam exclaimed in terror, "I have sinned; for I knew not that thou stoodest in the way against me: now therefore, if it displease thee, I will get me back again." The Lord suffered him to proceed on his journey, but gave him to understand that his words should be controlled by divine power. God would give evidence to Moab that the Hebrews were under the guardianship of Heaven, and this He did effectually when He showed them how powerless Balaam was even to utter a curse against them without divine permission.

    The king of Moab, being informed of the approach of Balaam, went out with a large retinue to the borders of his kingdom, to receive him. When he expressed his astonishment at Balaam's delay, in view of the rich rewards awaiting him, the prophet's answer was, "Lo, I am come unto thee: have I now any power at all to say anything? the word that God putteth in my mouth, that shall I speak." Balaam greatly regretted this restriction; he feared that his purpose could not be carried out, because the Lord's controlling power was upon him.

    With great pomp the king, with the chief dignitaries of his kingdom, escorted Balaam to "the high places of Baal," from which he could survey the Hebrew host. Behold the prophet as he stands upon the lofty height, looking down over the encampment of God's chosen people. How little do the Israelites know of what is taking place so near them! How little do they know of the care of God, extended over them by day and by night! How dull are the perceptions of God's people! How slow are they, in every age, to comprehend His great love and mercy! If they could discern the wonderful power of God constantly exerted in their behalf, would not their hearts be filled with gratitude for His love, and with awe at the thought of His majesty and power?

    Balaam had some knowledge of the sacrificial offerings of the Hebrews, and he hoped that by surpassing them in costly gifts he might secure the blessing of God and ensure the accomplishment of his sinful projects. Thus the sentiments of the idolatrous Moabites were gaining control of his mind. His wisdom had become foolishness; his spiritual vision was beclouded; he had brought blindness upon himself by yielding to the power of Satan.

    By Balaam's direction seven altars were erected, and he offered a sacrifice upon each. He then withdrew to a "high place," to meet with God, promising to make known to Balak whatever the Lord should reveal.

    With the nobles and princes of Moab the king stood beside the sacrifice, while around them gathered the eager multitude, watching for the return of the prophet. He came at last, and the people waited for the words that should paralyze forever that strange power exerted in behalf of the hated Israelites. Balaam said:

    "The king of Moab hath brought me from Aram,
    Out of the mountains of the east,
    Saying, Come, curse me Jacob,
    And come, defy Israel.
    How shall I curse, whom God hath not cursed?
    Or how shall I defy, whom the Lord hath not defied?
    For from the top of the rocks I see him,
    And from the hills I behold him:
    Lo, the people shall dwell alone,
    And shall not be reckoned among the nations.
    Who can count the dust of Jacob,
    And the number of the fourth part of Israel?
    Let me die the death of the righteous,
    And let my last end be like his!"

    Balaam confessed that he came with the purpose of cursing Israel, but the words he uttered were directly contrary to the sentiments of his heart. He was constrained to pronounce blessings, while his soul was filled with curses.

    As Balaam looked upon the encampment of Israel he beheld with astonishment the evidence of their prosperity. They had been represented to him as a rude, disorganized multitude, infesting the country in roving bands that were a pest and terror to the surrounding nations; but their appearance was the reverse of all this. He saw the vast extent and perfect arrangement of their camp, everything bearing the marks of thorough discipline and order. He was shown the favor with which God regarded Israel, and their distinctive character as His chosen people. They were not to stand upon a level with other nations, but to be exalted above them all. "The people shall dwell alone, and shall not be reckoned among the nations." At the time when these words were spoken the Israelites had no permanent settlement, and their peculiar character, their manners and customs, were not familiar to Balaam. But how strikingly was this prophecy fulfilled in the afterhistory of Israel! Through all the years of their captivity, through all the ages since they were dispersed among the nations, they have remained a distinct people. So the people of God--the true Israel--though scattered throughout all nations, are on earth but sojourners, whose citizenship is in heaven.

    Not only was Balaam shown the history of the Hebrew people as a nation, but he beheld the increase and prosperity of the true Israel of God to the close of time. He saw the special favor of the Most High attending those who love and fear Him. He saw them supported by His arm as they enter the dark valley of the shadow of death. And he beheld them coming forth from their graves, crowned with glory, honor, and immortality. He saw the redeemed rejoicing in the unfading glories of the earth made new. Gazing upon the scene, he exclaimed, "Who can count the dust of Jacob, and the number of the fourth part of Israel?" And as he saw the crown of glory on every brow, the joy beaming from every countenance, and looked forward to that endless life of unalloyed happiness, he uttered the solemn prayer, "Let me die the death of the righteous, and let my last end be like his!"

    If Balaam had had a disposition to accept the light that God had given, he would now have made true his words; he would at once have severed all connection with Moab. He would no longer have presumed upon the mercy of God, but would have returned to Him with deep repentance. But Balaam loved the wages of unrighteousness, and these he was determined to secure.

    Balak had confidently expected a curse that would fall like a withering blight upon Israel; and at the words of the prophet he passionately exclaimed, "What hast thou done unto me? I took thee to curse mine enemies, and, behold, thou hast blessed them altogether." Balaam, seeking to make a virtue of necessity, professed to have spoken from a conscientious regard for the will of God the words that had been forced from his lips by divine power. His answer was, "Must I not take heed to speak that which the Lord hath put in my mouth?"

    Balak could not even now relinquish his purpose. He decided that the imposing spectacle presented by the vast encampment of the Hebrews had so intimidated Balaam that he dared not practice his divinations against them. The king determined to take the prophet to some point where only a small part of the host might be seen. If Balaam could be induced to curse them in detached parties, the whole camp would soon be devoted to destruction. On the top of an elevation called Pisgah another trial was made. Again seven altars were erected, whereon were placed the same offerings as at the first. The king and his princes remained by the sacrifices, while Balaam retired to meet with God. Again the prophet was entrusted with a divine message, which he was powerless to alter or withhold.

    When he appeared to the anxious, expectant company the question was put to him, "What hath the Lord spoken?" The answer, as before, struck terror to the heart of king and princes:

    "God is not a man, that He should lie;
    Neither the son of man, that He should repent:
    Hath He said, and shall He not do it?
    Or hath He spoken, and shall He not make it good?
    Behold, I have received commandment to bless:
    And He hath blessed; and I cannot reverse it.
    He hath not beheld iniquity in Jacob,
    Neither hath He seen perverseness in Israel:
    The Lord his God is with him,
    And the shout of a king is among them."

    Awed by these revelations, Balaam exclaimed, "Surely there is no enchantment against Jacob, neither is there any divination against Israel." The great magician had tried his power of enchantment, in accordance with the desire of the Moabites; but concerning this very occasion it should be said of Israel, "What hath God wrought!" While they were under the divine protection, no people or nation, though aided by all the power of Satan, should be able to prevail against them. All the world should wonder at the marvelous work of God in behalf of His people-- that a man determined to pursue a sinful course should be so controlled by divine power as to utter, instead of imprecations, the richest and most precious promises, in the language of sublime and impassioned poetry. And the favor of God at this time manifested toward Israel was to be an assurance of His protecting care for His obedient, faithful children in all ages. When Satan should inspire evil men to misrepresent, harass, and destroy God's people, this very occurrence would be brought to their remembrance, and would strengthen their courage and their faith in God.

    The king of Moab, disheartened and distressed, exclaimed, "Neither curse them at all, nor bless them at all." Yet a faint hope still lingered in his heart, and he determined to make another trial. He now conducted Balaam to Mount Peor, where was a temple devoted to the licentious worship of Baal, their god. Here the same number of altars were erected as before, and the same number of sacrifices were offered; but Balaam went not alone, as at other times, to learn God's will. He made no pretense of sorcery, but standing beside the altars, he looked abroad upon the tents of Israel. Again the Spirit of God rested upon him, and the divine message came from his lips:

    "How goodly are thy tents, O Jacob,
    And thy tabernacles, O Israel!
    As the valleys are they spread forth, as gardens by the river's side,
    As the trees of lignaloes which the Lord hath planted, and as cedar trees beside the waters.
    He shall pour the water out of his buckets, and his seed shall be in many waters,
    And his King shall be higher than Agag, and his kingdom shall be exalted. . . .
    He couched, he lay down as a lion, and as a great lion: who shall stir him up?
    Blessed is he that blesseth thee, and cursed is he that curseth thee."

    The prosperity of God's people is here represented by some of the most beautiful figures to be found in nature. The prophet likens Israel to fertile valleys covered with abundant harvests; to flourishing gardens watered by never-failing springs; to the fragrant sandal tree and the stately cedar. The figure last mentioned is one of the most strikingly beautiful and appropriate to be found in the inspired word. The cedar of Lebanon was honored by all the people of the East. The class of trees to which it belongs is found wherever man has gone throughout the earth. From the arctic regions to the tropic zone they flourish, rejoicing in the heat, yet braving the cold; springing in rich luxuriance by the riverside, yet towering aloft upon the parched and thirsty waste. They plant their roots deep among the rocks of the mountains and boldly stand in defiance of the tempest. Their leaves are fresh and green when all else has perished at the breath of winter. Above all other trees the cedar of Lebanon is distinguished for its strength, its firmness, its undecaying vigor; and this is used as a symbol of those whose life is "hid with Christ in God." Colossians 3:3. Says the Scripture, "The righteous . . . shall grow like a cedar." Psalm 92:12. The divine hand has exalted the cedar as king over the forest. "The fir trees were not like his boughs, and the chestnut trees were not like his branches" (Ezekiel 31:Cool; nor any tree in the garden of God. The cedar is repeatedly employed as an emblem of royalty, and its use in Scripture to represent the righteous shows how Heaven regards those who do the will of God.

    Balaam prophesied that Israel's King would be greater and more powerful than Agag. This was the name given to the kings of the Amalekites, who were at this time a very powerful nation; but Israel, if true to God, would subdue all her enemies. The King of Israel was the Son of God; and His throne was one day to be established in the earth, and His power to be exalted above all earthly kingdoms.

    As he listened to the prophet's words Balak was overwhelmed with disappointed hope, with fear and rage. He was indignant that Balaam could have given him the least encouragement of a favorable response, when everything was determined against him. He regarded with scorn the prophet's compromising, deceptive course. The king exclaimed fiercely, "Therefore now flee thou to thy place: I thought to promote thee unto great honor; but, lo, the Lord hath kept thee back from honor." The answer was that the king had been forewarned that Balaam could speak only the message given him from God.

    Before returning to his people, Balaam uttered a most beautiful and sublime prophecy of the world's Redeemer and the final destruction of the enemies of God:

    "I shall see Him, but not now: I shall behold Him, but not nigh:
    There shall come a Star out of Jacob, and a Scepter shall rise out of Israel,
    And shall smite the corners of Moab, and destroy all the children of Sheth."

    And he closed by predicting the complete destruction of Moab and Edom, of Amalek and the Kenites, thus leaving to the Moabitish king no ray of hope.

    Disappointed in his hopes of wealth and promotion, in disfavor with the king, and conscious that he had incurred the displeasure of God, Balaam returned from his self-chosen mission. After he had reached his home the controlling power of the Spirit of God left him, and his covetousness, which had been merely held in check, prevailed. He was ready to resort to any means to gain the reward promised by Balak. Balaam knew that the prosperity of Israel depended upon their obedience to God, and that there was no way to cause their overthrow but by seducing them into sin. He now decided to secure Balak's favor by advising the Moabites of the course to be pursued to bring a curse upon Israel.

    He immediately returned to the land of Moab and laid his plans before the king. The Moabites themselves were convinced that so long as Israel remained true to God, He would be their shield. The plan proposed by Balaam was to separate them from God by enticing them into idolatry. If they could be led to engage in the licentious worship of Baal and Ashtaroth, their omnipotent Protector would become their enemy, and they would soon fall a prey to the fierce, warlike nations around them. This plan was readily accepted by the king, and Balaam himself remained to assist in carrying it into effect.

    Balaam witnessed the success of his diabolical scheme. He saw the curse of God visited upon His people, and thousands falling under His judgments; but the divine justice that punished sin in Israel did not permit the tempters to escape. In the war of Israel against the Midianites, Balaam was slain. He had felt a presentiment that his own end was near when he exclaimed, "Let me die the death of the righteous, and let my last end be like his!" But he had not chosen to live the life of the righteous, and his destiny was fixed with the enemies of God.

    The fate of Balaam was similar to that of Judas, and their characters bear a marked resemblance to each other. Both these men tried to unite the service of God and mammon, and met with signal failure. Balaam acknowledged the true God, and professed to serve Him; Judas believed in Jesus as the Messiah, and united with His followers. But Balaam hoped to make the service of Jehovah the steppingstone to the acquirement of riches and worldly honor; and failing in this he stumbled and fell and was broken. Judas expected by his connection with Christ to secure wealth and promotion in that worldly kingdom which, as he believed, the Messiah was about to set up. The failure of his hopes drove him to apostasy and ruin. Both Balaam and Judas had received great light and enjoyed special privileges, but a single cherished sin poisoned the entire character and caused their destruction.

    It is a perilous thing to allow an unchristian trait to live in the heart. One cherished sin will, little by little, debase the character, bringing all its nobler powers into subjection to the evil desire. The removal of one safeguard from the conscience, the indulgence of one evil habit, one neglect of the high claims of duty, breaks down the defenses of the soul and opens the way for Satan to come in and lead us astray. The only safe course is to let our prayers go forth daily from a sincere heart, as did David, "Hold up my goings in Thy paths, that my footsteps slip not." Psalm 17:5.

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 334d07ef9ea6dacacacc20ddb63e03e1
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Renate-Richter-iron-sky-30371089-2048-854
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Iron-sky-2
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 V-2009-01
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 20150324-predictions-big-bang-end-of-the-dinosaurs-building-of-the-pyramids-of-giza-the-painting-mona-lisa-the-sinking-of-the-titanic-the-german-blitzkrieg



    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13283
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (6)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jun 24, 2018 4:37 am

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Nycc-valerian-lenticular-poster
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Source

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Ezgif.com-video-to-gif%2B%25281%2529
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-660x464
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Lgtu8b5_huge
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-2-750x400
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-trailer-019
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-trailer-026
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-final-trailer-01
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerianstill
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-first-look
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Amazing-first-Valerian-and-the-City-of-a-Thousand-Planets-sci-fi-1
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-and-the-City-of-a-Thousand-Planets-07-1280x534
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 2-1
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-trailer-014
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-Trailer-2-6
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-and-the-City-of-a-Thousand-Planets-23-1280x534
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 200_max
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-trailer-009
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-trailer-024United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Maxresdefault
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Amazing-first-Valerian-and-the-City-of-a-Thousand-Planets-sci-fi
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-trailer-b
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-and-the-City-of-a-Thousand-Planets-15
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-trailer-023
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-trailer-013
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-trailer-025
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-trailer-008
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-trailer-030
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-trailer-007
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-trailer-002
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-trailer-016
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian_mmagazin7
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-and-the-City-of-a-Thousand-Planets-03-1280x534
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-trailer-004

    https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Val%C3%A9rian_and_Laureline Valérian and Laureline (French: Valérian et Laureline), also known as Valérian: Spatio-Temporal Agent (French: Valérian, agent spatio-temporel) or just Valérian, is a French science fiction comics series, created by writer Pierre Christin and artist Jean-Claude Mézières. First published in Pilote magazine in 1967, the final installment was published in 2010. All of the Valérian stories have been collected in comic album format, comprising some twenty-one volumes plus a short story collection and an encyclopaedia. Valérian is one of the top five biggest selling Franco-Belgian comics titles of its publisher, Dargaud.[1]

    The series focuses on the adventures of the dark-haired Valérian, a spatio-temporal agent, and his redheaded female colleague, Laureline, as they travel the universe through space and time. Valérian is a classical hero, kind, strong and brave who follows the orders of his superiors even if he feels, deep down, that it is the wrong thing to do. On the other hand, his partner Laureline combines her superior intelligence, determination and independence with sex-appeal. Influenced by classic literary science fiction, the series mixes space opera with time travel plots. Christin's scripts are noted for their humour, complexity and strongly humanist and left-wing liberal political ideas while Mézières' art is characterized by its vivid depictions of the alien worlds and species Valérian and Laureline encounter on their adventures. The series is considered a landmark in European comics and pop culture,[2] and influenced other media as well: traces of its concepts, storylines and designs can be found in science fiction films such as Star Wars and The Fifth Element.

    Many of the stories have been translated into several languages, including English.[3] The series has received recognition through a number of prestigious awards, including the Grand Prix de la ville d'Angoulême. An animated television series, Time Jam: Valerian & Laureline, was released in 2007, and a feature film directed by Luc Besson, Valerian and the City of a Thousand Planets, was released in 2017.

    The original setting for the series was the 28th century. Humanity has discovered the means of travelling instantaneously through time and space. The capital of Earth, Galaxity, is the centre of the vast Terran Galactic Empire. Earth itself has become a virtual utopia with most of the population living a life of leisure in a virtual reality dream-state ruled by the benign Technocrats of the First Circle. The Spatio-Temporal Service protects the planets of the Terran Empire and guards against temporal paradoxes caused by rogue time-travellers. Valérian and Laureline are two such spatio-temporal agents.[4]

    However, since the end of the story The Wrath of Hypsis (Les Foudres d'Hypsis) in which Galaxity disappears from space-time as a result of a temporal paradox the pair have become freelance trouble-shooters travelling through space and time offering their services to anyone willing to hire them while also searching for their lost home.

    In the first two albums Valérian travels through time in a two-seater device, the XB27, which transports him to the various relay stations that Galaxity has hidden throughout time (e.g. in Bad Dreams (Les Mauvais Rêves) the relay is hidden below a tavern). In subsequent stories Valérian and Laureline use the saucer-shaped Astroship XB982 (which made its debut appearance in 1969 in the short story The Great Collector (Le Grand Collectionneur).[5] The astroship is able to travel anywhere using a spatio-temporal jump, a sort of hyperspace drive enabling near-instant transportation anywhere in space and time.

    The initial albums were generally straightforward good versus evil adventure stories. However, thanks to Pierre Christin's interests in politics, sociology and ethnology, as the series progressed the situations typically arose from misunderstandings or ideological differences between various groups that could be resolved through reason and perseverance.[6] The core theme of the stories is an optimistic liberal humanism: the adventures are not about defeating enemies but about exploring, facing challenges, and celebrating diversity.[6] Thus, according to academic John Dean, Christin "as a rule works into his narratives political, environmental and feminist concerns – thereby showing social ills are universal, no matter on what planet you land".[7]
    Another concept that developed was Galaxity as a proxy for Western democracy; contrary to its benign self-image it is actually imperialistic and prone to a corrupt real-politik.[8] Other themes include:

    Natural simplicity as superior to technological complexity.[8]
    Rejection of machismo, violence and war in favour of femininity and nature.[9]
    Distrust of power and the suppression of individuality.[9]
    The ability of women to manipulate males sexually without being manipulated themselves.[8]
    These themes are underpinned by the vivid drawings of Jean-Claude Mézières whose "visually stunning backgrounds: complex architecture, futuristic machines, otherworldly landscapes and odd-looking aliens",[7] are what John Dean calls "staples of Mézières' seeming boundless visual inventiveness",[7] resulting in what the artist Pepo Pérez likens to "National Geographic, but on a cosmic scale".[9]

    Valérian was born on Earth, in Galaxity, capital of the Terran Galactic Empire in the 28th century. He joined the Spatio-Temporal Service in the year 2713. He has been trained to think that Galaxity is always right – even when he receives orders that go against his morals he will, reluctantly, follow them. He much prefers to be a man of action than sitting around pondering what course to take next.

    The early stories present Valérian as a typical square-jawed hero figure, who is strong and dependable (although an early running joke was that despite being a time-traveller he is always running late, especially when summoned by his boss). However, as the series progresses, he is increasingly portrayed as somewhat knuckle-headed. In World Without Stars (Le Pays sans étoile), he gets recklessly drunk on the colonists' home-made booze, in On the False Earths (Sur les terres truquées), the historian, Jadna, views him as useful only as cannon fodder and nothing else while in Heroes of the Equinox (Les Héros de l'Equinoxe), he comes across as woefully inadequate compared with the champions he is competing against. Although devoted to Laureline, he has been led astray by other women, such as in Heroes of the Equinox and Brooklyn Station, Terminus Cosmos.

    When Galaxity disappears in The Wrath of Hypsis he contemplates following his fellows into oblivion, much to Laureline's horror. Even afterwards, he feels the loss of Galaxity much more than Laureline, as it is his birthplace.

    The name Valérian comes from Eastern Europe,[10] although its origin is Latin, from valere ("to be strong").[11] Valérian was created by Mézières and Christin as a reaction to the fearless boy-scout (e.g. The Adventures of Tintin) and American superhero characters that were prevalent in comics available in France at the time. Instead they sought to devise a "banal character" with "no extraordinary means of action".[6] Eventually, with Christin feeling that they had gone too far with this angle and that the Valérian character had become too stupid, from The Ghosts of Inverloch (Les Spectres d'Inverloch) onwards, Valérian was made more sympathetic and given a greater piece of the action.[6]

    Laureline is a peasant girl from 11th century France. In the debut adventure, Bad Dreams, she rescues Valérian from the enchanted Forest of Arelaune. When she accidentally discovers Valérian is a time-traveller, he is forced to bring her back with him to Galaxity where she is trained as a Spatio-Temporal Agent and assigned as his partner.

    In the early stories Laureline generally sits in the background while Valérian saves the day in whatever situation the pair have found themselves, but her position changes as the series develops. World Without Stars, in which the two characters are separated for most of the adventure, allows Laureline to step out from under Valérian's shadow for the first time, and she proves to be more than an equal to Valérian in ensuring that their mission succeeds.

    Welcome to Alflolol (Bienvenue sur Alflolol) brings Laureline's rebellious nature to the fore; unlike Valérian, she has not been born and raised by Galaxity and is prepared not only to question Galaxity's authorities but to rebel openly against them when their orders run contrary to her sense of morality. It also demonstrates her impulsive streak; she sides with the native Alflololians against Galaxity and Valérian with no thought for the personal consequences she may have to face herself. Her position as the true star of the series is cemented in Ambassador of the Shadows (L'Ambassadeur des Ombres), which is virtually a solo adventure for her as she searches the vast space station Point Central for the kidnapped Valérian and the Earth Ambassador. Later, when acting as independent agents, it is Laureline who questions the ethics of some of the jobs they are forced to take to make ends meet, notably in The Living Weapons (Les Armes Vivantes).

    Despite being independent and efficacious, Laureline is not afraid to exploit her considerable sex appeal if it is to her advantage. For example, she attracts the attention of the Emperor of Valsennar in World Without Stars and, dressed in leather gear and boots, she manipulates Crocbattler and Rackalust in Brooklyn Station, Terminus Cosmos and regularly charms the Shingouz when negotiating with them for information. She has appeared nude in some adventures. Mézières drew a picture of her for the French edition of Playboy in 1987.[12] She also has a certain affinity for animals such as the Alflololian Goumon in Welcome to Alflolol, the Grumpy Converter from Bluxte, first seen in Ambassador of the Shadows, and the Tüm Tüm (de Lüm) and the Tchoung-Tracer, both introduced in On the Frontiers (Sur les Frontières).

    The name "Laureline" was invented by Mézières and Christin who were seeking a name that would sound "medieval" and "soft".[10] The name has proven popular and there are now several thousand women in France named Laureline, the first one born in 1968 just a year after the publication of Bad Dreams. There have also been variations such as "Loreline" and "Laurelyne".[13] Laureline was initially created just for the first story, Bad Dreams, but recognising that they had a female character who was different from the bimbo types common to comics of the time, Mézières and Christin fell for her and, in response to positive reader feedback, retained her for the subsequent stories.[6]

    Mr Albert is Galaxity's contact on 20th century Earth. He makes his first appearance in Métro Châtelet, Direction Cassiopeia.[14] He is a retired gentleman who drives an obsolete Renault 4CV and lives in the suburbs of Paris, France. He maintains a wide range of contacts in government and scientific circles as well as with many experts in fields outside the mainstream such as ufology, telepathy, and sorcery. He is also a pigeon fancier and uses his carrier pigeons to relay messages between some of his contacts. Unlike Valérian he tries to avoid getting involved in the thick of the action and never acts impulsively, always preferring to take his time about things. He enjoys the finer things in life: gourmet cuisine, fine wines and likes to take things easy. The character of Albert is partially influenced by that of August Faust, the main character in the strip The Extraordinary and Troubling Adventure of Mr August Faust (L'extraordinaire et Troublante Aventure de M. August Faust), written by Fred and drawn by Mézières in 1967.[10]

    The Shingouz are aliens who make their first appearance in Ambassador of the Shadows and re-appear regularly throughout the subsequent albums. They are brown, short-furred creatures, slightly less than a metre tall, resembling flightless birds with a snout instead of a beak. Their appearance is reminiscent of the main characters in the Mad magazine comic strip Spy vs. Spy. Shingouz have a high alcohol tolerance and preference for strong alcoholic beverages, which they consume in large quantities. The Shingouz society is capitalist to the extreme. Shingouz want a profit from everything they do. They are especially adept in trading important and sensitive information to interested parties. Valérian and Laureline have struck up a relationship with a group of three Shingouz who have a particularly useful network of contacts in all the major space communities. They are especially fond of Laureline, which she often uses to her advantage in striking favourable deals with them.[15]

    Childhood friends Jean-Claude Mézières and Pierre Christin had previously collaborated on the comic strip Le Rhum du Punch (Rum Punch) in 1966 while both were living and working in the United States.[10] Upon their return to France they initially intended to create a Western strip but, with the genre already well represented in French comics thanks to Lucky Luke, Blueberry and Jerry Spring, Christin instead proposed that they turn their hand to science fiction, a genre he felt was unrepresented in French comics at the time.[6] The decision to work in the science fiction genre was also influenced by the political climate in France at the time; Mézières and Christin saw Valérian as a "backdoor" means to react against the prevailing doctrine of Gaullism.[6] Although science fiction was not a favourite of Pilote editor René Goscinny, Goscinny wanted his magazine to be diverse and innovative and so agreed to commission Valérian.[10]

    There had been French science fiction comics before Valérian such as Kline's Kaza the Martian (a childhood favourite of Mézières),[10] Roger Lecureux and Raymond Poivet's Les Pionniers de l'Espérance (The Pioneers of Hope) (which Christin found tired and repetitive)[6] and Jean-Claude Forest's Barbarella. Barbarella is famous for its strong, female, titular character, but Christin has denied any influence on the character of Laureline stating that she was inspired by Simone de Beauvoir's The Second Sex as well as the burgeoning feminist movement of the late 1960s and early 1970s.[16] However, contemporary reviews of the early stories by Jean-Pierre Andrevon describe the books as "Forestian".[17][18] Mézières and Christin were also heavily influenced by literary science fiction such as that by Isaac Asimov (especially The End of Eternity),[9] Jack Vance (especially The Blue World),[10] and John Brunner.[6] Jean-Marc and Randy Lofficier have also suggested that Poul Anderson's Time Patrol books, about an official organization dedicated to protecting time from interference, are a major influence on the series.[19] Christin has also cited the whodunit genre—notably novels by Georges Simenon and Ed McBain—as an influence on Valérian since they taught him, as a writer, that all characters in a narrative must be seen to have motivations.[16]

    Mézières' drawings in the early albums were influenced by such "comic-dynamic" artists as Morris (Lucky Luke), André Franquin (Spirou et Fantasio) and Jack Davis (Mad magazine),[9] leading Jean-Pierre Andrevon to refer to Valérian as "a kind of Lucky Luke of space-time".[17] As the series progressed, Mézières developed a more realistic style, akin to that of Jijé, though in more recent albums he has returned to the more cartoonish style of the earlier stories.[9]

    Valérian's arrival on the French comics scene was contemporaneous with the debuts of other notable French science fiction strips including Luc Orient by Greg and Eddy Paape and Lone Sloane by Philippe Druillet.[9][20] The success of these strips would eventually lead to the creation of Métal Hurlant, the highly influential French comics magazine dedicated to science fiction.[21] The influence of Valérian has been noticed in such strips as Dani Futuro (es; de; it) (by Víctor Mora and Carlos Giménez) and Gigantik (by Mora and José Maria Cardona).[9] The visual style of Valérian has also influenced some American comics artists, notably Walt Simonson[9] and Gil Kane.[1] Sometimes the impact of Valérian has gone beyond mere influence; following a complaint by Mézières, the artist Angus McKie admitted that several panels of his strip So Beautiful and So Dangerous were copied from Ambassador of the Shadows.[1]

    Outside of comics, the Valérian series has been particularly influential on science fiction and fantasy film.

    Several commentators, such as Kim Thompson of The Comics Journal,[22] film critic Jean-Philippe Guerand[23] and the newspaper Libération,[24] have noted certain similarities between the Valérian albums and the Star Wars film series. Both series are noted for the "lived-in" look given to their various settings and for the diverse alien creatures they feature. Mézières' response upon seeing Star Wars was that he was "dazzled, jealous... and furious!".[25] As a riposte, Mézières produced an illustration for Pilote magazine in 1983 depicting the Star Wars characters Luke Skywalker and Leia Organa meeting Valérian and Laureline in a bar surrounded by a bestiary of alien creatures typical of that seen in both series. "Fancy meeting you here!" says Leia. "Oh, we've been hanging around here for a long time!" retorts Laureline.[26] Mézières has since been informed that Doug Chiang, design director on The Phantom Menace, kept a set of Valérian albums in his library.[10]

    Mézières has also noticed similarities between some of the sets in the 1982 film Conan the Barbarian and the planet seen in Birds of the Master (Les Oiseaux du Maître) and between some of the production sketches for the alien fighters in the 1996 film Independence Day and Valérian and Laureline's astroship.[10]

    The 1999 Danish film Mifune's Last Song, directed by Søren Kragh-Jacobsen, features a character, Rud, who is a fan of Linda and Valentin (as Valérian is known in Denmark) who believes the character of Liva is in fact Linda (i.e. Laureline).[27]

    Jean-Claude Mézières himself has worked as a concept artist on a number of science fiction film projects. The first of these was in 1984 for director Jeremy Kagan who was attempting to adapt René Barjavel's novel La Nuit des temps (The Ice People). The film was never made. This was followed, in 1985, by a proposed adaptation of Arkady and Boris Strugatsky's novel Hard to Be a God for director Peter Fleischmann. This film was eventually finished in 1989 though Mézières' concepts for the film were barely used. The art Mézières produced for both projects was later published in Mézières Extras.[10][12]

    In 1991 Mézières began work producing concept art for the director Luc Besson for his film The Fifth Element. When the project stalled and Besson moved on to work on the film Léon in 1994, Mézières returned to Valérian for the album The Circles of Power (Les Cercles du Pouvoir). This featured a character, S'Traks, who drove a flying taxi around a great metropolis on the planet Rubanis.[28] Mézières sent a copy of the album to Besson who was inspired to change the background of Korben Dallas, the lead character of The Fifth Element, from a worker in a rocketship factory to that of a taxi driver who flies his cab around a Rubanis-inspired futuristic New York City.[29] Mézières produced further concept drawings for Besson, including flying taxi cabs. He also re-used certain aspects of the design of the space liner seen in the 1988 Valérian album On the Frontiers for the Fhloston Paradise liner seen in second half of the film.[30] The Fifth Element was finally completed and released in 1997. The importance of the four classical elements to the film is similar to the significance the elements have in the two-part Valérian story Métro Châtelet, Direction Cassiopeia and Brooklyn Station, Terminus Cosmos. However, Besson has claimed that he first came up with the idea for the film at the age of 16 which would pre-date the publication of these two albums.[31]

    Valérian and its creators have also received recognition through a number of prestigious awards. Most notably, in 1984, Jean-Claude Mézières was honoured with the Grand Prix de la ville d'Angoulême for his comics work, including Valérian.[32] Mézières and Christin also received a European Science Fiction Society award for Valérian in 1987[33] and the album Hostages of the Ultralum (Otages de l'Ultralum) won a Tournesal award, given to the comic that best reflects the ideals of the Green Party, at the 1997 Angoulême International Comics Festival.[34] The encyclopedia of the alien creatures found in the Valérian universe Les Habitants du Ciel: Atlas Cosmique de Valérian et Laureline (The Inhabitants of the Sky: The Cosmic Atlas of Valerian and Laureline) received a special mention by the jury at the 1992 Angoulême International Comics Festival in the Prix Jeunesse 9–12 ans (Youth Prize 9–12 years) category.[35]

    Valérian has also been nominated for a Haxtur Award in 1995 for The Circles of Power[36] and for a Harvey Award in 2005 for The New Future Trilogy, an English-language compilation of three of the albums.[37]

    Valérian first appeared on 9 November 1967 in issue #420 of the Franco-Belgian comics magazine Pilote,[38] and every Valérian story from Bad Dreams to The Rage of Hypsis was initially serialised in Pilote. The second Valérian story, The City of Shifting Waters (La Cité des Eaux Mouvantes), was the first to be collected in graphic novel album format by Dargaud. Since On the Frontiers, every Valérian story has debuted in album format. Seven short stories were also published in the digest-sized Super Pocket Pilote in 1969 and 1970 and later collected in Across the Pathways of Space (Par Les Chemins De l’Espace) in 1997. The series was originally published under the title Valérian: Spatio-Temporal Agent. However, with the publication of The Order of the Stones in 2007, the series now goes under the title Valérian and Laureline.

    On 22 January 2010, the last album, L'OuvreTemps (The Time Opener), was published. With this album the authors concluded the entire comic series with the intention to prevent the series from becoming weak, or staggering behind newer comics. However, Christin has written a 270-page Valérian and Laureline novel, Lininil a disparu (Lininil has disappeared), and indicated that Valérian and Laureline will continue to live on in a yet unspecified form.[39]

    The first Valérian album to be translated into English was Ambassador of the Shadows which was serialised across four issues of the magazine Heavy Metal in 1981 (Volume 4, Number 10 (January 1981) to Volume 5, Number 1 (April 1981)).[40][41]

    Ambassador of the Shadows was later republished in English in album format as were World Without Stars, Welcome to Alflolol and Heroes of the Equinox by the short-lived Dargaud-USA and Dargaud-Canada between 1981 and 1984 and in the United Kingdom by Hodder-Dargaud in 1984 and 1985.[40]

    In 1989 it was announced that NBM Publishing were going to reissue the four English language albums published by Dargaud-USA and also release a translation of Empire of a Thousand Planets but nothing seems to have come of this.[40]

    Heroes of the Equinox was republished in July 1996 in black and white by Fantasy Flight Publishing (an offshoot of Fantasy Flight Games) in two issues as standard American sized comic-books as part of an unsuccessful attempt to translate and print several European comic book series including Spirou et Fantasio and Lucky Luke.[42]

    In November 2004, iBooks published Valérian: The New Future Trilogy, collecting the albums On the Frontiers, The Living Weapons and The Circles of Power in one volume reduced to standard American graphic novel size. These were the only Valérian stories iBooks published and the company has since declared bankruptcy.[43]

    Since July 2010, UK publisher Cinebook has been publishing English language editions of Valérian. These began at a rate of one volume every six months, however, as the cinematic release of Luc Besson's film Valerian and the City of a Thousand Planets approached, the rate increased to one every three months.[44] Fourteen volumes had been published by the end of 2016.

    Many of the Valérian stories have been translated from their original French into several other languages, including German (as Valerian und Veronique), Dutch (as Ravian: Tijd/ruimte-agent), the Scandinavian languages (Danish, Icelandic, Norwegian and Swedish) (as Linda og/och Valentin), Finnish (as Avaruusagentti Valérianin seikkailuja), Spanish, Portuguese (as Valérian, agente espácio-temporal), Serbian (as Valerijan), Italian, Turkish, Polish, and Indonesian.[3]

    The notion of making an animated adaptation of Valérian dates back to at least 1976.[10] In 1982, Mézières produced concept art for an episode titled The Asteroids of Shimballil (Les Astéroïdes de Shimballil) which was later published in 2000 as an appendix to the album release of Bad Dreams. In 1991, Dargaud Films financed the production of a three-minute pilot, directed by Bernard Deyriès and animated by Studio 32 in Paris and Luxembourg, but nothing came of this venture. Several stills from this pilot episode were published in Mézières Extras.[12] Another pilot, directed by Florient Ferrier, was made by the French animation studio 2 Minutes in 2001. Nothing came of this attempt either.[45]

    An animated series entitled Time Jam: Valerian and Laureline made its debut on Canal+ Family in France on 20 October 2007. In total, forty 26-minute episodes have been made.[46] The series is a Franco–Japanese co-production, directed by Philippe Vidal.[47][48]

    The scripts have been written by a French team under the supervision of Peter Berts while Charles Vaucelles was responsible for the realisation of the characters and Vincent Momméja was responsible for the design of the locations and spacecraft.[47] Music is by Alexandre Azzaria.[47] In the French dub of the series Valérian is voiced by Gwendal Anglade and Laureline by Mélodie Orru.[49] Three trailers were released to promote the series: the first on 24 April 2006,[50] the second on 10 October 2006[51] and the third on 30 August 2007.[52] The series differs from the original comics in that Valerian comes from the year 2417, instead of 2720, and meets Laureline in the year 912 instead of 1000. Whereas in the comics Valerian takes Laureline back to the 28th century without any trouble, in the animated series this results in Earth disappearing from the solar system.

    According to Animation World Network, "Time Jam - Valerian & Laureline sets out to answer the question: Where on Earth has Earth gone? Valerian and Laureline, our two young heroes, seem to be the only representatives of the human race in the unsafe galaxy where the nightmarish Vlagos are conspiring to control the world. Sent out on an assignment by the head of STS (the Spatial-Temporal Service), Valerian and Laureline discover the existence of a time-portal, a mysterious phenomenon, which may hold the key to the recovery of Earth. The series from Dargaud Marina mixes 2D and CGI animation with an anime touch".[53] The series has also been sold to Belgium, Spain, Israel and Morocco.[46]

    In 2012, it was announced that Luc Besson planned to make a movie for the big screen of Valérian and Laureline.[54][55] The film was shot in January 2016 and stars Dane DeHaan and Cara Delevingne. It was released on July 21, 2017.[56][57][58]

    Notes
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b c Kane, Gil; Groth, Gary (May–June 2004). "Recognition: A Conversation with Jean-Claude Mézières". The Comics Journal. Fantagraphics Books (260): 88–112. ISSN 0194-7869.
    Jump up
    ^ Italian announcement of final issue
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b "Valerian eri kielillä - Valérian in different languages". Retrieved 2006-09-16.
    Jump up
    ^ Mézières, Jean-Claude; Christin, Pierre (2000). Les Mauvais Rêves. Valérian: Agent Spatio-Temporel (in French). Paris: Dargaud. ISBN 2-205-04880-5.
    Jump up
    ^ Mézières, Jean-Claude; Christin, Pierre (1997). "Le Grand Collectionneur". Par les Chemins de l'Espace. Valérian: Agent Spatio-Temporel (in French). Paris: Dargaud. ISBN 2-205-04456-7.
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b c d e f g h i Pomerleau, Luc (May 1989). "Pierre Christin and Enki Bilal, Called to Comics". The Comics Journal (129): 62–67. ISSN 0194-7869. Archived from the original on May 19, 2006. Retrieved 2006-09-02.
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b c Dean, John (1996). "A Comics Interlude". In Dean, John; Gabillet, Jean-Paul. European Readings of American Popular Culture (Contributions to the Study of Popular Culture, Number 50). Westport, Connecticut: Greenwood Press. pp. 23–43. ISBN 0-313-29429-1. doi:10.1336/0313294291. Retrieved 2006-09-16.
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b c Klein, Gérard (1983). "Des messagers de l'actuel. Une exploration des mondes de Valérian". In Mézières, Jean-Claude; Christin, Pierre. Mézières et Christin avec... (in French). Paris: Dargaud. ISBN 2-205-02513-9. Retrieved 2007-03-20.
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b c d e f g h i Perez, Pepo (February 2002). "Tierra de Gigantes". U (23): –. Retrieved 2006-09-16.
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b c d e f g h i j k Maltret, Olivier (August 2001). "Dossier Mézières". Les Dossiers de la Bande Dessinée (DBD) (12): 1–40. Archived from the original on 2005-10-28. Retrieved 2006-09-01.
    Jump up
    ^ url = http://www.behindthename.com/name/valerius
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b c Mézières, Jean-Claude (1995). Les Extras de Mézières (in French). Paris: Dargaud. ISBN 2-205-04443-5.
    Jump up
    ^ "Clins d'oeil". Valerian et Laureline, tout sur les agents spatio-temporels de Galaxity (in French). Archived from the original on June 16, 2006. Retrieved 2006-09-01.
    Jump up
    ^ Mézières, Jean-Claude; Christin, Pierre (1980). Métro Châtelet, Direction Cassiopeia. Valérian: Agent Spatio-Temporel (in French). Paris: Dargaud. ISBN 2-205-04639-X.
    Jump up
    ^ Mézières, Jean-Claude; Christin, Pierre (1991). "Les Shingouz". Les Habitants du Ciel. Atlas Cosmique de Valérian et Laureline. Valérian: Agent Spatio-Temporel (in French). Paris: Dargaud. ISBN 2-205-03921-0.
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b "Christin/Mézières, l'abécédaire" (Press release). Dargaud. 2001. Retrieved 2006-09-01.
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b Andrevon, Jean-Pierre (December 1970). "La Cité des eaux mouvantes". Fiction (204): –. Retrieved 2006-09-17.
    Jump up
    ^ Andrevon, Jean-Pierre (December 1971). "L'Empire des mille planètes". Fiction (216): –. Retrieved 2006-09-17.
    Jump up
    ^ Lofficier, Jean-Marc and Randy. "Cool French Comics – Valérian". Cool French Comics. Retrieved 2006-09-01.
    Jump up
    ^ Lofficier, Jean-Marc and Randy (2004). Shadowmen 2. Heroes and Villains of French Comics. Encino, California: Black Coat Press. ISBN 0-9740711-8-8.
    Jump up
    ^ Gravett, Paul (2005). "Of Futures and Fables". Graphic Novels. Stories to change your life. London: Aurum. p. 88. ISBN 1-84513-068-5.
    Jump up
    ^ Thompson, Kim (2004). "Introduction". In Mézières, Jean-Claude; Christin, Pierre. Valerian: The New Future Trilogy. New York: iBooks. pp. 1–2. ISBN 0-7434-8674-9.
    Jump up
    ^ Geurand, Jean-Phillipe (November 1999). "Noirs dessins". Le Nouveau Cinéma. –: –. Retrieved 2006-09-01.
    Jump up
    ^ F.A. (13 October 1999). "Sur les traces de Valerian et consorts". Liberation. –: –. Retrieved 2006-09-01.
    Jump up
    ^ "Troisième période (1980-1984)". Tout (ou presque) sur Jean-Claude Mézières... Archived from the original on October 2, 2005. Retrieved 2006-09-17.
    Jump up
    ^ Mézières, Jean-Claude; Tierney, D. (1 October 1983). "Le retour du Jedi: c'est de la B.D". Pilote (M113): –.
    Jump up
    ^ Kragh-Jacobsen, Søren (Director) (1999). Mifunes sidste sang (Mifune's Last Song) (Film). Denmark: –.
    Jump up
    ^ Mézières, Jean-Claude; Christin, Pierre (2004). "The Circles of Power". Valerian: The New Future Trilogy. Valérian: Spatio-Temporal Agent. Trans. Timothy Ryan Smith. New York: iBooks. ISBN 0-7434-8674-9.
    Jump up
    ^ Mézières, Jean-Claude (2004). "Afterword". In Mézières, Jean-Claude; Christin, Pierre. Valerian: The New Future Trilogy. New York: iBooks. p. 65. ISBN 0-7434-8674-9.
    Jump up
    ^ Mézières, Jean-Claude (1998). Les Extras de Mézières No. 2. Mon Cinquieme Element. Decors pour la film de Luc Besson (in French). Paris: Dargaud. ISBN 2-205-04751-5.
    Jump up
    ^ Sleap, Simon (Director) (2003), "Discovering the Fifth Element", in The Fifth Element (DVD), Disc 2, Pathé.
    Jump up
    ^ "List of Grand Prix award winners". Official Website of the Angoulême International Comics Festival. Retrieved 2006-09-17.
    Jump up
    ^ "ESFS Awards 1987-89". Official Website of the European Science Fiction Society. Retrieved 2006-09-17.
    Jump up
    ^ "Bandes dessinées et Prix Tournesol". Les Verts (Official Website of the French Green Party). Archived from the original on 2006-08-19. Retrieved 2006-09-17.
    Jump up
    ^ "Le Palmarès 1992". ToutEnBD (in French). Retrieved 2007-04-08.
    Jump up
    ^ "Haxtur Award Nominees 1995". Official Website of the Haxtur Awards. Retrieved 2006-09-29.
    Jump up
    ^ "Harvey Award Nominees 2005". Official Website of the Harvey Awards. Archived from the original on 2012-02-27. Retrieved 2006-09-29.
    Jump up
    ^ "Le journal Pilote en 1967". BDoubliées (in French). Retrieved 2007-03-22.
    Jump up
    ^ Destraz, Camille (17 October 2009). "Pierre Christin: "J'ai écrit ce roman parce que Valérian s'arrête"". Le Matin. Retrieved October 28, 2011.
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b c Unknown (March 1989). "Ambassador of the Shadows". Amazing Heroes (160): –. Retrieved 2006-09-01.
    Jump up
    ^ "Heavy Metal Magazine List – 1981". Heavy Metal Magazine Fan Page. Retrieved 2006-09-16.
    Jump up
    ^ "Fantasy Flight Games - Company History". Fantasy Flight Games. Retrieved 2006-09-01.
    Jump up
    ^ "Agonizing and Arduous. iBooks Bankrupt". Comic World News. 2006-03-13. Retrieved 2006-11-12.
    Jump up
    ^ "Cinebook catalogue - Valerian". Cinebook. Retrieved 2011-03-24.
    Jump up
    ^ Ferrier, Florient (Director). "Valerian & Laureline – pilot" (Flash Animation). 2 Minutes. Retrieved 2006-09-01.
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b "Time Jam: Valerian and Laureline". Mediatoon International Distribution. Retrieved 2006-10-22.
    ^
    Jump up to:
    a b c Vidal, Phillipe. "Le partage des tâches". Blog by Time Jam director Phillipe Vidal (in French). Dargaud. Retrieved 2006-09-01.
    Jump up
    ^ "Dargaud Distribution Listing for Time Jam". TV France International. Archived from the original on September 28, 2007. Retrieved 2006-09-01.
    Jump up
    ^ Vidal, Phillipe. "Bon anniversaire Mr V!". Blog by Time Jam director Phillipe Vidal (in French). Dargaud. Retrieved 2007-09-15.
    Jump up
    ^ "Time Jam: Valerian & Laureline - First Trailer". Dargaud. Retrieved 2006-09-01.
    Jump up
    ^ "Time Jam: Valerian & Laureline - Second Trailer". Dargaud. Archived from the original on 2007-03-15. Retrieved 2006-11-12.
    Jump up
    ^ "Time Jam: Valerian & Laureline - Third Trailer". Dargaud. Retrieved 2007-09-15.
    Jump up
    ^ Animation World Network (5 October 2006). "Dargaud Distribution's Spirou & Fantasio Jets Into Cannes" (PDF). Animation Flash (MIPCOM 2006 Special Edition No. 3): 7. Retrieved 2006-11-12.
    Jump up
    ^ "Luc Besson Adapting Sci-Fi Comic VALERIAN for the Big Screen". GeekTyrant.
    Jump up
    ^ "Luc Besson's Next Sci-Fi Project Sounds a Little Familiar". Movies.com.
    Jump up
    ^ "Luc Besson - Hello everyone – As you probably noticed I’m... - Facebook".
    Jump up
    ^ "Luc Besson on Twitter". Twitter.
    Jump up
    ^ Vlessing, Etan (May 18, 2015). "Luc Besson’s Sci-Fi Epic 'Valerian' Gets Release Date". The Hollywood Reporter.

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-Trailer-2-5
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Luc-besson-valerian-mezieres
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-and-the-City-of-a-Thousand-Planets-17_VDF-53446_r_rgb
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-trailer-018
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-and-the-City-of-a-Thousand-Planets-01-1280x534
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-3
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-trailer-020
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Bugatti_2154
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-Trailer-2-4
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Valerian-and-the-City-of-a-Thousand-Planets-16-1280x534
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Gallery_main_Valerian_nataceni_23
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Vkiss
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Lexus-x-valerian-skyjet-full-front
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 B97f77830c015a8ed611e6612faea8ff
    "Where Are All the Stars??"

    How many politicians have actually been incarcerated for a significant time-period in the entire history of the United States?? Have Christians taken Romans 13:1 seriously over the past 2,000 years?? "Let everyone be subject to the governing authorities, for there is no authority except that which God has established. The authorities that exist have been established by God." Conspiracy-Theorists allege that U.S. Presidents are Selected rather than Elected. If so, does this support Romans 13:1?? Does God have Everything to do with the Secret Government?? What about the brutal Monster-Leaders of the past 2,000 years?? Were they all put in place by God?? If so, has a Proxy-God of sorts ruled Humanity for thousands of years?? What if the God of This World for at least the past 6,000 years has been a Direct-Democracy Investigative-Judgment Beast-Supercomputer with Strict-Protocols?? What Would Mr. Morden Say?? Please watch that corny old Dr. Who series called 'The Trial of a Time Lord' from the mid 1980's. It's low-budget, and sort of stupid, but it contains some absolutely profound revelations regarding the Matrix and Galactic-Jurisprudence. Sorry for the repetition, but some of this stuff is pretty obscure, so 'Theme and Variations' seems to be an appropriate research and revelation modality regarding what might be of the utmost importance.
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Vlcsnap-1329658



    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13283
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (6)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jun 24, 2018 4:40 am

    blue roller wrote:Have to be quick because Im cooking dinner here .

    Its okay to be ignorant and innocent you know ? Its okay to wander around lost if you follow your passion and keep your mind open. The journey is not always about getting answers , its about living through the questions and growing in the process .

    I get monitored too but I dont take it personally . I will happily chat with an intelligence officer or Jehovah's witness and enjoy the interaction. The trick is not to hate on them , just let them be who they are while not compromising on your own sense of where you are going .

    I do tend to be very direct but not to offend or hurt . Its just a cultural thing peculiar to my people I guess . Direct frank and to the point . To my people ,diplomatic double speak is offensive and tiresome and historically we have good reason to be leery of it. So yes I know , most people on this planet are used to a very vague nuanced and subject to interpretation way of speaking . Where I come from its called dumb insolence and insulting. Passive aggression is not something that we care for.

    We all have Demons. We all have a dark side . But denying it only feeds it . When it comes up you have to see it , manage it and master it .

    Why is that ? Because we are all connected and there is just no getting around that . I like to use humor and irony to color my conversation and avoid upsetting people to much. So for that reason I place greater value on experience than words alone. How can you know the word until you have experienced it ? Fire ? Whats that until you feel the heat for the first time ?

    Life in a Human body needs to be adventurous to get the results your DNA needs to evolve . Its not an armchair kind of Body . Its a balls out go for it kind of vessel. Its like the old saying .Ships are safest in Harbour but that's not what ships are made for.
    Thank-you blue roller. I think I'm slow, stupid, lazy, boring, ugly, messy, miserable, reprobate, hated, irresponsible, back-slidden, failure-prone, over-the-hill, supernaturally-harassed (but NOT possessed -- YET), and good-for-nothing BUT I continue to think I've provided a VERY Interesting Study-Guide for the Right-Researchers. Your comments are an important part of this study-guide. I'm HONESTLY trying to take my study COMPLETELY Private and Silent. In fact, my latest bright-idea is to move to the mountains (with or without an underground-dwelling) and NOT have a computer -- but simply read the latest set of encyclopedias straight-through -- year after year -- plus very-little else!! But until then, here is a slight-modification of previous study-lists:

    1. The Gods of Eden (William Bramley).
    2. Eden in Egypt (Ralph Ellis).
    3. Solomon: Pharaoh of Egypt (Ralph Ellis).
    4. Patriarchs and Prophets (Ellen White).
    5. Prophets and Kings (Ellen White).
    6. Desire of Ages (Ellen White).
    7. Daniel (Desmond Ford).
    8. Daniel 8:14, the Day of Atonement, and the Investigative Judgment (Desmond Ford).
    9. The End of the World, A.D. 2133 (Lucio Bernardo Silvestre).
    10. The United States of the Solar System: A.D. 2133 (Books One to Five).
    11. The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (Online and Hardcopy).
    12. The Books of Norman Vincent Peale and Robert Harold Schuller.
    13. The Latest and Best Set of Encyclopedias.
    14. Science-Fiction Books, Series, and Movies.
    15. The 1928 Book of Common Prayer.
    16. Deuteronomy and Job through Malachi (NKJV).
    17. Luke and Acts through Jude (NKJV).
    18. Sacred Classical Music.

    I haven't even come-close to mastering ANY of the Above -- and I doubt that I EVER Will. This List is Mostly for OTHERS!! Now's Your Big-Chance!!! Give It Your BEST Shot!!! BTW -- once upon a time, I was in a Sabbath-School Class taught by Charles Scriven, wherein he made a Big-Deal About "Balaam's Ass"!!! He was illustrating how dangerous it is to take the Bible Strictly-Literally!! The conservative-members of the class didn't like Chuck to begin-with -- and this Sealed the Deal!!! What Would Prof Cross Say?? What What Would John Brunt Say?? What Would Ione Brunt Say?? She once asked me (in a most peculiar voice) "Are You Easily Confused???" What Would David Brunt Say?? What Would Luke Ford Say?? I should STOP!! One More Thing. Imagine a Desmond Ford Commentary on Deuteronomy (in the manner of his 1978 Commentary on Daniel)!! What Would Meredith Kline Say?? Imagine a Desmond Ford Commentary on Isaiah!! Imagine a Desmond Ford Commentary on Hebrews!! What Would M.L. Andreasen Say?? The Bible is Yet But DIMMLY UNDERSTOOD!! What Would Ellen White Say??

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp41.html With joyful hearts and renewed faith in God, the victorious armies of Israel had returned from Bashan. They had already gained possession of a valuable territory, and they were confident of the immediate conquest of Canaan. Only the river Jordan lay between them and the Promised Land. Just across the river was a rich plain, covered with verdure, watered with streams from copious fountains, and shaded by luxuriant palm trees. On the western border of the plain rose the towers and palaces of Jericho, so embosomed in its palm-tree groves that it was called "the city of palm trees."

    On the eastern side of Jordan, between the river and the high tableland which they had been traversing, was also a plain, several miles in width and extending some distance along the river. This sheltered valley had the climate of the tropics; here flourished the shittim, or acacia, tree, giving to the plain the name, "Vale of Shittim." It was here that the Israelites encamped, and in the acacia groves by the riverside they found an agreeable retreat.

    But amid these attractive surroundings they were to encounter an evil more deadly than mighty hosts of armed men or the wild beasts of the wilderness. That country, so rich in natural advantages, had been defiled by the inhabitants. In the public worship of Baal, the leading deity, the most degrading and iniquitous scenes were constantly enacted. On every side were places noted for idolatry and licentiousness, the very names being suggestive of the vileness and corruption of the people.

    These surroundings exerted a polluting influence upon the Israelites. Their minds became familiar with the vile thoughts constantly suggested; their life of ease and inaction produced its demoralizing effect; and almost unconsciously to themselves they were departing from God and coming into a condition where they would fall an easy prey to temptation.

    During the time of their encampment beside Jordan, Moses was preparing for the occupation of Canaan. In this work the great leader was fully employed; but to the people this time of suspense and expectation was most trying, and before many weeks had elapsed their history was marred by the most frightful departures from virtue and integrity.

    At first there was little intercourse between the Israelites and their heathen neighbors, but after a time Midianitish women began to steal into the camp. Their appearance excited no alarm, and so quietly were their plans conducted that the attention of Moses was not called to the matter. It was the object of these women, in their association with the Hebrews, to seduce them into transgression of the law of God, to draw their attention to heathen rites and customs, and lead them into idolatry. These motives were studiously concealed under the garb of friendship, so that they were not suspected, even by the guardians of the people.

    At Balaam's suggestion, a grand festival in honor of their gods was appointed by the king of Moab, and it was secretly arranged that Balaam should induce the Israelites to attend. He was regarded by them as a prophet of God, and hence had little difficulty in accomplishing his purpose. Great numbers of the people joined him in witnessing the festivities. They ventured upon the forbidden ground, and were entangled in the snare of Satan. Beguiled with music and dancing, and allured by the beauty of heathen vestals, they cast off their fealty to Jehovah. As they united in mirth and feasting, indulgence in wine beclouded their senses and broke down the barriers of self-control. Passion had full sway; and having defiled their consciences by lewdness, they were persuaded to bow down to idols. They offered sacrifice upon heathen altars and participated in the most degrading rites.

    It was not long before the poison had spread, like a deadly infection, through the camp of Israel. Those who would have conquered their enemies in battle were overcome by the wiles of heathen women. The people seemed to be infatuated. The rulers and the leading men were among the first to transgress, and so many of the people were guilty that the apostasy became national. "Israel joined himself unto Baalpeor." When Moses was aroused to perceive the evil, the plots of their enemies had been so successful that not only were the Israelites participating in the licentious worship at Mount Peor, but the heathen rites were coming to be observed in the camp of Israel. The aged leader was filled with indignation, and the wrath of God was kindled.

    Their iniquitous practices did that for Israel which all the enchantments of Balaam could not do--they separated them from God. By swift-coming judgments the people were awakened to the enormity of their sin. A terrible pestilence broke out in the camp, to which tens of thousands speedily fell a prey. God commanded that the leaders in this apostasy be put to death by the magistrates. This order was promptly obeyed. The offenders were slain, then their bodies were hung up in sight of all Israel that the congregation, seeing the leaders so severely dealt with, might have a deep sense of God's abhorrence of their sin and the terror of His wrath against them.

    All felt that the punishment was just, and the people hastened to the tabernacle, and with tears and deep humiliation confessed their sin. While they were thus weeping before God, at the door of the tabernacle, while the plague was still doing its work of death, and the magistrates were executing their terrible commission, Zimri, one of the nobles of Israel, came boldly into the camp, accompanied by a Midianitish harlot, a princess "of a chief house in Midian," whom he escorted to his tent. Never was vice bolder or more stubborn. Inflamed with wine, Zimri declared his "sin as Sodom," and gloried in his shame. The priests and leaders had prostrated themselves in grief and humiliation, weeping "between the porch and the altar," and entreating the Lord to spare His people, and give not His heritage to reproach, when this prince in Israel flaunted his sin in the sight of the congregation, as if to defy the vengeance of God and mock the judges of the nation. Phinehas, the son of Eleazar the high priest, rose up from among the congregation, and seizing a javelin, "he went after the man of Israel into the tent," and slew them both. Thus the plague was stayed, while the priest who had executed the divine judgment was honored before all Israel, and the priesthood was confirmed to him and to his house forever.

    Phinehas "hath turned My wrath away from the children of Israel," was the divine message; "wherefore say, Behold, I give unto him My covenant of peace: and he shall have it, and his seed after him, even the covenant of an everlasting priesthood; because he was zealous for His God, and made an atonement for the children of Israel."

    The judgments visited upon Israel for their sin at Shittim, destroyed the survivors of that vast company, who, nearly forty years before, had incurred the sentence, "They shall surely die in the wilderness." The numbering of the people by divine direction, during their encampment on the plains of Jordan, showed that "of them whom Moses and Aaron the priest numbered, when they numbered the children of Israel in the wilderness of Sinai, . . . there was not left a man of them, save Caleb the son of Jephunneh, and Joshua the son of Nun." Numbers 26:64, 65.

    God had sent judgments upon Israel for yielding to the enticements of the Midianites; but the tempters were not to escape the wrath of divine justice. The Amalekites, who had attacked Israel at Rephidim, falling upon those who were faint and weary behind the host, were not punished till long after; but the Midianites who seduced them into sin were speedily made to feel God's judgments, as being the more dangerous enemies. "Avenge the children of Israel of the Midianites" (Numbers 31:2), was the command of God to Moses; "afterward shalt thou be gathered unto thy people." This mandate was immediately obeyed. One thousand men were chosen from each of the tribes and sent out under the leadership of Phinehas. "And they warred against the Midianites, as the Lord commanded Moses. . . . And they slew the kings of Midian, beside the rest of them that were slain; . . . five kings of Midian: Balaam also the son of Beor they slew with the sword." Verses 7, 8. The women also, who had been made captives by the attacking army, were put to death at the command of Moses, as the most guilty and most dangerous of the foes of Israel.

    Such was the end of them that devised mischief against God's people. Says the psalmist: "The heathen are sunk down in the pit that they made: in the net which they hid is their own foot taken." Psalm 9:15. "For the Lord will not cast off His people, neither will He forsake His inheritance. But judgment shall return unto righteousness." When men "gather themselves together against the soul of the righteous," the Lord "shall bring upon them their own iniquity, and shall cut them off in their own wickedness." Psalm 94:14, 15, 21, 23.

    When Balaam was called to curse the Hebrews he could not, by all his enchantments, bring evil upon them; for the Lord had not "beheld iniquity in Jacob," neither had He "seen perverseness in Israel." Numbers 23:21, 23. But when through yielding to temptation they transgressed God's law, their defense departed from them. When the people of God are faithful to His commandments, "there is no enchantment against Jacob, neither is there any divination against Israel." Hence all the power and wily arts of Satan are exerted to seduce them into sin. If those who profess to be the depositaries of God's law become transgressors of its precepts, they separate themselves from God, and they will be unable to stand before their enemies.

    The Israelites, who could not be overcome by the arms or by the enchantments of Midian, fell a prey to her harlots. Such is the power that woman, enlisted in the service of Satan, has exerted to entrap and destroy souls. "She hath cast down many wounded: yea, many strong men have been slain by her." Proverbs 7:26. It was thus that the children of Seth were seduced from their integrity, and the holy seed became corrupt. It was thus that Joseph was tempted. Thus Samson betrayed his strength, the defense of Israel, into the hands of the Philistines. Here David stumbled. And Solomon, the wisest of kings, who had thrice been called the beloved of his God, became a slave of passion, and sacrificed his integrity to the same bewitching power.

    "Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come. Wherefore let him that thinketh he standeth take heed lest he fall." 1 Corinthians 10:11, 12. Satan well knows the material with which he has to deal in the human heart. He knows--for he has studied with fiendish intensity for thousands of years--the points most easily assailed in every character; and through successive generations he has wrought to overthrow the strongest men, princes in Israel, by the same temptations that were so successful at Baalpeor. All along through the ages there are strewn wrecks of character that have been stranded upon the rocks of sensual indulgence. As we approach the close of time, as the people of God stand upon the borders of the heavenly Canaan, Satan will, as of old, redouble his efforts to prevent them from entering the goodly land. He lays his snares for every soul. It is not the ignorant and uncultured merely that need to be guarded; he will prepare his temptations for those in the highest positions, in the most holy office; if he can lead them to pollute their souls, he can through them destroy many. And he employs the same agents now as he employed three thousand years ago. By worldly friendships, by the charms of beauty, by pleasure seeking, mirth, feasting, or the wine cup, he tempts to the violation of the seventh commandment.

    Satan seduced Israel into licentiousness before leading them to idolatry. Those who will dishonor God's image and defile His temple in their own persons will not scruple at any dishonor to God that will gratify the desire of their depraved hearts. Sensual indulgence weakens the mind and debases the soul. The moral and intellectual powers are benumbed and paralyzed by the gratification of the animal propensities; and it is impossible for the slave of passion to realize the sacred obligation of the law of God, to appreciate the atonement, or to place a right value upon the soul. Goodness, purity, and truth, reverence for God, and love for sacred things--all those holy affections and noble desires that link men with the heavenly world--are consumed in the fires of lust. The soul becomes a blackened and desolate waste, the habitation of the evil spirits, and the "cage of every unclean and hateful bird." Beings formed in the image of God are dragged down to a level with the brutes.

    It was by associating with idolaters and joining in their festivities that the Hebrews were led to transgress God's law and bring His judgments upon the nation. So now it is by leading the followers of Christ to associate with the ungodly and unite in their amusements that Satan is most successful in alluring them into sin. "Come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean." 2 Corinthians 6:17. God requires of His people now as great a distinction from the world, in customs, habits, and principles, as He required of Israel anciently. If they faithfully follow the teachings of His word, this distinction will exist; it cannot be otherwise. The warnings given to the Hebrews against assimilating with the heathen were not more direct or explicit than are those forbidding Christians to conform to the spirit and customs of the ungodly. Christ speaks to us, "Love not the world, neither the things that are in the world. If any man love the world, the love of the Father is not in him." 1 John 2:15. "The friendship of the world is enmity with God; whosoever therefore will be a friend of the world is the enemy of God." James 4:4. The followers of Christ are to separate themselves from sinners, choosing their society only when there is opportunity to do them good. We cannot be too decided in shunning the company of those who exert an influence to draw us away from God. While we pray, "Lead us not into temptation," we are to shun temptation, so far as possible.

    It was when the Israelites were in a condition of outward ease and security that they were led into sin. They failed to keep God ever before them, they neglected prayer and cherished a spirit of self-confidence. Ease and self-indulgence left the citadel of the soul unguarded, and debasing thoughts found entrance. It was the traitors within the walls that overthrew the strongholds of principle and betrayed Israel into the power of Satan. It is thus that Satan still seeks to compass the ruin of the soul. A long preparatory process, unknown to the world, goes on in the heart before the Christian commits open sin. The mind does not come down at once from purity and holiness to depravity, corruption, and crime. It takes time to degrade those formed in the image of God to the brutal or the satanic. By beholding we become changed. By the indulgence of impure thoughts man can so educate his mind that sin which he once loathed will become pleasant to him.

    Satan is using every means to make crime and debasing vice popular. We cannot walk the streets of our cities without encountering flaring notices of crime presented in some novel, or to be acted at some theater. The mind is educated to familiarity with sin. The course pursued by the base and vile is kept before the people in the periodicals of the day, and everything that can excite passion is brought before them in exciting stories. They hear and read so much of debasing crime that the once tender conscience, which would have recoiled with horror from such scenes, becomes hardened, and they dwell upon these things with greedy interest.

    Many of the amusements popular in the world today, even with those who claim to be Christians, tend to the same end as did those of the heathen. There are indeed few among them that Satan does not turn to account in destroying souls. Through the drama he has worked for ages to excite passion and glorify vice. The opera, with its fascinating display and bewildering music, the masquerade, the dance, the card table, Satan employs to break down the barriers of principle and open the door to sensual indulgence. In every gathering for pleasure where pride is fostered or appetite indulged, where one is led to forget God and lose sight of eternal interests, there Satan is binding his chains about the soul.

    "Keep thy heart with all diligence," is the counsel of the wise man; "for out of it are the issues of life." Proverbs 4:23. As man "thinketh in his heart, so is he." Proverbs 23:7. The heart must be renewed by divine grace, or it will be in vain to seek for purity of life. He who attempts to build up a noble, virtuous character independent of the grace of Christ is building his house upon the shifting sand. In the fierce storms of temptation it will surely be overthrown. David's prayer should be the petition of every soul: "Create in me a clean heart, O God; and renew a right spirit within me." Psalm 51:10. And having become partakers of the heavenly gift, we are to go on unto perfection, being "kept by the power of God through faith." 1 Peter 1:5.

    Yet we have a work to do to resist temptation. Those who would not fall a prey to Satan's devices must guard well the avenues of the soul; they must avoid reading, seeing, or hearing that which will suggest impure thoughts. The mind should not be left to wander at random upon every subject that the adversary of souls may suggest. "Girding up the loins of your mind," says the apostle Peter, "Be sober, . . . not fashioning yourselves according to your former lusts in . . . your ignorance: but like as He which called you is holy, be ye yourselves also holy in all manner of living." 1 Peter 1:13-15, R.V. Says Paul, "Whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good report; if there be any virtue, and if there be any praise, think on these things." Philippians 4:8. This will require earnest prayer and unceasing watchfulness. We must be aided by the abiding influence of the Holy Spirit, which will attract the mind upward, and habituate it to dwell on pure and holy things. And we must give diligent study to the word of God. "Wherewithal shall a young man cleanse his way? by taking heed thereto according to Thy word." "Thy word," says the psalmist, "have I hid in mine heart, that I might not sin against Thee." Psalm 119:9, 11.

    Israel's sin at Beth-peor brought the judgments of God upon the nation, and though the same sins may not now be punished as speedily, they will as surely meet retribution. "If any man defile the temple of God, him shall God destroy." 1 Corinthians 3:17. Nature has affixed terrible penalties to these crimes--penalties which, sooner or later, will be inflicted upon every transgressor. It is these sins more than any other that have caused the fearful degeneracy of our race, and the weight of disease and misery with which the world is cursed. Men may succeed in concealing their transgression from their fellow men, but they will no less surely reap the result, in suffering, disease, imbecility, or death. And beyond this life stands the tribunal of the judgment, with its award of eternal penalties. "They which do such things shall not inherit the kingdom of God," but with Satan and evil angels shall have their part in that "lake of fire" which "is the second death." Galatians 5:21; Revelation 20:14.

    "The lips of a strange woman drop as an honeycomb, and her mouth is smoother than oil: but her end is bitter as wormwood, sharp as a two-edged sword." Proverbs 5:3, 4. "Remove thy way far from her, and come not nigh the door of her house: lest thou give thine honor unto others, and thy years unto the cruel: lest strangers be filled with thy wealth; and thy labors be in the house of a stranger; and thou mourn at the last, when thy flesh and thy body are consumed." Verses 8-11. "Her house inclineth unto death." "None that go unto her return again." Proverbs 2:18, 19. "Her guests are in the depths of hell." Proverbs 9:18.

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp42.html The Lord announced to Moses that the appointed time for the possession of Canaan was at hand; and as the aged prophet stood upon the heights overlooking the river Jordan and the Promised Land, he gazed with deep interest upon the inheritance of his people. Would it be possible that the sentence pronounced against him for his sin at Kadesh might be revoked? With deep earnestness he pleaded, "O Lord God, Thou hast begun to show Thy servant Thy greatness, and Thy mighty hand; for what god is there in heaven or in earth, that can do according to Thy works, and according to Thy might? I pray Thee, let me go over, and see the good land that is beyond Jordan, that goodly mountain, and Lebanon." Deuteronomy 3:24-27.

    The answer was, "Let it suffice thee; speak no more unto Me of this matter. Get thee up into the top of Pisgah, and lift up thine eyes westward, and northward, and southward, and eastward, and behold it with thine eyes; for thou shalt not go over this Jordan."

    Without a murmur Moses submitted to the decree of God. And now his great anxiety was for Israel. Who would feel the interest for their welfare that he had felt? From a full heart he poured forth the prayer, "Let the Lord, the God of the spirits of all flesh, set a man over the congregation, which may go out before them, and which may go in before them, and which may lead them out, and which may bring them in; that the congregation of the Lord be not as sheep which have no shepherd." Numbers 27:16, 17.

    The Lord hearkened to the prayer of His servant; and the answer came, "Take thee Joshua, the son of Nun, a man in whom is the Spirit, and lay thine hand upon him; and set him before Eleazar the priest, and before all the congregation; and give him a charge in their sight. And thou shalt put some of thine honor upon him, that all the congregation of the people of Israel may be obedient." Verses 18-20. Joshua had long attended Moses; and being a man of wisdom, ability, and faith, he was chosen to succeed him.

    Through the laying on of hands by Moses, accompanied by a most impressive charge, Joshua was solemnly set apart as the leader of Israel. He was also admitted to a present share in the government. The words of the Lord concerning Joshua came through Moses to the congregation, "He shall stand before Eleazar the priest, who shall ask counsel for him, after the judgment of Urim before the Lord. At his word shall they go out, and at his word they shall come in, both he, and all the children of Israel with him, even all the congregation." Verses 21-23.

    Before relinquishing his position as the visible leader of Israel, Moses was directed to rehearse to them the history of their deliverance from Egypt and their journeyings in the wilderness, and also to recapitulate the law spoken from Sinai. When the law was given, but few of the present congregation were old enough to comprehend the awful solemnity of the occasion. As they were soon to pass over Jordan and take possession of the Promised Land, God would present before them the claims of His law and enjoin upon them obedience as the condition of prosperity.

    Moses stood before the people to repeat his last warnings and admonitions. His face was illumined with a holy light. His hair was white with age; but his form was erect, his countenance expressed the unabated vigor of health, and his eye was clear and undimmed. It was an important occasion, and with deep feeling he portrayed the love and mercy of their Almighty Protector:

    "Ask now of the days that are past, which were before thee, since the day that God created man upon the earth, and ask from the one side of heaven unto the other, whether there hath been any such thing as this great thing is, or hath been heard like it? Did ever people hear the voice of God speaking out of the midst of the fire, as thou hast heard, and live? or hath God assayed to go and take Him a nation from the midst of another nation, by temptations, by signs, and by wonders, and by war, and by a mighty hand, and by a stretched-out arm, and by great terrors, according to all that the Lord your God did for you in Egypt before your eyes? Unto thee it was showed, that thou mightest know that the Lord He is God; there is none else beside Him."

    "The Lord did not set His love upon you, nor choose you, because ye were more in number than any people; for ye were the fewest of all people: but because the Lord loved you, and because He would keep the oath which He had sworn unto your fathers, hath the Lord brought you out with a mighty hand, and redeemed you out of the house of bondmen, from the hand of Pharaoh king of Egypt. Know therefore that Jehovah thy God, He is God, the faithful God, which keepeth covenant and mercy with them that love Him and keep His commandments to a thousand generations." Deuteronomy 7:7-9.

    The people of Israel had been ready to ascribe their troubles to Moses; but now their suspicions that he was controlled by pride, ambition, or selfishness, were removed, and they listened with confidence to his words. Moses faithfully set before them their errors and the transgressions of their fathers. They had often felt impatient and rebellious because of their long wandering in the wilderness; but the Lord had not been chargeable with this delay in possessing Canaan; He was more grieved than they because He could not bring them into immediate possession of the Promised Land, and thus display before all nations His mighty power in the deliverance of His people. With their distrust of God, with their pride and unbelief, they had not been prepared to enter Canaan. They would in no way represent that people whose God is the Lord; for they did not bear His character of purity, goodness, and benevolence. Had their fathers yielded in faith to the direction of God, being governed by His judgments and walking in His ordinances, they would long before have been settled in Canaan, a prosperous, holy, happy people. Their delay to enter the goodly land dishonored God and detracted from His glory in the sight of surrounding nations.

    Moses, who understood the character and value of the law of God, assured the people that no other nation had such wise, righteous, and merciful rules as had been given to the Hebrews. "Behold," he said, "I have taught you statutes and judgments, even as the Lord my God commanded me, that ye should do so in the land whither ye go to possess it. Keep therefore and do them; for this is your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the nations, which shall hear all these statutes, and say, Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding people."

    Moses called their attention to the "day that thou stoodest before the Lord thy God in Horeb." And he challenged the Hebrew host: "What nation is there so great, who hath God so nigh unto them, as the Lord our God is in all things that we call upon Him for? And what nation is there so great, that hath statutes and judgments so righteous as all this law, which I set before you this day?" Today the challenge to Israel might be repeated. The laws which God gave His ancient people were wiser, better, and more humane than those of the most civilized nations of the earth. The laws of the nations bear marks of the infirmities and passions of the unrenewed heart; but God's law bears the stamp of the divine.

    "The Lord hath taken you, and brought you forth out of the iron furnace," declared Moses, "to be unto Him a people of inheritance." The land which they were soon to enter, and which was to be theirs on condition of obedience to the law of God, was thus described to them--and how must these words have moved the hearts of Israel, as they remembered that he who so glowingly pictured the blessings of the goodly land had been, through their sin, shut out from sharing the inheritance of his people:

    "The Lord thy God bringeth thee into a good land," "not as the land of Egypt, from whence ye came out, where thou sowedst thy seed, and wateredst it with thy foot, as a garden of herbs: but the land, whither ye go to possess it, is a land of hills and valleys, and drinketh water of the rain of heaven;" "a land of brooks of water, of fountains and depths that spring out of valleys and hills; a land of wheat, and barley, and vines, and fig trees, and pomegranates; a land of oil olive, and honey; a land wherein thou shalt eat bread without scarceness, thou shalt not lack anything in it; a land whose stones are iron, and out of whose hills thou mayest dig brass;" "a land which the Lord thy God careth for: the eyes of the Lord thy God are always upon it, from the beginning of the year even unto the end of the year." Deuteronomy 8:7-9; 11:10-12.

    "And it shall be, when the Lord thy God shall have brought thee into the land which He sware unto thy fathers, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, to give thee great and goodly cities, which thou buildedst not, and houses full of all good things, which thou filledst not, and wells digged, which thou diggedst not, vineyards and olive trees, which thou plantedst not; when thou shalt have eaten and be full; then beware lest thou forget the Lord." "Take heed unto yourselves, lest ye forget the covenant of the Lord your God. . . . For the Lord thy God is a consuming fire, even a jealous God." If they should do evil in the sight of the Lord, then, said Moses, "Ye shall soon utterly perish from off the land whereunto ye go over Jordan to possess it."

    After the public rehearsal of the law, Moses completed the work of writing all the laws, the statutes, and the judgments which God had given him, and all the regulations concerning the sacrificial system. The book containing these was placed in charge of the proper officers, and was for safe keeping deposited in the side of the ark. Still the great leader was filled with fear that the people would depart from God. In a most sublime and thrilling address he set before them the blessings that would be theirs on condition of obedience, and the curses that would follow upon transgression:

    "If thou shalt hearken diligently unto the voice of the Lord thy God, to observe and to do all His commandments which I command thee this day," "blessed shalt thou be in the city, and blessed shalt thou be in the field," in "the fruit of thy body, and the fruit of thy ground, and the fruit of thy cattle. . . . Blessed shall be thy basket and thy store. Blessed shalt thou be when thou comest in, and blessed shalt thou be when thou goest out. The Lord shall cause thine enemies that rise up against thee to be smitten before thy face. . . . The Lord shall command the blessing upon thee in thy storehouses, and in all that thou settest thine hand unto."

    "But it shall come to pass, if thou wilt not hearken unto the voice of the Lord thy God, to observe to do all His commandments and His statutes which I command thee this day; that all these curses shall come upon thee," "and thou shalt become an astonishment, a proverb, and a byword, among all nations whither the Lord shall lead thee." "And the Lord shall scatter thee among all people, from the one end of the earth even unto the other; and there thou shalt serve other gods, which neither thou nor thy fathers have known, even wood and stone. And among these nations shalt thou find no ease, neither shall the sole of thy foot have rest: but the Lord shall give thee there a trembling heart, and failing of eyes, and sorrow of mind: and thy life shall hang in doubt before thee; and thou shalt fear day and night, and shalt have none assurance of thy life: in the morning thou shalt say, Would God it were even! and at even thou shalt say, Would God it were morning! for the fear of thine heart wherewith thou shalt fear, and for the sight of thine eyes which thou shalt see."

    By the Spirit of Inspiration, looking far down the ages, Moses pictured the terrible scenes of Israel's final overthrow as a nation, and the destruction of Jerusalem by the armies of Rome: "The Lord shall bring a nation against thee from far, from the end of the earth, as swift as the eagle flieth; a nation whose tongue thou shalt not understand; a nation of fierce countenance, which shall not regard the person of the old, nor show favor to the young."

    The utter wasting of the land and the horrible suffering of the people during the siege of Jerusalem under Titus centuries later, were vividly portrayed: "He shall eat the fruit of thy cattle, and the fruit of thy land, until thou be destroyed. . . . And he shall besiege thee in all thy gates, until thy high and fenced walls come down, wherein thou trustedst, throughout all thy land. . . . Thou shalt eat the fruit of thine own body, the flesh of thy sons and of thy daughters, which the Lord thy God hath given thee, in the siege, and in the straitness, wherewith thine enemies shall distress thee." "The tender and delicate woman among you, which would not adventure to set the sole of her foot upon the ground for delicateness and tenderness, her eye shall be evil toward the husband of her bosom, . . . and toward her children which she shall bear: for she shall eat them for want of all things secretly in the siege and straitness, wherewith thine enemy shall distress thee in thy gates."

    Moses closed with these impressive words: "I call heaven and earth to record this day against you, that I have set before you life and death, blessing and cursing: therefore choose life, that both thou and thy seed may live: that thou mayest love the Lord thy God, and that thou mayest obey His voice, and that thou mayest cleave unto Him: for He is thy life, and the length of thy days: that thou mayest dwell in the land which the Lord sware unto thy fathers, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, to give them." Deuteronomy 30:19, 20.

    The more deeply to impress these truths upon all minds, the great leader embodied them in sacred verse. This song was not only historical, but prophetic. While it recounted the wonderful dealings of God with His people in the past, it also foreshadowed the great events of the future, the final victory of the faithful when Christ shall come the second time in power and glory. The people were directed to commit to memory this poetic history, and to teach it to their children and children's children. It was to be chanted by the congregation when they assembled for worship, and to be repeated by the people as they went about their daily labors. It was the duty of parents to so impress these words upon the susceptible minds of their children that they might never be forgotten.

    Since the Israelites were to be, in a special sense, the guardians and keepers of God's law, the significance of its precepts and the importance of obedience were especially to be impressed upon them, and through them, upon their children and children's children. The Lord commanded concerning His statutes: "Thou shalt teach them diligently unto thy children, and shalt talk of them when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and when thou risest up. . . . And thou shalt write them upon the posts of thy house, and on thy gates."

    When their children should ask in time to come, "What mean the testimonies, and the statutes, and the judgments, which the Lord our God hath commanded you? then the parents were to repeat the history of God's gracious dealings with them--how the Lord had wrought for their deliverance that they might obey His Law--and to declare to them, "The Lord commanded us to do all these statutes, to fear the Lord our God, for our good always, that He might preserve us alive, as it is at this day. And it shall be our righteousness, if we observe to do all these commandments before the Lord our God as He hath commanded us."

    http://www.whiteestate.org/books/pp/pp43.html In all the dealings of God with His people there is, mingled with His love and mercy, the most striking evidence of His strict and impartial justice. This is exemplified in the history of the Hebrew people. God had bestowed great blessings upon Israel. His loving-kindness toward them is touchingly portrayed: "As an eagle stirreth up her nest, fluttereth over her young, spreadeth abroad her wings, taketh them, beareth them on her wings: so the Lord alone did lead him." And yet what swift and severe retribution was visited upon them for their transgressions!

    The infinite love of God has been manifested in the gift of His only-begotten Son to redeem a lost race. Christ came to the earth to reveal to men the character of His Father, and His life was filled with deeds of divine tenderness and compassion. And yet Christ Himself declares, "Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one title shall in no wise pass from the law." Matthew 5:18. The same voice that with patient, loving entreaty invites the sinner to come to Him and find pardon and peace, will in the judgment bid the rejecters of His mercy, "Depart from Me, ye cursed." Matthew 25:41. In all the Bible, God is represented not only as a tender father but as a righteous judge. Though He delights in showing mercy, and "forgiving iniquity and transgression and sin," yet He "will by no means clear the guilty." Exodus 34:7.

    The great Ruler of nations had declared that Moses was not to lead the congregation of Israel into the goodly land, and the earnest pleading of God's servant could not secure a reversing of His sentence. He knew that he must die. Yet he had not for a moment faltered in his care for Israel. He had faithfully sought to prepare the congregation to enter upon the promised inheritance. At the divine command Moses and Joshua repaired to the tabernacle, while the pillar of cloud came and stood over the door. Here the people were solemnly committed to the charge of Joshua. The work of Moses as leader of Israel was ended. Still he forgot himself in his interest for his people. In the presence of the assembled multitude Moses, in the name of God, addressed to his successor these words of holy cheer: "Be strong and of a good courage: for thou shalt bring the children of Israel into the land which I sware unto them: and I will be with thee." He then turned to the elders and officers of the people, giving them a solemn charge to obey faithfully the instructions he had communicated to them from God.

    As the people gazed upon the aged man, so soon to be taken from them, they recalled, with a new and deeper appreciation, his parental tenderness, his wise counsels, and his untiring labors. How often, when their sins had invited the just judgments of God, the prayers of Moses had prevailed with Him to spare them! Their grief was heightened by remorse. They bitterly remembered that their own perversity had provoked Moses to the sin for which he must die.

    The removal of their beloved leader would be a far stronger rebuke to Israel than any which they could have received had his life and mission been continued. God would lead them to feel that they were not to make the life of their future leader as trying as they had made that of Moses. God speaks to His people in blessings bestowed; and when these are not appreciated, He speaks to them in blessings removed, that they may be led to see their sins, and return to Him with all the heart.

    That very day there came to Moses the command, "Get thee up . . . unto Mount Nebo, . . . and behold the land of Canaan, which I give unto the children of Israel for a possession: and die in the mount whither thou goest up, and be gathered unto thy people." Moses had often left the camp, in obedience to the divine summons, to commune with God; but he was now to depart on a new and mysterious errand. He must go forth to resign his life into the hands of his Creator. Moses knew that he was to die alone; no earthly friend would be permitted to minister to him in his last hours. There was a mystery and awfulness about the scene before him, from which his heart shrank. The severest trial was his separation from the people of his care and love--the people with whom his interest and his life had so long been united. But he had learned to trust in God, and with unquestioning faith he committed himself and his people to His love and mercy.

    For the last time Moses stood in the assembly of his people. Again the Spirit of God rested upon him, and in the most sublime and touching language he pronounced a blessing upon each of the tribes, closing with a benediction upon them all:

    "There is none like unto God, O Jeshurun,
    Who rideth upon the heaven for thy help,
    And in His excellency on the skies.
    The eternal God is thy dwelling place,
    And underneath are the everlasting arms:
    And He thrust out the enemy from before thee,
    And said, Destroy.
    And Israel dwelleth in safety,
    The fountain of Jacob alone,
    In a land of corn and wine;
    Yea, His heavens drop down dew.
    Happy art thou, O Israel:
    Who is like unto thee, a people saved by Jehovah,
    The shield of thy help."
    Deuteronomy 33:26-29, R.V.

    Moses turned from the congregation, and in silence and alone made his way up the mountainside. He went to "the mountain of Nebo, to the top of Pisgah." Upon that lonely height he stood, and gazed with undimmed eye upon the scene spread out before him. Far away to the west lay the blue waters of the Great Sea; in the north, Mount Hermon stood out against the sky; to the east was the tableland of Moab, and beyond lay Bashan, the scene of Israel's triumph; and away to the south stretched the desert of their long wanderings.

    In solitude Moses reviewed his life of vicissitudes and hardships since he turned from courtly honors and from a prospective kingdom in Egypt, to cast in his lot with God's chosen people. He called to mind those long years in the desert with the flocks of Jethro, the appearance of the Angel in the burning bush, and his own call to deliver Israel. Again he beheld the mighty miracles of God's power displayed in behalf of the chosen people, and His long-suffering mercy during the years of their wandering and rebellion. Notwithstanding all that God had wrought for them, notwithstanding his own prayers and labors, only two of all the adults in the vast army that left Egypt had been found so faithful that they could enter the Promised Land. As Moses reviewed the result of his labors, his life of trial and sacrifice seemed to have been almost in vain.

    Yet he did not regret the burdens he had borne. He knew that his mission and work were of God's own appointing. When first called to become the leader of Israel from bondage, he shrank from the responsibility; but since he had taken up the work he had not cast aside the burden. Even when the Lord had proposed to release him, and destroy rebellious Israel, Moses could not consent. Though his trials had been great, he had enjoyed special tokens of God's favor; he had obtained a rich experience during the sojourn in the wilderness, in witnessing the manifestations of God's power and glory, and in the communion of His love; he felt that he had made a wise decision in choosing to suffer affliction with the people of God, rather than to enjoy the pleasures of sin for a season.

    As he looked back upon his experience as a leader of God's people, one wrong act marred the record. If that transgression could be blotted out, he felt that he would not shrink from death. He was assured that repentance, and faith in the promised Sacrifice, were all that God required, and again Moses confessed his sin and implored pardon in the name of Jesus.

    And now a panoramic view of the Land of Promise was presented to him. Every part of the country was spread out before him, not faint and uncertain in the dim distance, but standing out clear, distinct, and beautiful to his delighted vision. In this scene it was presented, not as it then appeared, but as it would become, with God's blessing upon it, in the possession of Israel. He seemed to be looking upon a second Eden. There were mountains clothed with cedars of Lebanon, hills gray with olives and fragrant with the odor of the vine, wide green plains bright with flowers and rich in fruitfulness, here the palm trees of the tropics, there waving fields of wheat and barley, sunny valleys musical with the ripple of brooks and the song of birds, goodly cities and fair gardens, lakes rich in "the abundance of the seas," grazing flocks upon the hillsides, and even amid the rocks the wild bee's hoarded treasures. It was indeed such a land as Moses, inspired by the Spirit of God, had described to Israel: "Blessed of the Lord . . . for the precious things of heaven, for the dew, and for the deep that coucheth beneath, and for the precious fruits brought forth by the sun, . . . and for the chief things of the ancient mountains, . . . and for the precious things of the earth and fullness thereof."

    Moses saw the chosen people established in Canaan, each of the tribes in its own possession. He had a view of their history after the settlement of the Promised Land; the long, sad story of their apostasy and its punishment was spread out before him. He saw them, because of their sins, dispersed among the heathen, the glory departed from Israel, her beautiful city in ruins, and her people captives in strange lands. He saw them restored to the land of their fathers, and at last brought under the dominion of Rome.

    He was permitted to look down the stream of time and behold the first advent of our Saviour. He saw Jesus as a babe in Bethlehem. He heard the voices of the angelic host break forth in the glad song of praise to God and peace on earth. He beheld in the heavens the star guiding the Wise Men of the East to Jesus, and a great light flooded his mind as he called those prophetic words, "There shall come a Star out of Jacob, and a Scepter shall rise out of Israel." Numbers 24:17. He beheld Christ's humble life in Nazareth, His ministry of love and sympathy and healing, His rejection by a proud, unbelieving nation. Amazed he listened to their boastful exaltation of the law of God, while they despised and rejected Him by whom the law was given. He saw Jesus upon Olivet as with weeping He bade farewell to the city of His love. As Moses beheld the final rejection of that people so highly blessed of Heaven--that people for whom he had toiled and prayed and sacrificed, for whom he had been willing that his own name should be blotted from the book of life; as he listened to those fearful words, "Behold your house is left unto you desolate" (Matthew 23:38), his heart was wrung with anguish, and bitter tears fell from his eyes, in sympathy with the sorrow of the Son of God.

    He followed the Saviour to Gethsemane, and beheld the agony in the garden, the betrayal, the mockery and scourging--the crucifixion. Moses saw that as he had lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so the Son of God must be lifted up, that whosoever would believe on Him "should not perish, but have eternal life." John 3:15. Grief, indignation, and horror filled the heart of Moses as he viewed the hypocrisy and satanic hatred manifested by the Jewish nation against their Redeemer, the mighty Angel who had gone before their fathers. He heard Christ's agonizing cry, "My God, My God, why hast Thou forsaken Me?" Mark 15:34. He saw Him lying in Joseph's new tomb. The darkness of hopeless despair seemed to enshroud the world. But he looked again, and beheld Him coming forth a conqueror, and ascending to heaven escorted by adoring angels and leading a multitude of captives. He saw the shining gates open to receive Him, and the host of heaven with songs of triumph welcoming their Commander. And it was there revealed to him that he himself would be one who should attend the Saviour, and open to Him the everlasting gates. As he looked upon the scene, his countenance shone with a holy radiance. How small appeared the trials and sacrifices of his life when compared with those of the Son of God! how light in contrast with the "far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory"! 2 Corinthians 4:17. He rejoiced that he had been permitted, even in a small measure, to be a partaker in the sufferings of Christ.

    Moses beheld the disciples of Jesus as they went forth to carry His gospel to the world. He saw that though the people of Israel "according to the flesh" had failed of the high destiny to which God had called them, in their unbelief had failed to become the light of the world, though they had despised God's mercy and forfeited their blessings as His chosen people--yet God had not cast off the seed of Abraham; the glorious purposes which He had undertaken to accomplish through Israel were to be fulfilled. All who through Christ should become the children of faith were to be counted as Abraham's seed; they were inheritors of the covenant promises; like Abraham, they were called to guard and to make known to the world the law of God and the gospel of His Son. Moses saw the light of the gospel shining out through the disciples of Jesus to them "which sat in darkness" (Matthew 4:16), and thousands from the lands of the Gentiles flocking to the brightness of its rising. And beholding, he rejoiced in the increase and prosperity of Israel.

    And now another scene passed before him. He had been shown the work of Satan in leading the Jews to reject Christ, while they professed to honor His Father's law. He now saw the Christian world under a similar deception in professing to accept Christ while they rejected God's law. He had heard from the priests and elders the frenzied cry, "Away with Him!" "Crucify Him, crucify Him!" and now he heard from professedly Christian teachers the cry, "Away with the law!" He saw the Sabbath trodden under foot, and a spurious institution established in its place. Again Moses was filled with astonishment and horror. How could those who believed in Christ reject the law spoken by His own voice upon the sacred mount? How could any that feared God set aside the law which is the foundation of His government in heaven and earth? With joy Moses saw the law of God still honored and exalted by a faithful few. He saw the last great struggle of earthly powers to destroy those who keep God's law. He looked forward to the time when God shall arise to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity, and those who have feared His name shall be covered and hid in the day of His anger. He heard God's covenant of peace with those who have kept His law, as He utters His voice from His holy habitation and the heavens and the earth do shake. He saw the second coming of Christ in glory, the righteous dead raised to immortal life, and the living saints translated without seeing death, and together ascending with songs of gladness to the City of God.

    Still another scene opens to his view--the earth freed from the curse, lovelier than the fair Land of Promise so lately spread out before him. There is no sin, and death cannot enter. There the nations of the saved find their eternal home. With joy unutterable Moses looks upon the scene--the fulfillment of a more glorious deliverance than his brightest hopes have ever pictured. Their earthly wanderings forever past, the Israel of God have at last entered the goodly land.

    Again the vision faded, and his eyes rested upon the land of Canaan as it spread out in the distance. Then, like a tired warrior, he lay down to rest. "So Moses the servant of the Lord died there in the land of Moab, according to the word of the Lord. And He buried him in a valley in the land of Moab, over against Beth-peor: but no man knoweth of his sepulcher." Many who had been unwilling to heed the counsels of Moses while he was with them would have been in danger of committing idolatry over his dead body had they known the place of his burial. For this reason it was concealed from men. But angels of God buried the body of His faithful servant and watched over the lonely grave.

    "There arose not a prophet since in Israel like unto Moses, whom Jehovah knew face to face, in all the signs and the wonders which Jehovah sent him to do . . . and in all that mighty hand, and in all the great terror which Moses showed in the sight of all Israel."

    Had not the life of Moses been marred with that one sin, in failing to give God the glory of bringing water from the rock at Kadesh, he would have entered the Promised Land, and would have been translated to heaven without seeing death. But he was not long to remain in the tomb. Christ Himself, with the angels who had buried Moses, came down from heaven to call forth the sleeping saint. Satan had exulted at his success in causing Moses to sin against God, and thus come under the dominion of death. The great adversary declared that the divine sentence--"Dust thou art, and unto dust shalt thou return" (Genesis 3:19)--gave him possession of the dead. The power of the grave had never been broken, and all who were in the tomb he claimed as his captives, never to be released from his dark prison house.

    For the first time Christ was about to give life to the dead. As the Prince of life and the shining ones approached the grave, Satan was alarmed for his supremacy. With his evil angels he stood to dispute an invasion of the territory that he claimed as his own. He boasted that the servant of God had become his prisoner. He declared that even Moses was not able to keep the law of God; that he had taken to himself the glory due to Jehovah--the very sin which had caused Satan's banishment from heaven--and by transgression had come under the dominion of Satan. The archtraitor reiterated the original charges that he had made against the divine government, and repeated his complaints of God's injustice toward him.

    Christ did not stoop to enter into controversy with Satan. He might have brought against him the cruel work which his deceptions had wrought in heaven, causing the ruin of a vast number of its inhabitants. He might have pointed to the falsehoods told in Eden, that had led to Adam's sin and brought death upon the human race. He might have reminded Satan that it was his own work in tempting Israel to murmuring and rebellion, which had wearied the long-suffering patience of their leader, and in an unguarded moment had surprised him into the sin for which he had fallen under the power of death. But Christ referred all to His Father, saying, "The Lord rebuke thee." Jude 9. The Saviour entered into no dispute with His adversary, but He then and there began His work of breaking the power of the fallen foe, and bringing the dead to life. Here was an evidence that Satan could not controvert, of the supremacy of the Son of God. The resurrection was forever made certain. Satan was despoiled of his prey; the righteous dead would live again.

    In consequence of sin Moses had come under the power of Satan. In his own merits he was death's lawful captive; but he was raised to immortal life, holding his title in the name of the Redeemer. Moses came forth from the tomb glorified, and ascended with his Deliverer to the City of God.

    Never, till exemplified in the sacrifice of Christ, were the justice and the love of God more strikingly displayed than in His dealings with Moses. God shut Moses out of Canaan, to teach a lesson which should never be forgotten--that He requires exact obedience, and that men are to beware of taking to themselves the glory which is due to their Maker. He could not grant the prayer of Moses that he might share the inheritance of Israel, but He did not forget or forsake His servant. The God of heaven understood the suffering that Moses had endured; He had noted every act of faithful service through those long years of conflict and trial. On the top of Pisgah, God called Moses to an inheritance infinitely more glorious than the earthly Canaan.

    Upon the mount of transfiguration Moses was present with Elijah, who had been translated. They were sent as bearers of light and glory from the Father to His Son. And thus the prayer of Moses, uttered so many centuries before, was at last fulfilled. He stood upon the "goodly mountain," within the heritage of his people, bearing witness to Him in whom all the promises to Israel centered. Such is the last scene revealed to mortal vision in the history of that man so highly honored of Heaven.

    Moses was a type of Christ. He himself had declared to Israel, "The Lord thy God will raise up unto thee a Prophet from the midst of thee, of thy brethren, like unto me; unto Him ye shall hearken." Deuteronomy 18:15. God saw fit to discipline Moses in the school of affliction and poverty before he could be prepared to lead the hosts of Israel to the earthly Canaan. The Israel of God, journeying to the heavenly Canaan, have a Captain who needed no human teaching to prepare Him for His mission as a divine leader; yet He was made perfect through sufferings; and "in that He Himself hath suffered being tempted, He is able to succor them that are tempted." Hebrews 2:10, 18. Our Redeemer manifested no human weakness or imperfection; yet He died to obtain for us an entrance into the Promised Land.

    "And Moses verily was faithful in all his house as a servant, for a testimony of those things which were to be spoken after; but Christ as a son over His own house; whose house are we, if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm unto the end." Hebrews 3:5, 6.

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Azazel_by_gothicnarcissus-d5wqnf8
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Dogma-dogma-3555190-1024-768
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Slide_59
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 32301d1312161497-f40-458-ferrari%20f50%20gt

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Isaiah-the-gospel-prophet
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 515QJSu1-nL._SL500_SX258_BO1,204,203,200_
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 9781610976985
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Sanc-service
    afro
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13283
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Empty Re: United States AI Solar System (6)

    Post  orthodoxymoron Sun Jun 24, 2018 4:43 am

    Imagine the following on an Island-Country under a Benevolent-Dictator!! Imagine a Seven-Day Weekly-Cycle, with Six Work-Days and a Sabbath-Day!! Imagine Two Daily Twelve-Hour Work-Shifts (from Midnight to Noon and Noon to Midnight) with a Skeleton-Crew Working on the Sabbath (put down those stones)!! Each Worker Would Work Thee Shifts Each Week (Four Shifts When Required to Work on the Sabbath)!! Sabbath Would Be From Midnight to Midnight on Saturday (put down those stones)!! Killing Would Be Strictly-Forbidden (except during a war)!! Sabbath Would Mostly Involve Rest, Nature, Family, Study, and Sacred Classical Music!! Imagine This Sort of Thing On Madagascar!! Would This Work Throughout the Solar System??!! What If Everyone Received the Same Compensation??!! What If Everyone Competed for the Most-Interesting Jobs??!! This is simply a Conceptual-Brainstorm (put down those stones)!! The obvious problem is that however one puts things together, there's always another (and supposedly better) way to put things together!! What Is the Role of Arbitrariness in the Kingdom of God?? Is God Obligated to Obey His and/or Her Own Laws?? Define 'God's Prerogative'!! Are Each of the Ten-Commandments Explained and Expanded-Upon in Ten Books of the Bible (or even ten chapters)?? Ellen White Says MUCH More About the Sabbath Than the Bible Does. Did the Sabbath Predate the Garden of Eden and Creation Week?? How Might One Observe the Sabbath On the Moon and Mars?? Siriusly!! Why Is 'Thou Shalt Not Kill' NOT Observed by God, the Angels, and God's Chosen People in the Holy-Bible?? Why Have SDA's Historically Been Conscientious-Objectors in Obedience to a Highly-Violent Holy-Bible?? Am I Spearheading a Holy-War?? Don't Be Frightened. I Mean No Harm. I Am of Peace. Always.
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Madagascar-game-cartoon-background-image-phone
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Blog-oplao-com-Madagascar-Exotic-World
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 2015-Africa-Madagascar-Classic-Madagascar-SS-2
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Luxury-destination-holiday-madagascar-10
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Madagascar%2B50%2B32%2BAntananarivo
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Antananarivo-nobo3-6
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 7-of-the-Most-Popular-Tourist-Attractions-in-Madagascar
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Madagascar-hero2
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Ww-madagascar-animals-moon-moth.jpg.adapt.945.1



    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Madagascar-map1
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Madagascar_1895

    Compare reading the Whole-Bible (straight-through, over and over) with reading the Conflict of the Ages Series by Ellen White (straight-through, over and over). Regardless of whether this material is absolute-truth or utter-bullshit, it's an interesting study for those who are motivated and capable. Ellen White picks and chooses, adds and truncates. Why?? Did 'she' have inside-sources which made at least some of 'her' books closer to the truth than anything available at the end of the 19th century?? I continue to maintain that to properly engage in this study, one must add science-fiction and alternative-research to the equation!! I would love to spend five-years reading the five-book Conflict of the Ages Series (straight-through, over and over) in every major-church in England, because that might be getting mighty-close to the source!! What Would Gabriel, Michael, and Lucifer Say?? What Would HAL 9000 Say?? There is a contextual-problem for all of the above. What might've worked in a particular historical-setting might not work today. But what works today might not work tomorrow. Things are moving faster and faster in an Eschatological-Quickening!! What Would Art Bell Say?? I'm not trying to win a popularity-contest. I'm simply doing pseudo-research in a matter which is undeniably a road-less-traveled (or not traveled at all) regardless of whether anyone appreciates it or not.

    A Christian website would NEVER let me do what I'm doing with my USSS threads. But I honestly suspect that everything I say and do (or don't say and do) will be used against me at a future date. The Borg-Queen is probably gleeful. I've been accused of 'Playing Into the Hands of the Devil' and 'Making the Devil Gleeful'!! When I showed someone an image of David Bowman, they said he looked like the Devil. I once asked this same individual "Who Decides Who Lives Or Dies (or who is Saved or Lost)??" and the reply was "I Do!!" I'm not sure they understood the question, but their response shocked me. I wonder if most of us have existed in very-different circumstances than we do presently, and I wonder if some of us are beginning to remember??!! If so, this might NOT be a good-thing!! Christianity might crash and burn, prior to re-emerging as a more mature manifestation of a Cover-Story of Historical-Necessity. The Real-Story might destroy Civilization As We Know It. I keep thinking of the words of 'RA' in the original Stargate movie, "I Built Your Civilization, and Now I Will Destroy It!!" Wrath of God Eschatological-Anger is VERY Troubling to me!! What if our True-History is Irreversibly-Damning (regardless of how good we might think we are presently)?? Eschatological Possibility-Thinking scares the hell out of me!!

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Borg-Queen-star-trek-21320302-1024-768
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 531483__safe_solo_ponified_vulgar_2001-colon-+a+space+odyssey_hal+9000_david+bowman_artist-colon-rj-dash-pilot

    Consider Freedom, Responsibility, Competition, and Cooperation in the Kingdom of God. This might be more important than you can imagine!! How many of us REALLY Want a Real God?? One night 'RA' said he was cracking-down on Credo Mutwa, and I like Credo, but the way 'RA' said it made me shake my head and laugh, and 'RA' pointed-out my 'SIN'!! Once, 'RA' was having a difficult phone-conversation, and I was laughing at him!! Once, 'RA' was talking to me on the phone, and it sounded like he was in space, and I thought I heard an other-than-human in the background, and I told 'RA' to say "HELLO!!" I recently encountered a 'Tough-Guy' who gave me 'The Look'!! This didn't surprise me because of the stuff I've posted on this thread. I'm honestly not going anywhere with this madness. Don't Shoot!! I'm Just a Completely Ignorant Fool!! Here is a previously-posted study-list (as a mental and spiritual exercise -- without an endorsement by me):

    1. Patriarchs and Prophets (Ellen White).

    2. Prophets and Kings (Ellen White).

    3. The SDA Bible Commentary -- Volumes 3 and 4 (1 Chronicles to Malachi).

    4. Daniel 8:14, the Day of Atonement, and the Investigative Judgment (Desmond Ford).

    5. The End of the World, A.D. 2133 (Lucio Bernardo Silvestre).

    6. The United States of the Solar System: A.D. 2133 (Books One to Five).

    7. Sacred Classical Music.

    8. Science and Science-Fiction.

    I never know how much of a 'problem' I am. I really don't know. I have no idea whether I am completely ignored -- and no problem to anyone -- OR, if I really make certain individuals or organizations feel angry or threatened. I don't know who I really am. I don't know what the stakes are. I don't know who expects what of me -- if anything. I don't have a boss (in connection with my internet activities) -- and I don't get paid for wasting my life away. I don't know if I am fundamentally a friend or foe to humanity. I have no idea if God, Satan, Lucifer, Michael, Gabriel, the angels, the demons, the aliens, the reptilians, the greys, the elites, the peons, the gods, or the goddesses -- love me, hate me -- or frankly don't give a damn about me. I have NO idea. I have NO idea what lists I might be on -- if any. I'm leaning toward the theory that I'm some sort of a rebellious and disenfranchised reincarnational somebody of some note -- but certainly of NO note in this incarnation. I have NO idea if anyone has studied my threads in any way, shape, or form. I have NO idea whether this universe is fundamentally good or bad -- or how 'good' or 'bad' should be defined. I have NO idea how close to the truth I might be -- or if anyone even gives a damn how close I am -- to the truth or otherwise.

    I seem to hold NO attraction to the opposite sex. I seem to have very few marketable job skills. Most days, life does NOT seem to be worth living -- and I really fail to see the point. I feel supernaturally attacked -- but maybe I'm just a NUT-CASE. I have NO idea. I sense hostility and hatred in real-life -- but then maybe I'm just hyper-sensitive and paranoid. I'm almost to the point of telling people to forget about seeking the 'truth' -- and to just focus on maximizing fame, fortune, power, and pleasure -- by any and all means -- because why should the peons be good when the elites are bad -- which seems to create an unfair advantage. Didn't John D. Rockefeller call competition a sin?? I really think I could've been a big-shot surgeon or musician if I hadn't gotten all screwed-up worrying about the damn 'truth'. Why should I point people toward a life of poverty and misery in pursuit of the damn 'truth'?? Especially when the 'truth' is whatever people wish to believe -- and NOT the actual 'truth'??!!

    magamud wrote: I feel the same way Ortho and I suspect many others are too. I have noticed waves of syncronicity effecting the populace in different ways. Bursts of singularity?

    Unconscious explosions manifesting in symbology, insights and dialectic language. I think this thread is very valuable and at the least, a lens of construction into the quantum ocean of life. A missionary of your own existence? A deep sea diver into the depths of your energy?

    Godspeed...
    Jenetta wrote:Oxy you will always be a survivor...why? because you have imagination which most of humanity lacks...also you have 'heart'...lastly you have a great deal of humour (which many people lack) and this also helps you to survive.

    The wheel keeps turning and we're turning with it.

    __________________________________________

    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 139717
    Thank-you magamud and Janetta. I worry about irresponsible-freedom v responsible-freedom. I understand that We the Sheeple must be watched by the Sheep-Herders -- but I worry when I hear about the TV watching people while they watch TV. What are ethical and appropriate limits to surveillance?? We obviously live in a VERY dangerous world -- and I agonize over how the insanity should be managed. I have recently started thinking more about Ethics, Law, Law-Enforcement, and the Military. The industrial revolution, the technological revolution, and the information explosion -- have created a perfect storm -- especially on the internet -- and I suspect that a lot of individuals (human and otherwise) have gotten caught with their pants and dresses down -- and I further suspect that they are really, Really MAD!! I am very doubtful that things are going to get better anytime soon. Even if my hypothetical United States of the Solar System were introduced in Obama's State of the Union Address -- things would probably still go to hell -- and such a sudden and abrupt introduction might precipitate Hell on Earth.

    I think things are very precarious and unstable right now. I further think that evolutionary change should trump revolutionary change. Things might have to APPEAR to remain the same for at least the rest of this decade. I think we could be facing a market-crash and a dollar-crash in 2016 -- which could be made milder or more severe by how change and the media is managed. I worry about resets, disclosure, regime-changes, civil-unrest, foreign-invasions, and alien-invasions (staged or otherwise). I think the evil and destructive potential which exists within this solar system is beyond comprehension. I feel as if we might be in the quiet before the storm. My recent 'Solar System View' is making me feel like a completely different person -- and it is scaring the hell out of me. I can only imagine how the 'Real Insiders' feel -- the ones who deal directly with the BS -- each and every day.

    Listen to this recent 'Sherry Shriner Show'. http://www.blogtalkradio.com/sherrytalkradio/2013/01/22/monday-night-with-sherry-shriner It seems to have particular relevance to what I've said in this post. I think Sherry knows a helluva lot -- but I take everything she says with a sea of salt. I don't do Orgone (but perhaps I should) -- and I don't necessarily share Sherri's theological views (even though I think she knows ten times more than I do about theology). I've said some of what I think about Sherry -- but I've said it very indirectly -- so you might need to review my posts to put some pieces of the puzzle together. You'd be amazed at what I think about -- but don't talk about.

    Regarding the Asteroid '243 Ida' -- I was interested to note that it seems to be less dense than it should be -- suggesting that it might really be a hollowed-out asteroid-spaceship. Also, the little fictional story that I just reposted features a small piloted asteroid (which is now on it's way from Earth to Ida). I described this asteroid as being approximately one kilometer in diameter (and mostly round). This is pretty damn close to describing the size and shape of Ida's satellite 'Dactyl'! When I originally wrote the story I didn't have Ida or Dactyl in mind!! Honestly!! To thicken the plot -- Dactyl has been known to be 'MISSING'!!!! See the bold print in the wiki article below!!! Might this suggest that Dactyl really could be a piloted-asteroid??!! OK -- I'm getting carried away -- but this is just one more example of some very strange coincidences and occurrances connected with my internet posting. All of this madness is driving me somewhat mad -- and I'm NOT kidding. The problem is -- I think things are going to get exponentially nuttier in the coming months and years -- and I really think the possibility exists that I might really come unglued -- and go down HARD -- a lot harder than I've already gone down. Look Out Below!!! http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dactyl_(asteroid)#Moon

    243 Ida (/'a?d?/ EYE-d?) is an asteroid in the Koronis family of the asteroid belt. It was discovered on 29 September 1884 by Johann Palisa and named after a nymph from Greek mythology. Later telescopic observations categorized Ida as an S-type asteroid, the most numerous type in the inner asteroid belt. On 28 August 1993, Ida was visited by the spacecraft Galileo, bound for Jupiter. It was the second asteroid to be visited by a spacecraft and the first found to possess a satellite.

    Like all main-belt asteroids, Ida's orbit lies between the planets Mars and Jupiter. Its orbital period is 4.84 years, and its rotation period is 4.63 hours. Ida has an average diameter of 31.4 km (19.5 mi). It is irregularly shaped and elongated, and apparently composed of two large objects connected together in a shape reminiscent of a croissant. Its surface is one of the most heavily cratered in the Solar System, featuring a wide variety of crater sizes and ages.

    Ida's moon, Dactyl, was discovered by mission member Ann Harch in images returned from Galileo. It was named after the Dactyls, creatures which inhabited Mount Ida in Greek mythology. Dactyl, being only 1.4 kilometres (4,600 ft) in diameter, is about one-twentieth the size of Ida. Its orbit around Ida could not be determined with much accuracy. However, the constraints of possible orbits allowed a rough determination of Ida's density, which revealed that it is depleted of metallic minerals. Dactyl and Ida share many characteristics, suggesting a common origin.

    The images returned from Galileo, and the subsequent measurement of Ida's mass, provided new insights into the geology of S-type asteroids. Before the Galileo flyby, many different theories had been proposed to explain their mineral composition. Determining their composition permits a correlation between meteorites falling to the Earth and their origin in the asteroid belt. Data returned from the flyby pointed to S-type asteroids as the source for the ordinary chondrite meteorites, the most common type found on the Earth's surface.

    Discovery and observations

    Ida was discovered on 29 September 1884 by Austrian astronomer Johann Palisa at the Vienna Observatory.[10] It was his 45th asteroid discovery.[1] Ida was named by Moriz von Kuffner, a Viennese brewer and amateur astronomer.[11][12] In Greek mythology, Ida was a nymph of Crete who raised the god Zeus.[13] Ida was recognized as a member of the Koronis family by Kiyotsugu Hirayama, who proposed in 1918 that the group comprised the remnants of a destroyed precursor body.[14]

    Ida's reflection spectrum was measured on 16 September 1980 by astronomers David J. Tholen and Edward F. Tedesco as part of the eight-color asteroid survey (ECAS).[15] Its spectrum matched those of the asteroids in the S-type classification.[16][17] Many observations of Ida were made in early 1993 by the US Naval Observatory in Flagstaff and the Oak Ridge Observatory. These improved the measurement of Ida's orbit around the Sun and reduced the uncertainty of its position during the Galileo flyby from 78 to 60 km (48 to 37 mi).[18]

    Exploration

    Galileo flyby

    Ida was visited in 1993 by the Jupiter-bound space probe Galileo. Its encounters of the asteroids Gaspra and Ida were secondary to the Jupiter mission. These were selected as targets in response to a new NASA policy directing mission planners to consider asteroid flybys for all spacecraft crossing the belt.[19] No prior missions had attempted such a flyby.[20] Galileo was launched into orbit by the Space Shuttle Atlantis mission STS-34 on 18 October 1989.[21] Changing Galileo's trajectory to approach Ida required that it consume 34 kg (75 lb) of propellant.[22] Mission planners delayed the decision to attempt a flyby until they were certain that this would leave the spacecraft enough propellant to complete its Jupiter mission.[23]

    Galileo's trajectory carried it into the asteroid belt twice on its way to Jupiter. During its second crossing, it flew by Ida on 28 August 1993 at a speed of 12,400 m/s (41,000 ft/s) relative to the asteroid.[23] The onboard imager observed Ida from a distance of 240,350 km (149,350 mi) to its closest approach of 2,390 km (1,490 mi).[13][24] Ida was the second asteroid, after Gaspra, to be imaged by a spacecraft.[25] About 95% of Ida's surface came into view of the probe during the flyby.[6]

    Transmission of many Ida images was delayed due to a permanent failure in the spacecraft's high-gain antenna.[26] The first five images were received in September 1993.[27] These comprised a high-resolution mosaic of the asteroid at a resolution of 31–38 m/pixel.[28][29] The remaining images were sent in February 1994,[2] when the spacecraft's proximity to the Earth allowed higher speed transmissions.[27][30]

    Discoveries

    The data returned from the Galileo flybys of Gaspra and Ida, and the later NEAR Shoemaker asteroid mission, permitted the first study of asteroid geology.[31] Ida's relatively large surface exhibited a diverse range of geological features.[32] The discovery of Ida's moon Dactyl, the first confirmed satellite of an asteroid, provided additional insights into Ida's composition.[33]

    Ida is classified as an S-type asteroid based on ground-based spectroscopic measurements.[34] The composition of S-types was uncertain before the Galileo flybys, but was interpreted to be either of two minerals found in meteorites that had fallen to the Earth: ordinary chondrite (OC) and stony-iron.[9] Estimates of Ida's density are constrained to less than 3.2 g/cm3 by the long-term stability of Dactyl's orbit.[34] This all but rules out a stony-iron composition; were Ida made of 5 g/cm3 iron- and nickel-rich material, it would have to contain more than 40% empty space.[33]

    The Galileo images also led to the discovery that space weathering was taking place on Ida, a process which causes older regions to become more red in color over time.[14][35] The same process affects both Ida and its moon, although Dactyl shows a lesser change.[36] The weathering of Ida's surface revealed another detail about its composition: the reflection spectra of freshly exposed parts of the surface resembled that of OC meteorites, but the older regions matched the spectra of S-type asteroids.[20]

    Both of these discoveries—the space weathering effects and the low density—led to a new understanding about the relationship between S-type asteroids and OC meteorites. S-types are the most numerous kind of asteroid in the inner part of the asteroid belt.[20] OC meteorites are, likewise, the most common type of meteorite found on the Earth's surface.[20] The reflection spectra measured by remote observations of S-type asteroids, however, did not match that of OC meteorites. The Galileo flyby of Ida found that some S-types, particularly the Koronis family, could be the source of these meteorites.[36]

    Physical characteristics

    Ida's mass is between 3.65 and 4.99 × 1016 kg.[37] Its gravitational field produces an acceleration of about 0.3 to 1.1 cm/s2 over its surface.[6] This field is so weak that an astronaut standing on its surface could leap from one end of Ida to the other, and an object moving in excess of 20 m/s (70 ft/s) could escape the asteroid entirely.[38][39]

    Ida is a distinctly elongated asteroid,[40] with an irregular surface,[41][42] and is somewhat "croissant-shaped".[27] Ida is 2.35 times as long as it is wide,[40] and a "waist" separates it into two geologically dissimilar halves.[27] This constricted shape is consistent with Ida being made of two large, solid components, with loose debris filling the gap between them. However, no such debris was seen in high resolution images captured by Galileo.[42] Whilst there are a few steep slopes tilting up to about 50° on Ida, the slope generally does not exceed 35°.[6] Ida's irregular shape is responsible for the asteroid's highly uneven gravitational field.[43] The surface acceleration is lowest at the extremities because of their fast rotational speed. It is also low near the "waist" because the mass of the asteroid is concentrated in the two halves, away from this location.[6]

    Surface features

    Ida's surface appears heavily cratered and mostly gray, although minor color variations mark newly formed or uncovered areas.[13] Besides craters, other features are evident, such as grooves, ridges, and protrusions. Ida is covered by a thick layer of regolith, loose debris that obscures the solid rock beneath. The largest, boulder-sized, debris fragments are called ejecta blocks, several of which have been observed on the surface.

    Regolith

    The surface of Ida is covered in a blanket of pulverized rock, called regolith, about 50–100 m (160–330 ft) thick.[27] This material is produced in impact events and redistributed across Ida's surface by geological processes.[44] Galileo observed evidence of recent downslope regolith movement.[45]

    Ida's regolith is composed of the silicate minerals olivine and pyroxene.[2][46] Its appearance changes over time through a process called space weathering.[36] Because of this process, older regolith appears more red in color compared to freshly exposed material.[35]

    About 20 large (40–150 m across) ejecta blocks have been identified, embedded in Ida's regolith.[27][48] Ejecta blocks constitute the largest pieces of the regolith.[49] Because ejecta blocks are expected to break down quickly by impact events, those present on the surface must have been either formed recently or uncovered by an impact event.[43][50] Most of them are located within the craters Lascaux and Mammoth, but they may not have been produced there.[50] This area attracts debris due to Ida's irregular gravitational field.[43] Some blocks may have been ejected from the young crater Azzurra on the opposite side of the asteroid.[51]

    Structures

    Several major structures mark Ida's surface. The asteroid appears to be split into two halves, here referred to as region 1 and region 2, connected by a "waist".[27] This feature may have been filled in by debris, or blasted out of the asteroid by impacts.[27][51]

    Region 1 of Ida contains two major structures. One is a prominent 40 km (25 mi) ridge named Townsend Dorsum that stretches 150 degrees around Ida's surface.[52] The other structure is a large indentation named Vienna Regio.[27]

    Ida's region 2 features several sets of grooves, most of which are 100 m (330 ft) wide or less and up to 4 km (2.5 mi) long.[27][53] They are located near, but are not connected with, the craters Mammoth, Lascaux, and Kartchner.[49] Some grooves are related to major impact events, for example a set opposite Vienna Regio.[54]

    Craters

    Ida is one of the most densely cratered bodies in the Solar System,[28][41] and impacts have been the primary process shaping its surface.[55] Cratering has reached the saturation point, meaning that new impacts erase evidence of old ones, leaving the total crater count roughly the same.[56] It is covered with craters of all sizes and stages of degradation,[41] and ranging in age from fresh to as old as Ida itself.[27] The oldest may have been formed during the breakup of the Koronis family parent body.[36] The largest crater, Lascaux, is almost 12 km (7.5 mi) across.[42][57] Region 2 contains nearly all of the craters larger than 6 km (3.7 mi) in diameter, but Region 1 has no large craters at all.[27] Some craters are arranged in chains.[29]

    Ida's major craters are named after caves and lava tubes on Earth. The crater Azzurra, for example, is named after a submerged cave on the island of Capri, also known as the Blue Grotto.[58] Azzurra seems to be the most recent major impact on Ida.[48] The ejecta from this collision is distributed discontinuously over Ida[35] and is responsible for the large-scale color and albedo variations across its surface.[59] An exception to the crater morphology is the fresh, asymmetric Fingal, which has a sharp boundary between the floor and wall on one side.[60] Another significant crater is Afon, which marks Ida's prime meridian.[8]

    The craters are simple in structure: bowl-shaped with no flat bottoms and no central peaks.[60] They are distributed evenly around Ida, except for a protrusion north of crater Choukoutien which is smoother and less cratered.[61] The ejecta excavated by impacts is deposited differently on Ida than on planets because of its rapid rotation, low gravity and irregular shape.[40] Ejecta blankets settle asymmetrically around their craters, but fast-moving ejecta that escapes from the asteroid is permanently lost.[62]

    Composition

    Ida was classified as an S-type asteroid based on the similarity of its reflectance spectra with similar asteroids.[9] S-types may share their composition with stony-iron or ordinary chondrite (OC) meteorites.[9] The composition of the interior has not been directly analyzed, but is assumed to be similar to OC material based on observed surface color changes and Ida's bulk density of 2.27–3.10 g/cm3.[5][36] OC meteorites contain varying amounts of the silicates olivine and pyroxene, iron, and feldspar.[63] Olivine and pyroxene were detected on Ida by Galileo.[2] The mineral content appears to be homogeneous throughout its extent. Galileo found minimal variations on the surface, and the asteroid's spin indicates a consistent density.[64][65] Assuming that its composition is similar to OC meteorites, which range in density from 3.48 to 3.64 g/cm3, Ida would have a porosity of 11–42%.[5]

    Ida's interior probably contains some amount of impact-fractured rock, called megaregolith. The megaregolith layer of Ida extends between hundreds of meters below the surface to a few kilometers. Some rock in Ida's core may have been fractured below the large craters Mammoth, Lascaux, and Undara.[65]

    Orbit and rotation

    Ida is a member of the Koronis family of asteroid-belt asteroids.[14] Ida orbits the Sun at an average distance of 2.862 AU (428.1 Gm), between the orbits of Mars and Jupiter.[2][3] Ida takes 4.84089 years to complete one orbit.[3]

    Ida's rotation period is 4.63 hours,[7][40] making it one of the fastest rotating asteroids yet discovered.[66] The calculated maximum moment of inertia of a uniformly dense object the same shape as Ida coincides with the spin axis of the asteroid. This suggests that there are no major variations of density within the asteroid.[54] Ida's axis of rotation precesses with a period of 77 thousand years, due to the gravity of the Sun acting upon the nonspherical shape of the asteroid.[67]

    Origin

    Ida originated in the breakup of the roughly 120 km (75 mi) diameter Koronis parent body.[7] The progenitor asteroid had partially differentiated, with heavier metals migrating to the core.[68] Ida carried away insignificant amounts of this core material.[68] It is uncertain how long ago the disruption event occurred. According to an analysis of Ida's cratering processes, its surface is more than a billion years old.[68] However, this is inconsistent with the estimated age of the Ida–Dactyl system of less than 100 million years;[69] it is unlikely that Dactyl, due to its small size, could have escaped being destroyed in a major collision for longer. The difference in age estimates may be explained by an increased rate of cratering from the debris of the Koronis parent body's destruction.[70]

    Moon

    A small satellite named Dactyl orbits Ida. Dactyl, officially (243) Ida I Dactyl (/'dækt?l/ DAK-til) was discovered in images taken by the Galileo spacecraft during its flyby in 1993. These images provided the first direct confirmation of an asteroid moon.[33] At the time, it was separated from Ida by a distance of 90 kilometres (56 mi), moving in a prograde orbit. Dactyl is heavily cratered, like Ida, and consists of similar materials. Its origin is uncertain, but evidence from the flyby suggests that it originated as a fragment of the Koronis parent body.

    Discovery

    Dactyl was found on 17 February 1994 by Galileo mission member Ann Harch, while examining delayed image downloads from the spacecraft.[2] Galileo recorded 47 images of Dactyl over an observation period of 5.5 hours in August 1993.[71] The spacecraft was 10,760 kilometres (6,690 mi) from Ida[72] and 10,870 kilometres (6,750 mi) from Dactyl when the first image of the moon was captured, 14 minutes before Galileo made its closest approach.[73]

    Dactyl was initially designated 1993 (243) 1.[72][74] It was named by the International Astronomical Union in 1994,[74] for the mythological dactyls who inhabited Mount Ida on the island of Crete.[75][76]

    Physical characteristics

    Dactyl is an "egg-shaped",[33] but "remarkably spherical"[75] object measuring 1.6 by 1.4 by 1.2 kilometres (0.99 mi × 0.87 mi × 0.75 mi).[33] It was oriented with its longest axis pointing towards Ida.[33] Like Ida, Dactyl's surface exhibits saturation cratering.[33] It is marked by more than a dozen craters with a diameter greater than 80 m (260 ft), indicating that the moon has suffered many collisions during its history.[13] At least six craters form a linear chain, suggesting that it was caused by locally produced debris, possibly ejected from Ida.[33] Dactyl's craters may contain central peaks, unlike those found on Ida.[77] These features, and Dactyl's spheroidal shape, imply that the moon is gravitationally controlled despite its small size.[77] Like Ida, its average temperature is about 200 K (-73 °C; -100 °F).[2]

    Dactyl shares many characteristics with Ida. Their albedos and reflection spectra are very similar.[78] The small differences indicate that the space weathering process is less active on Dactyl.[36] Its small size would make the formation of significant amounts of regolith impossible.[36][72] This contrasts with Ida, which is covered by a deep layer of regolith.

    Dactyl's orbit around Ida is not precisely known. Galileo was in the plane of Dactyl's orbit when most of the images of the moon were taken, which made determining its exact orbit difficult.[34] Dactyl orbits in the prograde direction[79] and is inclined about 8° to Ida's equator.[71] Based on computer simulations, Dactyl's pericenter must be more than about 65 km (40 mi) from Ida for it to remain in a stable orbit.[80] The range of orbits generated by the simulations was narrowed down by the necessity of having the orbits pass through points at which Galileo observed Dactyl to be at 16:52:05 UT on 28 August 1993, about 90 km (56 mi) from Ida at longitude 85°.[81][82] On 26 April 1994, the Hubble Space Telescope observed Ida for eight hours and was unable to spot Dactyl. It would have been able to observe the moon if it was more than about 700 km (430 mi) from Ida.[34]

    Dactyl's orbital period is about 20 hours, assuming it is in a circular orbit around Ida.[78] Its orbital speed is roughly 10 m/s (33 ft/s), "about the speed of a fast run or a slowly thrown baseball".[34]

    Age and origin

    Dactyl may have originated at the same time as Ida,[83] from the disruption of the Koronis parent body.[50] However, it may have formed more recently, perhaps as ejecta from a large impact on Ida.[84] It is extremely unlikely that it was captured by Ida.[73] Dactyl may have suffered a major impact around 100 million years ago, which reduced its size.[68]

    See also
    List of geological features on 243 Ida and Dactyl
    List of minor planets

    Notes

    1.^ a b Raab 2002
    2.^ a b c d e f g h Holm 1994
    3.^ a b c d e JPL 2008
    4.^ a b Britt et al. 2002, p. 486
    5.^ a b c Wilson, Keil & Love 1999, p. 480
    6.^ a b c d e Thomas et al. 1996
    7.^ a b c Vokrouhlicky, Nesvorny & Bottke 2003, p. 147
    8.^ a b c Seidelmann Archinal A'hearn et al. 2007, p. 171
    9.^ a b c d Wilson, Keil & Love 1999, p. 479
    10.^ Ridpath 1897, p. 206
    11.^ Schmadel 2003, p. 36
    12.^ Berger 2003, p. 241
    13.^ a b c d NASA 2005
    14.^ a b c Chapman 1996, p. 700
    15.^ Zellner, Tholen & Tedesco 1985, pp. 357, 373
    16.^ Zellner, Tholen & Tedesco 1985, p. 404

    The Eos and Koronis families ... are entirely of type S, which is rare at their heliocentric distances ...

    17.^ Zellner, Tholen & Tedesco 1985, p. 410
    18.^ Owen & Yeomans 1994, p. 2295
    19.^ D'Amario, Bright & Wolf 1992, p. 26
    20.^ a b c d Chapman 1996, p. 699
    21.^ D'Amario, Bright & Wolf 1992, p. 24
    22.^ D'Amario, Bright & Wolf 1992, p. 72
    23.^ a b D'Amario, Bright & Wolf 1992, p. 36
    24.^ Sullivan et al. 1996, p. 120
    25.^ Cowen 1993, p. 215

    Nearly a month after a successful photo session, the Galileo spacecraft last week finished radioing to Earth a high-resolution portrait of the second asteroid ever to be imaged from space. Known as 243 Ida, the asteroid was photographed from an average distance of just 3,400 kilometers some 3.5 minutes before Galileo's closest approach on Aug. 28.

    26.^ Chapman 1994, p. 358
    27. Chapman 1996, p. 707
    28.^ a b Chapman et al. 1994, p. 237
    29.^ a b Greeley et al. 1994, p. 469
    30.^ Monet et al. 1994, p. 2293
    31.^ Geissler, Petit & Greenberg 1996, p. 57
    32.^ Chapman et al. 1994, p. 238
    33. Chapman 1996, p. 709
    34. Byrnes & D'Amario 1994
    35.^ a b c Chapman 1996, p. 710
    36. Chapman 1995, p. 496
    37.^ Petit et al. 1997, pp. 179–180
    38.^ Geissler et al. 1996, p. 142
    39.^ Lee et al. 1996, p. 99
    40.^ a b c d Geissler, Petit & Greenberg 1996, p. 58
    41.^ a b c Chapman 1994, p. 363
    42.^ a b c Bottke et al. 2002, p. 10
    43.^ a b c Cowen 1995
    44.^ Lee et al. 1996, p. 96
    45.^ Greeley et al. 1994, p. 470
    46.^ Chapman 1996, p. 701
    47.^ Lee et al. 1996, p. 90
    48.^ a b Geissler et al. 1996, p. 141
    49.^ a b Sullivan et al. 1996, p. 132
    50.^ a b c Lee et al. 1996, p. 97
    51.^ a b Stooke 1997, p. 1385
    52.^ Sárneczky & Kereszturi 2002
    53.^ Sullivan et al. 1996, p. 131
    54.^ a b Thomas & Prockter 2004
    55.^ Geissler, Petit & Greenberg 1996, pp. 57–58
    56.^ Chapman 1996, pp. 707–708
    57.^ a b USGS
    58.^ Greeley & Batson 2001, p. 393
    59.^ Bottke et al. 2002, p. 9
    60.^ a b Sullivan et al. 1996, p. 124
    61.^ Sullivan et al. 1996, p. 128
    62.^ Geissler et al. 1996, p. 155
    63.^ Lewis 1996, p. 89

    The chondrites fall naturally into five composition classes, of which three have very similar mineral contents, but different proportions of metal and silicates. All three contain abundant iron in three different forms (ferrous iron oxide in silicates, metallic iron, and ferrous sulfide), usually with all three abundant enough to be classified as potential ores. All three contain feldspar (an aluminosilicate of calcium, sodium, and potassium), pyroxene (silicates with one silicon atom for each atom of magnesium, iron, or calcium), olivine (silicates with two iron or magnesium atoms per silicon atom), metallic iron, and iron sulfide (the mineral troilite). These three classes, referred to collectively as the ordinary chondrites, contain quite different amounts of metal.

    64.^ Thomas & Prockter 2004, p. 21
    65.^ a b Sullivan et al. 1996, p. 135
    66.^ Greenberg et al. 1996, p. 107
    67.^ Slivan 1995, p. 134
    68. Greenberg et al. 1996, p. 117
    69.^ Hurford & Greenberg 2000, p. 1595
    70.^ Carroll & Ostlie 1996, p. 878
    71.^ a b Petit et al. 1997, p. 177
    72.^ a b c Belton & Carlson 1994
    73.^ a b Mason 1994, p. 108
    74.^ a b Green 1994
    75.^ a b Schmadel 2003, p. 37
    76.^ Pausanias 5.7.6

    When Zeus was born, Rhea entrusted the guardianship of her son to the Dactyls of Ida, who are the same as those called Curetes. They came from Cretan Ida – Heracles, Paeonaeus, Epimedes, Iasius and Idas.

    77.^ a b Asphaug, Ryan & Zuber 2003, p. 463
    78.^ a b Chapman et al. 1994, p. 455
    79.^ Petit et al. 1997, p. 179
    80.^ Petit et al. 1997, p. 195
    81.^ Petit et al. 1997, p. 188
    82.^ Petit et al. 1997, p. 193
    83.^ Greenberg et al. 1996, p. 116
    84.^ Petit et al. 1997, p. 182

    Journal articles

    Asphaug, Erik; Ryan, Eileen V.; Zuber, Maria T. (2003). "Asteroid Interiors". Asteroids III (Tucson: University of Arizona): 463–484. Bibcode 2002aste.conf..463A. Retrieved 2009-01-04.
    Bottke, William F., Jr.; Cellino, A.; Paolicchi, P.; Binzel, R. P. (2002). "An Overview of the Asteroids: The Asteroids III Perspective". Asteroids III (Tucson: University of Arizona): 3–15. Bibcode 2002aste.conf....3B. Retrieved 2008-10-23.
    Britt, D. T.; Yeomans, D. K.; Housen, K.; Consolmagno, G. (2002). "Asteroid Density, Porosity, and Structure". Asteroids III (Tucson: University of Arizona): 485–500. Bibcode 2002aste.conf..485B. Retrieved 2008-10-27.
    Chapman, Clark R. (1994). "The Galileo Encounters with Gaspra and Ida". Asteroids, Comets, Meteors: 357–365. Bibcode 1994IAUS..160..357C.
    Chapman, Clark R.; Klaasen, K.; Belton, Michael J. S.; Veverka, Joseph (July 1994). "Asteroid 243 IDA and its satellite". Meteoritics 29: 455. Bibcode 1994Metic..29..455C.
    Chapman, Clark R. (September 1995). "Galileo Observations of Gaspra, Ida, and Dactyl: Implications for Meteoritics". Meteoritics 30 (5): 496. Bibcode 1995Metic..30R.496C.
    Chapman, Clark R. (October 1996). "S-Type Asteroids, Ordinary Chondrites, and Space Weathering: The Evidence from Galileo's Fly-bys of Gaspra and Ida". Meteoritics 31: 699–725. Bibcode 1996M&PS...31..699C. doi:10.1111/j.1945-5100.1996.tb02107.x.
    Chapman, Clark R.; Ryan, Eileen V.; Merline, William J.; Neukum, Gerhard; Wagner, Roland; Thomas, Peter C.; Veverka, Joseph; Sullivan, Robert J. (March 1996). "Cratering on Ida". Icarus 120 (1): 77–86. Bibcode 1996Icar..120...77C. doi:10.1006/icar.1996.0038. Retrieved 2008-10-27.
    D'Amario, Louis A.; Bright, Larry E.; Wolf, Aron A. (May 1992). "Galileo trajectory design". Space Science Reviews 60 (1-4): 23–78. Bibcode 1992SSRv...60...23D. doi:10.1007/BF00216849.
    Geissler, Paul E.; Petit, Jean-Marc; Durda, Daniel D.; Greenberg, Richard; Bottke, William F.; Nolan, Michael; Moore, Jeffrey (March 1996). "Erosion and Ejecta Reaccretion on 243 Ida and Its Moon". Icarus 120 (1): 140–157. Bibcode 1996Icar..120..140G. doi:10.1006/icar.1996.0042. Archived from the original on 20 March 2009. Retrieved 2009-03-26.
    Geissler, Paul E.; Petit, Jean-Marc; Greenberg, Richard (1996). "Ejecta Reaccretion on Rapidly Rotating Asteroids: Implications for 243 Ida and 433 Eros". Completing the Inventory of the Solar System (Astronomical Society of the Pacific) 107: 57–67. Bibcode 1996ASPC..107...57G.
    Greenberg, Richard; Bottke, William F.; Nolan, Michael; Geissler, Paul E.; Petit, Jean-Marc; Durda, Daniel D.; Asphaug, Erik; Head, James (March 1996). "Collisional and Dynamical History of Ida". Icarus 120 (1): 106–118. Bibcode 1996Icar..120..106G. doi:10.1006/icar.1996.0040. Retrieved 2008-10-23.
    Hurford, Terry A.; Greenberg, Richard (June 2000). "Tidal Evolution by Elongated Primaries: Implications for the Ida/Dactyl System". Geophysical Research Letters 27 (11): 1595–1598. Bibcode 2000GeoRL..27.1595H. doi:10.1029/1999GL010956. Retrieved 2008-10-25.
    Lee, Pascal; Veverka, Joseph; Thomas, Peter C.; Helfenstein, Paul; Belton, Michael J. S.; Chapman, Clark R.; Greeley, Ronald; Pappalardo, Robert T.; Sullivan, Robert J.; Head, James W., III (March 1996). "Ejecta Blocks on 243 Ida and on Other Asteroids". Icarus 120 (1): 87–105. Bibcode 1996Icar..120...87L. doi:10.1006/icar.1996.0039. Retrieved 2008-10-27.
    Mason, John W. (June 1994). "Ida's new moon". Journal of the British Astronomical Association 104 (3): 108. Bibcode 1994JBAA..104..108M.
    Monet, A. K. B.; Stone, R. C.; Monet, D. G.; Dahn, C. C.; Harris, H. C.; Leggett, S. K.; Pier, J. R.; Vrba, F. J.; Walker, R. L. (June 1994). "Astrometry for the Galileo mission. 1: Asteroid encounters". The Astronomical Journal 107 (6): 2290–2294. Bibcode 1994AJ....107.2290M. doi:10.1086/117036.
    Owen, W. M., Jr.; Yeomans, D. K. (June 1994). "The overlapping plates method applied to CCD observations of 243 Ida". The Astronomical Journal 107 (6): 2295–2298. Bibcode 1994AJ....107.2295O. doi:10.1086/117037.
    Petit, Jean-Marc; Durda, Daniel D.; Greenberg, Richard; Hurford, Terry A.; Geissler, Paul E. (November 1997). "The Long-Term Dynamics of Dactyl's Orbit". Icarus 130 (1): 177–197. Bibcode 1997Icar..130..177P. doi:10.1006/icar.1997.5788. Retrieved 2008-10-25.
    Seidelmann, P. Kenneth; Archinal, B. A.; A'hearn, M. F. et al. (2007). "Report of the IAU/IAG Working Group on cartographic coordinates and rotational elements: 2006". Celestial Mechanics and Dynamical Astronomy 98 (3): 155–180. Bibcode 2007CeMDA..98..155S. doi:10.1007/s10569-007-9072-y. edit
    Sullivan, Robert J.; Greeley, Ronald; Pappalardo, R.; Asphaug, E.; Moore, J. M.; Morrison, D.; Belton, Michael J. S.; Carr, M.; Chapman, Clark R.; Geissler, Paul E.; Greenberg, Richard; Granahan, James; Head, J. W., III; Kirk, R.; McEwen, A.; Lee, P.; Thomas, Peter C.; Veverka, Joseph (March 1996). "Geology of 243 Ida". Icarus 120 (1): 119–139. Bibcode 1996Icar..120..119S. doi:10.1006/icar.1996.0041. Retrieved 2008-10-27.
    Thomas, Peter C.; Belton, Michael J. S.; Carcich, B.; Chapman, Clark R.; Davies, M. E.; Sullivan, Robert J.; Veverka, Joseph (1996). "The shape of Ida". Icarus 120 (1): 20–32. Bibcode 1996Icar..120...20T. doi:10.1006/icar.1996.0033.
    Vokrouhlicky, David; Nesvorny, David; Bottke, William F. (11 September 2003). "The vector alignments of asteroid spins by thermal torques". Nature 425 (6954): 147–151. Bibcode 2003Natur.425..147V. doi:10.1038/nature01948. PMID 12968171. Retrieved 2008-10-23.
    Wilson, Lionel; Keil, Klaus; Love, Stanley J. (May 1999). "The internal structures and densities of asteroids". Meteoritics & Planetary Science 34 (3): 479–483. Bibcode 1999M&PS...34..479W. doi:10.1111/j.1945-5100.1999.tb01355.x.
    Zellner, Ben; Tholen, David J.; Tedesco, Edward F. (March 1985). "The eight-color asteroid survey: Results for 589 minor planets". Icarus 61 (3): 355–416. Bibcode 1985Icar...61..355Z. doi:10.1016/0019-1035(85)90133-2.

    Books

    Berger, Peter (2003). "The Gildemeester Organisation for Assistance to Emigrants and the expulsion of Jews from Vienna, 1938–1942". In Gourvish, Terry. Business and Politics in Europe, 1900–1970. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. ISBN 0-521-82344-7.
    Carroll, Bradley W.; Ostlie, Dale A. (1996). An Introduction to Modern Astrophysics. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company. ISBN 0-201-54730-9.
    Greeley, Ronald; Batson, Raymond M. (2001). The Compact NASA Atlas of the Solar System. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. ISBN 0-521-80633-X.
    Lewis, John S. (1996). Mining the Sky: Untold Riches from the Asteroids, Comets, and Planets. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley. ISBN 0-201-47959-1.
    Pausanias (1916). Description of Greece. Translated by Jones, W. H. S. & Omerod, H. A.. Loeb Classical Library. ISBN 0-674-99104-4.
    Ridpath, John Clark (1897). The Standard American Encyclopedia of Arts, Sciences, History, Biography, Geography, Statistics, and General Knowledge. Encyclopedia Publishing.
    Schmadel, Lutz D. (2003). "Catalogue of Minor Planet Names and Discovery Circumstances". Dictionary of minor planet names. IAU commission. 20. Springer. ISBN 978-3-540-00238-3.
    Slivan, Stephen Michael (June 1995). Spin-Axis Alignment of Koronis Family Asteroids. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. OCLC 32907677. hdl:1721.1/11867.
    Thomas, Peter C.; Prockter, Louise M. (28 May 2004). "Tectonics of Small Bodies". Planetary Tectonics. Cambridge Planetary Science. 11. Cambridge University Press. ISBN 978-0-521-76573-2. Retrieved 2008-11-29.

    Other

    Belton, Michael J. S.; Carlson, R. (12 March 1994). "1993 (243) 1". IAU Circular (International Astronomical Union) (5948). Bibcode 1994IAUC.5948....2B.
    Byrnes, Dennis V.; D'Amario, Louis A.; Galileo Navigation Team (December 1994). "Solving for Dactyl's Orbit and Ida's Density". The Galileo Messenger (NASA) (35). Retrieved 2008-10-23.
    Chapman, Clark R.; Belton, Michael J. S.; Veverka, Joseph; Neukum, G.; Head, J.; Greeley, Ronald; Klaasen, K.; Morrison, D. (March 1994). "First Galileo image of asteroid 243 Ida". Abstracts of the 25th Lunar and Planetary Science Conference (Lunar and Planetary Institute): 237–238. Bibcode 1994LPI....25..237C.
    Cowen, Ron (2 October 1993). "Close-up of an asteroid: Galileo eyes Ida". 144. Science News. p. 215. ISSN 0036-8423.
    Cowen, Ron (1 April 1995). "Idiosyncrasies of Ida—asteroid 243 Ida's irregular gravitational field" (PDF). 147. Science News. p. 207. ISSN 0036-8423. Retrieved 2009-03-26.
    Greeley, Ronald; Sullivan, Robert J.; Pappalardo, R.; Head, J.; Veverka, Joseph; Thomas, Peter C.; Lee, P.; Belton, M.; Chapman, Clark R. (March 1994). "Morphology and Geology of Asteroid Ida: Preliminary Galileo Imaging Observations". Abstracts of the 25th Lunar and Planetary Science Conference (Lunar and Planetary Institute): 469–470. Bibcode 1994LPI....25..469G.
    Green, Daniel W. E. (26 September 1994). "1993 (243) 1 = (243) Ida I (Dactyl)". IAU Circular (International Astronomical Union) (6082). Bibcode 1994IAUC.6082....2G.
    Holm, Jeanne; Jones, Jan (ed.) (June 1994). "Discovery of Ida's Moon Indicates Possible "Families" of Asteroids". The Galileo Messenger (NASA) (34). Retrieved 2008-10-23.
    Raab, Herbert (2002). "Johann Palisa, the most successful visual discoverer of asteroids". Meeting on Asteroids and Comets in Europe. Archived from the original on 30 October 2008. Retrieved 2008-10-23.
    Sárneczky, K; Kereszturi, Á. (March 2002). "'Global' Tectonism on Asteroids?". 33rd Annual Lunar and Planetary Science Conference. Bibcode 2002LPI....33.1381S. Retrieved 2008-10-22.
    Stooke, P. J. (1997). "Reflections on the Geology of 243 Ida". Lunar and Planetary Science XXVIII: 1385–1386. Retrieved 2008-11-29.
    "JPL Small-Body Database Browser: 243 Ida". Jet Propulsion Laboratory. 25 August 2008.
    "Images of Asteroids Ida & Dactyl". National Aeronautics and Space Administration. 23 August 2005. Archived from the original on 21 October 2008. Retrieved 2008-12-04.
    "Gazetteer of Planetary Nomenclature: Ida". United States Geological Survey Astrogeology Research Program. Retrieved 2009-04-15.


    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 765px-Asteroid_size_comparison
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 243_Ida_rotation
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 442px-Galileo_trajectory_Ida.svg
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Ida-approach
    Imagine Looking Into Your Telescope
    and Seeing THIS!!!

    The 'Disclosure' episode from the sixth season of 'Stargate SG-1' which I thought was quite fine! I would recommend getting a ten-season set of DVD's. I noticed that in 'The Fifth Race' episode of 'Stargate SG-1' -- the 'Greys' or 'Asgard' state that they live in the Galaxy of Ida!! Think about the title of this thread regarding the asteroid 'Ida'!! This is yet another interesting 'coincidence' in my internet posting. If you carefully study my threads, you will find some amazing coincidences -- especially if you know all about me -- as I'm sure some of you do. I don't make a big deal about this sort of thing -- and I mostly just hint at a lot of it -- but the occurrances and coincidences connected with my life and internet posting are scaring the hell out of me each and every day -- and I'm not kidding. Consider the alien-character 'Kril Mossette' in one of the fifth-season 'Star Trek Voyager' episodes. Notice the French-Connection, the KRLLL-Connection, and the strange similarity to Dr. Mataros from 'Earth: Final Conflict' ('Termination' episode). What did Roddenberry know -- and when did he know it?? Can you imagine a private conversation between Gene Roddenberry and Arthur C. Clark??!! BTW -- I think I've seen (and even met) 'Lilly' in 'real-life'. Nuff said about that. 'Hathor', 'The Powers That Be', 'The Torment of Tantalus', 'The Fifth Race', 'Absolute Power', and the 'Disclosure' episodes are some of the best 'Stargate SG-1' material.

    The 'Disclosure' episode is especially relevant when considering a 'United States of the Solar System' which might involve the sharing of advanced technology and information with ALL member states. This sort of thing is quite challenging and dangerous -- but the alternatives might be even more problematic. Supposedly John F. Kennedy wanted to partner with the Soviet Union regarding the Space Program (and who knows what else) -- and we all know what happened a few months later. What are legitimate-secrets and illegitimate-secrets?? I suspect that this whole damn solar system is a subsidiary of a HUGE Galactic Business Empire -- and that the Bottom-Line is the Bottom-Line in just about EVERYTHING -- but I can't prove it. I continue to suspect that we live in a nasty and violent universe with 'System Lords' in conflict with each other -- and I suspect that the Human Race is simply a Pawn in a HUGE Galactic Chess Game. Realistically Speaking -- a United States of the Solar System might have to be somewhat militaristic and disciplined to survive in this universe. I desire absolute peace and harmony -- but does this idealism really work in this universe?? I continue to suspect a VERY nasty past, present, and future for ALL civilizations and races. The Old Testament might very well reflect the reality of the type of universe we live in.

    I might, of necessity, have to be a Bad@$$ Warrior in my next incarnation. My idealism in this incarnation seems to have nearly put me in the funny farm -- and I'm not kidding. Perhaps I should embrace Old Testament Ethics rather than trying to superimpose the Teachings of Jesus onto a Universe which HATES these teachings. I really think that I'm some sort of a Reincarnational Bad@$$ with a reprehensible ethical record. Perhaps I should NOT have tried to be 'Good'. This seems to have brought me nothing but misery and sadness. What if the Galactic PTB Want Bad@$$ Bad Guys?? What if they do NOT want the Pure in Heart?? I guess my present goal is to become sort of a Bad@$$ Good-Guy (in preparation for my next incarnation). It's a little late for me to do anything significant in this incarnation -- especially when I seem to be hamstrung by nefarious entities and agencies. I can barely remember my name and tie my shoes. I seem to be Galactically Blacklisted and Redlisted -- Big Time. Was it Something I Said?? As you can tell -- I'm getting more and more jaded and cynical regarding just about everything -- as my ears ring loudly -- and as I feel like I just got hit by a mag-lev train -- each and every day. Unfortunately, I feel as if my next incarnation will be a helluva lot worse -- if I even have a next incarnation...


    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 0
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 3932516600_bc252e1b18_z
    The Queen of Heaven and a Jesuit-Professor??
    Another Day at the University of Solar System
    Studies and Governance at Ida??
    devakas wrote:
    orthodoxymoron wrote:Thank-you magamud and Janetta. I worry about irresponsible-freedom v responsible-freedom. I understand that We the Sheeple must be watched by the Sheep-Herders -- but I worry when I hear about the TV watching people while they watch TV. What are ethical and appropriate limits to surveillance?? We obviously live in a VERY dangerous world -- and I agonize over how the insanity should be managed. I have recently started thinking more about Ethics, Law, Law-Enforcement, and the Military. The industrial revolution, the technological revolution, and the information explosion -- has created a perfect storm -- especially on the internet -- and I suspect that a lot of individuals (human and otherwise) have gotten caught with their pants and dresses down -- and I further suspect that they are really, Really MAD!! But I am very doubtful that things are going to get better anytime soon. Even if my hypothetical United States of the Solar System were introduced in Obama's State of the Union Address -- things would probably still go to hell -- and such a sudden and abrupt introduction might precipitate Hell on Earth.

    I think things are very precarious and unstable right now. I further think that evolutionary change should trump revolutionary change. Things might have to APPEAR to remain the same for at least the rest of this decade. I think we could be facing a market-crash and a dollar-crash in 2013 -- which could be made milder or more severe by how change and the media is managed. I worry about resets, disclosure, regime-changes, and alien-invasions (staged or otherwise). I think the evil and destructive potential which exists within this solar system is beyond comprehension. I feel as if we might be in the quiet before the storm. My recent 'Solar System View' is making me feel like a completely different person -- and it is scaring the hell out of me. I can only imagine how the 'Real Insiders' feel -- the ones who deal directly with the BS -- each and every day.
    I can only imagine how the 'Real Insiders' feel -- the ones who deal directly with the BS -- each and every day -

    hahaha I think you got it right here.

    incarnated soul is very busy to create the paradise on earth, to make there imortal matter, get insurance and enjoy the 'misery'....

    Ortho you are the very skilled english writer. You try to speak with the sore mind. However it is true that the heart is wiser than mind.

    I posted on Vedic thread about Creator, our father, i shared to understand Him better, to feel Him in our hearts, to love Him, bow to Him.....
    remember it is all about desires. it it all about our desires to whom to serve. truth or lies.

    Now compare the desire in your posts. I see it as it is politics of rulers, pure desire to rule and sufering of this passion.
    (remember passion always ends in misery. facts. hollywood passion, rules of passion, love with passion, etc. always ends with misery. ) remember that.

    so the question is do you want to know God? really? or do you want to take over the ruler's part? Are you worry how to rule? This post of One is taken. :) So whom you want to rule or take over?

    I would be fan of your writings, but i am not interested in politics, powers, rulers, responsibilities (sucks)...those are only people mind speculations in illiusion of -i do better, i am the best..

    freedom is better.

    i see your honesty, i see you suffer and feel bad about it.

    keep cool your mind and best best wishes.

    devakas
    Flowers

    should i post about matter
    Thank-you devakas. I wish to know God, in part, by attempting to understand the realities and potentialities of the governance of this solar system. I guess I'm attempting to think God's thoughts after Him and/or Her. But really, this might reveal both the positives and negatives of how this solar system and universe really works. The universe might be stranger than we CAN think. What Would Albert Einstein and JBS Haldane Say?? I think I'm going to imagine the 'Stargate SG-1' Underground Base as being part of the interior of Ida. (Imagine each 'SG-1' episode originating in said base!!) Then, I might imagine that enlarged (10,000 seat) reproduction of Solomon's Temple as being inside of Ida http://thelede.blogs.nytimes.com/2010/07/22/rebuilding-solomons-temple-in-sao-paulo/ -- complete with a Fisk Pipe-Organ similar to the 1875 Cavaille-Coll Design Intended for St. Peter's Basilica in Rome!! http://cdmnet.org/Julian/schemes/props/rome.htm What if this were one of the meeting-places for USSS Representatives!! Finally, I might imagine Humans, Greys, and Dracs as being the Professors (Including Jesuits!) at the University of Solar System Studies and Governance at Ida!! Could I get some sort of a scholarship??!! I really would like to obtain a PhD in Solar System Studies and Governance -- based, in part, upon my internet posting concerning a hypothetical United States of the Solar System. What Would Richard Greenberg Say?? I have NO idea what the realities are, connected with all of this, but it's fun to think about -- in a very scary way!! Can you even begin to imagine a Room with a View with a Cray on Ida???!!!
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Science-fiction_398d76c6
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 Sgl_sgc0000
    United States AI Solar System (6) - Page 3 437545
    "Late to Class AGAIN???"
    devakas wrote:Ortho, did Jesus taught us to imagine? you should stop to imagine, and get real. Did Jesus taught to rule Solar System? or Jesus taught Love?

    Save your soul, as your mind is going off. If you realy want to know Truth, read yourself Bhagavad Gita As It Is as Einstein did. Read what he said about it.
    :)
    you are not late to class. There is Bhagtivedanta Institute. I posted on Vedic link somewhere.

    i just want you to be happpppppyyyyyyyy!!!! hear me. :). shut off your mind.

    :)

      Current date/time is Tue Mar 19, 2024 4:51 am